Cisco ONS 15400 Series Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms

 

 

Retour à l'accueil, cliquez ici

Table Of Contents

Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms

Prerequisites

Preparing Your Location

Preparing the Rack Room

Preparing Yourself

Locating and Grounding the Chassis

Locating and Grounding the CPT 50 Shelf

Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 M2 Chassis

Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 M6 Chassis

Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Chassis

Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 ETSI Chassis

Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15310-MA ANSI and ONS 15310-MA ETSI Chassis

Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15310-CL ANSI Chassis

Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15600 ANSI and ONS 15600 ETSI  Bay Assembly

Installing the Line Cards

Preparing the Work Surface for Installing Line Cards

Transporting Line Cards

Handling Line Cards

Removing and Installing Line Cards

 
 
Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms

 

 

Voir également :

[TXT]

 Cisco-Regulatory-Com..> 01-Jun-2013 11:33  1.5M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ONS-15454-DWDM..> 01-Jun-2013 11:08  4.9M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ONS-15310-CL-a..> 01-Jun-2013 10:55  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-Small-Business..> 01-Jun-2013 10:55  2.5M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ONS-15454-DWDM..> 01-Jun-2013 10:55  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ONS-15454-DWDM..> 01-Jun-2013 10:54  1.6M  

[TXT]

 Cisoc-Upgrading-the-..> 01-Jun-2013 10:54  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-Regulatory-Com..> 01-Jun-2013 10:54  1.6M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ONS-15454-DWDM..> 01-Jun-2013 10:30  4.8M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-Telephones-IP-..> 01-Jun-2013 10:28  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-UCS-C200-Serve..> 01-Jun-2013 10:27  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ONS-15454-Refe..> 01-Jun-2013 10:26  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-Unified-IP-Pho..> 01-Jun-2013 08:01  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-Meraki-Cloud-C..> 01-Jun-2013 07:55  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-IPSec-Negotiat..> 01-Jun-2013 07:52  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ASA-5500.htm      01-Jun-2013 07:45  2.1M  

[TXT]

 CiscoSecurityApplian..> 01-Jun-2013 07:35  2.0M  
 

[TXT]

 Cisco-Telephones-IP-..> 01-Jun-2013 10:28  2.4M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-UCS-C200-Serve..> 01-Jun-2013 10:27  2.6M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ONS-15454-DWDM..> 01-Jun-2013 10:27  4.8M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ONS-15454-Refe..> 01-Jun-2013 10:26  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-Unified-IP-Pho..> 01-Jun-2013 08:01  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-Meraki-Cloud-C..> 01-Jun-2013 07:55  2.3M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-IPSec-Negotiat..> 01-Jun-2013 07:52  2.1M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ASA-5500.htm      01-Jun-2013 07:45  2.1M  

[TXT]

 CiscoSecurityApplian..> 01-Jun-2013 07:35  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-Manuel-du-tele..> 03-Apr-2013 15:45  2.0M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-836-Router-and..> 03-Apr-2013 15:38  1.6M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-837-Router-and..> 03-Apr-2013 15:38  1.6M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-Manuel-du-tele..> 03-Apr-2013 15:37  1.8M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ASR-9000-Serie..> 04-Sep-2012 10:04  4.1M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ASR-9000-Serie..> 04-Sep-2012 09:44  3.5M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ASR-9000-Serie..> 04-Sep-2012 09:40  3.0M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ASR-9000-Serie..> 04-Sep-2012 09:34  2.9M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ASR-9000-Serie..> 04-Sep-2012 09:29  2.7M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ASR-9000-Serie..> 04-Sep-2012 09:24  3.7M  

[TXT]

 CiscoPrimeNetworkCon..> 04-Sep-2012 09:17  3.0M  

[TXT]

 XML-Schema-Object-Do..> 03-Sep-2012 18:55  2.1M  

[TXT]

 XML-Schema-Object-Do..> 03-Sep-2012 18:35  4.9M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-IOS-XR-XML-API..> 03-Sep-2012 18:29  4.7M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ASR-9000-Serie..> 03-Sep-2012 17:25  5.0M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ASR-9000-Serie..> 03-Sep-2012 17:20  5.7M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ASR-9000-Serie..> 03-Sep-2012 17:15  5.9M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-IOS-XR-Carrier..> 03-Sep-2012 17:10  4.5M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-ASR-9000-Serie..> 03-Sep-2012 17:07  4.3M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-Introduction-t..> 03-Sep-2012 16:57  4.2M  

[TXT]

 Cisco-Security-Appli..> 03-Sep-2012 16:54  4.2M  

[TXT]

 liendocumentationcis..> 28-Jan-2012 10:29  5.2K  

[TXT]

 white_paper_c11-4621..> 28-Jan-2012 10:24   55K  

[TXT]

 cisco.htm               26-Jan-2012 17:35  1.5M  

[TXT]

 liendocumentationcis..> 26-Jan-2012 17:32  5.2K  

[TXT]

 liensdocumentationci..> 26-Jan-2012 17:31  5.0K  

[TXT]

 CiscoASA5500.htm        01-Jan-2012 22:26  3.3M  

[TXT]

 ciscoVPNClientAdmini..> 01-Jan-2012 12:56  223K  

[TXT]

 Cisco7600SeriesRoute..> 01-Jan-2012 12:51  2.7M 
Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms Cisco CPT, Cisco ONS M2, ONS M6, ONS 15454, ONS 15310-MA, ONS15310-CL, and ONS 15600 May 2011, 78-18960-03 This document uses illustrations to explain the workflow that we recommend for grounding the Cisco CPT, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, ONS 15454 M6, ONS 15454 ANSI, ONS 15454 ETSI, ONS 15310-MA ANSI, ONS 15310-MA ETSI, ONS 15310-CL ANSI, ONS 15600 ANSI, and ONS 15600 ETSI chassis. It also explains best practices to be followed to prevent electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage, which can occur when the equipment is improperly handled. Note The instructions in this document also applies to the Cisco ONS DWDM platform. The following sections are included in this document: • Prerequisites, page 1 • Locating and Grounding the Chassis, page 6 • Installing the Line Cards, page 24 Prerequisites Before locating and grounding any chassis, you must complete the following prerequisites: • Preparing Your Location, page 2 • Preparing the Rack Room, page 3 • Preparing Yourself, page 42 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Prerequisites Preparing Your Location This section illustrates how the building that houses the chassis must be properly grounded to the earth ground. (See Figure 1.) Warning This product requires short-circuit (overcurrent) protection to be provided as part of the building installation. Install only in accordance with national and local wiring regulations. Statement 1045. Warning A readily accessible two-poled disconnect device must be incorporated in the fixed wiring. Statement 1022.3 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Prerequisites Figure 1 Building with Rack Room Connected to Earth Ground Preparing the Rack Room This section explains how the rack enclosures must be properly connected to the building earth ground. It also illustrates how to keep the chassis in a sealed antistatic bag until you are ready to install it. (See Figure 2.) Warning Before performing any of the following procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. Statement 1003. 274057 Earth ground4 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Prerequisites Figure 2 Rack Room Connected to Earth Ground Preparing Yourself This section illustrates how to prepare yourself before removing the chassis from the sealed antistatic bag. Figure 3 illustrates how to cuff the ESD strap around the wrist and the ground cord that connects the cuff to the ground. ESD wrist straps are the primary means of controlling static charge on personnel. 274058 Earth ground Chassis protected in antistatic bag5 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Prerequisites Figure 3 Wearing the ESD Strap Figure 4 illustrates how you must be properly grounded before handling the chassis. 274056 Earth ground6 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Figure 4 Handling the Chassis Locating and Grounding the Chassis This section explains how to locate and ground the following Cisco ONS chassis: • Locating and Grounding the CPT 50 Shelf, page 7 • Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 M2 Chassis, page 9 • Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 M6 Chassis, page 12 • Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Chassis, page 14 • Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 ETSI Chassis, page 16 • Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15310-MA ANSI and ONS 15310-MA ETSI Chassis, page 18 273650 Earth ground7 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis • Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15310-CL ANSI Chassis, page 20 • Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15600 ANSI and ONS 15600 ETSI Bay Assembly, page 22 Warning This equipment is intended to be grounded. Ensure that the host is connected to earth ground during normal use. Statement 39. Warning Use copper conductors only. Statement 1025. Warning When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and disconnected last. Statement 1046. Note A #6 AWG cable or a 1 inch wide flat copper braid (with minimum total strands count of 1050 x 36 AWG or 260 x 36 AWG) is mandatory to install the Cisco ONS 15454 M2, ONS 15454 M6, ONS 15454 ANSI, ONS 15454 ETSI, ONS 15310-MA ANSI, ONS 15310-MA ETSI, ONS 15310-CL ANSI, ONS 15600 ANSI, and ONS 15600 ETSI chassis. Locating and Grounding the CPT 50 Shelf Before locating and grounding the CPT 50 shelf, you must complete the prerequisites mentioned in “Prerequisites” section on page 1. To locate the ground point and attach a ground cable to the CPT 50 shelf: Step 1 Verify that the office ground cable is connected to the top of the bay and the office ground, according to local site practice. (See Figure 1 and Figure 2.) Note The CPT 50 installations are suitable for Network Telecommunication facilities and locations where NEC applies. Note Additional ground cables may be added depending on local site practice. The CPT 50 shelf is designated only for a Common Bonding Network (CBN), according to the GR-1089-CORE Issue 5 (sec 9.3) definitions. Note The DC power battery return (BR) terminal or positive terminal must be grounded at the source end (power feed or DC mains power end). The DC power BR input terminal is not connected to the equipment frame (chassis), so it is configured as DC-1 according to the GR-1089-CORE, Issue 5 (sec 9.8.3) definitions. Step 2 Remove any paint and other nonconductive coatings from the surfaces between the shelf ground and bay frame ground point. Clean the mating surfaces and apply appropriate antioxidant compound to the bare conductors.8 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Step 3 Attach one end of the shelf ground cable (#8 AWG cable) to the ground point (rear or lateral) on the chassis using the specified dual-hole lug connector. (See diagrams 1 and 2 in Figure 5.) Step 4 Tighten the lug using the M4 pan-head screw to torque value of 11.5 in-lbs (1.3 N-m). Note Ground points are present on the rear and lateral sides of the CPT 50 shelf (see diagram 1 in Figure 5). You can connect the grounding cable to either the rear or the lateral side. Diagrams 2 and 3 in Figure 5 show the ground connection to the rear side of the CPT 50 shelf. Step 5 Attach the other end of the shelf ground cable to the bay frame using a dual-hole lug connector according to the equipment bay frame specifications. (See diagram 3 in Figure 5.)9 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Figure 5 Grounding CPT-50 Shelf Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 M2 Chassis Before locating and grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 M2 chassis, you must complete the prerequisites mentioned in “Prerequisites” section on page 1. To locate the ground point and attach a ground cable to the Cisco ONS 15454 M2 chassis: Earth ground Grounding cable 281375 1 2 3 Chassis Ground Points (rear) Grounding lug Screws Chassis Ground Points (rear) Chassis Ground Points (lateral)10 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Step 1 Verify that the office ground cable is connected to the top of the bay and the office ground, according to local site practice. (See Figure 1 and Figure 2.) Note Additional ground cables may be added depending on local site practice. The ONS 15454 M2 chassis is designated only for a Common Bonding Network (CBN), according to the GR-1089-CORE Issue 4 (sec 9.3) definitions. Note The DC power battery return (BR) terminal or positive terminal must be grounded at the source end (power feed or DC mains power end). The DC power BR input terminal is not connected to the equipment frame (chassis), so it is configured as DC-I according to the GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 (sec 9.8.3) definitions. Step 2 Remove any paint and other nonconductive coatings from the surfaces between the chassis ground and bay frame ground point. Clean the mating surfaces and apply appropriate antioxidant compound to the bare conductors. Step 3 Attach one end of the shelf ground cable (#6 AWG cable or 1 inch copper braid) to the ground point on the chassis using the specified dual-hole lug connector. (See diagrams 1 and 2 in Figure 6.) Step 4 Attach the other end of the shelf ground cable to the bay frame using a dual-hole lug connector according to the equipment bay frame specifications. (See diagram 3 in Figure 6.)11 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Figure 6 Grounding ONS 15454 M2 Chassis Earth ground Grounding cable 278177 Grounding lug Nuts 1 2 3 Chassis ground point12 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Stop. You have completed grounding the chassis. Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 M6 Chassis Before locating and grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 M6 chassis, you must complete the prerequisites mentioned in “Prerequisites” section on page 1. To locate the ground point and attach a ground cable to the Cisco ONS 15454 M6 chassis: Step 1 Verify that the office ground cable is connected to the top of the bay and the office ground, according to local site practice. (See Figure 1 and Figure 2.) Note Additional ground cables may be added depending on local site practice. The ONS 15454 M6 chassis is designated only for a Common Bonding Network (CBN), according to the GR-1089-CORE Issue 4 (sec 9.3) definitions. Note The DC power battery return (BR) terminal or positive terminal must be grounded at the source end (power feed or DC mains power end). The DC power BR input terminal is not connected to the equipment frame (chassis), so it is configured as DC-I according to the GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 (sec 9.8.3) definitions. Step 2 Remove any paint and other nonconductive coatings from the surfaces between the chassis ground and bay frame ground point. Clean the mating surfaces and apply appropriate antioxidant compound to the bare conductors. Step 3 Attach one end of the shelf ground cable to the ground point on the chassis using the specified dual-hole lug connector. (See diagrams 1 and 2 in Figure 7.) Step 4 Attach the other end of the shelf ground cable to the bay frame using a dual-hole lug connector according to equipment bay frame specifications. (See diagram 3 in Figure 7.)13 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Figure 7 Grounding ONS 15454 M6 Chassis Earth ground Grounding cable 278178 Grounding lug Nuts 1 2 3 Chassis ground point14 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Stop. You have completed grounding the chassis. Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Chassis Before locating and grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI chassis, you must complete the prerequisites mentioned in “Prerequisites” section on page 1. To locate the ground point and attach a ground cable to the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI chassis: Step 1 Verify that the office ground cable is connected to the top of the bay and the office ground, according to local site practice. (See Figure 1 and Figure 2.) Note Additional ground cables may be added depending on local site practice. The ONS 15454 ANSI chassis is designated only for a Common Bonding Network (CBN), according to the GR-1089-CORE Issue 4 (sec 9.3) definitions. Note The DC power battery return (BR) terminal or positive terminal must be grounded at the source end (power feed or DC mains power end). The DC power BR input terminal is not connected to the equipment frame (chassis), so it is configured as DC-I according to the GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 (sec 9.8.3) definitions. Step 2 Remove any paint and other nonconductive coatings from the surfaces between the chassis ground and bay frame ground point. Clean the mating surfaces and apply appropriate antioxidant compound to the bare conductors. Step 3 Attach one end of the shelf ground cable to the ground point on the chassis using the specified dual-hole lug connector. (See diagrams 1 and 2 in Figure 8.) Step 4 Attach the other end of the shelf ground cable to the bay frame using a dual-hole lug connector according to the equipment bay frame specifications. (See Diagram 3 in Figure 8.)15 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Figure 8 Grounding ONS 15454 ANSI Chassis CISCO ONS 15454 Optical Network System Earth ground Grounding braid Chassis Rear 274029 1” wide copper braid or #6 AWG ground cable Lower backplane Chassis ground point Grounding lug Nuts 1 2 316 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Stop. You have completed grounding the chassis. Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 ETSI Chassis Before locating and grounding the Cisco ONS 15454 ETSI chassis, you must complete the prerequisites mentioned in “Prerequisites” section on page 1. To locate the ground point and attach a ground cable to the Cisco ONS 15454 ETSI chassis: Warning This equipment must be grounded. Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the equipment in the absence of a suitably installed ground conductor. Contact the appropriate electrical inspection authority or an electrician if you are uncertain that suitable grounding is available. Statement 1024 Step 1 Verify that the office ground cable is connected to the top of the bay and the office ground, according to local site practice. (See Figure 1 and Figure 2.) Step 2 Insert the stripped end of the grounding wire into the open end of the grounding lug. Step 3 Use the crimping tool to secure the grounding wire in two different places in the grounding lug. Step 4 Locate the grounding receptacle on the side panel of the chassis. (See diagram 1 in Figure 9.) Step 5 Place the grounding lug against the grounding receptacle on the side panel of the chassis. (See diagram 2 in Figure 9.) Step 6 Insert one of the screws through the locking washer and through the hole in the grounding lug. Insert the screw into the threaded holes on the right side of the shelf. Ensure that the grounding lug does not interfere with other system hardware or rack equipment. Step 7 Repeat Step 6 with the second screw. Step 8 Prepare the other end of the grounding wire and connect it to an appropriate grounding point in your site to ensure adequate earth ground for the chassis. (See diagram 3 in Figure 9.)17 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Figure 9 Grounding ONS 15454 ETSI Chassis Earth ground 274183 Optical Network System CISCO ONS 15454 Optical Network System CISCO ONS 15454 1” wide copper braid or #6 AWG ground cable Chassis ground point Screws Grounding lug Grounding braid 1 2 318 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Stop. You have completed grounding the chassis. Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15310-MA ANSI and ONS 15310-MA ETSI Chassis Before locating and grounding the Cisco ONS 15310-MA ANSI and the ONS 15310-MA ETSI chassis, you must complete the prerequisites mentioned in “Prerequisites” section on page 1. To locate the ground point and attach a ground cable to the Cisco ONS15310-MA ANSI and ONS 15310-MA ETSI chassis: Step 1 Verify that the office ground cable is connected to the top of the rack according to local site practice. (See Figure 1 and Figure 2.) Note The ONS 15310-MA is installed in a weather-proof cabinet for outdoors installation, also known as an Outside Plant (OSP) installation. A 1 inch (minimum) wide copper braid (with minimum total strands count of 1050 x 36 AWG or 260 x 36 AWG) is required for ONS 15310-MA OSP installations. Step 2 Remove any paint and other nonconductive coatings from the surfaces between the chassis ground and the rack frame ground posts. Clean the mating surfaces and apply an appropriate antioxidant compound to the bare conductors. Note Additional ground cables may be added depending on local site practice. The ONS 15310-MA ANSI chassis is designated only for a Common Bonding Network (CBN), according to the GR-1089-CORE Issue 4 (sec 9.3) definitions. Note The DC power battery return (BR) terminal or positive terminal must be grounded at the source end (power feed or DC mains power end). The DC power BR input terminal is not connected to the equipment frame (chassis), so it is configured as DC-I according to the GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 (sec 9.8.3) definitions. Step 3 Locate the ground connection points, which are located on the left, right, and bottom of the ONS 15310-MA chassis. (See diagram 1 in Figure 10.) Step 4 Using a wire stripper, strip 0.875 inches (2.22 cm) from the end of the ground cable. Crimp the two-hole lug to the ground cable. Step 5 Line up the holes on the lug with the holes on the ground connection point. Use two 10-32 screws to attach the lug to the ground connection point. (See diagram 2 in Figure 10.) Step 6 Attach the other end of the chassis ground cable to the rack. (See diagram 3 in Figure 10.)19 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Figure 10 Grounding ONS 15310-MA ANSI and ONS 15310-MA ETSI Chassis Earth ground 274182 Ground points on right side of chassis Ground points on left side of chassis Ground points on bottom side of chassis 1” wide copper braid or #6 AWG ground cable Chassis ground point on right side of chassis Screws Grounding lug Grounding braid 1 2 320 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Stop. You have completed grounding the chassis. Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15310-CL ANSI Chassis Before locating and grounding the Cisco ONS 15310-CL ANSI chassis, you must complete the prerequisites mentioned in “Prerequisites” section on page 1. To locate the ground points and attach a ground cable to the Cisco ONS 15310-CL ANSI chassis: Step 1 Verify that the office ground cable is connected to the top of the rack according to local site practice. (See Figure 1 and Figure 2.) Step 2 Remove any paint and other nonconductive coatings from the surfaces between the shelf ground and the rack frame ground posts. Clean the mating surfaces and apply an appropriate antioxidant compound to the bare conductors. Note Additional ground cables may be added depending on local site practice. The ONS 15310-CL ANSI chassis is designated only for a Common Bonding Network (CBN), according to the GR-1089-CORE Issue 4 (sec 9.3) definitions. Note The DC power battery return (BR) terminal or positive terminal must be grounded at the source end (power feed or DC mains power end). The DC power BR input terminal is not connected to the equipment frame (chassis), so it is configured as DC-I according to the GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 (sec 9.8.3) definitions. Step 3 Using the 10-32 screws that came with the ship kit, attach one end of the chassis ground cable to the ground connection point located on the center of the rear panel as you face the chassis. Using a wire stripper, strip 0.875 inches (2.22 cm) from the end of the ground cable. Step 4 Crimp the two-hole lug to the ground cable. Step 5 Line up the holes on the lug with the holes on the ground connection point, located at the center of the rear panel as you face the chassis. Use two 10-32 screws to attach the lug to the ground connection point. (See diagrams 1 and 2 in Figure 11.) Step 6 Attach the other end of the chassis ground cable to the rack. (See diagram 3 in Figure 11.)21 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Figure 11 Grounding ONS 15310-CL ANSI Chassis Earth ground Grounding braid 274181 1” wide copper braid or #6 AWG ground cable Chassis ground point Screws Grounding lug 1 2 322 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Stop. You have completed grounding the chassis. Locating and Grounding the Cisco ONS 15600 ANSI and ONS 15600 ETSI Bay Assembly Before locating and grounding the Cisco ONS 15600 ANSI and Cisco ONS 15600 ETSI chassis bay assembly, you must complete the prerequisites mentioned in “Prerequisites” section on page 1. To locate the ground point and attach a ground cable to the office ground from the Cisco ONS 15600 ANSI and the Cisco ONS 15600 ETSI chassis bay assembly: Note The Cisco ONS 15600 ANSI and ONS 15600 ETSI chassis ground points are already connected to the grounding points on the bay assembly. Warning Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the equipment in the absence of a suitably installed ground conductor. Contact the appropriate electrical inspection authority or an electrician if you are uncertain that suitable grounding is available. Statement 213 Note Remove any paint from the two-hole lug position on the bay front ground holes and apply the antioxidant compound to this position. Step 1 Locate the ground access points on the bay assembly of the chassis. (See diagram 1 in Figure 12.) Step 2 Connect the office ground cable to the bay front two-hole lug position. (See diagram 2 in Figure 12.)23 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Locating and Grounding the Chassis Figure 12 Grounding ONS 15600 Bay Assembly Earth ground Grounding cable 3 Bay ground with PDU cabling Bay grounding point 2 PDU cabling connected to the rack from the bay assembly 274308 1 Ground Central Office point PDU Ground Cable must be connected here (both sides)24 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Installing the Line Cards Stop. You have completed grounding the bay assembly. Installing the Line Cards This section describes how to properly install the line cards. The following topics are included in this section: • Preparing the Work Surface for Installing Line Cards, page 24 • Transporting Line Cards, page 25 • Handling Line Cards, page 27 • Removing and Installing Line Cards, page 28 Preparing the Work Surface for Installing Line Cards This section illustrates how you and the work surface that you are placing the line card on must be properly grounded. As shown in Figure 13, ensure that you follow these steps: • Ground yourself by wearing an ESD wrist band that is connected to the earth ground. • Ground the table to the earth ground. • Ground the chassis to the earth ground. • Ground the rack to the earth ground.25 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Installing the Line Cards Figure 13 Work Surface for Installing the Line Cards Transporting Line Cards This section illustrates how the line card must be kept in a sealed antistatic bag while being transported. (Figure 14) 187886 Earth ground26 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Installing the Line Cards Figure 14 Transporting Line Cards 273656 Earth ground27 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Installing the Line Cards Handling Line Cards This section illustrates how you must be properly grounded before removing the line card from the antistatic bag. It also illustrates how you must handle the line card by the front panel and the metal carrier only. (Figure 15) Figure 15 Handling Line Cards 273657 Earth ground28 Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms 78-18960-03 Installing the Line Cards Removing and Installing Line Cards This section illustrates the precautions to be taken while removing and installing the line cards. (Figure 16) Figure 16 Removing and Installing Line Cards Cisco and the Cisco Logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. A listing of Cisco's trademarks can be found at www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (1005R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2009-2011 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. 273658 Earth ground Americas Headquarters: © 2010 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 April 2010 Release notes address closed (maintenance) issues, caveats, and new features for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH. For detailed information regarding features, capabilities, hardware, and software introduced with this release, refer to the Release 8.5.x version of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide; and the Release 8.5.1 version of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide; Release 8.5.x version of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Reference Manual; Release 8.5.x version of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide; and Release 8.5.1 version of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH TL1 Command Guide. For the most current version of the Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4, see the following URL: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/optical/ps2006/prod_release_notes_list.html Cisco also provides Bug Toolkit, a web resource for tracking defects. To access Bug Toolkit, see the following URL: http://tools.cisco.com/Support/BugToolKit/action.do?hdnAction=searchBugs Contents Changes to the Release Notes, page 2 Caveats, page 2 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.5.4, page 6 New Features and Functionality, page 11 Related Documentation, page 12 Obtaining Optical Networking Information, page 13 Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request, page 132 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 Changes to the Release Notes Changes to the Release Notes This section documents supplemental information that has been added to the Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 since the production of the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH System Software CD for Release 8.5.4. Caveats Review the notes listed below before deploying Cisco ONS 15454 SDH. Caveats with tracking numbers are known system limitations that are scheduled to be addressed in a subsequent release. Caveats without tracking numbers are provided to point out procedural or situational considerations when deploying the product. Note The use of 40WXC units is supported only in the networks running software Release 8.5.1 and later. Alarms This section documents caveats for Alarms in Release 8.5.4. CSCsv30593—AIS-V alarm does not clear The AIS-V alarm does not clear on VT1.5 cross connect circuits under the following conditions: 1. Create a VT1.5 path protected circuit. 2. Raise an SF-P alarm by injecting path errors. 3. AIS-V alarm is raised on the VT1.5 circuit. 4. Change the circuit state from IS to OOS-MT or OOS-DSBLD. 5. Change the circuit state back to IS. 6. Clear the SF-P alarm, the AIS-V alarm does not clear. The workaround is to soft reset the cross connect card. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsv30867—The alarms do not clear after cross-connect side switch When any VT level alarms are raised, a cross-connect side switch is performed to eliminate the alarm. The alarms do not clear after cross-connect side switch. The workaround is to reset the cross-connect card to clear the alarm. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsw98487—PROV-MISMATCH alarm is not raised when client port is in Unlocked state The PROV-MISMATCH alarm is not raised and cleared when the client port provisioned with DVB-ASI or ISC-1 in the TXP_MR_2.5G card when the card is in Unlocked state. This issue will be resolved in a future release.3 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 Caveats CTC This section documents caveats for CTC in Release 8.5.4. CSCsv14375—Shared secret key corrupt after upgrade Longer than 16 character shared secret key gets corrupted after an upgrade from 7.20 to 8.54. To avoid this, use radius server key less than 16 character length before upgrade or: On the node with EnableNodeAsFinalAuthenticator attribute enabled, do the following as workaround: 1. Launch CTC. 2. Delete the corrupted secret key record in CTC (node view->Provisioning->Security->RADIUS Server). 3. Recreate it with an appropriate key. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsy14945—CTC cannot manage either nodes of the same version of higher maintenance version, than its core version CTC cannot manage either nodes of the same version of higher maintenance version, than its core version. Specifically the nodes are not accessible by CTC. The workaround is to upgrade the CTC core version or manually clean the CTC jar cache and then ensure no nodes of the specified version above are encountered. This issue will be resolved in a future release. Data I/O Cards This section documents caveats for Data I/O Cards in Release 8.5.4. CSCsx75218—VC12 VCAT circuit members may not come-up and report LOP alarm Create a VC4-2c, VC4-3c, VC4-4c, VC4-8c, VC4-16c, or any of the CCAT circuit and the delete the CCAT circuit. Create VC12 VCAT circuit using the same VC4 members as previously deleted CCAT circuits. Some VC12 VCAT circuit members may not come-up and report LOP alarm. The workaround is to hard-reset CEMR-10 or MLMR-10 cards. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsy16814—Traffic drop is observed when port state change from OOS-DSBLD to IS Traffic drop is observed when port state change from Locked,disabled to Unlocked. The workaround is to perform Unlocked > Locked > Unlocked transition until problem is fixed. This issue will be resolved in a future release. DWDM This section documents caveats for DWDM in Release 8.5.4.4 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 Caveats CSCsu81842—Circuit not created through add and drop node with by-pass patchcords The OCHNC circuit is not created through channel add and drop node with bypass patchcords. When the traffic matrix of the network requires BYPASS connection between AD-XC cards, the APC domain is not properly discovered. The workaround is to remove the bypass patchcords in the node and create two separated OCH-NC circuits. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsv01621—Unable to open the card configuration panel The user cannot open the card configuration panel for any WXC card inserted or pre-provisioned in the system. The workaround is to physically remove the deleted WXC cards from their slots. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsx17868—The MXP-MR-10DME card continuously reboots after FPGA upgrade The MXP-MR-10DME card continuously reboots after FPGA upgrade. Forcing an FPGA upgrade on an MXP-MR-10DME results in a status where the card reboots continuously. The workaround is to reset the card. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsz38549—VOA FAIL alarm is raised when channels are added Channels added trough the 40-WSS raise VOA FAIL alarm on the port CHAN-RX of the 40-WXC in multidegre node setup with VOA set to –12dBm. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsz94689—Incoming traffic received through any port on the affected card may flow to other Service Provider VLANs Incoming traffic received through any port on the affected card may flow to other Service Provider VLANs (SVLAN) if the Customer VLAN (CVLAN) ID on the incoming packet belongs to any VLAN range configured on the card. This issue may occur even if the packet is received via a Network to Network Interface (NNI) port. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCta49163—Unsupported Y-cable allowed through TL1 TL1 allows Y-cable protection to be configured between the cards that are already in another Y-cable group and on the third card that is not part of the original Y-cable group. The CTC does not allow this operation, but TL1 lets it through. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCtb16483—PPC created through TL1 is not discovered properly in the CTC The provisionable patchcords (PPC) created using TL1 between nodes in secure mode and normal mode are not discovered in CTC. The workaround is to use CTC to create PPC. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCtb33916 —After an upgrade, traffic is discarded on a newly created VLAN The traffic does not flow in a newly created VLAN under the following conditions: • Software upgraded from R8.5 to R9.0 or R9.0.15 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 Caveats • After a soft reset of the card. This issue will be resolved in a future release. Optical I/O Cards This section documents caveats for Optical I/O Cards in Release 8.5.4. CSCsu80809—Data rate can be changed when there are active circuits and DCC connections The data rate on an ONS 15454 or an ONS 15310 node that uses ONS-SE-Z1 pluggables can be changed while there are active circuits and DCC connections. This issue will be resolved in a future release. Path Protection This section documents caveats for Path Protection in Release 8.5.4. CSCta44268—In ADM10G, for path protected circuits on STSs greater than 3, traffic hit of around 2000 ms is observed In ADM10G, for path protected circuits on STSs greater than 3, traffic hit of around 2000 ms is observed, when the card reboots with traffic switched to protect due to defects on working. The conditions are: 1. Create path protected circuit on STS > 3 on optical ports of ADM-10G card. 2. Inject defect on working such that traffic switches to protect. 3. Reboot the ADM-10G card. A traffic hit of around 2000 ms is observed during reboot of card. This issue will be resolved in a future release. Performance Monitoring This section documents caveats for Performance Monitoring in Release 8.5.4. CSCta27911—MS-UAS is reported in ONS 15454-SDH node The MS-UAS TCA is reported as type UAS-L instead of MS-UAS in the OSC-CSM card in ONS 15454-SDH node. This issue will be resolved in a future release. TL1 This section documents caveats for TL1 in Release 8.5.4.6 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.5.4 CSCsv45464—The RTRV-OCHNC command with AID=ALL does not return any information about the existing cross connections The RTRV-OCHNC command with the access identifier (AID) =ALL does not return any information about the existing cross connections. The workaround is to provide the RTRV-OCHNC command with AID=LINEWL-x-all, where x is the slot number in which the 40-WXC card is provisioned. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsv71398—The RTRV-MOD command displays LBC and OPT parameters with invalid values The RTRV-MOD command displays LBC and OPT parameters with invalid values for pluggables that do not support these values. The workaround is to use CTC. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsw92329—TL1 do not initialize PM counts on all ports of MRC card The INIT-REG- TL1 command does not initialize the PM counts when trying to initialize a specific PM count on all ports on the MRC-12 card, except for the first port. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsz81750—Traffic loss for 50 ms on MXPP-MR-2.5G and TXPP-MR-2.5G cards Traffic loss for 50 ms on MXPP-MR-2.5G and TXPP-MR-2.5G cards under the following conditions: 1. Splitter protection with protect active. 2. Manual reset of the card causes traffic loss. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCta30336—Internal communication error reported for a preprovisioned card Internal communication error is reported when the INIT-REG-VC11 TL1 command is issued on the proprovisioned STM16 card. This issue will be resolved in a future release. Resolved Caveats for Release 8.5.4 This section documents caveats resolved in Release 8.5.4. Alarms CSCsy69110—ADD Port Alarm not Raised Add Port alarm is not raised on ports 27 and 23 of 40-WSS card when the 40-WSS card is inserted in Slot 3 of an ONS 15454 SDH shelf. This issue has been resolved.7 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.5.4 CSCsz67629—On E1-42 protection switching, LOS alarms on ports 23 and 27 are cleared When all the ports of E1-42 card are moved to IS state, the LOS alarm is reported against all ports as expected. On E1-42 protection switching, the LOS alarms on ports 23 and 27 are cleared. This issue has been resolved. CSCsz84817—High Laser Bias and Rx Power alarms seen on ONS-XC-10G-SR-MM XFP High Laser Bias and Rx Power alarms are seen on the ONS-XC-10G-SR-MM XFP. The alarms do not clear even after replugging the XFP. Continous I2C errors are seen on the console. This issue has been resolved. CSCta72945—SWMTXMOD alarm on MRC cards Frequent and continuous side switching of the XC-VT cards result in SWMTXMOD alarm on the MRC cards. This issue has been resolved. Common Control Cards This section documents resolved caveats for Common Control Cards in Release 8.5.4. CSCsx37297—FTP port issue for TCP connect scan The following issues occur when the FTP server of TCC card blocks the external FTP socket because of execution of port scanners: • Line cards does not boot • Software download to the node fails • Database sync between Active and Standby TCC cards fail This issue has been resolved. CSCsy91761—Constant TCC Reset When a node with DS3XM-12 having multiple portless DS3s in the terminal loopback is upgraded, there is constant TCC reset after activation and the upgrade fails. This issue has been resolved. CSCsz08846—Generation of two contradictory logs When the link integrity timer value on the CE-MR-10 card is modified, the audit logs generated are contradictory. There re are two logs for one event—Pass/Compld and Fail/Deny. Even if the values are valid, two logs are generated. This issue has been resolved. CSCsz39798—Constant TCC Reboot When the DS3XM12 or DS3XM6 port transitions from the automaticInService state to Unlocked state, TCC reboots constantly. This issue has been resolved.8 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.5.4 CSCsz81891—Issue in database partitions not reported When there is any problem in the database partitions of the compact flash, the problem is not reported unless a provisioning change is attempted. This issue has been resolved. CTC This section documents resolved caveats for CTC in Release 8.5.4. CSCsm85843—CTC displays the STS circuit in ROLL_PENDING state when Bridge and Roll is performed The Circuit tab in CTC displays the STS circuit in the ROLL_PENDING state when a Bridge and Roll is performed under the following conditions: 1. Starting a Bridge and Roll on an STS circuit that is on the only circuit bearing port on a MRC card or a fixed rate card. 2. During a manual Bridge and Roll, performing the COMPLETE step but not the FINISH step. 3. Deleting the fixed rate card or the port or PPM on the MRC card. The Roll object still exists on the node even though the parent object is deleted and no pool for the rollFrom Path field exits in the Roll Object database. The Circuit tab in CTC will display the circuit in the ROLL_PENDING state and the Roll tab will not have an entry to finish the roll. The workaround is to complete all the steps of the ROLL process including the FINISH step. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq73116—PPC is not working on secure mode node When a PPC terminating on a secure mode node is created, a new “unknown” node appears and the PPC is not shown on the network map. This issue has been resolved. CSCsr01562— PPC links disassembled When a node configured with a TXP card on an ONS 15454 DWDM node without any DDC, GCC, or OSC terminations is moved from normal mode to secure mode, the PPC links created between the two nodes are disassembled. The two ends of each PPC link are reported as two separate lines in the PPC patchcord terminations list, with each second end point reported as unknown. This issue has been resolved. CSCsw96807—PPC cannot be deleted in secure mode node PPCs cannot be deleted if one of the ends is a secure mode node. This issue has been resolved. CSCsx81421—Trouble managing SoTL1 tunnels using CTC There are multiple SoTL1 tunnels provisioned using CTC. Trying to open or close a particular tunnel from CTC is not possible in certain scenarios. This issue has been resolved.9 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.5.4 CSCsy74949—Incorrect NE default values downloaded When using the re-init tool to upgrade a node from Release 6.2.2 to Release 8.5.4, incorrect NE default values are downloaded. This issue has been resolved. CSCsy82228—CTC network discovery is slow CTC network discovery is very slow when it is disabled and NEs are added one at a time. This issue has been resolved. Data I/O Cards This section documents resolved caveats for Data I/O Cards in Release 8.5.4. CSCsl65143—Traffic outage on G1K and G1000 cards A SONET/SDH error, that is 50 ms more than the configured link integrity soak timer, causes traffic outage of about 5 sec occurs on G1K and G1000 cards connected to the Cisco Catalyst 6000 switch with auto negotiation enabled. This issue has been resolved. CSCso55327—TCC2 card switch causes unexpected high traffic outage with all circuits TCC2 card switch (soft reset) causes traffic outage for any circuit created on CE-MR-10 card. This issue has been resolved. CSCta44387—UNEQ-P does not trigger link integrity on CCAT circuits When UNEQ-P condition is raised on CE-100T-8 card with CCAT circuits provisioned and link integrity timer enabled, the far-end Ethernet port does not go down. This issue has been resolved. CSCtc66943—Link does not come up when autonegotiation is enabled The link fails to come up when the CE-1000-4 card and the HP ProCurve Switch are connected, and autonegotiation is enabled on both ends of the circuit. This issue has been resolved. DWDM This section documents resolved caveats for DWDM in Release 8.5.4. CSCsj97288—PROV-MISMATCH alarm raised on TXP_MR_10E Card The PROV-MISMATCH alarm is raised on the TXP_MR_10E card using the ONS-XC-10G-L2 XFP module, when ZR (zero reach) is provisioned for 10GE. This issue has been resolved.10 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.5.4 CSCsq78337—Cannot provision ONS-SE-G2F-LX SFP for ISC3 Cannot provision ONS-SE-G2F-LX SFP (PID 10-2273-02) on a TXP-MR-2.5G card for ISC3. This issue has been resolved. Electrical I/O Cards This section documents resolved caveats for Electrical I/O Cards in Release 8.5.4. CSCsl81293—Traffic loss on DS1 card Traffic is lost on the VT circuit on DS1 card inside a portless circuit when changing backplane capacity from STS12 to STS48 mode. This issue has been resolved. CSCsu92843—BERT on DS3-XM12 card does not inject bit errors BERT on DS3-XM12 card does not inject bit errors. This issue has been resolved. CSCsz59607—Traffic drops on DS3-XM card when Signal Degrade alarm threshold is cleared Traffic drops on DS3 port of DS3-XM card when Signal Degrade alarm threshold is cleared. This issue has been resolved. CSCta24511—LoF on DS3-XM6 card does not cause DS1 AIS LoF raised on DS3-XM6 card does not cause AIS condition on DS1 card at destination. This issue has been resolved. Hardware This section documents resolved caveats for Hardware in Release 8.5.4. CSCsm55562—Payload PM not reported on active GigabitEthernet port when CARLOSS is raised When Loss of Signal or Loss of Sync is raised on MXP-MR-10DME card GigabitEthernet port, the payload PM is not updated. This issue has been resolved. Optical I/O Cards This section documents resolved caveats for Optical I/O Cards in Release 8.5.4. CSCsv54817—UNEQ-P alarm is raised on STS-96c circuits with OC-192 XFP The UNEQ-P alarm is raised on STS-96c circuits when STS-96c circuit is provisioned with one end of circuit on OC-192XFP card or using OC-192XFP as trunk card. This issue has been resolved.11 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 New Features and Functionality CSCta42253—MRC card remains in OOF state MRC card remains in OOF state when OC-48 SFP is used in Port 1. This issue has been resolved. Path Protection CSCsk46370—Error rate injection non functional The error rate injection does not work in 1:N or 1:1 protection group of DS3-XM12 or DS1-E156 cards. This issue has been resolved. CSCsw49064—GR3 protection is not triggered by SD or SF alarms on trunk ports GR3 protection is not triggered by SD or SF alarms on trunk ports under the following conditions: 1. Configure a GR3 protection on a ring of muxponder cards. 2. Generate an SF or an SD on a trunk. The protection is not triggered. This issue has been resolved. CSCsx17026—Traffic on protect path not restored Traffic on protect path is not restored after the circuit state transitions from Unlocked to Locked,disabled and Locked,disabled to Unlocked. This issue has been resolved. CSCsy26595—Traffic does not recover after active and protect paths fail Traffic does not recover after both the active and protect paths in a ring fail. This issue has been resolved. CSCsz06764—SF-V condition does not clear When the circuit state is changed from Unlocked > Locked,disabled > Unlocked with the SF-V condition present on the VT destination working path, the SF-V condition does not clear on the protect path. This issue has been resolved. New Features and Functionality This section documents new software features in Cisco ONS 15454 Software Release 8.5.4. Link Integrity Soak Timer All the mapper cards (G1000-4, CE-1000-4, CE-100-8, and CE-MR-10 cards supported on Cisco ONS 15454 platform) support end-to-end Ethernet link integrity. If any part of the end-to-end path fails, the mapper card soaks the defect for a fixed duration of 200 ms. In certain network configurations, the restoration time after a protection switch can be more than 200 ms. Such disruptions necessitates that the link integrity be initiated at an interval greater than 200 ms.12 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 Related Documentation The Link Integrity Soak Timer enhancement allows you to configure link integrity soak timer on per port basis. To allow link integrity to be initiated at an interval greater than 200 ms, set the link integrity timer in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms, in multiples of 100 ms. The Link Integrity Disable enhancement allows you to disable Link Integrity Soak Timer functionality on a per port basis. Note When the link integrity timer value on CE-1000-4 card with VCAT circuit is more than 1400 ms, the transition from IS > OOS > IS causes a delay of 1100 ms. TL1 Gateway and ENE Sessions The Cisco ONS 15454 Software Release 8.5.4 increases the maximum number of ENE sessions over a OSI DCC from 20 to 176. If you use a combination of IP ENE and OSI ENE sessions, it is important to remember that the maximum number of ENEs supported per GNE is equal to the maximum number of IP ENEs. Related Documentation This section lists release-specific and platform-specific documents. Release-Specific Documents • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, Release 8.5.3 • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15454, Release 8.5.4 • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15310-MA, Release 8.5.4 • Upgrading the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH to Release 8.5.x Platform-Specific Documents • Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide Provides installation, turn up, test, and maintenance procedures • Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Reference Manual Provides technical reference information for SONET/SDH cards, nodes, and networks • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide Provides technical reference information for DWDM cards, nodes, and networks • Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide Provides a list of SDH alarms and troubleshooting procedures, general troubleshooting information, transient conditions, and error messages • Cisco ONS SDH TL1 Command Guide Provides a comprehensive list of TL1 commands • Cisco ONS SDH TL1 Reference Guide Provides general information, procedures, and errors for TL1 13 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 Obtaining Optical Networking Information • Cisco ONS 15454 and Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide Provides software feature and operation information for Ethernet cards Obtaining Optical Networking Information This section contains information that is specific to optical networking products. For information that pertains to all of Cisco, refer to the Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request section. Where to Find Safety and Warning Information For safety and warning information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document that accompanied the product. This publication describes the international agency compliance and safety information for the Cisco ONS 15454 system. It also includes translations of the safety warnings that appear in the ONS 15454 system documentation. Cisco Optical Networking Product Documentation CD-ROM Optical networking-related documentation, including Cisco ONS 15xxx product documentation, is available in a CD-ROM package that ships with your product. The Optical Networking Product Documentation CD-ROM is updated periodically and may be more current than printed documentation. Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request For information on obtaining documentation, submitting a service request, and gathering additional information, see the monthly What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and revised Cisco technical documentation, at: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/general/whatsnew/whatsnew.html Subscribe to the What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation as a Really Simple Syndication (RSS) feed and set content to be delivered directly to your desktop using a reader application. The RSS feeds are a free service and Cisco currently supports RSS version 2.0. This document is to be used in conjunction with the documents listed in the “Related Documentation” section. Cisco and the Cisco Logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. A listing of Cisco's trademarks can be found at www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (1005R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2010 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.14 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Release 8.5.4 OL-20571-01 Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request Americas Headquarters: © 2010 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 July 2010 Release notes address closed (maintenance) issues, caveats, and new features for the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET platform. For detailed information regarding features, capabilities, hardware, and software introduced with this release, refer to the Release 8.5.x version of the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide; and the Release 8.5.x version of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide; Release 8.5.x version of the Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual; Release 8.5.x version of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide; and Release 8.5.x version of the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET TL1 Command Guide. For the most current version of the Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1, see the following URL: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/optical/ps2006/prod_release_notes_list.html Cisco also provides Bug Toolkit, a web resource for tracking defects. To access Bug Toolkit, see the following URL: http://tools.cisco.com/Support/BugToolKit/action.do?hdnAction=searchBugs About Release 8.6.1 Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 does not include any new features. Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 is based on Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6. The Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 contain closed (maintenance) issues and caveats found in Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6. For detailed information on bugs fixed refer to the respective sections in this document.2 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Contents Contents Changes to the Release Notes, page 2 Caveats, page 2 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1, page 17 New Features and Functionality, page 31 Related Documentation, page 31 Obtaining Optical Networking Information, page 32 Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request, page 32 Changes to the Release Notes This section documents supplemental information that has been added to the Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 since the production of the Cisco ONS 15454 System Software CD for Release 8.6.1. Caveats Review the notes listed below before deploying the Cisco ONS 15454. Caveats with tracking numbers are known system limitations that are scheduled to be addressed in a subsequent release. Caveats without tracking numbers are provided to point out procedural or situational considerations when deploying the product. Alarms This section documents caveats for Alarms in Release 8.6.1. CSCsl18519 —One CARLOSS and TPTFAIL alarm reported with dual failure on ports of CE-MR-10 card When dual failure occurs on the ports of the CE-MR-10 card equipped with electrical small form-factor pluggables (SFPs), only one CARLOSS and TPTFAIL alarm is reported. No workaround is available for this issue.This issue will not be resolved. CSCsm16960 —AUTO RESET alarm cleared before activation When upgrading software on OC-12 4-port cards from Release 7.0.7 to Release 8.6.1, the AUTO RESET alarm is cleared before completing activation. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will not be resolved.3 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats CSCsm19928 —AS-MT condition not persistent against subtended shelf TCC software reset An AS-MT alarm on the transponder (TXP) card in a subtended shelf of a multishelf configuration is cleared when a soft reset of the TCC is performed. The workaround is to change the port status to IS-AINS and OOS-MT. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsm32308— Roll-pend(NA) and UNEQ-P(CR) alarms move to Conditions pane on soft reset of active TCC Roll-pend(NA) and UNEQ-P(CR) alarms move to the Conditions pane when a soft reset is performed on an active TCC during the manual mode of a circuit roll. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCtd11068—CE-100T-8 card link is down with no alarms When selective auto-negotiation is enabled on the CE-100T-8 card, and if there is a mismatch in speed and duplex at the physical interface, the link is down but no alarm is raised. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCta72945—SWMTXMOD Alarm on MRC Cards Frequent and continuous side switching of the XC-VT cards result in SWMTXMOD alarm on the MRC cards. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsy69110—ADD Port Alarm not Raised Add Port alarm is not raised on ports 27 and 23 of 40-WSS card when the 40-WSS card is inserted in slot 3 of an SDH shelf. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCtd60987—RFI-V alarm does not clear on ONS 15454 NEs in the CTM In Software Release 8.6.1, the RFI-V alarm does not clear on ONS 15454 NEs in the Cisco Transport Manager (CTM). The workaround is to modify the severity of the RFI-V of the logical objects VT-MON and VT-TERM in the alarm profile to the same value as a customized severity. After changing the MON and TERM severity to the same value the RFI-V alarm is cleared in the CTM/CTC. This issue will not be resolved. CSCtf22211—Bridge and Roll valid signal is inconsistent Bridge and Roll valid signal is inconsistent when there are VT circuits and cross-connects created between the nodes being rolled. The workaround is to create the circuits using DCC. This issue will be resolved in a future release.4 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats BLSR Functionality This section documents caveats for bidirectional line switched ring (BLSR) in Release 8.6.1. CSCdv53427— Protection vulnerabilities in two-ring, two-fiber MS-SP ring configuration In a two-ring, two-fiber BLSR configuration (or in a two-ring BLSR configuration with one two-fiber and one four-fiber ring) it is possible to provision a circuit that begins on one ring, crosses to a second ring, and returns to the original ring. Such a circuit can have protection vulnerabilities if one of the common nodes is isolated, or if a ring is segmented in such a way that two non-contiguous segments of the circuit on the same ring are both broken. Common Control Cards This section documents caveats for Common Control Cards in Release 8.6.1. CSCsy91761—Constant TCC Reset When a node with DS3XM-12 having multiple portless DS3s in the terminal loopback is upgraded, there is constant TCC reset after activation and the upgrade fails. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsz39798—Constant TCC Reboot When the DS3XM12 or DS3XM6 port transitions from the AINS state to IS state, TCC reboots constantly. This issue will be resolved in a future release CTC This section documents caveats for CTC in Release 8.6.1. CSCsy14945—CTC cannot manage either nodes of the same version of higher maintenance version, than its core version CTC cannot manage either nodes of the same version of higher maintenance version, than its core version. Specifically the nodes are not accessible by CTC. The workaround is to upgrade the CTC core version or manually clean the CTC jar cache and then ensure no nodes of the specified version above are encountered. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsy82228—CTC Network discovery is slow CTC Network discovery is very slow when it is disabled and NEs are added one at a time. This issue will be resolved in a future release.5 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats CSCtb81645—CE-MR STS pool allocation is incorrect in CTC Pool numbers are displayed incorrectly in the Cardview->Maintenance->STS/VT allocation tab when STS, STS_Vcat, or VT_Vcat circuits are created in different pools of CE-MR card. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCtc46543—CTC circuit creation wizard window hangs during OCHNC circuit creation The circuit creation window hangs when the creation process is canceled within the route pane. This problem occurs in a big network with a very high latency due to lack of high speed DCN. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CTC Release 8.5.x unable to manually route STS1 from DS3 to DS3XM-12 card CTC Release 8.5.x does not allow a manual routed circuit (STS1) from a DS3 to a DS3XM-12 card. The circuit creation chooses the automatic routing option by default. The workaround is to load Release 9.x CTC cache files and launch CTC with the latest CTC version. This will allow the STS1 circuit to be built manually from DS3 to DS3XM-12 card. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCtg96470—BITS-OUT clock is not in sync with the incoming clock The BITS-OUT clock is not in sync with the incoming clock on OSCM for E1 facility when the framing type is FAS+CAS+CRC or FAS+CRC. The workaround is to: 1. Change the framing type to UNFRAMED. 2. Set the value of AIS threshold to Do not use for sync (DUS). 3. Change the framing type back to FAS+CAS+CRC or FAS+CRC. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCta95590—Provisioning strip sends wrong BPDU configuration for NNI ports When a UNI port is changed to NNI port, the BPDU configuration parameter is not updated. The workaround is to: 1. Set the port to UNI, transparent, DROP, in IS 2. Set to TUNNEL and click APPLY 3. Set to OOS 4. Set to NNI This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCtg92049—Incorrect pool allocation on CE100T-8 Card The pool allocation is incorrect when a VC3-CCAT circuit is created on the CE100T-8 card. The workaround is to create a VC3-VCAT circuit instead of VC3-CCAT circuit. This issue will be resolved in a future release.6 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats Data I/O Cards This section documents caveats for Data I/O Cards in Release 8.6.1. CSCsq02815—Negative values for gfpStatsRxCRCErrors and ifInPayloadCrcErrors parameters in CTC for CE-MR-10 cards The gfpStatsRxCRCErrors and ifInPayloadCrcErrors performance monitoring parameters in CTC for CE-MR-10 cards can contain negative values. The workaround is to either refresh the Performance > Statistics pane by clicking the Refresh button or by clearing the PM parameters by clicking the Clear button. This issue may be resolved in a future release. CSCsq24903 —First data frame sent on POS circuit is lost on CE-MR-10 card On CE-MR-10 cards, the first data frame that is sent on a POS circuit is lost under the following conditions: For a new provisioned POS circuit If the data frame is large No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will not be resolved. CSCte67178—Link does not recover between CE-1000 and Sycamore cards Link does not recover between the CE-1000 card and Sycamore 1 Gbps Ethernet card when the fibre is removed and restored again, with LI enabled. The workaround is to create a terminal loopback on the OC-192 port on the ONS 15454 node with the AIS flags disabled. If the Link Integrity Disable flag is selected, the circuit recovers correctly when the fiber is restored on the CE-1000 card. CSCso94644—LCAS VCG Member Rx side in Add State condition persists after hard reset of CE-MR-10 card or ML-MR-10 card The LCAS VCG Member Rx side in Add State condition might persist after a hard reset of a CE-MR-10 card or an ML-MR-10 card carrying a HW-LCAS circuit with loopback on split fiber routing. The workaround is to place all the affected circuit members in the OOS,OOG state. After all the members have been placed in OOS,OOG state, place them back in IS state. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsm78387—PDI-P alarm causes the Ethernet port to go down when members are deleted on open-ended HW-LCAS VCAT circuit A path payload defect indication (PDI-P) alarm is raised and the Ethernet port goes down when members are deleted in a circuit under the following conditions: • A VC-12-63v open-ended HW-LCAS circuit exists between two network elements (NEs). • All members on the CE-MR-10 card are placed in the OOS,OOG state and the last 45 members are deleted. • The remaining 18 members on the CE-MR-10 card are placed in IS. These conditions result in an unbalanced virtual concatenation group (VCG). Traffic is lost and a PDI-P alarm is raised on the card where members were deleted.7 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats The workaround is to place members in the OOG state on both ends. When members are being placed in IS, place them in IS state on both ends of the circuit. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsq20532—Traffic hit of 25 ms occurs in a low-order LCAS circuit A traffic hit of about 25 ms may occur in a low-order LCAS circuit if members in the OOS,OOG state are deleted in CE-MR-10, CE-MR-6, or ML-MR-10 cards. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsy16814—Traffic drop is observed when port state is changed from OOS-DSBLD to IS Traffic drop is observed when the port state is changed from OOS-DSBLD to IS. The workaround is to perform IS->OOS-> IS transition until the problem is fixed. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCtc44604—First 32 DCC Area IDs are restored after the upgrade Only the first 32 data communications channel (DCC) area IDs are restored after an upgrade from an older software release to R9.0.1. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCtg93566—IDLE does not clear on few HW-LCAS members IDLE does not clear on few HW-LCAS members when the path delay (propagation delay) is more than 400 ms and the active cross-connect is reset. The workaround is to change all the HW-LCAS members to OOS,OOG state before cross-connect reset and move HW-LCAS members back to IS state after cross-connect reset. Recover the affected members by transitioning the member state form IS > OOS,OOG > OOS,DSBLD and back to IS. This issue will be resolved in a future release. DWDM This section documents caveats for DWDM in Release 8.6.1. CSCsx49926—Egress WRR scheduling does not work for frames > ~1500 on GE_XP card Egress WRR scheduling does not work for frames more than approximately 1500 on GE_XP card. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsg22669—Traffic hit greater than 50 ms but less than 60 ms on MXP-2.5G-10E in Y cable configuration with fiber cut When a fiber is cut on MXP-2.5G-10E cards in Y-cable configurations, a traffic hit of greater than 50 ms but less than 60 ms occurs. This issue will not be resolved.8 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats CSCsf04299 —WTR time does not trigger switch back of protection When triggering the switch of optimized 1+1 protection and the failure is cleared, the WTR condition is raised, but after the WTR time expires, the switch back of protection is not triggered. The workaround is to manually force back the protection. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsm82422—CARLOSS alarm not raised when power is turned off on MXP-MR-10DME cards On MXP-MR-10DME cards, the CARLOSS alarm is not raised when the power is turned off on the copper SFP due to squelching of that port. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will not be resolved. CSCei19148—Client momentarily enabled and emits light before squelching due to the trunk OOS,DSBLD condition When a port is placed in IS while the conditions necessary to squelch the port are present (for example, when the trunk port on a DWDM card is OOS,DSBLD and a client port is placed in IS), the client will momentarily enable, emitting light, before squelching due to the trunk OOS,DSBLD condition. The pulse is approximately 500 ms. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsb47323 —Unexpected RFI condition raised with OTUk-BDI for MXP-MR-10DME-C and MXP-MR-10DME-L cards For MXP-MR-10DME-C and MXP-MR-10DME-L cards, an unexpected RFI condition might be raised along with an OTUk-BDI. When an LOS occurs downstream, the node receives OTUk-BDI. Because of the placement of dual OTN and SONET wrappers, the node can also receive an RFI. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsb94736—MXP-MR-10DME card fails to detect the login message after fault condition After a fault condition (trunk LOS or Y-cable switch) an MXP-MR-10DME card might fail to detect the login message and traffic might not start for some minutes (after multiple login trials). This situation can occur in an N-F configuration with the Cisco MDS switch and MXP-MR-10DME distance extension on, where test equipment traffic is set to 2G Fiber Channel (FC) full-bandwidth occupancy and started. The workaround is to stop traffic or keep bandwidth occupancy below 80% during the login phase. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsc36494—Manual Y-cable switches with squelching turned off in the MXP-MR-10G card causes Fiber Channel link with Brocade switches to go down Manual Y-cable switches with squelching turned off in the MXP-MR-10G card can cause a Fiber Channel link with Brocade switches to go down. SIGLOSS and GFP-CSF alarms are seen in CTC. Cisco recommends that squelching be on when interworking with Brocade switches. If for some reason squelching must be off with Brocade switches, Cisco recommends using a FORCE command to perform Y-cable switches. This issue may not be resolved.9 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats CSCsc60472—CTC is not able to discover TL1 OCHCC circuit provisioned over ITU-T line card CTC is not able to discover a TL1 OCHCC circuit provisioned over an ITU-T line card (ITU-T OC48/STM16 and ITU-T OC192/STM64). This issue can occur when, using the TL1 client interface, you create the OCHNC layer that will be used by the OCHCC circuit, then create the OCHCC connections that involve the ITU-T line cards. The result is an OCHNC and two OCHCC partial circuits, instead of an OCHNC and a single OCHCC complete circuit. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsg10008—Y-cable protection switch time higher than 50 ms in GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards Y-cable protection switch time is higher than 50 ms in GE_XP and 10GE_XP cards under the following conditions: • RX fibers extracted from client pluggable port module (PPM). • The Trunk pluggable port module (PPM) status is OOS,DSBLD. • Loss of signal (LoS), both LOS-P and SIGLOSS, when extracting the RX fiber on Trunk PPM port. • User command (for example, FORCE) is issued. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will not be resolved. CSCse97200 —Local and Express order-wire circuits do not work on ADM-10G card On ADM-10G cards, attempts to preprovision local and express order-wire circuits on trunk ports are not successful. E1/E2 order-wire is not supported. This issue will not be resolved. CSCei87554—IfInErrors counter does not report performance parameters When using a 1GE payload over the TXP-MR-2.5G card, the IfInErrors counter does not report oversized, undersized, or CRC errored frames. The counter reports frame coding only. This issue will not be resolved. CSCee45443 —FICON bridge in the MXP-MR-2.5G card transitions to SERV MODE The FICON bridge in the MXP-MR-2.5G card transitions to SERV MODE when the FICON bridge does not receive the expected number of idle frames between the data packets. The workaround is to not use the MXP-MR-2.5G card with the FICON bridge. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsz94689—Incoming traffic received through any port on the affected card may flow to other Service Provider VLANs Incoming traffic received through any port on the affected card may flow to other Service Provider VLANs (svlan) if the Customer VLAN (cvlan) ID on the incoming packet belongs to any VLAN range configured on the card. This issue may occur even if the packet is received via a Network to Network Interface (NNI) port. This issue will be resolved in a future release.10 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats CSCtb33916 —After an upgrade, traffic is discarded on a newly created VLAN The traffic does not flow in a newly created VLAN under the following conditions: • Software upgraded from R8.5 to R9.0 or R9.0.1 • After a soft reset of the card. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCtc54159—Traffic drops if CVLAN coincides between the range and single entry on different SVLAN There is a drop in traffic when a VLAN range entry that is created on the UNI port coincides with an existing QinQ entry on the other ports. This issue will be resolved in a future release. Electrical I/O Cards This section documents caveats for Electrical I/O Cards in Release 8.6.1. CSCsq13945— DS3-12 card does not boot up in release 8.0 and later The DS3-12 card (part number 87-31-00001/800-06785-01) does not boot up in release 8.0 and later. The workaround is to use a later version of the card. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsq98420—DS1 port state (under a DS3 port) moves to OOS,DSBLD state on deletion of first VT circuit All DS1 ports (under a DS3 port) move to OOS,DSBLD state after the first VT circuit is deleted. This occurs under the following conditions: 1. NE equipment includes DS3XM12 card. 2. Create five VT1.5 circuits (starting from DS1 port 1 to DS1 port 5) with state set to IS and apply the circuits to the selected drop, from DS3 port 1 to DS3 port2. 3. Check that the DS3 port 1 and port 2 state is IS, and check that the first five DS1 ports of DS3 port 1 and port 2 are in IS state. 4. Change the DS3 port 1 state to OOS,MT. 5. Delete the fifth circuit. 6. During this condition, check that all DS1 ports of DS3 port 1 move to OOS,DSBLD. 7. Only the DS1 port that was used in the fifth VT circuit should be moved to OOS,DSBLD after the fifth circuit is deleted. Instead, all DS1 ports move to OOS,DSBLD. No workaround is available for this issue. However, this issue is resolved in Release 9.0.11 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats Hardware This section documents caveats for Hardware in Release 8.6.1 CSCei36415 —Retrieving Gigabit Interface Converter (GBIC) inventory for FC_MR-4 returns nothing for CLEI code When retrieving Gigabit Interface Converter (GBIC) inventory for the FC_MR-4, nothing is returned for the CLEI code. In a future release, enhanced inventory information will be available for ONS GBICs, including the CLEI code. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCeb36749 —In a Y-cable configuration, CARLOSS alarm is major and affects service even though traffic is fine In a Y-cable configuration, if you remove the client standby RX fiber, a nonservice-affecting LOS is raised, as expected. However, if you then remove the trunk active RX fiber, a nonservice-affecting LOS-P is raised, but the previously non-service affecting LOS on the client port is now escalated to a service-affecting alarm, in spite of no traffic having been affected. This issue will not be resolved. Maintenance and Administration This section documents caveats for Maintenance and Administration in Release 8.6.1. Caution VxWorks is intended for qualified Cisco personnel only. Use of VxWorks by customers is not recommended, nor is it supported by the Cisco Technical Assistance Center. Inappropriate use of VxWorks commands can have a negative and service-affecting impact on your network. Consult the troubleshooting guide for your release and platform for appropriate troubleshooting procedures. To exit without logging in, enter a Control-D (press the Control and D keys at the same time) at the Username prompt. To exit after logging in, type “logout” at the VxWorks shell prompt. Note Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) does not support adding or creating more than five circuits in auto-ranged provisioning. This restriction is intentional. Note In releases earlier than Cisco ONS Release 4.6, you could independently set proxy server gateway settings; however, with Cisco ONS Release 4.6.x and later, this is no longer the case. To retain the integrity of existing network configurations, settings made in a pre-4.6 release are not changed upon upgrading to Cisco ONS Release 7.x. Current settings are displayed in Cisco Transport Controller (whether they were inherited from an upgrade or they were set using the current GUI).12 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats CSCse38590— Station reports “remote WTR” on a space even though the neighboring station is not advertising Wait to Restore (WTR) state In the RPR topology, one station reports a “remote WTR” on a space, even though the neighboring station is not advertising Wait to Restore (WTR) state. This issue is observed after many XC pulls/switches, deleting and recreating circuits, and replacing cross-connects completely. This issue does not appear to have any real impact to traffic, but can potentially complicate troubleshooting. The workaround is to configure a forced-switch on both ends of the problem span, and then remove the forced-switch from both ends. CSCsd44081—Series of crashes and reboots occur when policy-map includes approximately 200 class-map entries and policers A series of crashes and reboots may occur when a policy-map includes approximately 200 class-map entries and policers. This error appears to occur when the card boots up, the field-programmable gate array (FPGA) process is attempting to download the new FPGA, the policy-map has at least 200 class-map entries, and traffic has been sent to the host. These conditions may trigger a provisioning-message timeout on the ML card that can lead to a crash. Because the system boots up in the same state, a continuous series of crashes and reboots may occur. The workaround is to remove the circuits and wait until the node boots up with the latest FPGA image before reconfiguring the circuits. CSCse23518—RPR SPAN-MISMATCH alarm not reported correctly The RPR SPAN-MISMATCH alarm is not reported correctly in some situations. After creating and deleting an East-to-East RPR circuit through TL1 cross-connects and creating a West-to-West RPR circuit through the TL1 cross-connects script, both within less than 1 second of the other, the RPR-SPAN-MISMATCH alarm is seen only on one side of the circuit and not on the other side. This problem does not occur when the operations are made manually. This alarm indicates mis-cabling or cross-connects created between two East spans or two West spans. The workaround is to ensure more than 1 second between the deletion of one circuit and creation of the another. CSCse53133—RTRV-COND-STS does not display path alarms on BLSR protect path RTRV-COND-STS does not display path alarms on a BLSR protect path. When the BLSR is switched onto protection and the protect paths have conditions on them, the TL1 retrieval command does not show those conditions on protection paths. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsg10963—Connections remain in OOS-AU,FLT after roll is canceled Connections remain in OOS-AU,FLT state after roll is canceled. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Create an OC48/OC192 two-fiber BLSR ring among three Cisco ONS 15454 nodes. 2. Create five STS-1 two-fiber BLSR circuits from Cisco ONS 15454 Node 1 to Cisco ONS 15454 Node 2. All connections enter IS-NR state. 3. Perform bulk roll to roll all connections from East port to West port. Roll is not complete. UNEQ-P alarms are raised for rollTo paths. Connection states change to OOS-AU,FLT. 4. Cancel roll.13 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats UNEQ-P alarms clear and connection states remain in OOS-AU,FLT. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will not be resolved. CSCse91968—AINS-to-IS transition on BLSR four-fiber Protect does not function properly The AINS-to-IS transition on BLSR four-fiber Protect is not functioning properly. When a BLSR four-fiber ring is used, the AINS-to-IS transition is not correct when protect is active (ring switched). Sometimes the wrong protect is transitioning at the IO. If the TSC card is notified incorrectly, it becomes out of sync with the IO, and becomes stuck in AINS, even when the protect switch is released. The Cisco PCA is also being incorrectly notified of an AINS-to-IS transition. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsm04659—CTC does not report TL1 circuits when the software is upgraded to Releases 8.5.1 and 8.6 Cisco Transport Controller does not report TL1 circuits when the software is upgraded to Releases 8.5.1 and 8.6. The workaround is to close and re-launch CTC. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsm08019— MXP-MR-10DME card carries traffic even if trunk port is in OOS,DSBLD state The MXP-MR-10DME card carries traffic even if the trunk port is in OOS,DSBLD state. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsm43960— Intermediate switch to protect occurs when TIM alarm is generated on MXPP-MR-2.5G card An intermediate switch to protect occurs when a TIM alarm is generated on an MXPP-MR-2.5G card. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will not be resolved. CSCsm61886 —Less accuracy of the Link Integrity timer on CE-MR-10 card The Link Integrity timer is less accurate on CE-MR-10 cards than on G1000-4 or CE1000-4 Ethernet cards. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCsg42366—Traffic outage occurs when FPGA upgrade is done with manual switch on Y-cable A traffic outage of 120 seconds occurs when an FPGA upgrade is done with a manual switch on the Y-cable and the client port is in out of service. To prevent traffic outages, follow the procedure for an FPGA upgrade: 1. Configure the following: – Near-end (NE) node, 2 MXP-MR-10DME, Working and Protect, with the Working Active and the Protect Stand by for each protection group supported on the client ports – Far-end (FE) node, 2 MXP-MR-10DME, Working and Protect, with the Working Active and the Protect Stand by for each protection group supported on the client ports – NE Working card trunk port connected to FE Working card trunk port – NE Protect card trunk port connected to FE Protect card trunk port14 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats 2. Ensure traffic is running on the Working cards, for each protection group is supported by the MXP-MR-10DME cards. 3. Issue a Lockout of Protect to ensure traffic does not switch to Protect. Perform this on both NE and FE protection groups. 4. Disable client ports on the Protect cards and complete the manual FPGA upgrade. The upgrade should be hitless because traffic is accommodated on the Working facilities. 5. After the card has completed the software reset, move back the client ports to IS-NR state. Ensure no unexpected alarm or condition is present on the Protect cards. 6. Release Lockout of Protection on both ends, on every protection group. This operation does not affect traffic. Traffic is still carried on Working facilities. 7. Issue a Force to Protect on both NE and FE protection groups so that traffic switches from Working to Protect facilities. Do this on every protection group supported by these cards. The Force to Protect switching affects traffic less than 50 ms. 8. Disable client ports on the Working cards and complete the manual FPGA upgrade. The upgrade should be hitless because traffic is accommodated on the Protect facilities. 9. After the card has completed the software reset, move back the client ports to IS-NR state. Ensure no unexpected alarm/condition is present on the Working cards. 10. Release Force to Protect on both ends, on every protection group. If the protection group is revertive, this operation will revert traffic to the Working facilities. Less than 50-ms hits are expected. The operation keeps traffic on the Protect facilities if the protection group is nonrevertive and hitless. This issue will not be resolved. CSCta11737—Soft reset of CE card places IS-AINS port to IS when soak timer is set to zero The CE Ethernet card with ports set in an IS-AINS state will incorrectly go to IS state when the SOAK timer is set to 00:00 and after the soft reset of the card. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will be resolved in a future release. CSCta87573—40-MUX-C card does not report CHAN-RX power when COM-TX port is not in IS or MT state The 40-MUX-C optical card (with vendorID=1025) does not report the optical power value in the Provisioning->Optical Channel pane when the COM-TX port and the associated variable optical attenuator (VOA) are not ACTIVE. Due to this, the Raman Installation Wizard fails to tune the RAMAN span when the MUX or DEMUX option is selected, and a 40-MUX-C is used. The workaround is to move the COM-TX port of the 40MUX-C card to IS or MT state to display the CHAN-RX power. This issue will be resolved in a future release.15 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats NCP This section documents caveats for NCP in Release 8.6.1. CSCdu82934—Failure of VT circuit creation When you auto-route a VT circuit on an ONS 15454 node, a path is computed based on the availability of STSs on the nodes involved. This selection process, when combined with a lack of VT matrix (or STS-VT connections) on an auto-route selected node, can result in the failure of VT circuit creation and displays the following message, Error Message Unable to create connection object at node To correct this situation, manually route VT circuits in cases when auto-routing fails. The error message will indicate which node is at issue. Optical I/O Cards This section documents caveats for Optical I/O Cards in Release 8.6.1. CSCei26718 —Different alarm behavior between one-way and two-way VT/VC circuit creation on path protection On the 15454-MRC-12 card, when a one-way VT/VC circuit on path protection over 1+1 protection is created, the alarm behavior is not the same as in two-way circuit creation. In particular, for the one-way circuit creation, UNEQ-V and PLM-V alarms are reported, and the circuit state remains OOS. This issue will not be resolved. CSCin29274—Same static route on two interfaces fails When configuring the same static route over two or more interfaces, use the following command: ip route a-prefix a-networkmask a.b.c.d where a.b.c.d is the address of the outgoing gateway; or, similarly, use the command: ip route vrf vrf-name Do not try to configure this type of static route using only the interface instead of the address of the outgoing gateway. This issue will not be resolved. CSCta42253—MRC card remains in OOF state MRC card remains in OOF state when OC-48 SFP is used in port 1. This issue will be resolved in a future release.16 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Caveats Path Protection This section documents caveats for Path Protection in Release 8.6.1. CSCee53579— Traffic hits occur in unprotected to path protection topology upgrade in unidirectional routing Traffic hits can occur in an unprotected to path protection topology upgrade in unidirectional routing. You can create an unprotected circuit, then upgrade the circuit to a path protection circuit using the Unprotected to Path Protection wizard. Select unidirectional routing in the wizard, and the circuit will be upgraded to a path protection circuit. However, during the conversion, traffic hits of the order of 300 ms should be expected. This issue will not be resolved. SNMP This section documents caveats for SNMP in Release 8.6.1. CSCsy42909—SNMP trap do not display port/slot number correctly for OCHTERM-INC alarm The 15454 SNMP traps do not display the port and slot numbers correctly for the OCHTERM-INC alarm. The workaround is to check the port number in the TL1 AID part of the trap (example: LINE-1-2-RX). to determine port that has an alarm. This issue will be resolved in a future release. TL1 This section documents caveats for TL1 in Release 8.6.1. Note To be compatible with TL1 and DNS, all nodes must have valid names. Node names should contain alphanumeric characters or hyphens, but no special characters or spaces. CSCsc41650 —Node reboots during DS3XM card pre-provisioning Using a TL1 script to rapidly preprovision or delete various cards repeatedly in the same slot will reboot the TCC approximately 1 out of 10 times. Configuring a delay of about 10 seconds between preprovisioning/deletion cycles causes the node to not reboot. This issue will not be resolved. CSCtf50729—TCC crashes when debug commands are executed The TCC crashes when debug commands are executed on a 15454 node where SNMP is configured. This issue will be resolved in a future release.17 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 This section documents caveats resolved in Release 8.6.1. Alarms This section documents resolved caveats for Alarms in Release 8.6.1. CSCsu40460—External remote alarm relay is not set correctly The External Alarm Relay (ERA) (A1/B1 VIS/AUD on the backplane) on a node created on the Cisco ONS 15454 platform indicates incorrectly set remote alarms when remote nodes are raised or alarms are cleared. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. The node is stable with no MN/MJ/CR alarms on the entire network on a Cisco ONS 15454 platform. 2. Another node on the network raises an MN/MJ/CR alarm, but it does not update the REM ALARM VIS/AUD contact pins on the backplane. 3. The issue occurs when the remote nodes clear their alarms also. (This issue has been observed since Release 7.0). This issue has been resolved. CSCsm32278 —Alarms at GFP level on MXP-MR-10DME cards do not trigger FLT state on port Alarms at generic framing procedure (GFP) level on MXP-MR-10DME cards do not trigger an FLT state on the Virtual Facility (VFAC) port. This issue has been resolved. CSCsk20948—VT alarms with invalid aid is raised on XM12 ports When VT1.5 circuit is created on the ported ports of the DS3XM12 card, the VT alarms are reported with wrong AID’s against the DS3XM12 card. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq68460—LCAS-RX-FAIL and LCAS-RX-DNU alarms are not reported for AIS-V and LOP-V for MLMR and CEMR cards LCAS-RX-FAIL and LCAS-RX-DNU alarms are not reported for AIS-V and LOP-V alarms but seen for other SONET alarms (such as UNEQ) under the following condition: • Inject AIS or LOP alarm in a HW-LCAS circuit. This issue has been resolved.18 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 CTC This section documents resolved caveats for CTC in Release 8.6.1. CSCsr89201—Unable to launch CTC with emsAccessState=secure after upgrade After a release upgrade, CTC does not launch on certain ‘custom packages.’ This issue occurs only on the custom package and while upgrading with the EMS access state set to secure. This issue has been resolved. CSCsr47355—Unable to cut new hybrid node into an existing hybrid MSTP ring When cutting a new node into an existing hybrid ring, the user is unable to run the Update Circuits With New Node Wizard from CTC, and receives the following error message: EID-2034 Network Circuits Could Not Be Added: cerent.cms.ncp.missingLinks: No Reverse Link! This issue occurs under the following condition: • The node being cut into the ring must be a hybrid (MSTP/MSPP) shelf with OSC-CSMs created and In-Service. The problem appears only after OSC connectivity has been established between the new node and the adjacent nodes. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq73116—PPC does not work on secure mode node PPC does not work on a secure mode node under the following condition: • Create a PPC that terminates on a secure mode node. At this point, a new “unknown” node appears and the PPC is not shown on the network map. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq88986—Filler card prevents enabling MSTP multishelf MSTP multishelf cannot be enabled under the following condition: • At least one filler card is plugged in the shelf. This issue has been resolved. CSCsv01621—It is not possible to enter in the WXC card panel The user cannot open the card configuration panel for any WXC inserted or pre-provisioned in the system. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Configure a multidegree node with WXC. 2. Some WXC cards are inserted in the system but are then “deleted.” This issue has been resolved.19 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 CSCsl76583—Select Affected Circuits does not work for PLM-P In the CTC, the “Select Affected Circuits” option does not show the affected circuits for PLM-P alarm. This issue has been resolved. CSCtf77988—NMS support to display input voltage and ambience temperature The CTC and CTM displays both the battery input voltage and ambient temperature. These values are also reported on the LCD panel. Cross Connect Cards This section documents resolved caveats for Cross Connect Cards in Release 8.6.1. CSCsy86915—Extra STS is utilized in the first VT cross connect created on an STS On the first VT cross connect created on an STS, an extra STS is utilized under the following conditions: 1. The first VT cross connect created on the STS is a unidirectional circuit in IS,IS-AINS state, with 1+1 port as the cross connect source. 2. The second VT cross connect on the STS is a unidirectional or bidirectional circuit in the OOS-DSBLD state. 3. Any circuit created afterwards is a unidirectional or bidirectional circuit in the IS state. This issue has been resolved. CSCtd46366—Cross-connect loopback on monitor circuit affects the traffic of the original circuit The cross-connect loopback on monitor circuit brings down the traffic of the original circuit under the following conditions: 1. Create STS circuit between two MSPP nodes (for example, nodeA and nodeB). The traffic is fine. 2. Build a Monitor circuit at NodeB and terminate that on third MSPP node (for example, NodeC) 3. Do “XC loopback” on monitor circuit, from node-B. Cardview->Maintenance > Loopback > STS and check the “XC Loopback” check box. 4. This is causing the traffic outage on the original circuit at NodeA. This issue has been resolved. Data I/O Cards This section documents resolved caveats for Data I/O Cards in Release 8.6.1. CSCsm09512—Packet drop and VCG-DEG condition observed after hard reset of CE-MR-10 card The VT1.5-64v or VT1.5-63v circuit moves to VCG degraded state following the hard reset of a CE-MR-10 card. The number of members that are not available for use is approximately 6 to 10. This issue has been resolved.20 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 CSCso66424—LCAS VCG Member Rx side in Add State condition persists after hard reset of CE-MR-10 card The LCAS VCG Member Rx side in Add State condition might persist after a hard reset of a CE-MR-10 card carrying a VT1.5 HW-LCAS circuit with a member count of greater than 40. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq16464—Traffic on nodes duplicates on ML-series cards On ML-series cards, if a priority-multicast is configured and a wrap occurs on the shared packet ring (SPR), traffic on some nodes will be duplicated, which can result in sequencing issues in the multicast stream. Multicast video may experience deterioration in clarity. This issue has been resolved. CSCsu02307—Unable to add members with SD-P alarm present on one member The ADD condition persists when adding more members to the LCAS circuit signal degrade-path (SD-P) is present on a member. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Create an STS1-2v VCAT, HW-LCAS between a Cisco ONS 15310-MA and Cisco ONS 15454 node. 2. Put the test set in through mode (Agilent VCAT test set). 3. Inject SD-P or SF-P toward the Cisco ONS 15310-MA node. As expected, members go into out of group (OOG). 4. Add some more members (for example, 5) on the span that does not have the test set. As expected, members should be added; however, members are not added to the VCAT group, causing the ADD condition to persist. 5. Add more members when SD-P is present on one of the members and SD-P is injected through the Agilent test set. Note This issue is seen only with the Agilent GFP test set. This issue has been resolved. CSCsw64346—UNEQ raised on CEMR-10 HW LCAS circuit after XC switch AIS-P conditions change to UNEQ-P on a trunk card that corresponds to members of a HW-LCAS circuit after the XC is switched under the following conditions: 1. Create the circuit with POS ports in IS state. Later, the POS port on one end is placed in OOS,DSBLD state. 2. Perform the XC side-switch is performed. This issue has been resolved.21 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 CSCsu02236—Members of the VT-1.5 LCAS circuits are in idle state On an ML-MR-10 card, injecting a signal degrade (SD) or signal fail-V (SF-V) on one member and switching the cross-connect (XC) main causes a few members of the VT-1.5 LCAS circuits to become stuck in the Idle state. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Configure two ML-MR-10 cards, that is, ML-MR-10 card A and ML-MR-10 card B. 2. Create a VT1.5-64V circuit between ML-MR-10 card A and ML-MR-10 card B. 3. Inject an SD/SF-P on one member and observe that traffic is reduced on the affected member. 4. Switch the XC main and observe the Stuck Idle state (with sequence number 63) on a few members. This issue has been resolved. CSCsr67830—High traffic hit seen with larger HW-LCAS circuits with fiber pull A high traffic hit is seen on fiber pull for a HW-LCAS, split-fiber circuit on CE-MR-10, CE-MR-6, and ML-MR-10 cards under the following condition: • For larger-member HW-LCAS, split-fiber circuits on CE-MR-10, CE-MR-6, and ML-MR-10 cards, a high traffic hit is seen when pulling a fiber on one span. This issue has been resolved. CSCsr06085—Error message on CPU switching packets greater than 1500 bytes in length An error message on CPU switching packets greater than 1500 bytes in length occurs under the following conditions: • When an IP multicast packet of size > 1500 bytes is received on a BVI interface, an error message is displayed on the console/vty and packets are dropped. This issue has been resolved. CSCsm99133 —Packet loss on CE-MR-10 cards running more than 8.5 Gbps traffic during software upgrade Upgrading software on a Cisco ONS 15454 from Release 8.5.0 or 8.5.1 to a later version causes packet loss on CE-MR-10 cards carrying more than 8.5 Gbps of traffic. This issue has been resolved. CSCso55327—TCC switch on CE-MR-10 and ML-MR-10 cards causes a traffic hit of up to 180 ms A reset of a TCC switch on CE-MR-10 and ML-MR-10 cards causes a traffic hit of up to 180 ms on all circuits with software earlier release 9.0. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq20532—Traffic hit of 25 ms occurs in a low-order LCAS circuit A traffic hit of about 25 ms may occur in a low-order LCAS circuit if members in the OOS,OOG state are deleted in CE-MR-10, CE-MR-6, or ML-MR-10 cards. No workaround is available for this issue. This issue will not be resolved.22 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 CSCsq24264—Traffic hit on CE100T-8 cards during an upgrade from release 8.5.0 to release 8.5.2 or 8.6 An upgrade on Cisco ONS 15454 from Release 8.5.0 to release 8.5.2 or 8.6 followed by a power cycle of the node causes a traffic hit on CE-100T-8 cards. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq52786—Link Integrity does not work for HW-LCAS circuits The far-end port does not go down when an AIS-P, AIS-V, or LOP alarm is injected into the HW-LCAS circuit on CE-MR-10 and CE-MR-6 cards. A TPTFAIL alarm is raised on the injected port and the port goes down. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq55568—High traffic hit while upgrading from pre 9.00 load on CE-MR-10, CE-MR-6 cards A high traffic hit occurs while upgrading from pre 9.00 load on CE-MR-10 and CE-MR-6 cards. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq77755—UNEQ alarmed HW-LCAS member will go into In-Group when CTX or XC card is reset Resetting the CTX/XC card while a HW-LCAS member has the UNEQ alarm raised causes the HW-LCAS member to go into In-Group state. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Create a HW-LCAS circuit on a CE-MR-10/CE-MR-6/ML-MR-10 card. 2. Inject UNEQ on a HW-LCS member. Because of this defect, the member will be taken out-of-group. 3. Reset the CTX/XC card. HW-LCAS members with the UNEQ alarm raised will go into In-Group. This issue has been resolved. CSCsr41260—RPR convergence time is more than expected (50 ms) in ML-100X RPR convergence time is more than expected (50 ms) in ML-100X cards and is noticed under the following condition: • RX fiber cut occurs on trunk of RPR-IEEE 802.17 ring. This issue has been resolved. CSCsr78331—Cannot create a STS-1-2v or a STS1 circuit on the CE-100 card Cannot create a STS-1-2v or STS1 circuit when the following circuits are already provisioned: STS3c, STS-1-2v, STS-1-1v, VT-1-7v. This issue has been resolved. CSCtc66943—Link does not come up when autonegotiation is enabled The link fails to come up when the CE-1000-4 card and the HP ProCurve Switch are connected, and autonegotiation is enabled on both ends of the circuit. This issue has been resolved.23 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 CSCtf10958—Path PMs are displayed for CE-MR/ML-MR Cards The HTML PM file contains STS (or hop for SDH) rows related to CE-MR and ML-MR cards when a STS/VC circuit is present on the cards. This causes unwanted warning messages in the CTM PM logs. This issue has been resolved. CSCse74833—GFP-CSF is not detected by CE-MR-10 and ML-MR-10 cards GFP-CSF condition is not detected by CE-MR-10 and ML-MR-10 cards on a circuit with GFP encapsulation. This issue has been resolved. DWDM This section documents resolved caveats for DWDM in Release 8.6.1 CSCso73947—E port is down after MXP-MR-10DME card power up The E port is down for 2 minutes after an MXP-MR-10DME card is powered up under the following conditions: • The card is connected to Fiber Channel (FC) switches on both ends. • The switches are connected to 4G-FC ports. The system does not report an alarm. This issue has been resolved. CSCsu06528—GE_XP and 10GE_XP Trail Trace receive incorrect message An incorrect “received string” message is displayed on the CTC card TTI panel continually when TTI is enabled even though the line card receives the correct string and correct alarm behavior. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Set up a node with two GE_XP cards. 2. Connect card A on port 21 to card B on the same port, and card A on port 22 to card B on port 22 card. 3. Enable TTI on both trunks. The strings are received correctly. 4. Disable TTI on port 22. Port 21 reports an incorrect received string. This issue has been resolved. CSCsx55119—Ingress COS remarking not working for NNI ports on GE_XP card Ingress COS remarking does not work for NNI ports on GE_XP cards. This issue has been resolved. CSCsw49064—GR3 protection is not triggered by SD or SF alarms on trunk ports GR3 protection is not triggered by SD/SF alarms on trunk ports under the following conditions: 1. Configure a GR3 protection on a ring of muxponder cards. 2. Generate an SF or an SD on a trunk. The protection is not triggered. This issue has been resolved.24 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 CSCsu49109— Y-cable does not switch for client syncloss on TXP-MR-10E card On TXP_MR_10E cards, the SYNCLOSS alarm on the client port does not cause the Y- cable switch under the following conditions: 1. Install a Y-cable with G709 on a 10GE/10GFC card. 2. Inject a SYNCLOSS alarm in the client receiving fiber on the far-end working card. The near-end protection does not perform a switch to protection. This issue has been resolved. CSCsr60270—Upgrade issues in GE_XP/10GE_XP cards The following issues are noticed: • Electrical SFP If a copper SFP has a link flap (cable disconnect or autoneg restart) the link will come up but traffic will not flow. • VLAN range issue After an upgrade, if the user tries to add or configure a new VLAN range, it does not work. Also, previously configured VLAN ranges will not work • Selective configuration When there is a sequence of add and delete selective operations followed by a reset, new selective operations might not work after reset. • Metering on port1 If a VLAN range is configured, after an upgrade, metering on port 1 will not work anymore. Traffic will flow, but metering is not applied. These issues occur when the software is upgraded from Release 8.0 to 8.5. This issue has been resolved. CSCsr22181—IPG change for Copper SFP Upgrading the software from a software release with CRC errors issue for traffic on a copper PPM does not automatically fix the issue. This issue occurs under the following conditions: – In a release that includes a copper-card pair, most of the packets are dropped due to CRC errors (even in normal working condition) – Upgrade the software to a new release to fix this issue for new copper PPMs. Copper PPMs with CRC issues that were already installed before the software upgrade will again drop packets. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq99089—Traffic does not flow on the fast automatic protection switching (FAPS) circuit Traffic does not flow on the fast automatic protection switching (FAPS) circuit when the master node is powered up after being powered down. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Enable GR3/FAPS.25 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 2. Remove the fiber from the working trunk (trunk_1). The card switches to the protected trunk (trunk_2) and traffic is up and running. 3. Power down the master node. 4. Power up the master node. 5. The master node is up and running, but traffic does not flow. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq99680—Unwanted PM updates and alarms occur While an LOS (or TRAIL-SIGNAL-FAIL) alarm is present, the following unwanted PM updates and alarms occur: • FEC-PM continues increment. • UNC-WORD alarm is raised. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Enable a 10GE-XP trunk port, configured with FEC on and G709 on. 2. The trunk port reports an LOS alarm due to a valid reason. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq78030—Continuous squelch asserts or clears are observed on MXP-MR-2.5G card Continuous squelch asserts or clears are observed on an MXP-MR-2.5G card. This issue occurs under the following condition: • SYNCLOSS alarm is present on the peer card. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq78337—Unable to provision ONS-SE-G2F-LX= (10-2273-02) on a TXP-MR-2.5G card for ISC3 ONS-SE-G2F-LX= (10-2273-02) on a TXP-MR-2.5G card for ISC3 cannot be provisioned while using the Release 8.5.x software version. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq33614 —Hard reset of MXP-MR-10DME and MXP-2.5G-10E cards raises IMPROPRVML alarm A hard reset on MXP-MR-10DME and MXP-2.5G-10E cards sometimes causes the improper removal alarm to be raised on some ports. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq46283— Packet loss on MXP-MR-10DME cards provisioned with 4G or 4G FICON Continuous packet loss is seen for 10 to 15 minutes on MXP-MR-10DME cards provisioned with 4G or 4G FICON and the port is put from IS state to OOS,MT state, and then back to IS state. This issue has been resolved.26 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 CSCsl70268 —Severity is not cleared when the raised alarm is cleared When an alarm raised on a port is cleared, the severity is not cleared. This issue has been resolved. CSCso92518—TIM alarm is not cleared on TXP-MR-10E and MXP-MR-10DME cards On TXP-MR-10E and MXP-MR-10DME cards, configuring a SONET section trace on the trunk port when G.709 is ON causes a stuck TIM alarm. This problem does not occur on a G.709 OFF trunk port. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq16317—GE-XP card in L1 mode reports FEC Uncorrected Word (UNC-WORD) condition The GE-XP card in L1 mode reports the FEC Uncorrected Word (UNC-WORD) condition when G.709 is enabled and FEC is disabled on both ends of the GE-XP trunk port. This issue has been resolved. Electrical I/O Cards This section documents resolved caveats for Electrical I/O Cards in Release 8.6.1. CSCsq48070 —Standby TCC crashes during database restore The standby TCC crashes during a database restore in the following scenarios. Scenario 1: 1. Backup the database on a node. 2. Add DS3XM12 or DS3XM6 cards on the node. 3. Restore the database that was backed up. Scenario 2: 1. Create a 1:1 or 1:N protection group of Ds3XM12 cards. 2. Backup the database. 3. Delete the protection group. 4. Restore the database. Upon doing this operation, the standby TCC that should become active may reboot. This issue has been resolved. CSCsq58173—TCC reboots when configuring DS3XM12 or mixed 1:1 or 1:N PG TCC Reboot when configuring DS3XM12 or mixed 1:1 or 1:N PG. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Configure the DS3XM12 or mixed 1:1 or 1:N PG. 2. The ACT TCC reboots in about 2 minutes. This issue has been resolved.27 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 CSCsu20391—FE-AIS and RAI alarms are incorrectly reported The far-end AIS (FE-AIS) and remote alarm indication (RAI) alarms are incorrectly reported and persist on the DS3 ports even though the FE-AIS is not present. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Set up an STS-1 circuit between a DS3 port on a DS312E card and an OC-48 port. 2. Connect a test set to the DS3 port. 3. Install a fiber jumper hairpin (loopback) on the OC-48 port. 4. Set up the DS3 port for C-bit. 5. Insert FE-AIS with a test set. For example, on Agilient 718, set the alarm type to DS3 FEAC, message DS3 AIS RECEIVED. 6. FE-AIS and RAI alarms are reported on the NE against the DS3 port. 7. Disconnect the cable on the DS3 RX port to cause an LOS on the DS3 port. 8. Stop inserting FE-AIS with the test set. Wait for 15 seconds. 9. Reconnect the cable on the DS3 RX port to clear the LOS alarm. 10. Observe that the FE-AIS and RAI alarms incorrectly return after the LOS clears. Note This issue occurs when the FE-AIS is present, a higher priority alarm is raised (for example, LOS), and then the FE-AIS is fixed before the LOS is cleared. After the LOS clears, the Cisco ONS 15454 incorrectly raises the FE-AIS and RAI again. This issue is seen on Cisco ONS 15454 SONET 7.0.5 or SDH 7.0.7 and DS3 cards. This issue has been resolved. CSCsu39177—After deletion of VT circuit and creation of STS-1 circuit, there is traffic loss After deleting a VT circuit and creating an STS-1 circuit, traffic loss occurs. A stuck AIS-V alarm causes the traffic loss. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Create 28 VT circuits on any 2 ports of an XM12. 2. Inject some line level errors (LOS) on all the VTs. 3. Delete the VT circuits and create STS circuits. 4. The stuck VT AIS is seen. This issue has been resolved. CSCsu47448—For DS1 FEAC, loopcode in DS3 framing FAC is inserted on odd DS1 ports In an XM12 portless operation in CTC, injecting far-end alarm and control (FEAC) codes on the odd port is reported on the even side of the portless circuit. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Create an XM12 portless port between any two OC-N cards. 2. Execute a DS1 loopcode (DS3 FEAC) on the even side of the portless port. Loopcodes are reported on the odd side. This issue has been resolved.28 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 CSCtb74439—DS3XM cards insert VT-AIS downstream DS3XM card inserts an VT-AIS downstream when DS1 defects are detected on the VT circuits with IS,AINS state. This issue has been resolved. Maintenance and Administration This section documents resolved caveats for Maintenance and Administration in Release 8.6.1. Caution VxWorks is intended for qualified Cisco personnel only. Use of VxWorks by customers is not recommended, nor is it supported by the Cisco Technical Assistance Center. Inappropriate use of VxWorks commands can have a negative and service-affecting impact on your network. Consult the troubleshooting guide for your release and platform for appropriate troubleshooting procedures. To exit without logging in, enter a Control-D (press the Control and D keys at the same time) at the Username prompt. To exit after logging in, type “logout” at the VxWorks shell prompt. Note Cisco Transport Planner (CTP) does not support adding or creating more than five circuits in auto-ranged provisioning. This restriction is intentional. Note In releases earlier than Cisco ONS Release 4.6, you could independently set proxy server gateway settings; however, with Cisco ONS Release 4.6.x and later, this is no longer the case. To retain the integrity of existing network configurations, settings made in a pre-4.6 release are not changed upon upgrading to Cisco ONS Release 7.x. Current settings are displayed in Cisco Transport Controller (whether they were inherited from an upgrade or they were set using the current GUI). CSCsg16500—ROLL-PEND condition seen for VT circuits on CTC conditions pane The ROLL-PEND condition is seen for VT circuits on the CTC conditions pane. 1. Create a two-node OC-12 unprotected setup among two Cisco ONS 15454 nodes. 2. Create one VT circuit from Cisco ONS 15454 Node 1, OC-3 card to Cisco ONS 15454 Node 2, OC-12 card. 3. Give autobulkroll to circuit on the OC-12 span from STS-1 to STS-4. 4. Force the valid signal using ED-BULKROLL command to “true.” Bulkroll completes and no rolls are present on any of the nodes. This issue has been resolved. CSCsl76684—Delay in AIC-I card becoming active When activating or reverting an AIC-I card, there is a delay in becoming active. This issue has been resolved.29 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 CSCsm14521—Inconsistency between LOCKOUT command status and switching status on Y-cable protected MXP-MR-10DME card Inconsistency occurs between LOCKOUT command status and switching status on Y-cable protected MXP-MR-10DME cards. This issue has been resolved. CSCsm25619 —Traffic is not restored after card reset Traffic is not restored when the near-end and far-end nodes of a Y-cable protected MXP-MR-10DME card are unplugged and replugged. This issue has been resolved. CSCtd42075—Upgrade of DS3XM-6 card to DS3XM-12 card leaves first 6 ports of DS1’s Unframed When DS3XM-6 card is upgraded to a DS3XM-12 card, the first 6 ports of the DS1’s show framing type as unframed resulting in traffic loss. This issue has been resolved. NCP This section documents resolved caveats for NCP in Release 8.6.1. CSCsu10564—DCN-EXT: OTS PPC problem with OSPF enabled on LAN The provisionable patchcord (PPC) link does not show up in the CTC network view and it is not possible to route circuits. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Connect two nodes with optical transport section (OTS) PPC. At least one of the two nodes does not have any other service channel, that is, optical service channel (OSC), data communication channel (DCC), or generic communications channel (GCC). Both nodes have OSPF enabled on a LAN with area ID 0.0.0.0. 2. Although the PPC link is correctly configured on both nodes it is not added to the OSPF link table, which prevents the link from showing in CTC. This has been resolved.30 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Resolved Caveats for Release 8.6.1 Optical I/O Cards This section documents resolved caveats for Optical I/O Cards in Release 8.6.1. CSCsr76682—Bit errors observed on OC192XFP after both XC cards reboots Bit errors are observed on the OC192XFP card after both the XC-10G cross-connect cards hard reboots. Bit errors occur under the following conditions: 1. Traffic passes through the OC192 XFP card. 2. Both the XC (cross-connect) cards are hard reset at the same time (due to power cycling of the node), or you lock out one XC card and do a hard reset of the active XC card. 3. The XC card comes up and becomes active and the traffic is up again. 4. Dribbling bit errors are seen on some of the paths passing through the OC192 XFP card. This issue has been resolved. CSCsv54817—STS-96c circuits do not work with OC192XFP cards STS-96c circuits raise path unequipped alarms if the circuit uses an OC192XFP card as a source, destination, or trunk. This issue occurs under the following conditions: 1. Provision an STS-96c circuit with one end of the circuit on an OC192XFP card or using an OC192XFP as the trunk card. 2. The path unequipped alarm is raised on the STS-96c circuit. This issue has been resolved. CSCsl87931— ALS condition permanently lost when manual restart is performed When manual restart is performed on the OPT-BST-E card, an ALS alarm is cleared and a LASER-APR alarm is raised. The OPT-BST-E card shuts down because the line cannot be restored, and the LASER-APR alarm is cleared; however, the ALS alarm is not raised. This issue has been resolved. CSCsu50003—Traffic loss when concatenated unidirectional circuit is provisioned through 1 + 1 protected clients Traffic loss occurs when a concatenated unidirectional circuit is provisioned through 1 + 1 protected clients under the following conditions: 1. Set up the Cisco ONS 15454 NE with two ADM-10G cards as peer group (double card). 2. Create 1+1 protection group between client ports of ADM peer group. 3. Create a unidirectional concatenated circuit (STS-3c onward) with the source as the working port of the 1 + 1 group and the destination (drop) as the client or trunk on the card where the protect port of 1 + 1 is configured. Traffic goes down if the working port (1 + 1 protection group) state is ACTIVE. 4. Create a unidirectional concatenated circuit with the source as the working port of the 1 + 1 group and destination (drop) on the card where the working port of 1 + 1 is configured. Traffic goes down if the protect port (1 + 1 protection group) state is ACTIVE. This issue has been resolved.31 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 New Features and Functionality New Features and Functionality No new software features are included in Release 8.6.1. Related Documentation This section lists release-specific and platform-specific documents. Release-Specific Documents • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15454, Release 8.5.2 • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, Release 8.5.2 • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15454, Release 8.5.3 • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, Release 8.5.3 • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15310-MA, Release 8.5.3 • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, Release 8.6 • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15310-MA, Release 8.6 • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15310-CL, Release 8.6 • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, Release 8.6.1 • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15310-MA, Release 8.6.1 • Release Notes for the Cisco ONS 15310-CL, Release 8.6.1 Platform-Specific Documents Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 is based on Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6. • Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide Provides installation, turn up, test, and maintenance procedures • Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual Provides technical reference information for SONET/SDH cards, nodes, and networks • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide Provides technical reference information for DWDM cards, nodes, and networks • Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide Provides a list of SONET alarms and troubleshooting procedures, general troubleshooting information, transient conditions, and error messages • Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide Provides a comprehensive list of TL1 commands • Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Reference Guide Provides general information, procedures, and errors for TL1 • Cisco ONS 15454 and Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide Provides software feature and operation information for Ethernet cards • Cisco ONS 15454 Software Upgrade Guide, Release 8.5.x32 Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454 Release 8.6.1 OL-22856-01 Obtaining Optical Networking Information Obtaining Optical Networking Information This section contains information that is specific to optical networking products. For information that pertains to all of Cisco, refer to the Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request section. Where to Find Safety and Warning Information For safety and warning information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document that accompanied the product. This publication describes the international agency compliance and safety information for the Cisco ONS 15454 system. It also includes translations of the safety warnings that appear in the ONS 15454 system documentation. Cisco Optical Networking Product Documentation CD-ROM Optical networking-related documentation, including Cisco ONS 15xxx product documentation, is available in a CD-ROM package that ships with your product. The Optical Networking Product Documentation CD-ROM is updated periodically and may be more current than printed documentation. Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request For information on obtaining documentation, submitting a service request, and gathering additional information, see the monthly What's New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and revised Cisco technical documentation, at: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/general/whatsnew/whatsnew.html Subscribe to the What's New in Cisco Product Documentation as a Really Simple Syndication (RSS) feed and set content to be delivered directly to your desktop using a reader application. The RSS feeds are a free service and Cisco currently supports RSS version 2.0. Cisco and the Cisco Logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. A listing of Cisco's trademarks can be found at www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (1005R) © 2010 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA Cisco Custom Product CD Read Me Contents • Notice of End-User License Agreement, page 1 • System Requirements, page 1 • Launching the CD User Interface, page 1 • Accessing Document PDF Files Without Using the CD User Interface, page 2 • Contact Information, page 2 Notice of End-User License Agreement Please read the license terms regarding the use of this product found on the CD. By using the product, you agree to be bound by these license terms. If you do not agree with these terms, promptly return the unused product, related equipment, and hardware (with proof of payment) to the place of purchase for a full refund. System Requirements • Windows XP/2000 • Adobe Reader If you do not have Adobe Reader on your system, you may install it from the \docs\third party\Adobe folder on the CD. Launching the CD User Interface Depending on your configuration, the CD should load when you insert it into the CD drive. If it does not load, follow the instructions below. • For Windows XP/2000 Users:2 Cisco Custom Product CD Read Me Accessing Document PDF Files Without Using the CD User Interface – Double-click the file named launch.html located in the root directory of the CD. • For Unix/Linux Users: – If you have a windowing system, such as Common Desktop Environment, open the CD-ROM from the File Manager and double-click the file named launch.html located in the root directory of the CD. – If you do not have a windowing system, mount the CD-ROM drive using standard mounting instructions for your system. After the CD-ROM is mounted, double-click the file named launch.html located in the root directory of the CD. Accessing Document PDF Files Without Using the CD User Interface You may access the document PDF files without using the CD user interface. The document PDFs are located under the docs folder on the CD. Contact Information Cisco Systems, Inc. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA www.cisco.com CCDE, CCENT, Cisco Eos, Cisco Lumin, Cisco Nexus, Cisco StadiumVision, Cisco TelePresence, the Cisco logo, DCE, and Welcome to the Human Network are trademarks; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn and Cisco Store are service marks; and Access Registrar, Aironet, AsyncOS, Bringing the Meeting To You, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, CCVP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Collaboration Without Limitation, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Event Center, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, IronPort, the IronPort logo, LightStream, Linksys, MediaTone, MeetingPlace, MeetingPlace Chime Sound, MGX, Networkers, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PCNow, PIX, PowerPanels, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SenderBase, SMARTnet, Spectrum Expert, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, TransPath, WebEx, and the WebEx logo are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0807R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2008 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. Americas Headquarters: Cisco Systems, Inc., 170 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA SDH Tunneling Over Cisco ONS 15454 SONET MSPP Systems The Cisco ONS 15454 SONET MSPP SDH tunneling provides a SDH traffic transport solution with scalable SONET, data or DWDM multiservice capabilities. The Cisco ONS 15454 leadership in the optical transport market is partly due to its unprecedented aggregation capacity where any type of traffic can be efficiently multiplexed together and transported within the metro network or handed off to DWDM networks for inter-city transport. Similar to SONET TDM and data services, SDH traffic too is aggregated and transported across an ONS 15454 network. STM-1 to STM-64 payloads are transported over SONET from any port on a Cisco ONS 15454 OC-N card provisioned to support SDH signals. Note This application note is applicable to software releases 6.x and later. Optical Modules All Cisco ONS 15454 optical modules support both SONET and SDH signals. Once a port is provisioned using Provisioning > Port in CTC to support an SDH signal, the cards process the received signal as follows: • Terminates the incoming SDH signal (RSOH, MSOH and AU pointer(s)) • Pointer processes to locate the J1 byte of the HO-POH (1st byte of VC-4-Nc) • Maps VC-4-Nc into a STS-Mc where M = 3 x N • Inserts STS-Mc into an OC-M facility where the SPE pointer is created and the S1S0 bits of the H1 byte are set to 00 (received as 10 from the SDH line) At the far end of an SDH tunnel, the reverse process takes place, transitioning the signal from SONET to SDH as follows: • Drops STS-Mc from OC-M facility (SPE pointer processed and J1 byte of the HO-POH located) • Maps STS-Mc into a VC-4-Nc where M = 3 x N • Creates an AU pointer with the value 10 for the SS bits as required for SDH2 SDH Tunneling Over Cisco ONS 15454 SONET MSPP Systems OL-21041-01 • Generates an STM-N signal with MSOH and RSOH The SDH to SONET mapping depends on the SDH payload type being transported, which the user defines during the creation of the SONET circuits used to transport the SDH traffic. For example, an STM-4 port can be mapped in a number of alternative ways, depending on the content of the signal including: • One STS-12c circuit to transport a 600M concatenated data payload. • Four (4) STS-3c circuits created to transport a sub-structured signal from a STM-4 port to overwrite the pointers of all the incoming AU4s and enable the visibility and access to the sub-structure, when the signal is converted back to SDH at the end optical interface. The multi-circuit creation capacity of the CTC allows the user to provision several circuits with the same characteristics at one go. CTC automatically duplicates the creation process, applying sequential circuit names and picking available resources to terminate the circuits on the same end interfaces. Each ONS 15454 optical card can be provisioned to support SDH or SONET traffic on a port-to-port basis. When configured for SDH signal, the ONS 15454 node may be provisioned for line timing from the incoming SDH signal. Additionally, the SDH configured optical modules (except the OC3/STM1 card) can support the ONS 15454 DCC tunneling feature. This is further explained in the “Managing Third-Party Network Equipment” section on page 6. SDH configured ports can be provisioned as part of a 1+1 linear protection group to interconnect with an SDH device. However, interoperability tests with third party SDH equipment must be conducted to completely validate the solution. SNCP and MS-SPRing are not supported on the ONS 15454 SONET platform. Once encapsulated in the SONET payload, the SDH traffic can be transported through any SONET network topology to the other end of the tunnel. Table 1 SDH to SONET Circuit Type Mapping Module Provisioned SDH interface SONET circuit type mapping Equivalent SDH circuits OC-3/STM-1 1310 IR STM-1 optical STS-3c VC-4 OC-12/STM-4 1310 IR, 1310 LR, 1550 LR STM-4 optical 4 x STS-3c or STS-12c depending on payload type 4 x VC-4 or VC-4-4c depending on payload type OC-48/STM-16 1310 IR, 1550 LR High speed slot STM-16 optical 16 x STS-3c or 4 x STS-12c or STS-48c or any STS-12c / STS-3c mix depending on payload type 16 x VC-4 or 4 x VC-4-4c or VC-4-16c or any VC-4-4c / VC-4 mix depending on payload type OC-48/STM-16 1310 IR, 1550 LR Any slot STM-16 optical 16 x STS-3c or 4 x STS-12c or STS-48c or any STS-12c / STS-3c mix depending on payload type 16 x VC-4 or 4 x VC-4-4c or VC-4-16c or any VC-4-4c / VC-4 mix depending on payload type OC-192/STM-64 1550 LR High speed slot STM-64 optical 64 x STS-3c or 16 x STS-12c or 4 x STS-48c or STS-192c or any STS-48c / STS-12c / STS-3c mix depending on payload type 64 x VC-4 or 16 x VC-4-4c or 4 x VC-4-16c or VC-4-64c or any VC-4-16c / VC-4-4c / VC-4 mix depending on payload type3 SDH Tunneling Over Cisco ONS 15454 SONET MSPP Systems OL-21041-01 When provisioned to support SDH signal, the ONS 15454 optical modules continue to report alarms and performance measurements (PMs) in the same manner as if they were provisioned for standard SONET transport. This allows an ONS 15454 node supporting SDH transport to report alarms in a consistent manner with the rest of the SONET nodes in the network. SDH Over SONET Applications The SDH transport feature of the ONS 15454 addresses a variety of applications, with two applications depicted in Figure 1: • A simple SDH point-to-point transport tunnel, where both terminations have the same bit-rate, is the basic tunneling feature of the ONS 15454. • SDH signal aggregation allows the user to consolidate lower speed signals to higher speed signals, that is STM-1s and STM-4s signals are consolidated into STM-16 or STM-64 signals. Figure 1 SDH Over Sonet Applications ONS 15454 SONET/DWDM sub-network ONS 15454 ONS 15454 SDH STM-1/4/16/64 Handoffs SDH STM-1/4/16/64 Handoffs A Point-to-Point tunnel B Aggregation and tunneling ONS 15454 SONET/DWDM sub-network ONS 15454 SDH STM-4 Handoffs SDH STM-16/64 Handoffs ONS 15454 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 SDH STM-1 Handoffs SDH STM-16 Handoffs 2770274 SDH Tunneling Over Cisco ONS 15454 SONET MSPP Systems OL-21041-01 Submarine Link Extension In most carrier applications, transoceanic submarine cables transport SDH traffic. For North American carriers, where SONET infrastructure is the norm for domestic business, the ability to transport these AU4 mapped SDH signals with the same SONET network provides significant economic and competitive advantages. This SDH transport capability enables the service provider to interconnect submarine landing sites to their international traffic dispatching site, which may be located hundreds of miles away from the coast, using a common North American network (see Figure 2). The ONS 15454 allows North American service providers to deliver value-added services and backhaul SDH submarine traffic, leveraging a common next generation SONET infrastructure based on the ONS 15454. Figure 2 Submarine Network Link Extension Application SDH Aggregation Within SDH Markets Service providers positioned in SDH markets to deliver STM-1 and higher speed services can benefit from the Cisco ONS 15454. An ONS 15454 based network can be used to deliver high-speed leased line services to customers leveraging its SDH aggregation and tunneling capability. As illustrated in Figure 3, an ONS 15454 network enables service providers to differentiate themselves by offering high-speed native Ethernet connectivity, along with more traditional private line STM-based services. STM-N leased lines can be offered within the metro network as well as between Metro Area Networks (MANs), leveraging the aggregation capability of SDH payloads for long haul transport. 277028 ONS 15454 SONET/DWDM sub-network ONS 15454 ONS 15454 SDH Handoffs to sub-marine DWDM STM16/64 SDH Handoffs to SDH DXC SONET/Data services SONET/Data services SONET/Data services International traffic dispatching site Sub-marine landing site5 SDH Tunneling Over Cisco ONS 15454 SONET MSPP Systems OL-21041-01 Figure 3 SDH Aggregation Applications Engineering Rules for Deploying SDH over SONET The engineering rules to be followed when deploying SDH over SONET transport capability of the Cisco ONS 15454 are: 1. When OC-12/STM-4 (IR, 1310 LR and 1550 LR) or OC-48/STM-16 high-speed (IR and LR) port is provisioned to support SDH, alarms at the path level are not supported due to improper B3 byte calculation. The signal degrade alarm at the path level (SD-P) must be disabled on the port to suppress unreliable alarm notifications. Also, the PM data at the path level is not reliable and the associated threshold values must be set to 0 to avoid threshold crossing alerts (TCA) notification on that port. This limitation does not exist with the OC-3/STM-1, OC-48/STM-16 AS (any slot), and OC-192/STM-64 cards. 2. The ONS 15454 can be deployed for SDH hairpinning appications where both ends of an SDH tunnel terminate on the same network element for all cases as stated in Table 2: National or Pan-continental SDH/DWDM network ONS 15454 SONET/DWDM STM-N Handoffs STM-N Handoffs STM16/64 handoffs for LH inter-metro connections 277029 STM-N Handoffs STM-N Handoffs STM-N Handoffs Metro area Table 2 SDH Hairpinning Compatibility OC-3_4 OC3_8 OC-12 OC12-4 OC-48 (High Speed Slot) OC-48 (Any Speed slot) OC-192 MRC-12 MRC-4 OC192-XFP OC-3_4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OC3_8 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OC-12 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes6 SDH Tunneling Over Cisco ONS 15454 SONET MSPP Systems OL-21041-01 Figure 4 Typical SDH Hairpin Circuit on 15454 ANSI Node 3. AU3 SDH tunneling is not supported on ONS 15454. The tunneling capacity presented in this application note relates to AU4 SDH multiplexing structure. Managing Third-Party Network Equipment You can use the DCC tunneling feature of Cisco ONS 15454 to provide the ability to transparently interconnect third party management channels of the connected SDH networks. The DCC tunnels from third party SDH devices pass through ONS 15454 nodes without the need for understanding the DCC message content. This is possible because the SONET protocol provides four data communication channels (DCCs) for network element operations, administration, maintenance, and provisioning (OAM&P). One data channel is in the SONET section overhead layer (D1-D3 bytes) and three data channels are in the SONET line overhead layer (D4-D12 bytes). The ONS 15454 system allows you to leverage the line overhead to transport the Section DCC (SDCC) overhead of the third-party. OC12-4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OC-48 (High speed slot) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OC-48 (Any Speed slot) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OC-192 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes MRC-12 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes MRC-4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OC192-XFP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Table 2 SDH Hairpinning Compatibility OC-3_4 OC3_8 OC-12 OC12-4 OC-48 (High Speed Slot) OC-48 (Any Speed slot) OC-192 MRC-12 MRC-4 OC192-XFP 277030 OC-n Port Type=SDH OC-n Port Type=SDH X*STS-Nc circuit as in Table 17 SDH Tunneling Over Cisco ONS 15454 SONET MSPP Systems OL-21041-01 The ONS 15454 system supports DCC tunnels on all optical cards (except the OC-3/STM-1 card). Each optical card can support the primary SDCC and up to three DCC tunnels through Tunnel #1, Tunnel #2, and Tunnel #3. The DCC tunnels that can be created are listed in Table 3: Various types of connections can be configured that includes SDCC to tunnels, SDCC to SDCC, tunnel to tunnel, and tunnel to SDCC. The following guidelines apply when DCC tunnels are created: • The ONS 15454 can support a maximum of 32 DCC tunnel connections per shelf • The ONS 15454 can have up to 10 SDCC terminations per shelf • An SDCC that is terminated cannot be used as a DCC tunnel end-point • An SDCC that is used as a DCC tunnel end-point cannot be terminated • All DCC tunnel connections are bidirectional The ONS 15454 also supports the upgrade of unprotected DCC tunnels to protected linear 1+1 tunnels. Configuring Cisco ONS 15454 to Carry Ether traffic Through SONET and SDH Network CTC on a SONET node does not allow an SDH node to be added to it (or vice versa). So, an end-to-end circuit provisioning is not possible. The SONET and SDH nodes must be configured separately. Note Any Ethernet card that supports STS-3c or multiples of STS-3c circuit type can be provisioned as explained in this section. Data traffic similar to Ethernet traffic can also be provisioned if the front port (Eth, Gigi, and FC) of the IO cards (CE-1000,CE-MR,and FC-MR) process the frames. The following steps provide a configuration overview to connect a SONET node to an SDH node. Step 1 Optical Port Configuration. To connect a SONET node to an SDH node, ensure: • Both ends of the fiber connections are of the same matching rate. For example, if a SONET node has OC-48 port, then the peer SDH port must be STM-16. • Port in the SONET node must be configured as TYPE = SDH (go to CTC > Card > Line tab. Select SONET node and select Type as SDH). Step 2 Circuit Configuration on SONET Node. In the SONET node, configure an STS-Mc circuit between the traffic terminating port (such as a port in CE-MR) and OC-N port (converted into TYPE = SDH in Step 1). Refer Table 1, for the equivalent circuits. Table 3 DCC Tunnels DCC SONET Layer SONET Bytes OC-3 All ports OC-12, OC-48, OC-192 OC-192-XFP, MRC SDCC Section D1 - D3 Yes Yes Yes Tunnel #1 Line D4 - D6 No Yes Yes Tunnel #2 Line D7 - D9 No Yes Yes Tunnel #3 Line D10 - D12 No Yes Yes8 SDH Tunneling Over Cisco ONS 15454 SONET MSPP Systems OL-21041-01 Note For V-CAT and LCAS circuits, each member circuit size needs to be STS-3c-nv, where n is 1 to 7. For details on the CE-MR-10 card and member circuits, refer to Chapter 5, Ethernet Cards of the Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual. Step 3 Circuit configuration on SDH node (other end). Configure an equivalent SDH circuit between STM-N port and input-output traffic terminating port. If the SDH node is not a traffic terminating node, but an intermediate node, create an equivalent SDH circuit between the two optical ports. The following example describes how to configure the Ether traffic flow from a SONET node to an SDH node. An STS-3c circuit is used in the example. Example: Configure circuits as shown in Figure 5 using the steps in the “Configuring Cisco ONS 15454 to Carry Ether traffic Through SONET and SDH Network” section on page 7. This carries traffic from a CE-MR-10 card in SONET node (Node A) to the CE-MR-10 card in the SDH node (Node B). Figure 5 Configuration Example to Connect SONET Node to SDH Node Summary The SDH tunneling feature leverages a single SONET network to support traditional TDM services, as well as next generation data and SDH private line services. This single network capability decreases the time-to-market demands for SDH services, thereby eliminating the need for an overlay network. The ONS 15454 further extends its multiservice capabilities by supporting SDH transport over all optical interface speeds, from STM1 to STM64. In addition, the DCC tunneling capability further enables a differentiated service offering, by providing an end-to-end management visibility option when transporting the SDH service for their customers. The ONS 15454 metro optical transport platform provides the tools necessary to enable a service provider to deliver cost-effective solutions to their markets. 277031 Node A ONS 15454 Sonet Node Node B ONS 15454 SDH Node OC-N Card Port Type: SDH OC-48 Rate CE-MR STM-N Card Port STM16 CE-MR9 SDH Tunneling Over Cisco ONS 15454 SONET MSPP Systems OL-21041-01 Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request For information on obtaining documentation, submitting a service request, and gathering additional information, see the monthly What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and revised Cisco technical documentation, at: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/general/whatsnew/whatsnew.html Subscribe to the What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation as a Really Simple Syndication (RSS) feed and set content to be delivered directly to your desktop using a reader application. The RSS feeds are a free service and Cisco currently supports RSS version 2.0. CCDE, CCENT, CCSI, Cisco Eos, Cisco HealthPresence, Cisco IronPort, the Cisco logo, Cisco Nurse Connect, Cisco Pulse, Cisco SensorBase, Cisco StackPower, Cisco StadiumVision, Cisco TelePresence, Cisco Unified Computing System, Cisco WebEx, DCE, Flip Channels, Flip for Good, Flip Mino, Flipshare (Design), Flip Ultra, Flip Video, Flip Video (Design), Instant Broadband, and Welcome to the Human Network are trademarks; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn, Cisco Capital, Cisco Capital (Design), Cisco:Financed (Stylized), Cisco Store, Flip Gift Card, and One Million Acts of Green are service marks; and Access Registrar, Aironet, AllTouch, AsyncOS, Bringing the Meeting To You, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, CCVP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Lumin, Cisco Nexus, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Collaboration Without Limitation, Continuum, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Event Center, Explorer, Follow Me Browsing, GainMaker, iLYNX, IOS, iPhone, IronPort, the IronPort logo, Laser Link, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MeetingPlace Chime Sound, MGX, Networkers, Networking Academy, PCNow, PIX, PowerKEY, PowerPanels, PowerTV, PowerTV (Design), PowerVu, Prisma, ProConnect, ROSA, SenderBase, SMARTnet, Spectrum Expert, StackWise, WebEx, and the WebEx logo are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0910R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. © 2009 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.10 SDH Tunneling Over Cisco ONS 15454 SONET MSPP Systems OL-21041-01 Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request Americas Headquarters Cisco Systems, Inc. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA http://www.cisco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS (6387) Fax: 408 527-0883 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products February 2013 Text Part Number: 78-21123-01 THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. The following information is for FCC compliance of Class A devices: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case users will be required to correct the interference at their own expense. The following information is for FCC compliance of Class B devices: The equipment described in this manual generates and may radiate radio-frequency energy. If it is not installed in accordance with Cisco’s installation instructions, it may cause interference with radio and television reception. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device in accordance with the specifications in part 15 of the FCC rules. These specifications are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference in a residential installation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. Modifying the equipment without Cisco’s written authorization may result in the equipment no longer complying with FCC requirements for Class A or Class B digital devices. In that event, your right to use the equipment may be limited by FCC regulations, and you may be required to correct any interference to radio or television communications at your own expense. You can determine whether your equipment is causing interference by turning it off. If the interference stops, it was probably caused by the Cisco equipment or one of its peripheral devices. If the equipment causes interference to radio or television reception, try to correct the interference by using one or more of the following measures: • Turn the television or radio antenna until the interference stops. • Move the equipment to one side or the other of the television or radio. • Move the equipment farther away from the television or radio. • Plug the equipment into an outlet that is on a different circuit from the television or radio. (That is, make certain the equipment and the television or radio are on circuits controlled by different circuit breakers or fuses.) Modifications to this product not authorized by Cisco Systems, Inc. could void the FCC approval and negate your authority to operate the product. The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE. IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Cisco and the Cisco logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cisco and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. To view a list of Cisco trademarks, go to this URL: www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third-party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (1110R) Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products © 2008–2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. iii Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 C O N T E N T S About this Manual xi Revision History xi Document Objectives xii Audience xiii Document Organization xiii Related Documentation xiii Document Conventions xiii Obtaining Optical Networking Information xiv Where to Find Safety and Warning Information xv Cisco Optical Networking Product Documentation CD-ROM xv Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request xv CHAPT E R 1 Regulatory Compliance 1-1 Homologation 1-1 Standards 1-1 ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 1-2 ONS 15454 1-3 ONS 15454 SDH 1-5 ONS 15216 1-6 ONS 15310-CL and ONS 15310-MA 1-6 ONS 15310-MA OSP Statements 1-8 ONS 15327 1-11 ONS 15600 and ONS 15600 SDH 1-12 Japanese Approvals for the ONS 15454 1-13 Japanese Approvals for the ONS 15327 1-14 Japanese Labels for the ONS 15454 1-14 Japanese Labels for the ONS 15327 1-16 Korean Approvals for the ONS 15454 1-18 Korean Approvals for the ONS 15327 1-19 Korean Labels for the ONS 15454 1-19 Korean Labels for the ONS 15327 1-19 Contents iv Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 CHAPT E R 2 Safety 2-1 Installation 2-1 Laser Safety 2-1 Empty Slots 2-1 Translated Warnings 2-2 Statement 7—DC Power Disconnection Warning 2-2 Statement 12—Power Supply Disconnection Warning 2-3 Statement 18—Invisible Laser Radiation Warning 2-4 Statement 37—Restricted Area Warning 2-5 Statement 39—Grounded Equipment Warning 2-6 Statement 70—Invisible Laser Radiation Warning 2-8 Statement 91—Disconnect Device Warning 2-9 Statement 94—Wrist Strap Warning 2-9 Statement 125—Radiation from Open Port Aperture 2-10 Statement 129—Four Person Equipment Moving Requirement 2-11 Statement 140—Chassis Power Connection 2-12 Statement 148—Installation Warning 2-14 Statement 152—DC Power Supply Wiring Warning 2-15 Statement 156—Blank Faceplate Installation Requirement Warning 2-16 Statement 166—Backplane Voltage Warning 2-17 Statement 181—Wrist Strap and Midplane Contact Warning 2-19 Statement 191—VCCI Class A Warning for Japan 2-21 Statement 201—Card Handling Warning 2-22 Statement 202—Installation and Replacement Warning 2-23 Statement 205—Rack Installation Warning 2-23 Statement 206—Exposed Circuitry Warning 2-24 Statement 207—Power Supply Circuitry Warning 2-27 Statement 213—Unit Grounding Protection Warning 2-29 Statement 246—AC Power Disconnection Warning 2-30 Statement 250—Rack Stabilization Warning 2-31 Statement 261—Faceplate and System Assembly Warning 2-32 Statement 274—Equipment Hazard Warning 2-33 Statement 281—Class 1M Laser Warning 2-34 Statement 290—Outside Line Connection Warning 2-35 Statement 291—Class I and Class 1M Laser Warning 2-36 Statement 293—Laser Activation Warning 2-36 Statement 300—Laser Radiation Warning 2-37 Statement 345—Suitable for Mounting 2-38 Statement 371—Power Cable and AC Adapter 2-39 Contents v Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Statement 385—Airspace Below the Shelf Assembly 2-39 Statement 389—Power Module Installed to Chassis 2-41 Statement 390—Power Cord Installed to Power Module 2-42 Statement 397—Failure to Securely Tighten Captive Screws 2-43 Statement 1002—DC Power Supply 2-45 Statement 1003—DC Power Disconnection 2-47 Statement 1004—Installation Instructions 2-49 Statement 1006—Chassis Warning for Rack-Mounting and Servicing 2-52 Statement 1008—Class 1 Laser Product 2-57 Statement 1017—Restricted Area 2-59 Statement 1018—Supply Circuit 2-62 Statement 1019—Main Disconnecting Device 2-63 Statement 1022—Disconnect Device 2-66 Statement 1024—Ground Conductor 2-68 Statement 1025—Use Copper Conductors Only 2-72 Statement 1028—More Than One Power Supply 2-73 Statement 1029—Blank Faceplates and Cover Panels 2-76 Statement 1030—Equipment Installation 2-81 Statement 1033—SELV-IEC 60950 DC Power Supply 2-84 Statement 1034—Backplane Voltage 2-85 Statement 1040—Product Disposal 2-87 Statement 1044—Port Connections 2-89 Statement 1045—Short-circuit Protection 2-93 Statement 1046—Installing or Replacing the Unit 2-96 Statement 1047—Overheating Prevention 2-98 Statement 1048—Rack Stabilization 2-99 Statement 1050—Power Module 2-101 Statement 1051—Laser Radiation 2-102 Statement 1053—Class 1M Laser Radition 2-106 Statement 1054—Laser Viewing 2-107 Statement 1055—Class I and Class 1M Laser 2-108 Statement 1056—Unterminated Fiber Cable 2-109 Statement 1057—Hazardous Radiation Exposure 2-111 Statement 1071—Warning Definition 2-113 Statement 1072—Shock Hazard from Interconnections 2-118 Statement 1074—Comply with Local and National Electrical Codes 2-121 Statement 1075—Hazardous Voltage or Energy Present on DC Power Terminals 2-124 Statement 1076—Clearance Around the Ventilation Openings 2-125 Statement 1084—Intra-Building Ports Suitable for Connecting 2-127 Statement 1085—Intra-Building Ports for Setup and Maintenance 2-128 Contents vi Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Statement 1088—Avoid Servicing Outdoor Connections During an Electrical Storm 2-129 Cautions and Regulatory Compliance Statements for NEBS 2-131 NEBS Compliance Statements 2-131 Statement 7003—Telcordia GR-1089 NEBS Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility and Safety 2-131 Statement 7005—Intra-building Lightning Surge and AC Power Fault—Issue 4 2-131 Statement 7018—Intra-building Lightning Surge and AC Power Fault—Issue 5 2-132 Statement 7012—Equipment Interfacing with AC Power Ports 2-132 NEBS Requirements 2-133 EMC and Telecom Compliance Statements 2-140 Statement 8010—Railway Applications, Electromagnetic Compatibility, a Shielded Cable 2-140 Statement 8011—Railway Applications, Electromagnetic Compatibility, DC Power Cables 2-144 CHAPT E R 3 Open Source Software Information 3-1 Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.2 3-1 Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.3 3-1 Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.4 3-1 Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.4.0.2 3-1 Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.6.x 3-2 F I G U R E S vii Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Figure 1-1 Japan Label (ONS 15454) 1-14 Figure 1-2 Electrical Card 15454-DS1-14 1-14 Figure 1-3 Electrical Card 15454-DS3E-12 1-15 Figure 1-4 Electrical Card 15454-DS3N-12 1-15 Figure 1-5 Optical Card 15454-OC3-4IR1310 1-15 Figure 1-6 Optical Card 15454-OC12IR1310 1-15 Figure 1-7 Optical Card 15454-OC12-4IR 1-15 Figure 1-8 Optical Card 15454-OC48IR1310 1-16 Figure 1-9 Optical Card 15454-OC48IR1310AS 1-16 Figure 1-10 Ethernet Card ONS 15454 1-16 Figure 1-11 Optical Card OC3 IR 4 1310 1-16 Figure 1-12 Optical Card OC12 IR 1310 1-17 Figure 1-13 Optical Card OC12 LR 1550 1-17 Figure 1-14 Optical Card OC48 IR 1310 1-17 Figure 1-15 Optical Card OC48 LR 1550 1-17 Figure 1-16 Gigabit Ethernet Card G1000-2 1-18 Figure 1-17 Mechanical Interface Card (MIC) (DS-1, DS-3) MIC-28-3-A/B 1-18 Figure 1-18 Japanese Label (ONS 15327) 1-18 Figure 1-19 Korea Label (ONS 15454) 1-19 Figure 1-20 Korean Label (ONS 15327) 1-19 Figures viii Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 T A B L E S ix Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Table 1-1 Platform Approvals 1-1 Table 1-2 ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 Standards 1-2 Table 1-3 ONS 15454 Standards 1-4 Table 1-4 ONS 15454 SDH Standards 1-5 Table 1-5 ONS 15310-CL and ONS 15310-MA Standards 1-7 Table 1-6 ONS 15327 Standards 1-11 Table 1-7 ONS 15600 and ONS 15600 SDH Standards 1-12 Table 1-8 ONS 15454 Card Approvals 1-13 Table 1-9 ONS 15327 Card Approvals 1-14 Table 1-10 Certification of Information and Communication Equipment (ONS 15454) 1-18 Table 1-11 Certification of Information and Communication Equipment (ONS 15327) 1-19 Tables x Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 xi Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 About this Manual This section explains the objectives, intended audience, and organization of this publication and describes the conventions that convey instructions and other information. This section provides the following information: • Revision History • Document Objectives • Audience • Document Organization • Related Documentation • Document Conventions • Obtaining Optical Networking Information • Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request Revision History Date Notes February 2007 • Revision History Table added for the first time. • Added regulatory and compliance information for Software Release 8.0 and for the ONS 15600 SDH product. October 2008 Updated the NEBS Compliance Statements section in the chapter “Safety”. xii Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 About this Manual Document Objectives This document provides safety and complaince rules for the Cisco ONS 15000 platforms. Use this document in conjunction with the appropriate publications listed in the Related Documentation section. April 2009 • Updated the following sections in the chapter “Regulatory Compliance”: – ONS 15454 – ONS 15327 – ONS 15310 – ONS 15600 and ONS 15600 SDH • Updated the following sections in in the chapter “Safety”: – NEBS Compliance Statements – NEBS Requirements • Added Warning Statements 385, 1084, and 1085 in the chapter “Safety”. April 2010 Updated the Warning Statements 206, 1004, and 1074 in the chapter “Safety”. February 2011 Updated the chapter “Open Source Software Information”. May 2011 • Updated the section “ONS 15310-CL and ONS 15310-MA” in the chapter “Regulatory Compliance”. • Added Warning Statements 7005 and 7018 in the chapter “Safety”. July 2011 • Added the sections “Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.2.0” and “Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.3” in the chapter “Open Source Software Information”. • Added the section “EMC and Telecom Compliance Statements” in the chapter “Safety”. • Added Warning Statements 8010 and 8011 in the chapter “Safety”. December 2011 Added the K.20, K.21, and K.40 compliance standards to the sections, “ONS 15454 M2, ONS 15454 M6, CPT 200, and CPT 600”, “ONS 15454”, and “ONS 15454 SDH” in the chapter “Regulatory Compliance”. July 2012 • Added the section “ONS 15216” in the chapter “Regulatory Compliance”. • Added Warning Statements 397 and 1088 in the chapter “Safety”. • Added the section “Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.6.x” in the chapter “Open Source Software Information”. August 2012 Added the section “Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.4.0.2” in the chapter “Open Source Software Information”. February 2013 Removed information related to CPT. Date Notes xiii Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 About this Manual Audience To use this publication, you should be familiar with Cisco or equivalent optical transmission hardware and cabling, telecommunications hardware and cabling, electronic circuitry and wiring practices, and preferably have experience as a telecommunications technician. Document Organization This Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products is organized into the following chapters: • Chapter 1, “Regulatory Compliance” provides industry standards for the ONS 15000 products. • Chapter 2, “Safety” provides translations of Cisco ONS 15454 M2, Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, Cisco ONS 15327, Cisco ONS 15600, Cisco ONS 15600 SDH, Cisco ONS 15310-CL, and Cisco ONS 15310-MA, warnings. • Chapter 3, “Open Source Software Information” provides open source licence information for the Cisco ONS 15454 M2, Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, Cisco ONS 15327, Cisco ONS 15600, Cisco ONS 15600 SDH, Cisco ONS 15310-CL, and Cisco ONS 15310-MA. Related Documentation Use this document in conjunction with the following publications: • Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide • Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide • Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Procedure Guide • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide • Cisco ONS 15310-CL and Cisco ONS 15310-MA Procedure Guide • Cisco ONS 15327 Procedure Guide • Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Reference Guide • Cisco ONS SDH TL1 Reference Guide • Cisco ONS 15600 Procedure Guide • Cisco ONS 15600 SDH Procedure Guide Document Conventions This publication uses the conventions shown in Table 1. xiv Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 About this Manual Note Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the document. Caution Means reader be careful. In this situation, the user might do something that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. Obtaining Optical Networking Information This section contains information that is specific to optical networking products. For information that pertains to all of Cisco, refer to the Obtaining Optical Networking Information section. Table 1 Document Conventions Convention Application boldface Commands and keywords in body text. italic Command input that is supplied by the user. [ ] Keywords or arguments that appear within square brackets are optional. { x | x | x } A choice of keywords (represented by x) appears in braces separated by vertical bars. The user must select one. Ctrl The control key. For example, where Ctrl + D is written, hold down the Control key while pressing the D key. screen font Examples of information displayed on the screen. boldface screen font Examples of information that the user must enter. < > Command parameters that must be replaced by module-specific codes. Warning IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents. Use the statement number provided at the end of each warning to locate its translation in the translated safety warnings that accompanied this device. Statement 1071 SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS xv Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 About this Manual Where to Find Safety and Warning Information For safety and warning information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document that accompanied the product. This publication describes the international agency compliance and safety information for the Cisco ONS 15xxx system. It also includes translations of the safety warnings that appear in the ONS 15xxx system documentation. Cisco Optical Networking Product Documentation CD-ROM Optical networking-related documentation, including Cisco ONS 15xxx product documentation, is available in a CD-ROM package that ships with your product. The Optical Networking Product Documentation CD-ROM is updated periodically and may be more current than printed documentation. Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request For information on obtaining documentation, submitting a service request, and gathering additional information, see the monthly What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and revised Cisco technical documentation, at: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/general/whatsnew/whatsnew.html Subscribe to the What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation as a Really Simple Syndication (RSS) feed and set content to be delivered directly to your desktop using a reader application. The RSS feeds are a free service and Cisco currently supports RSS Version 2.0. xvi Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 About this Manual CH A P T E R 1-1 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 1 Regulatory Compliance This chapter lists customer, industry, and government requirements met by the Cisco ONS 15454 M2, Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, Cisco ONS 15216, Cisco ONS 15327, Cisco ONS 15600, Cisco ONS 15600 SDH, Cisco ONS 15310-CL, and Cisco ONS 15310-MA. Homologation This section lists the different optical platforms and the countries for which they are currently approved (Table 1-1). Standards This section provides standards information for the following platforms: • ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6, page 1-2 • ONS 15454, page 1-3 • ONS 15454 SDH, page 1-5 Table 1-1 Platform Approvals Platform Countries ONS 15454 M2, ONS 15454 M6 Canada, USA, EU, Mexico, Japan (in progress), Republic of Korea (in progress), Hong Kong (in progress), Taiwan (in progress) ONS 15454 Canada, USA, EU, Mexico, Japan (in progress), Republic of Korea (in progress), Hong Kong (in progress), Taiwan (in progress) ONS 15454 SDH Canada, USA, EU, Mexico, Republic of Korea (in progress), Japan ONS 15600 and ONS 15600 SDH Belarus, Kazakhstan, Republic of Korea, Mexico, Taiwan, USA, Canada, EU ONS 15310-CL and ONS 15310-MA Canada, USA, EU, Japan, Hong Kong (no approval required), Taiwan (no approval required) ONS 15327 Canada, USA, Japan, Mexico 1-2 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Standards • ONS 15216, page 1-6 • ONS 15310-CL and ONS 15310-MA, page 1-6 • ONS 15310-MA OSP Statements, page 1-8 • ONS 15327, page 1-11 • ONS 15600 and ONS 15600 SDH, page 1-12 ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 The ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 meets NEBS Level 3 (SR3580) for use by service providers in a Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) network environment. The ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 meets the following standards: • ETS 300 019-2-1 (Storage, Class 1.1) • ETS 300 019-2-2 (Transportation, Class 2.3) • ETS 300 019-2-3 (Operational, Class 3.1E) The standards in Table 1-2 apply to the ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6. Table 1-2 ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 Standards Discipline Specification EMC NEBS Telcordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue 6 (2011) 47 CFR Part 15: 2010 (Class A) CISPR22 Ed.6: 2008 EN55022 Ed.5: 2006 [Incl. A1 2007] (Class A) EN300386: V1.4.1: 2008 ICES-003 Issue 4: 2004 (Class A) KN 22: 2009 (Class A) VCCI: V-3/2010.04 (Class A) CISPR24 Ed.2: 2010 EN55024 Ed.2: 2010 IEC 61000-6-1:2005 EN61000-6-1: 2007 IEC61000-6-2:2005 EN61000-6-2: 2005 EN61000-3-2: 2006 EN61000-3-3: 2008 Product Safety NEBS GR-1089-CORE IEC 60950-1 /EN 60950-1, 2nd Ed. (CB Report / Certificate with all country deviations) UL and cUL / CSA 60950-1 2nd Ed. 1-3 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Standards ONS 15454 The ONS 15454 meets NEBS Level 3 (SR3580) for use by service providers in a Local Exchange Carrier (LEC) network environment. The ONS 15454 meets the following standards: • ETS 300 019-2-1 (Storage, Class 1.1) • ETS 300 019-2-2 (Transportation, Class 2.3) • ETS 300 019-2-3 (Operational, Class 3.1E) The standards in Table 1-3 apply to the ONS 15454. Laser Safety IEC 60950-1 /EN 60950-1, 2nd Ed. 21CFR1040 IEC 60825-1, 2007 IEC 60825-2, 2010 Telecommunications T1: Canada (CS-03), Hong Kong (HKTA 2028), Japan (JATE Green Book), Taiwan (ID 0002), US (TIA-968), Malaysia (TIA-968) Environmental Telcordia GR-63-CORE NEBS ETS 300 019-2-1 (Storage, Class 1.1) ETS 300 019-2-2 (Transportation, Class 2.3) ETS 300 019-2-3 (Operational, Class 3.1E) ITU-T K.20 ITU-T K.21 ITU-T K.40 Structural Dynamics (Mechanical) Telcordia GR-63-CORE NEBS AT&T Network Equipment Development Standards (NEDS) Power & Grounding SBC Local Exchange Carriers, Network Equipment Power, Grounding, Environmental, and Physical Design Requirements, TP76200MP Table 1-2 ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 Standards (continued) Discipline Specification 1-4 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Standards Table 1-3 ONS 15454 Standards Discipline Specification EMC (Class A) NEBS Telcordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue 6 (2011) 47 CFR Part 15: 2010 (Class A) CISPR22 Ed.6: 2008 EN55022 Ed.5: 2006 [Incl. A1 2007] (Class A) EN300386: V1.4.1: 2008 ICES-003 Issue 4: 2004 (Class A) KN 22: 2009 (Class A) VCCI: V-3/2010.04 (Class A) CISPR24 Ed.2: 2010 EN55024 Ed.2: 2010 IEC 61000-6-1:2005 EN61000-6-1: 2007 IEC61000-6-2:2005 EN61000-6-2: 2005 EN61000-3-2: 2006 EN61000-3-3: 2008 Product Safety NEBS GR-1089-CORE IEC 60950-1 /EN 60950-1, 2nd Ed. (CB Report / Certificate with all country deviations) UL and cUL / CSA 60950-1 2nd Ed. Laser Safety IEC 60950-1 /EN 60950-1, 2nd Ed. 21CFR1040 IEC 60825-1, 2007 IEC 60825-2, 2010 Telecommunications T1: Canada (CS-03), Hong Kong (HKTA 2028), Japan (JATE Green Book), Taiwan (ID 0002), US (TIA-968), Malaysia (TIA-968) Environmental NEBS Telcordia GR-63-CORE ETS 300 019-2-1 (Storage, Class 1.1) ETS 300 019-2-2 (Transportation, Class 2.3) ETS 300 019-2-3 (Operational, Class 3.1E) ITU-T K.20 ITU-T K.21 ITU-T K.40 1-5 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Standards ONS 15454 SDH Table 1-4 lists the regulatory compliance and safety approval requirements met by the ONS 15454 SDH. Structural Dynamics (Mechanical) Telcordia GR-63-CORE NEBS AT&T Network Equipment Development Standards (NEDS) Power & Grounding SBC Local Exchange Carriers, Network Equipment Power, Grounding, Environmental, and Physical Design Requirements, TP76200MP Table 1-3 ONS 15454 Standards (continued) Discipline Specification Table 1-4 ONS 15454 SDH Standards Discipline Specification EMC (Class A) NEBS Telcordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue 6 (2011) 47 CFR Part 15: 2010 (Class A) CISPR22 Ed.6: 2008 EN55022 Ed.5: 2006 [Incl. A1 2007] (Class A) EN300386: V1.4.1: 2008 ICES-003 Issue 4: 2004 (Class A) KN 22: 2009 (Class A) VCCI: V-3/2010.04 (Class A) CISPR24 Ed.2: 2010 EN55024 Ed.2: 2010 IEC 61000-6-1:2005 EN61000-6-1: 2007 IEC61000-6-2:2005 EN61000-6-2: 2005 EN61000-3-2: 2006 EN61000-3-3: 2008 Product Safety IEC 60950-1 /EN 60950-1, 2nd Ed. (CB Report/Certificate with all country deviations) UL / CSA 60950-1 1st Ed. Laser Safety IEC 60950-1 /EN 60950-1, 2nd Ed. UL / CSA 60950-1 21CFR1040 EN or IEC 60825-1, 2007 EN or IEC 60825-2, 2010 1-6 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Standards ONS 15216 The ONS 15216 series products meet the following regulatory compliance and safety approval requirements: • EMC (Class A)—NEBS Telcordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue 6. • Product Safety—UL60950-1 IEC 60950-1 2nd Ed. • Environmental—Telcordia GR-63-CORE NEBS, Issue 3. ONS 15310-CL and ONS 15310-MA The ONS 15310-MA is Telcordia GR-3108-CORE (Class 2) compliant when enclosed in a Telcordia GR-487-CORE compliant cabinet. The ONS 15310-MA is Class A emissions compliant as described in FCC part 15 and Telcordia GR-1089-CORE (sec.3.1.3). The ONS 15310-MA requires an operating environment that maintains a temperature between -40 degrees Celcius and 65 degrees Celcius. The ONS 15310-MA network equipment ports are classified as Type 2 and Type 4 ports as described in Telcordia GR-1089-CORE when installed indoors. For example, central office. Telecommunications T1: Canada (CS-03), Hong Kong (HKTA 2028), Japan (JATE Green Book), Taiwan (ID 0002), US (TIA-968), Malaysia (TIA-968) T3: Japan (JATE Green Book), Malaysia (ITU-T G.703: 2001) E1: Australia (S016), EU (TBR 12, TBR 13) E3: Australia (S016), EU (TBR 24) STM-1E: EU (ITU-T G.703) GigE (optical): Japan (JATE Green Book) OC-3, 12, 48, 192: Telcordia GR-253 STM-1, 4, 16: Brazil (225-100-509), EU (ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.825, ITU-T G.957), Japan (JATE Green Book) STM-64: Brazil (ITU-T G.691, ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.825), Japan (JATE Technical Requirement) Environmental ETS 300 019-2-1 (Storage, Class 1.1) ETS 300 019-2-2 (Transportation, Class 2.3) ETS 300 019-2-3 (Operational, Class 3.1E) ITU-T K.20 ITU-T K.21 ITU-T K.40 Power & Grounding SBC Local Exchange Carriers, Network Equipment Power, Grounding, Environmental, and Physical Design Requirements, TP76200MP Table 1-4 ONS 15454 SDH Standards (continued) Discipline Specification 1-7 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Standards DS1 ports are classified as Type 5 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 when the ONS 15310-MA is installed in the OSP (outside plant). The ONS 15310-MA EIAs and the OSP cabinet are equipped with primary and secondary protections. In addition, isolation transformers are also provided. Table 1-5 lists the regulatory compliance and safety approval requirements met by the ONS 15310-CL and ONS 15310-MA. Table 1-5 ONS 15310-CL and ONS 15310-MA Standards Discipline Specification EMC (Class A) EN-300-386 v. 1.3.3 (2005) NEBS GR-1089-CORE CISPR 22, CISPR24 IC ICES-003 Issue 3, 1997 FCC 47CFR15 EN55022, EN55024 EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3 (AC products) EN61000-6-1 VCCI: V-3/2000.04 (Japan) Product Safety NEBS GR-1089-CORE (Level 3, Type 2, Type 4, and Type 5 for OSP installations) IEC 60950-1 /EN 60950-1, 2nd Ed. (CB Report / Certificate with all country deviations) UL and cUL / CSA 60950-1 2nd Ed. Laser Safety IEC 60950-1/EN 60950-1, 2nd Ed. 21CFR1040 EN or IEC 60825-1, 2007 EN or IEC 60825-2, 2010 Telecommunications T1: Canada (CS-03), Hong Kong (HKTA 2028), Japan (JATE Green Book), Taiwan (ID 0002), US (TIA-968), Malaysia (TIA-968) T3: Japan (JATE Green Book), Malaysia (ITU-T G.703: 2001) E1: Australia (S016), EU (TBR 12, TBR 13) E3: Australia (S016), EU (TBR 24) STM-1E: EU (ITU-T G.703) GigE (optical): Japan (JATE Green Book) OC-3, 12, 48, 192: Telcordia GR-253 STM-1, 4, 16: Brazil (225-100-509), EU (ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.825, ITU-T G.957), Japan (JATE Green Book) STM-64: Brazil (ITU-T G.691, ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.825), Japan (JATE Technical Requirement) 1-8 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Standards ONS 15310-MA OSP Statements This section provides standards information for the ONS 15310-MA OSP installation. 1. The 15310-MA can be installed in OSP with a sealed/weatherproof and GR-487-CORE, Issue 4 compliant OSP cabinet. 2. 2. The 15310-MA is tested and qualified to OSP requirements and WW EMC with the following OSP cabinet and accessories: – 15310-(E)-MA-SA(=) – 15310-MA-FTA(=) – 15310-EIA-HD-A(=) – 15310-EIA-HD-B(=) – 15310E-EIA-HDA(=) – 15310E-EIA-HDB(=) – 15310(E)-28WBE-3BBE(=) – 15310(E)-84WBE-3BBE(=) – 15310-CE-MR-6(=) – 15310-CTX-2500-K9(=) – 15310E-CTX-K9(=) 3. Purcell FLX25GT GR-487 compliant outdoor enclosure includes: – Purcell 25RU FLX25GT Equipment Bay – 25RU Blank Equipment Bay Door – Battery Bracket Kit – GT 14” Battery Pedestal Environmental Telcordia GR-63-CORE NEBS GR-3108 Issue 1 (OSP installation, Class 2) GR- 487 Issue 2 (OSP installation) ETS 300 019-2-1 (Storage, Class 1.1) ETS 300 019-2-2 (Transportation, Class 2.3) ETS 300 019-2-3 (Operational, Class 3.1E) Structural Dynamics (Mechanical) Telcordia GR-63-CORE NEBS GR-3108 Issue 1 (OSP installation, Class 2) GR- 487 Issue 2 (OSP installation) AT&T Network Equipment Development Standards (NEDS) Power & Grounding SBC Local Exchange Carriers, Network Equipment Power, Grounding, Environmental, and Physical Design Requirements, TP76200MP Table 1-5 ONS 15310-CL and ONS 15310-MA Standards Discipline Specification 1-9 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Standards – 25RU GT 16” PMTM – w/Battery Pedestal – 8 Position AC Load Center w/ TVSS (Transient Voltage Suppression Module for AC power) PN #AC2050M-07 (NEBS and WW) – AC load center (Europe and WW) – PN MCD-01-950-01 w/ Surge Srrestors DEHNguard T275, DEHNgap TC255 – 25RU GT Solar Shield- with 14” Battery pedestal – Heat Exchanger 80W/C (1539 watts-GR-487) (Rear door) – GT Anchor Plate – 1EB + 16” PMTM Left – DS1 100-Pair Protector Blocks e/w 710 connectors PN #6659 1 105-00/06A – ADC CPAUS240A1 DS1 Protectors – ADC DS1 Cross-connect block – Per-Term Assy. NT 28-ckt PN #6634 1 971-07 – ADC DS3 Protector Module Mounting Panels – P3C-175002 – ADC DS3 Protector Modules – P3M-PB2001 – ADC 23” 84 position DSX-1 panel – DI-G2CU1 – 4ft. F/M 32 Pair (Champ) Amp Extension cables – Hubbell Gen Plug and Cover (60A) – Valere Power Plant e/w: 3-20Amp Rectifiers, AC Cords, Controller, Temp. Probe and Alarm Cable – Shelf CD8D-ANN-VC – Cylix DS1 Secondary Protection Module #050-612-00 (NEBS) – ADC DI-M3GU1 Front cross connect 84 ckt, Cisco WW & 64 AMP DSX-1 – PCI Alarm Panel for 15310 and cable – 8-hour Battery Backup NorthStar NSB 170FT – DS1 Cables from 15310 to DS1 Secondary Protector Module – HRC-2835-005 – DS1 Cables from DS1 Secondary Protector Module to Primary Protector Module – HRC 2835-006 – OSP DS1 50-pins/25-pair cables with 3M “710” connectors – HRC-2840-030: shielded cables with shield ground-terminated both ends – Steward ferrites PN 28B2000-100 applied to OSP DS1 cables (2 turns) on the cabinet unshielded section – Flat copper braids 1 inch wide (Tested braids are Consolidated (Electronic Wire and Cable) Flat Tinned Copper Braid part# 1398, see www.conwire.com) for grounding the OSP cabinet, bonding of different cabinet sections, and grounding the ONS 15310-MA chassis. – 50ft. DS3 BNC-BNC cables – 3ft. DS3 BNC-BNC (15310 to DS3 Secondary Protection Module) – 3ft. DS3 BNC-BNC (DS3 Secondary Protection Module to DS3 non-prot. x-conn. Block) 4. NEBS compliance covers FCC and other WW EMC requirements (based on CISPR22 and IEC 61000-4-2 to12 standards). 5. To install the 15310-MA in the OSP with a different cabinet in complaince with NEBS, the cabinet must be GR-487 compliant. In this case, the complete system must be tested to NEBS requirements. The following minimum set of accessories must be installed: – DS1 primary and secondary surge protection modules. 1-10 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Standards 6. To install the 15310-MA in the OSP with a different cabinet in safety compliance with UL 60950-1, the following accessories must be installed: – secondary surge protection module (including insulation transformer rated 1500 Vac rms) Cylix PN PCI 050-628-02 and DS1 Prymary protection modules. – secondary surge protection module (including insulation transformer rated 1500 Vac rms) Cylix PN PCI 050-631-01 and DS3 primary protection modules. 7. To install the 15310-MA in the OSP with a different cabinet, which does not require NEBS compliance, and if FCC and or other WW EMC requirements must be covered, the following primary surge protection modules must be installed: – DS1 – DS3 Caution To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger (e.g., 24 AWG) UL Listed or CSA Certified Telecommunication Line Cord. 8. The 15310E-MA OSP is tested and qualified to the weather-protected locations environmental requirements of the EN300-019-1-3 and EN300-019-2-3 (Class 3.3). 9. The following additional conditions and configurations are required to comply with IEC/UL 60950-1: – This product is a modular optical shelf product intended for use in Restricted Access Locations. This product must include an optical shelf, secondary isolation and protectors for DS1/E1 ports, and secondary isolation and protectors for DS3/E3 ports. – The product is intended for use on the following power systems: DC mains supply – The equipment disconnect device and short circuit overcurrent protection devices used in the cabinet must be UL Listed and IEC Certified. – The following ports can be connected only to SELV Circuits/ports: LAN, Craft, UDC, BITS, Alarm Out, and Alarm Min. – To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger (e.g., 24 AWG) UL Listed or CSA Certified Telecommunication Line Cord for DS1/E1 and DS3/E3 ports. – A suitable outdoor enclosure shall be provided with the end product. The enclosure shall be suitable as a fire, mechanical, and electrical enclosure. – Consideration should be given to installing the equipment in an environment compatible with the maximum ambient temperature (Tma) specified by the manufacturer. If installed in a closed or multi-unit rack assembly, the operating ambient temperature of the rack environment may be higher. – Model 15130-MA OSP is intended for installation in an enclosure. The inside of which is only accessible by a service person. – This product and components provide protective earth terminals to be connected to the end product enclosure. The end product shall conduct Earthing test. – This product was evaluated for DC Mains input. Transient overvoltage shall be considered at the end product if unit is powered by other means. 1-11 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Standards ONS 15327 This section lists the regulatory compliance and safety approval requirements met by the ONS 15327. Table 1-6 ONS 15327 Standards Discipline Specification EMC (Class A) EN-300-386 v. 1.3.3 (2005) NEBS GR-1089-CORE CISPR 22, CISPR24 IC ICES-003 Issue 3, 1997 FCC 47CFR15 EN55022, EN55024 EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3 (AC products) EN61000-6-1 VCCI: V-3/2000.04 (Japan) Product Safety NEBS GR-1089-CORE IEC 60950-1 /EN 60950-1, 2nd Ed. (CB Report / Certificate with all country deviations) UL and cUL / CSA 60950-1 2nd Ed. Laser Safety IEC 60950-1 /EN 60950-1, 2nd Ed. 21CFR1040 EN or IEC 60825-1, 2007 EN or IEC 60825-2, 2010 Telecommunications T1: Canada (CS-03), Hong Kong (HKTA 2028), Japan (JATE Green Book), Taiwan (ID 0002), US (TIA-968), Malaysia (TIA-968) T3: Japan (JATE Green Book), Malaysia (ITU-T G.703: 2001) E1: Australia (S016), EU (TBR 12, TBR 13) E3: Australia (S016), EU (TBR 24) STM-1E: EU (ITU-T G.703) GigE (optical): Japan (JATE Green Book) OC-3, 12, 48, 192: Telcordia GR-253 STM-1, 4, 16: Brazil (225-100-509), EU (ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.825, ITU-T G.957), Japan (JATE Green Book) STM-64: Brazil (ITU-T G.691, ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.825), Japan (JATE Technical Requirement) 1-12 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Standards ONS 15600 and ONS 15600 SDH Table 1-7 lists the regulatory compliance and safety approval requirements met by the ONS 15600 and ONS 15600 SDH. Environmental NEBS Telcordia GR-63-CORE issue 4 EN 300 019-2-1 (Storage, Class 1.1) EN 300 019-2-2 (Transportation, Class 2.3) EN 300 019-2-3 (Operational, Class 3.1E) EN 300 019-1-3, EN 300 019-2-3 (Class 3.3) EN 300 019-2-4 (Class T 4.2 H and 4M5) Structural Dynamics (Mechanical) Telcordia GR-63-CORE NEBS AT&T Network Equipment Development Standards (NEDS) Power & Grounding SBC Local Exchange Carriers, Network Equipment Power, Grounding, Environmental, and Physical Design Requirements, TP76200MP Table 1-6 ONS 15327 Standards (continued) Discipline Specification Table 1-7 ONS 15600 and ONS 15600 SDH Standards Discipline Specification EMC (Class A) EN-300-386 v. 1.3.3 (2005) NEBS GR-1089-CORE CISPR 22, CISPR24 IC ICES-003 Issue 3, 1997 FCC 47CFR15 EN55022, EN55024 EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3 (AC products) EN61000-6-1 VCCI: V-3/2000.04 (Japan) Product Safety NEBS GR-1089-CORE IEC 60950-1 /EN 60950-1, 2nd Ed. (CB Report / Certificate with all country deviations) UL / CSA 60950-1 1st Ed. Laser Safety IEC 60950-1 /EN60950-1, 2nd Ed. UL / CSA 60950-1 21CFR1040 EN or IEC 60825-1, 2007 EN or IEC 60825-2, 2010 1-13 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Japanese Approvals for the ONS 15454 Japanese Approvals for the ONS 15454 Table 1-8 lists the ONS 15454 card approvals for Japan. Telecommunications T1: Canada (CS-03), Hong Kong (HKTA 2028), Japan (JATE Green Book), Taiwan (ID 0002), US (TIA-968), Malaysia (TIA-968) T3: Japan (JATE Green Book), Malaysia (ITU-T G.703: 2001) E1: Australia (S016), EU (TBR 12, TBR 13) E3: Australia (S016), EU (TBR 24) STM-1E: EU (ITU-T G.703) GigE (optical): Japan (JATE Green Book) OC-3, 12, 48, 192: Telcordia GR-253 STM-1, 4, 16: Brazil (225-100-509), EU (ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.825, ITU-T G.957), Japan (JATE Green Book) STM-64: Brazil (ITU-T G.691, ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.825), Japan (JATE Technical Requirement) Environmental Telcordia GR-63-CORE NEBS, Issue 3 EN 300 019-2-1 (Storage, Class 1.1) EN 300 019-2-2 (Transportation, Class 2.3) EN 300 019-2-3 (Operational, Class 3.1E) EN 300 019-1-3 and EN 300 019- 2-3 (Class 3.3) EN 300 019-1-4 and EN 300 019- 2-4 (Class T 4.2H , M5) Structural Dynamics (Mechanical) Telcordia GR-63-CORE NEBS AT&T Network Equipment Development Standards (NEDS) Power & Grounding SBC Local Exchange Carriers, Network Equipment Power, Grounding, Environmental, and Physical Design Requirements, TP76200MP Table 1-7 ONS 15600 and ONS 15600 SDH Standards (continued) Discipline Specification Table 1-8 ONS 15454 Card Approvals Card Certificate Number 15454-DS1-14 L02-0014 15454-DS3E-12 L02-0013 DS3N-12 L00-0285 15454-OC3-4IR 1310 L00-0265 15454-OC12IR 1310 L00-0266 15454-OC12-4 IR D02-0423JP 15454-OC48IR 1310 L00-0267 1-14 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Japanese Approvals for the ONS 15327 Japanese Approvals for the ONS 15327 Table 1-9 lists the ONS 15327 card approvals for Japan. Japanese Labels for the ONS 15454 The following ONS 15454 labels are authorized for use in Japan. Figure 1-1 Japan Label (ONS 15454) Figure 1-2 Electrical Card 15454-DS1-14 15454-OC48IR 1310AS L02-0012 15454-G1000-4 D02-0642JP Table 1-8 ONS 15454 Card Approvals (continued) Card Certificate Number Table 1-9 ONS 15327 Card Approvals Card Certificate Number MIC-28-3-A/B L01-0055 OC12 IR 1310 L01-0052 OC48 IR 1310 L01-0053 67607 71090 1-15 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Japanese Labels for the ONS 15454 Figure 1-3 Electrical Card 15454-DS3E-12 Figure 1-4 Electrical Card 15454-DS3N-12 Figure 1-5 Optical Card 15454-OC3-4IR1310 Figure 1-6 Optical Card 15454-OC12IR1310 Figure 1-7 Optical Card 15454-OC12-4IR 71111 71091 71092 71093 1-16 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Japanese Labels for the ONS 15327 Figure 1-8 Optical Card 15454-OC48IR1310 Figure 1-9 Optical Card 15454-OC48IR1310AS Japanese Labels for the ONS 15327 The following ONS 15327 labels are authorized for use in Japan. Figure 1-10 Ethernet Card ONS 15454 Figure 1-11 Optical Card OC3 IR 4 1310 71094 71095 1-17 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Japanese Labels for the ONS 15327 Figure 1-12 Optical Card OC12 IR 1310 Figure 1-13 Optical Card OC12 LR 1550 Figure 1-14 Optical Card OC48 IR 1310 Figure 1-15 Optical Card OC48 LR 1550 55356 1-18 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Korean Approvals for the ONS 15454 Figure 1-16 Gigabit Ethernet Card G1000-2 Figure 1-17 Mechanical Interface Card (MIC) (DS-1, DS-3) MIC-28-3-A/B Figure 1-18 Japanese Label (ONS 15327) Korean Approvals for the ONS 15454 Table 1-10 provides the ONS 15454 approval for Korea. 47-11054-01 Rev A0 Cisco ONS 15327 T-C99-01-0266 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Systems, Inc / 55355 Table 1-10 Certification of Information and Communication Equipment (ONS 15454) Model Certificate Number ONS 15454 T-C21-00-1434 1-19 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Korean Approvals for the ONS 15327 Korean Approvals for the ONS 15327 Table 1-11 provides the ONS 15327 approvals for Korea. Korean Labels for the ONS 15454 Figure 1-19 shows the ONS 15454 system label for Korea. Figure 1-19 Korea Label (ONS 15454) Korean Labels for the ONS 15327 Figure 1-20 shows the ONS 15327 system label for Korea. Figure 1-20 Korean Label (ONS 15327) Table 1-11 Certification of Information and Communication Equipment (ONS 15327) Model Certificate Number ONS 15327 T-C99-01-0266 Cards OC12-IR-1310 OC48-IR-1310 XTC-14 MIC-28-3 E10/100-4 67607 47-11054-01 Rev A0 Cisco ONS 15327 T-C99-01-0266 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Systems, Inc / 55355 1-20 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 1 Regulatory Compliance Korean Labels for the ONS 15327 CH A P T E R 2-1 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 2 Safety Installation Install the Cisco ONS 15454 M2, Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, Cisco ONS 15327, Cisco ONS 15600, Cisco ONS 15600 SDH, Cisco ONS 15310-CL, and Cisco ONS 15310-MA in compliance with your local and national electrical codes: • United States: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70; United States National Electrical Code • Canada: Canadian Electrical Code, Part I, CSA C22.1 • Other countries: If local and national electrical codes are not available, refer to IEC 364, Part 1 through Part 7. Laser Safety Read and follow all safety warnings in the installation procedures. Translated warnings are provided in this chapter. The following safety standards apply to the Cisco ONS 15454 M2, Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, Cisco ONS 15327, Cisco ONS 15600, Cisco ONS 15600 SDH, Cisco ONS 15310-CL, and Cisco ONS 15310-MA: • Class 1M LASER PRODUCT (IEC 60825-1 2001-01) • Class I LASER PRODUCT (complies with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 except for deviations pursuant to laser notice No. 50) Empty Slots Ensure that all slots are covered with card faceplates or empty-slot filler cards. These will prevent exposure to hazardous voltages and currents on the backplane, maintain consistent cooling and air flow through the chassis, help contain electromagnetic interference (EMI), and protect the backplane and cards from dust and other particles. 2-2 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Translated Warnings The following warnings are included in the Cisco ONS 15454 M2, Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, Cisco ONS 15327, Cisco ONS 15600, Cisco ONS 15600 SDH, Cisco ONS 15310-CL, and Cisco ONS 15310-MA installation procedures. Statement 7—DC Power Disconnection Warning Warning Before performing any of the following procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position. Statement 7 Waarschuwing Voordat u een van de onderstaande procedures uitvoert, dient u te controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroom circuit uitgeschakeld is. Om u ervan te verzekeren dat alle stroom UIT is geschakeld, kiest u op het schakelbord de stroomverbreker die het gelijkstroom circuit bedient, draait de stroomverbreker naar de UIT positie en plakt de schakelaarhendel van de stroomverbreker met plakband in de UIT positie vast. Varoitus Varmista, että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virtaa ennen seuraavien toimenpiteiden suorittamista. Varmistaaksesi, että virta on KATKAISTU täysin, paikanna tasavirrasta huolehtivassa kojetaulussa sijaitseva suojakytkin, käännä suojakytkin KATKAISTU-asentoon ja teippaa suojakytkimen varsi niin, että se pysyy KATKAISTU-asennossa. Attention Avant de pratiquer l'une quelconque des procédures ci-dessous, vérifier que le circuit en courant continu n'est plus sous tension. Pour en être sûr, localiser le disjoncteur situé sur le panneau de service du circuit en courant continu, placer le disjoncteur en position fermée (OFF) et, à l'aide d'un ruban adhésif, bloquer la poignée du disjoncteur en position OFF. Warnung Vor Ausführung der folgenden Vorgänge ist sicherzustellen, daß die Gleichstromschaltung keinen Strom erhält. Um sicherzustellen, daß sämtlicher Strom abgestellt ist, machen Sie auf der Schalttafel den Unterbrecher für die Gleichstromschaltung ausfindig, stellen Sie den Unterbrecher auf AUS, und kleben Sie den Schaltergriff des Unterbrechers mit Klebeband in der AUS-Stellung fest. Avvertenza Prima di svolgere una qualsiasi delle procedure seguenti, verificare che il circuito CC non sia alimentato. Per verificare che tutta l’alimentazione sia scollegata (OFF), individuare l’interruttore automatico sul quadro strumenti che alimenta il circuito CC, mettere l’interruttore in posizione OFF e fissarlo con nastro adesivo in tale posizione. Advarsel Før noen av disse prosedyrene utføres, kontroller at strømmen er frakoblet likestrømkretsen. Sørg for at all strøm er slått AV. Dette gjøres ved å lokalisere strømbryteren på brytertavlen som betjener likestrømkretsen, slå strømbryteren AV og teipe bryterhåndtaket på strømbryteren i AV-stilling. 2-3 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 12—Power Supply Disconnection Warning Aviso Antes de executar um dos seguintes procedimentos, certifique-se que desligou a fonte de alimentação de energia do circuito de corrente contínua. Para se assegurar que toda a corrente foi DESLIGADA, localize o disjuntor no painel que serve o circuito de corrente contínua e coloque-o na posição OFF (Desligado), segurando nessa posição a manivela do interruptor do disjuntor com fita isoladora. ¡Advertencia! Antes de proceder con los siguientes pasos, comprobar que la alimentación del circuito de corriente continua (CC) esté cortada (OFF). Para asegurarse de que toda la alimentación esté cortada (OFF), localizar el interruptor automático en el panel que alimenta al circuito de corriente continua, cambiar el interruptor automático a la posición de Apagado (OFF), y sujetar con cinta la palanca del interruptor automático en posición de Apagado (OFF). Varning! Innan du utför någon av följande procedurer måste du kontrollera att strömförsörjningen till likströmskretsen är bruten. Kontrollera att all strömförsörjning är BRUTEN genom att slå AV det överspänningsskydd som skyddar likströmskretsen och tejpa fast överspänningsskyddets omkopplare i FRÅN-läget. Warning Before working on a chassis or working near power supplies, unplug the power cord on AC units; disconnect the power at the circuit breaker on DC units. Statement 12 Waarschuwing Voordat u aan een frame of in de nabijheid van voedingen werkt, dient u bij wisselstroom toestellen de stekker van het netsnoer uit het stopcontact te halen; voor gelijkstroom toestellen dient u de stroom uit te schakelen bij de stroomverbreker. Varoitus Kytke irti vaihtovirtalaitteiden virtajohto ja katkaise tasavirtalaitteiden virta suojakytkimellä, ennen kuin teet mitään asennuspohjalle tai työskentelet virtalähteiden läheisyydessä. Attention Avant de travailler sur un châssis ou à proximité d'une alimentation électrique, débrancher le cordon d'alimentation des unités en courant alternatif ; couper l'alimentation des unités en courant continu au niveau du disjoncteur. Warnung Bevor Sie an einem Chassis oder in der Nähe von Netzgeräten arbeiten, ziehen Sie bei Wechselstromeinheiten das Netzkabel ab bzw. schalten Sie bei Gleichstromeinheiten den Strom am Unterbrecher ab. Avvertenza Prima di lavorare su un telaio o intorno ad alimentatori, scollegare il cavo di alimentazione sulle unità CA; scollegare l'alimentazione all’interruttore automatico sulle unità CC. Advarsel Før det utføres arbeid på kabinettet eller det arbeides i nærheten av strømforsyningsenheter, skal strømledningen trekkes ut på vekselstrømsenheter og strømmen kobles fra ved strømbryteren på likestrømsenheter. Aviso Antes de trabalhar num chassis, ou antes de trabalhar perto de unidades de fornecimento de energia, desligue o cabo de alimentação nas unidades de corrente alternada; desligue a corrente no disjuntor nas unidades de corrente contínua. 2-4 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 18—Invisible Laser Radiation Warning ¡Advertencia! Antes de manipular el chasis de un equipo o trabajar cerca de una fuente de alimentación, desenchufar el cable de alimentación en los equipos de corriente alterna (CA); cortar la alimentación desde el interruptor automático en los equipos de corriente continua (CC). Varning! Innan du arbetar med ett chassi eller nära strömförsörjningsenheter skall du för växelströmsenheter dra ur nätsladden och för likströmsenheter bryta strömmen vid överspänningsskyddet. Warning Invisible laser radiation may be emitted from the aperture ports of the single-mode FDDI card when no cable is connected. Avoid exposure and do not stare into open apertures. Following is an example of the warning label that appears on the product. Statement 18 Waarschuwing Wanneer geen kabel aangesloten is, kan er onzichtbare laserstraling geëmitteerd worden uit de apertuurpoorten van de enkelvoudige-modus FDDI-kaart ("Fiber Distributed Data Interface" = "Interface van door glasvezels gedistribueerde gegevens"). Vermijd blootstelling en staar niet in de open aperturen. Varoitus Yksitoimintoisen FDDI-kortin avoimista porteista saattaa vapautua näkymättömiä lasersäteitä kaapelin ollessa irrotettuna. Vältä säteilyä ja avoimiin aukkoihin katsomista. AVOID EXPOSURE–Invisible Laser radiation is emitted from transmit ports. 1300NM CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT WARNING 141827 2-5 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 37—Restricted Area Warning Attention Des rayons laser invisibles peuvent s'échapper des ouvertures prévues pour la carte d'interface des données distribuées par fibres optiques monomode (Fiber Distributed Data Interface ou FDDI) quand un câble n'est pas connecté. Eviter toute exposition et ne pas approcher les yeux des ouvertures. Warnung Wenn kein Kabel angeschlossen ist, wird möglicherweise unsichtbare Laserstrahlung von den Steckanschlüssen der Monomode-FDDI-Karte (Glasfaserdatenübertragungs-Schnittstelle; Fiber Distributed Data Interface) ausgestrahlt. Schützen Sie sich vor Strahlung, und blicken Sie nicht direkt in offene Steckanschlüsse. Avvertenza Radiazioni laser invisibili potrebbero essere emesse dalle porte di apertura della scheda FDDI (Fiber Distributed Data Interface - Interfaccia di dati distribuiti a fibre) a modo singolo quando il cavo non è stato collegato. Evitare l’esposizione a tali radiazioni e non fissare alcuna porta aperta. Advarsel Usynlig laserstråling kan emitteres fra åpningsutgangene på FDDI-kort med kabel av monomodusfiber når de ikke er tilkoblet en ledning. Unngå utsettelse for stråling, og stirr ikke inn i åpne åpninger. Aviso Radiação laser invisível poderá ser emitida através das portas de abertura da placa FDDI (Interface de Dados Distribuídos por Fibra Óptica) de modo simples, mesmo quando não houver nenhum cabo ligado. Evite exposição e não espreite por estas aberturas. ¡Advertencia! La tarjeta FDDI modo sencillo puede emitir radiaciones láser invisibles por los orificios de los puertos cuando no se haya conectado ningún cable. Evitar la exposición y no mirar fijamente los orificios abiertos. Varning! Osynlig laserstrålning kan avges från portöppningarna för FDDI-kortet för enkelmodsfiber när ingen kabel är ansluten (FDDI: Fiber Distributed Data Interface = gränssnitt för dataöverföring med fiberoptik). Utsätt dig inte för denna strålning och titta inte in i öppningarna. Warning This unit is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted access area is where access can only be gained by service personnel through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security, and is controlled by the authority responsible for the location. Statement 37 Waarschuwing Dit toestel is bedoeld voor installatie op plaatsen met beperkte toegang. Een plaats met beperkte toegang is een plaats waar toegang slechts door servicepersoneel verkregen kan worden door middel van een speciaal instrument, een slot en sleutel, of een ander veiligheidsmiddel, en welke beheerd wordt door de overheidsinstantie die verantwoordelijk is voor de locatie. 2-6 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 39—Grounded Equipment Warning Varoitus Tämä laite on tarkoitettu asennettavaksi paikkaan, johon pääsy on rajoitettua. Paikka, johon pääsy on rajoitettua, tarkoittaa paikkaa, johon vain huoltohenkilöstö pääsee jonkin erikoistyökalun, lukkoon sopivan avaimen tai jonkin muun turvalaitteen avulla ja joka on paikasta vastuussa olevien toimivaltaisten henkilöiden valvoma. Attention Cet appareil est à installer dans des zones d’accès réservé. Ces dernières sont des zones auxquelles seul le personnel de service peut accéder en utilisant un outil spécial, un mécanisme de verrouillage et une clé, ou tout autre moyen de sécurité. L’accès aux zones de sécurité est sous le contrôle de l’autorité responsable de l’emplacement. Warnung Diese Einheit ist zur Installation in Bereichen mit beschränktem Zutritt vorgesehen. Ein Bereich mit beschränktem Zutritt ist ein Bereich, zu dem nur Wartungspersonal mit einem Spezialwerkzeugs, Schloß und Schlüssel oder anderer Sicherheitsvorkehrungen Zugang hat, und der von dem für die Anlage zuständigen Gremium kontrolliert wird. Avvertenza Questa unità deve essere installata in un'area ad accesso limitato. Un'area ad accesso limitato è un'area accessibile solo a personale di assistenza tramite un'attrezzo speciale, lucchetto, o altri dispositivi di sicurezza, ed è controllata dall'autorità responsabile della zona. Advarsel Denne enheten er laget for installasjon i områder med begrenset adgang. Et område med begrenset adgang gir kun adgang til servicepersonale som bruker et spesielt verktøy, lås og nøkkel, eller en annen sikkerhetsanordning, og det kontrolleres av den autoriteten som er ansvarlig for området. Aviso Esta unidade foi concebida para instalação em áreas de acesso restrito. Uma área de acesso restrito é uma área à qual apenas tem acesso o pessoal de serviço autorizado, que possua uma ferramenta, chave e fechadura especial, ou qualquer outra forma de segurança. Esta área é controlada pela autoridade responsável pelo local. ¡Advertencia! Esta unidad ha sido diseñada para instalarse en áreas de acceso restringido. Área de acceso restringido significa un área a la que solamente tiene acceso el personal de servicio mediante la utilización de una herramienta especial, cerradura con llave, o algún otro medio de seguridad, y que está bajo el control de la autoridad responsable del local. Varning! Denna enhet är avsedd för installation i områden med begränsat tillträde. Ett område med begränsat tillträde får endast tillträdas av servicepersonal med ett speciellt verktyg, lås och nyckel, eller annan säkerhetsanordning, och kontrolleras av den auktoritet som ansvarar för området. Warning This equipment is intended to be grounded. Ensure that the host is connected to earth ground during normal use. Statement 39 Waarschuwing Deze apparatuur hoort geaard te worden Zorg dat de host-computer tijdens normaal gebruik met aarde is verbonden. Varoitus Tämä laitteisto on tarkoitettu maadoitettavaksi. Varmista, että isäntälaite on yhdistetty maahan normaalikäytön aikana. 2-7 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Attention Cet équipement doit être relié à la terre. S’assurer que l’appareil hôte est relié à la terre lors de l’utilisation normale. Warnung Dieses Gerät muß geerdet werden. Stellen Sie sicher, daß das Host-Gerät während des normalen Betriebs an Erde gelegt ist. Avvertenza Questa apparecchiatura deve essere collegata a massa. Accertarsi che il dispositivo host sia collegato alla massa di terra durante il normale utilizzo. Advarsel Dette utstyret skal jordes. Forviss deg om vertsterminalen er jordet ved normalt bruk. Aviso Este equipamento deverá estar ligado à terra. Certifique-se que o host se encontra ligado à terra durante a sua utilização normal. ¡Advertencia! Este equipo debe conectarse a tierra. Asegurarse de que el equipo principal esté conectado a tierra durante el uso normal. Varning! Denna utrustning är avsedd att jordas. Se till att värdenheten är jordad vid normal användning. 2-8 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 70—Invisible Laser Radiation Warning Warning Because invisible laser radiation may be emitted from the aperture of the port when no cable is connected, avoid exposure to laser radiation and do not stare into open apertures. Statement 70 Waarschuwing Omdat er onzichtbare laserstraling uit de opening van de poort geëmitteerd kan worden wanneer er geen kabel aangesloten is, dient men om blootstelling aan laserstraling te vermijden niet in de open openingen te kijken. Varoitus Kun porttiin ei ole kytketty kaapelia, portin aukosta voi vuotaa näkymätöntä lasersäteilyä. Älä katso avoimiin aukkoihin, jotta et altistu säteilylle. Attention Etant donné qu’un rayonnement laser invisible peut être émis par l’ouverture du port quand aucun câble n’est connecté, ne pas regarder dans les ouvertures béantes afin d’éviter tout risque d’exposition au rayonnement laser. Warnung Aus der Öffnung des Ports kann unsichtbare Laserstrahlung austreten, wenn kein Kabel angeschlossen ist. Kontakt mit Laserstrahlung vermeiden und nicht in offene Öffnungen blicken. Avvertenza Poiché quando nessun cavo è collegato alla porta, da quest’ultima potrebbe essere emessa radiazione laser invisibile, evitare l’esposizione a tale radiazione e non fissare con gli occhi porte a cui non siano collegati cavi. Advarsel Usynlige laserstråler kan sendes ut fra åpningen på utgangen når ingen kabel er tilkoblet. Unngå utsettelse for laserstråling og se ikke inn i åpninger som ikke er tildekket. Aviso Evite uma exposição à radiação laser e não olhe através de aberturas expostas, porque poderá ocorrer emissão de radiação laser invisível a partir da abertura da porta, quando não estiver qualquer cabo conectado. ¡Advertencia! Cuando no esté conectado ningún cable, pueden emitirse radiaciones láser invisibles por el orificio del puerto. Evitar la exposición a radiaciones láser y no mirar fijamente los orificios abiertos. Varning! Osynliga laserstrålar kan sändas ut från öppningen i porten när ingen kabel är ansluten. Undvik exponering för laserstrålning och titta inte in i ej täckta öppningar. 2-9 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 91—Disconnect Device Warning Statement 94—Wrist Strap Warning Warning A readily accessible two-poled disconnect device must be incorporated in the fixed wiring. Statement 91 Waarschuwing Er moet een gemakkelijk toegankelijke, tweepolige stroomverbreker opgenomen zijn in de vaste bedrading. Varoitus Kiinteään johdotukseen on liitettävä kaksinapainen kytkinlaite, johon on helppo päästä käsiksi. Attention Un disjoncteur bipolaire facile d’accès doit être intégré dans le câblage fixe. Warnung Die feste Verdrahtung muß eine leicht zugängliche, zweipolige Trennvorrichtung enthalten. Avvertenza Nei cablaggi fissi va incorporato un sezionatore a due poli facilmente accessibile. Advarsel En lett tilgjengelig, topolet frakoblingsenhet må være innebygd i det faste ledningsnettet. Aviso Deverá incorporar-se um dispositivo de desconexão de dois pólos de acesso fácil, na instalação eléctrica fixa. ¡Advertencia! El cableado fijo debe incorporar un dispositivo de desconexión de dos polos y de acceso fácil. Varning! En lättillgänglig tvåpolig frånkopplingsenhet måste ingå i den fasta kopplingen. Warning During this procedure, wear grounding wrist straps to avoid ESD damage to the card. Do not directly touch the backplane with your hand or any metal tool, or you could shock yourself. Statement 94 Waarschuwing Draag tijdens deze procedure aardingspolsbanden om te vermijden dat de kaart beschadigd wordt door elektrostatische ontlading. Raak het achterbord niet rechtstreeks aan met uw hand of met een metalen werktuig, omdat u anders een elektrische schok zou kunnen oplopen. Varoitus Käytä tämän toimenpiteen aikana maadoitettuja rannesuojia estääksesi kortin vaurioitumisen sähköstaattisen purkauksen vuoksi. Älä kosketa taustalevyä suoraan kädelläsi tai metallisella työkalulla sähköiskuvaaran takia. Attention Lors de cette procédure, toujours porter des bracelets antistatiques pour éviter que des décharges électriques n’endommagent la carte. Pour éviter l’électrocution, ne pas toucher le fond de panier directement avec la main ni avec un outil métallique. 2-10 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 125—Radiation from Open Port Aperture Warnung Zur Vermeidung einer Beschädigung der Karte durch elektrostatische Entladung während dieses Verfahrens ein Erdungsband am Handgelenk tragen. Bei Berührung der Rückwand mit der Hand oder einem metallenen Werkzeug besteht Elektroschockgefahr. Avvertenza Durante questa procedura, indossare bracciali antistatici per evitare danni alla scheda causati da un’eventuale scarica elettrostatica. Non toccare direttamente il pannello delle connessioni, né con le mani né con un qualsiasi utensile metallico, perché esiste il pericolo di folgorazione. Advarsel Bruk jordingsarmbånd under prosedyren for å unngå ESD-skader på kortet. Unngå direkte berøring av bakplanet med hånden eller metallverktøy, slik at di ikke får elektrisk støt. Aviso Durante este procedimento e para evitar danos ESD causados à placa, use fitas de ligação à terra para os pulsos. Para evitar o risco de choque eléctrico, não toque directamente na parte posterior com a mão ou com qualquer ferramenta metálica. ¡Advertencia! Usartiras conectadas a tierra en las muñecas durante este procedimiento para evitar daños en la tarjeta causados por descargas electrostáticas. No tocar el plano posterior con las manos ni con ninguna herramienta metálica, ya que podría producir un choque eléctrico. Varning! Använd jordade armbandsremmar under denna procedur för att förhindra elektrostatisk skada på kortet. Rör inte vid baksidan med handen eller metallverktyg då detta kan orsaka elektrisk stöt. Warning Because invisible radiation may be emitted from the aperture of the port when no fiber cable is connected, avoid exposure to radiation and do not stare into open apertures. Statement 125 Waarschuwing Aangezien onzichtbare straling vanuit de opening van de poort kan komen als er geen fiberkabel aangesloten is, dient blootstelling aan straling en het kijken in open openingen vermeden te worden. 2-11 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 129—Four Person Equipment Moving Requirement Varoitus Koska portin aukosta voi emittoitua näkymätöntä säteilyä, kun kuitukaapelia ei ole kytkettynä, vältä säteilylle altistumista äläkä katso avoimiin aukkoihin. Attention Des radiations invisibles à l'åil nu pouvant traverser l'ouverture du port lorsqu'aucun câble en fibre optique n'y est connecté, il est recommandé de ne pas regarder fixement l'intérieur de ces ouvertures. Warnung Warnung: Aus der Port-Öffnung können unsichtbare Strahlen emittieren, wenn kein Glasfaserkabel angeschlossen ist. Vermeiden Sie es, sich den Strahlungen auszusetzen, und starren Sie nicht in die Öffnungen! Avvertenza Quando i cavi in fibra non sono inseriti, radiazioni invisibili possono essere emesse attraverso l'apertura della porta. Evitate di esporvi alle radiazioni e non guardate direttamente nelle aperture. Advarsel Unngå utsettelse for stråling, og stirr ikke inn i åpninger som er åpne, fordi usynlig stråling kan emiteres fra portens åpning når det ikke er tilkoblet en fiberkabel. Aviso Dada a possibilidade de emissão de radiação invisível através do orifício da via de acesso, quando esta não tiver nenhum cabo de fibra conectado, deverá evitar a exposição à radiação e não deverá olhar fixamente para orifícios que se encontrarem a descoberto. ¡Advertencia! Debido a que la apertura del puerto puede emitir radiación invisible cuando no existe un cable de fibra conectado, evite mirar directamente a las aperturas para no exponerse a la radiación. Varning! Osynlig strålning kan avges från en portöppning utan ansluten fiberkabel och du bör därför undvika att bli utsatt för strålning genom att inte stirra in i oskyddade öppningar. Warning In order to safeguard both equipment and personnel during the installation process, we recommend that four people participate in moving the unit. Using adequate manpower is the best guarantee that you will avoid harming people or equipment. Statement 129 Waarschuwing Ter bescherming van zowel de uitrusting als het personeel raden wij aan om tijdens het installatieproces vier mensen te gebruiken voor het verplaatsen van de eenheid. Voldoende mankracht is de beste garantie tegen lichamelijk letsel of schade aan de uitrusting. Varoitus Jotta sekä laitetta että henkilökuntaa suojattaisiin asennuksen aikana, suosittelemme, että laitetta siirtää ainakin neljä henkilöä. Riittävän monen henkilön käyttö on paras keino välttää ihmis- ja laitevauriot. Attention Afin d'éviter tout risque d'accident sur les équipements et sur lespersonnes lors de l'installation, il est vivement recommandé de prévoir quatre personnes pour déplacer l'unité. 2-12 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 140—Chassis Power Connection Warnung Um sicherzustellen, daß während des Installationsprozesses weder Personen noch Ausrüstungsgegenstände beschädigt werden, sind für den Transport der Einheit vier Leuten empfohlen. Ausreichend Personal ist die beste Gewähr, daß Personen- oder Materialschäden vermieden werden. Avvertenza Per proteggere gli apparati e il personale durante l'installazione, è raccomandabile spostare l'unità con l'aiuto di quattro persone. In questo modo eviterete di danneggiare gli apparati e nuocere alla vostra salute. Advarsel Vi anbefaler at fire personer flytter på enheten for å sikre både utstyr og personell under installeringen. Bruk av tilstrekkelig arbeidskraft er den beste sikkerheten mot å unngå personskade eller skade på utstyr. Aviso A fim de proteger tanto o equipamento como o pessoal durante o processo de instalação, recomendamos que o transporte da unidade seja efectuado por quatro pessoas. A assistência efectiva do pessoal constitui a melhor garantia para evitar danos de ordem física ou material. ¡Advertencia! Recomendamos que cuatro personas participen a l mover la unidad, para así proteger al personal y el equipo. Usar el equipo adecuado de personas es la mejor garantía para evitar dañar al personal y el equipo. Varning! Som säkerhet för både utrustning och personal under installationen rekommenderar vi att fyra personer tillsammans flyttar enheten. Användning av tillräckligt stor arbetskraft är den bästa garantin att skada på människor och utrustning undviks. Warning Before connecting or disconnecting ground or power wires to the chassis, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position. Statement 140 Waarschuwing Voordat u aarddraden of elektriciteitsdraden op het frame aansluit of van het frame neemt, dient u te controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroomcircuit uitgeschakeld is. Om u ervan te verzekeren dat alle stroom UIT is geschakeld, kiest u op het schakelbord de stroomverbreker die het gelijkstroomcircuit bedient, draait de stroomverbreker naar de UIT positie en plakt de schakelaarhendel van de stroomverbreker met plakband in de UIT positie vast. Varoitus Varmista, että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virtaa ennen maadoitus- tai virtajohtojen kytkemistä asennuspohjaan tai ennen niiden irrottamista. Varmistaaksesi, että virta on KATKAISTU täysin, paikanna tasavirrasta huolehtivassa kojetaulussa sijaitseva suojakytkin, käännä suojakytkin KATKAISTU-asentoon ja teippaa suojakytkimen varsi niin, että se pysyy KATKAISTU-asennossa. Attention Avant de connecter ou de déconnecter les câbles d'alimentation (pôles et terre) du châssis, vérifiez que le circuit de courant continu est hors tension : localisez le disjoncteur sur le panneau de commande du circuit de courant continu, poussez-le sur la position fermée (OFF) et, à l'aide d'un ruban adhésif, bloquez sa poignée sur cette position. 2-13 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Warnung Gleichstrom-Unterbrechung Bevor Sie Erdungs- oder Stromkabel an das Chassis anschließen oder von ihm abtrennen, ist sicherzustellen, daß der Gleichstrom-Stromkreis unterbrochen ist. Um sicherzustellen, daß sämtlicher Strom AUS ist, machen Sie auf der Schalttafel den Unterbrecher für die Gleichstromschaltung ausfindig, stellen Sie den Unterbrecher auf OFF, und kleben Sie den Schaltergriff des Unterbrechers mit Klebeband in der AUS-Stellung fest. Avvertenza Prima di collegare o distaccare i cavi elettrici o di messa a terra dallo chassis, assicuratevi che il circuito DC non sia alimentato. Per verificare che tutta l'alimentazione sia scollegata (OFF), individuare l'interruttore automatico sul quadro strumenti che alimenta il circuito CC, mettere l'interruttore in posizione OFF e fissarlo con nastro adesivo in tale posizione. Advarsel Før til- eller frakobling av jord- og strømledninger til kabinettet, kontroller at strømmen er frakoblet likestrømkretsen. Sørg for at all strøm er slått AV. Dette gjøres ved å lokalisere strømbryteren på brytertavlen som betjener likestrømkretsen, slå strømbryteren AV og teipe bryterhåndtaket på strømbryteren i AV-stilling. Aviso Antes de conectar ou desconectar a ligação à terra ou a alimentação do chassis, certifique-se de que desligou a fonte de alimentação de energia do circuito de corrente contínua. Para se assegurar que toda a corrente foi DESLIGADA, localize o disjuntor no painel que serve o circuito de corrente contínua e coloque-o na posição OFF (Desligado), segurando nessa posição a manivela do interruptor do disjuntor com fita isoladora. ¡Advertencia! Antes de conectar o desconectar el circuito de tierra o de alimentación del chasis, asegúrese que la alimentación del circuito CC esté cortada (OFF). Para asegurarse de que toda la alimentación esté cortada (OFF), localice el interruptor automático en el panel que alimenta el circuito de corriente continua, cambie el interruptor automático a la posición de apagado (OFF) y sujete con cinta la palanca del interruptor automático en posición de apagado (OFF). Varning! Innan du kopplar jord- eller elledningar till eller från chassit måste du kontrollera att strömförsörjningen till likströmskretsen är bruten. Kontrollera att all strömförsörjning är BRUTEN genom att slå AV det överspänningsskydd som skyddar likströmskretsen och tejpa fast överspänningsskyddets omkopplare i FRÅN-läget. 2-14 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 148—Installation Warning Warning Only trained and qualified personnel should be allowed to install, replace, or service this equipment. Statement 148 Waarschuwing Deze apparatuur mag alleen worden geïnstalleerd, vervangen of hersteld door bevoegd geschoold personeel. Varoitus Tämän laitteen saa asentaa, vaihtaa tai huoltaa ainoastaan koulutettu ja laitteen tunteva henkilökunta. Attention Il est vivement recommandé de confier l'installation, le remplacement et la maintenance de ces équipements à des personnels qualifiés et expérimentés. Warnung Das Installieren, Ersetzen oder Bedienen dieser Ausrüstung sollte nur geschultem, qualifiziertem Personal gestattet werden. Avvertenza Questo apparato può essere installato, sostituito o mantenuto unicamente da un personale competente. Advarsel Bare opplært og kvalifisert personell skal foreta installasjoner, utskiftninger eller service på dette utstyret. Aviso Apenas pessoal treinado e qualificado deve ser autorizado a instalar, substituir ou fazer a revisão deste equipamento. ¡Advertencia! Solamente el personal calificado debe instalar, reemplazar o utilizar este equipo. Varning! Endast utbildad och kvalificerad personal bör få tillåtelse att installera, byta ut eller reparera denna utrustning. 2-15 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 152—DC Power Supply Wiring Warning Warning This warning applies only to units equipped with DC input power supplies. Wire the DC power supply using the appropriate lugs at the wiring end. The proper wiring sequence is ground to ground, positive to positive (line to L), and negative to negative (neutral to N). Note that the ground wire should always be connected first and disconnected last. Statement 152 Waarschuwing Deze waarschuwing is uitsluitend van toepassing op eenheden met gelijkstroomvoeding. Voor aansluiting van de gelijkstroomvoeding moeten op de bedradingsuiteinden de juiste kabelschoentjes gebruikt worden. De juiste bedradingsvolgorde is aarde naar aarde, positief naar positief (lijn naar L) en negatief naar negatief (neutraal naar N). Let op: de aardedraad moet altijd het eerst aangesloten en het laatst losgemaakt worden. Varoitus Tämä varoitus koskee ainoastaan laitteita, jotka käyttävät tasavirtalähteitä. Kytke tasavirtalähde asianmukaisia johtojen päissä olevia napakenkiä käyttäen. Johdot on kiinnitettävä maadoitus maadoitukseen, positiivinen positiiviseen (linja L:ään) ja negatiivinen negatiiviseen (neutraali N:ään). Huomaa, että maadoitusjohto on kytkettävä aina ensin ja irrotettava viimeisenä. Attention (Cet avertissement concerne uniquement les équipements disposant de bloc d'alimentation CC.) Connectez le bloc d'alimentation CC à l'aide des attaches à l'extrémité des câbles, selon la séquence suivante : terre sur terre, positif sur positif (ligne sur L), négatif sur négatif (neutre sur N). Le câble de mise à la terre doit toujours être connecté en premier et déconnecté en dernier. Warnung Diese Warnung gilt nur für Geräte, die mit Gleichstrom-Eingangsstromzufuhren ausgestattet sind. Schließen Sie die Gleichstrom-Stromzufuhr unter Verwendung der dafür vorgesehenen Kabelmuffen an. Die korrekte Reihenfolge beim Verkabeln ist: Erdung an Erdung, positiv an positiv (Leitung an L) und negativ an negativ (neutral an N). Achten Sie darauf, daß das Erdungskabel stets als erstes angeschlossen und als letztes unterbrochen wird. Avvertenza Questa avvertenza concerna unicamente le unità attrezzate di un alimentatore elettrico di input DC. Cablate l'alimentatore elettrico DC utilizzando le capocorde. L'ordine di cablaggio deve essere terra-terra, positivo-positivo (linea a L), e negativo-negativo (Neutro a N). Il cavo terra dovrebbe sempre essere connesso per prima e staccato per ultimo. Advarsel Denne advarselen gjelder bare for enheter som er utstyrt med likestrømsforsyninger. Koble ledningen på likestrømsforsyningen med passende kabelsko på enden av ledningen. Riktig ledningssekvens er jord til jord, positiv til positiv (linje til L) og negativ til negativ (nøytral til N). Legg merke til at jordledningen alltid skal kobles først og frakobles sist. Aviso Este aviso refere-se apenas a unidades equipadas com uma fonte de alimentação de Corrente Contínua. Ligue a fonte de alimentação de Corrente Contínua usando as presilhas que se encontram na extremidade da cablagem. A sequência correcta da cablagem é de ligação terra a terra, positivo com positivo (alinhe com o L), e negativo com negativo (neutral com o N). De notar que o cabo de ligação à terra deverá ser sempre conectado em primeiro lugar e desconectado por último. 2-16 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 156—Blank Faceplate Installation Requirement Warning ¡Advertencia! Este aviso se refiere solamente a las unidades de corriente continua. Cablee la corriente continua usando las orejetas adecuadas al final del cable. La secuencia de cableaje es la siguiente: de tierra a tierra, positivo a positivo (línea a L), y negativo a negativo (neutro a N). El cable de tierra debería ser lo primero en conectar y lo último en desconectar. Varning! Denna varning gäller endast enheter som är försedda med likströmförsörjningsenheter. Anslut likströmsförsörjningsenhetens ledningar med användning av lämpliga fästen vid ledningsändarna. Korrekt ledningsdragningsordning är jord till jord, positiv till positiv (linje till L) och negativ till negativ (neutral till N). Observera att jordledningen alltid måste anslutas först och kopplas ifrån sist. Warning Blank faceplates (filler panels) serve three important functions: they prevent exposure to hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic interference (EMI) that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling air through the chassis. Do not operate the system unless all cards and faceplates are in place. Statement 156 Waarschuwing Lege vlakplaten (vulpanelen) vervullen drie belangrijke functies: ze voorkomen blootstelling aan gevaarlijke voltages en elektrische stroom binnenin het chassis; ze beperken elektromagnetische storing hetgeen andere apparaten kan storen en ze leiden een stroom van koellucht door het chassis. Bedien het systeem niet tenzij alle kaarten en vlakplaten zich op hun plaats bevinden. Varoitus Tyhjillä kansilaatoilla (peitelevyillä) on kolme tehtävää: ne suojaavat vaarallisilta asennuspohjan sisäisiltä jännitteiltä ja virroilta; suojaavat sähkömagneettiselta häiriöltä (EMI), joka voi haitata muiden laitteiden toimintaa; ja ohjaavat jäähdytysilmavirran asennuspohjan läpi. Laitetta ei saa käyttää, jos kaikki kortit ja peitelevyt eivät ole paikoillaan. Attention Les caches blancs remplissent trois fonctions importantes : ils évitent tout risque de choc électrique à l'intérieur du châssis, ils font barrage aux interférences électromagnétiques susceptibles d'altérer le fonctionnement des autres équipements et ils dirigent le flux d'air de refroidissement dans le châssis. Il est vivement recommandé de vérifier que tous les caches et plaques de protection sont en place avant d'utiliser le système. Warnung Unbeschriftete Aufspannplatten (Füllpaneelen) erfüllen drei wichtige Funktionen : sie schützen vor gefährlichen Spannungen und Elektrizität im Innern der Chassis; sie halten elektromagnetische Interferenzen (EMI) zurück, die andere Geräte stören könnten; und sie lenken die Kühlluft durch das Chassis. Nehmen Sie das System nur in Betrieb, wenn alle Karten und Aufspannplatten an vorgesehener Stelle odnungsgemäß installiert sind. Avvertenza Le piastre di protezione (panelli di riempimento) hanno tre funzioni molto importanti:Impediscono di esporvi ai voltaggi e le tensioni elettriche pericolose del chassis; trattengono le interferenze elettromagnetiche (EMI) che possono scombussolare altri apparati; e avviano il flusso d'aria di raffreddamento attraverso il chassis. Non operate il sistema se le schede e i pannelli non sono in posizione. 2-17 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 166—Backplane Voltage Warning Advarsel Blanke ytterplater (deksler) har tre viktige funksjoner: De forhindrer utsettelse for farlig spenning og strøm inni kabinettet; de inneholder elektromagnetisk forstyrrelse (EMI) som kan avbryte annet utstyr, og de dirigerer luftavkjølingsstrømmen gjennom kabinettet. Betjen ikke systemet med mindre alle kort og ytterplater sitter på plass. Aviso As placas em bruto (painéis de enchimento) desempenham três funções importantes: evitam a exposição a voltagens e correntes perigosas no interior do chassi; protegem de interferências electromagnéticas (IEM) passíveis de afectar outro equipamento; e orientam o fluxo do ar de refrigeração através do chassi. Não pôr o sistema a funcionar sem que todos os cartões e placas estejam no devido lugar. ¡Advertencia! Los platos en blanco (paneles de relleno) ofrecen tres funciones importantes: previenen la exposición a voltajes peligrosos y corrientes dentro del chasis; contienen interferencias electromagnéticas (EMI) que pueden interrumpir otros equipos; y dirigen el flujo de aire refrigerante a través del chasis. No opere el sistema a menos que todas las tarjetas y platos estén en su lugar. Varning! Tomma planskivor (fyllnadspaneler) fyller tre viktiga funktioner: de förhindrar utsättning för farliga spänningar och elströmmar inuti chassit; de förhindrar elektromagnetisk störning (EMI) som skulle kunna rubba annan utrustning; samt de riktar flödet av kylluft genom chassit. Använd inte systemet om inte alla kort och planskivor finns på plats. Warning Voltage is present on the backplane when the system is operating. To reduce risk of an electric shock, keep hands and fingers out of the power supply bays and backplane areas. Statement 166 Waarschuwing Er is spanning aanwezig op de achterplaat wanneer het systeem bediend wordt. Om mogelijke elektrische schokken te vermijden, dient u uw handen en vingers uit de buurt van de stroomtoevoercompartimenten en het gebied rondom de achterplaat te houden. Varoitus Taustalevyssä on jännitettä laitteen ollessa toiminnassa. Sähköiskun välttämiseksi on sormet ja kädet pidettävä poissa virtalähdetelineistä ja taustalevyn alueelta. Attention Lorsque le système est en fonctionnement, des tensions électriques circulent sur le fond de panier. Pour éviter tout risque de choc électrique, ne touchez pas aux baies des blocs d'alimentation ni au fond de panier. Warnung Wenn das System in Betrieb ist, herrscht Spannung auf der Rückwandplatine. Um das Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags zu verringern, dürfen Hände und Finger nicht in die Anschlußstellen der Stromversorgung und in den Bereich der Rückwandplatine gesteckt werden. Avvertenza Quando il sistema è in funzione, il pannello posteriore è sotto tensione. Onde evitare il rischio di scosse elettriche, tenere le mani e le dita lontano dalle parti sotto tensione e dall’area del pannello posteriore. Advarsel Spenning er til stede på bakpanelet når systemet kjøres. Hold hender og fingre borte fra strømforsyningsåpningene og bakpanelområdet. 2-18 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Aviso Existem tensões na placa traseira quando o sistema está a operar. Para reduzir o risco de choque eléctrico, mantenha as mãos e os dedos fora das baías das fontes de energia e das áreas da placa traseira. ¡Advertencia! Cuando el sistema está en funcionamiento el voltaje está presente en el plano trasero. Para reducir el riesgo de choque eléctrico mantenga las manos y los dedos fuera de los puertos de alimentación eléctrica y de las áreas del plano trasero. Varning! Spänning föreligger på bakplattan när systemet körs. Minska risken för elektriska stötar genom att hålla händer och fingrar borta från områdena kring strömförsörjningsenhetens fack och bakplattan. Aviso Com o sistema em funcionamento, há uma corrente no painel traseiro. Para reduzir o risco de choque elétrico, não se aproxime dos compartimentos de fonte de alimentação e das áreas do painel traseiro. Advarsel Der er spænding på bagpladen når systemet er i brug. For at reducere risikoen for elektrisk stød, må strømforsyningspladser og bagpladeområder ikke berøres. 2-19 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 181—Wrist Strap and Midplane Contact Warning Warning During this procedure, wear grounding wrist straps to avoid ESD damage to the card. Do not directly touch the midplane with your hand or any metal tool, or you could shock yourself. Statement 181 Waarschuwing Draag tijdens deze procedure aardingspolsbanden om te vermijden dat de kaart beschadigd wordt door elektrostatische ontlading. Raak het middenbord niet rechtstreeks aan met uw hand of met een metalen werktuig, omdat u anders een elektrische schok zou kunnen oplopen. Varoitus Käytä tämän toimenpiteen aikana maadoitettuja rannesuojia estääksesi sähköstaattisen purkauksen aiheuttaman kortin vaurioitumisen. Älä kosketa piirikorttia suoraan kädelläsi tai metallisella työkalulla sähköiskuvaaran vuoksi. Attention Lors de cette procédure, il vivement recommandé de porter des bracelets antistatiques pour éviter que des décharges électriques n’endommagent la carte. En outre, pour éviter tout risque de choc électrique, ne touchez jamais le fond de panier central directement avec la main ou avec un outil métallique. Warnung Vermeidung einer Beschädigung der Karte durch elektrostatische Entladung während dieses Verfahrens ein Erdungsband am Handgelenk tragen. Bei Berührung der Midplane-Karte mit der Hand oder einem metallenen Werkzeug besteht Elektroschockgefahr. Avvertenza Durante questa procedura, indossare bracciali antistatici per evitare danni alla scheda causati da un’eventuale scarica elettrostatica. Non toccare direttamente il midplane delle connessioni, né con le mani né con un qualsiasi utensile metallico, perché esiste il pericolo di folgorazione. 2-20 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Advarsel Bruk jordingsarmbånd under prosedyren for å unngå ESD-skader på kortet. Unngå direkte berøring av mellomplanet med hånden eller metallverktøy, slik at du ikke får elektrisk støt. Aviso Durante este procedimento, e para evitar danos por descarga electrostática causados à placa, usar fitas de ligação à terra para os pulsos. Para evitar o risco de choque eléctrico, não tocar directamente na parte central com a mão ou com qualquer ferramenta metálica. ¡Advertencia! Durante este procedimiento usar tiras conectadas a tierra en las muñecas para evitar daños en la tarjeta causados por descargas electrostáticas. No tocar el plano mediano con las manos ni con ninguna herramienta metálica, ya que podría producir un choque eléctrico. Varning! Använd jordade armbandsremmar under denna procedur för att förhindra elektrostatisk skada på kortet. Rör ej vid kortets mittdel med handen eller metallverktyg då detta kan orsaka elektrisk stöt. Aviso Durante esse procedimento, use pulseiras antiestáticas aterradas para evitar danos de descarga eletrostática (ESD) à placa. Não toque no painel auxiliar diretamente com a mão ou com qualquer ferramenta metálica ou você correrá o risco de receber um choque elétrico. Advarsel Under denne procedure skal du bære håndledsbånd med jordforbindelse for at undgå at udsætte kortet for statisk elektricitet. Undgå at berøre midterpladen direkte med hånden eller med et stykke metalværktøj, da der er risiko for stød. 2-21 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 191—VCCI Class A Warning for Japan Warning This is a Class A product based on the standard of the VCCI Council. If this equipment is used in a domestic environment, radio interference may occur, in which case, the user may be required to take corrective actions. VCCI-A 2-22 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 201—Card Handling Warning Warning High-performance devices on this card can get hot during operation. To remove the card, hold it by the faceplate and bottom edge. Allow the card to cool before touching any other part of it or before placing it in an antistatic bag. Statement 201 Waarschuwing Geavanceerde onderdelen op deze kaart kunnen tijdens het gebruik heet worden. Als u de kaart wilt verwijderen, moet u deze vastpakken bij de voorkant en onderrand. Laat de kaart afkoelen voordat u andere delen van de kaart aanraakt of voordat u de kaart in een antistatische verpakking plaatst. Varoitus Tämän kortin suorituskykyiset mekanismit voivat kuumeta käytössä. Kortin voi poistaa tarttumalla siihen tasopinnasta ja alareunasta. Anna kortin jäähtyä, ennen kuin kosket sen muihin osiin tai ennen kuin laitat sen antistaattiseen pussiin. Attention Les périphériques hautes performances de cette carte emmagasinent de la chaleur en cours de fonctionnement. Pour retirer la carte, tenez-la par le cache et par la partie inférieure. Attendez qu’elle refroidisse avant de toucher les autres parties ou avant de la mettre dans un sac antistatique. Warnung Hochleistungsgeräte auf dieser Karte können während des Betriebs sehr heiß werden. Um die Karte zu entfernen, halten Sie sie an der Frontplatte und der Unterkante. Lassen Sie die Karte abkühlen, bevor Sie sie an einer anderen Stelle berühren oder in einen Antistatikbehälter stecken. Avvertenza Le apparecchiature ad alte prestazioni montati su questa scheda possono surriscaldarsi durante il funzionamento. Per rimuovere la scheda, tenerla tra la piastra anteriore e il bordo inferiore. Attendere che la scheda si raffreddi prima di toccare le altre componenti o di porla in un sacchetto antistatico. Advarsel Enkelte høykapasitets komponenter på dette kortet kan bli varme under bruk. Hvis du skal ta ut kortet, må du holde i kortet ved frontplaten og den nederste kanten. La kortet bli avkjølt før du tar på andre deler av kortet eller putter det i en antistatisk pose. Aviso Os dispositivos de alta performance nesta placa podem aquecer durante o funcionamento. Para retirar a placa, segure-a pela borda do prato e da base. Deixe a placa arrefecer antes de tocar em qualquer outra zona da mesma ou antes de a colocar num saco antiestático. ¡Advertencia! Los dispositivos de alto rendimiento contenidos en la tarjeta pueden alcanzar elevadas temperaturas durante su funcionamiento. Para extraer la tarjeta, sujétela por el extremo inferior y la cubierta. Permita que se enfríe la tarjeta antes de tocar ninguna pieza de la misma y de colocarla en una bolsa antiestática. Varning! Detta korts högprestandaenheter kan bli mycket varma under drift. Ta ut kortet genom att hålla det på frontpanelen och nedre kanten. Låt kortet svalna innan du vidrör någon annan del av det eller innan du placerar det i en antistatisk påse. 2-23 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 202—Installation and Replacement Warning Statement 205—Rack Installation Warning Warning When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and disconnected last. Statement 202 Waarschuwing Bij installatie of vervanging van het toestel moet de aardverbinding altijd het eerste worden gemaakt en het laatste worden losgemaakt. Varoitus Laitetta asennettaessa tai korvattaessa on maahan yhdistäminen aina tehtävä ensiksi ja maadoituksen irti kytkeminen viimeiseksi. Attention Lors de l’installation ou du remplacement de l’appareil, la mise à la terre doit toujours être connectée en premier et déconnectée en dernier. Warnung Der Erdanschluß muß bei der Installation oder beim Austauschen der Einheit immer zuerst hergestellt und zuletzt abgetrennt werden. Avvertenza In fase di installazione o sostituzione dell'unità, eseguire sempre per primo il collegamento a massa e disconnetterlo per ultimo. Advarsel Når enheten installeres eller byttes, må jordledningen alltid tilkobles først og frakobles sist. Aviso Ao instalar ou substituir a unidade, a ligação à terra deverá ser sempre a primeira a ser ligada, e a última a ser desligada. ¡Advertencia! Al instalar o sustituir el equipo, conecte siempre la toma de tierra al principio y desconéctela al final. Varning! Vid installation eller utbyte av enheten måste jordledningen alltid anslutas först och kopplas bort sist. Warning This router must be installed in a rack that is secured to the building structure. Statement 205 Waarschuwing De router moet worden geïnstalleerd in een rek dat is bevestigd aan een buitenmuur of dragende binnenmuur. Varoitus Tämä reititin on asennettava rakenteeseen kiinnitettävään kehikkoon. Attention Pour plus de sécurité, ce routeur doit être installé dans une armoire solidement fixée. Warnung Dieser Router muß in einem Gestell installiert sein, das an der Gebäudestruktur gesichert ist. 2-24 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 206—Exposed Circuitry Warning Avvertenza Questo instradatore deve essere installato in un rack fissato alla struttura dell’edificio. Advarsel Denne ruteren må installeres i et rack som er festet til bygningen. Aviso Este router deve ser instalado numa prateleira fixa à estrutura de construção. ¡Advertencia! Instale el router en una estantería que se encuentre bien afianzada a la estructura de un edificio. Varning! Nätverksroutern måste installeras i ett instrumentrack som är fast förankrat i byggnaden. Warning Do not reach into a vacant slot when installing or removing a module. Exposed circuitry is an energy hazard. Statement 206 Waarschuwing Steek uw hand niet in een lege ruimte als u een module installeert of verwijdert. Blootliggende elektrische schakelingen kunnen gevaar opleveren. Varoitus Älä kosketa tyhjää paikkaa moduulia asennettaessa tai poistettaessa. Paljastunut virtapiiri voi aiheuttaa sähköiskun. Attention Ne pas mettre la main dans un emplacement libre lors de l'installation ou du retrait d'un module. Les circuits exposés présentent un danger électrique. Warnung Beim Ein- bzw. Ausbau von Modulen nicht in freie Schächte hineingreifen. Gefahr durch nicht isolierte Leitungen! Avvertenza Evitare di toccare gli slot vuoti durante l'installazione o la rimozione di un modulo. I circuiti esposti potrebbero causare una scossa elettrica. Advarsel Ikke ta inni det tomme sporet når du installerer eller fjerner en modul. En ubeskyttet strømkrets er en energifare. Aviso Não toque no interior de uma ranhura vazia quando instalar ou remover um módulo. Os circuitos expostos constituem um risco energético. ¡Advertencia! No toque una ranura vacía al instalar o quitar un módulo. Los circuitos expuestos representan un peligro eléctrico. Varning! Stoppa inte in fingrarna i ett tomt fack när du installerar eller tar bort en modul. Exponerade kretsar innebär risk för elstötar. 2-25 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Aviso Não toque em nenhum slot vazio ao instalar ou remover um modulo. O sistema de circuito elétrico constitui risco de choque elétrico. Advarsel Berør ikke den tomme spalte, når du installerer eller fjerner et modul. Ubeskyttede kredsløb udgør en strømfare. 2-26 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-27 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 207—Power Supply Circuitry Warning Warning The power supply circuitry for the equipment can constitute an energy hazard. Before you install or replace the equipment, remove all jewelry (including rings, necklaces, and watches). Metal objects can come into contact with exposed power supply wiring or circuitry inside the DSLAM equipment. This could cause the metal objects to heat up and cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the equipment. Statement 207 Waarschuwing De elektrische schakelingen voor de apparatuur kunnen gevaar opleveren. Voordat u de apparatuur installeert of verwijdert, moet u alle sieraden (ringen, kettingen en horloges) afdoen. Metalen voorwerpen kunnen in contact komen met blootliggende elektrische bedrading of schakelingen in de DSLAM-apparatuur. Hierdoor kunnen de metalen voorwerpen warm worden en ernstige brandwonden veroorzaken of kan het metalen voorwerp versmelten met de apparatuur. Varoitus Laitteiston virtapiiri saattaa aiheuttaa sähköiskun vaaran. Ennen kuin asennat tai korvaat laitteiston, riisu korut (sormukset, kaulakorut ja rannekellot). Metalliesineet voivat joutua kosketuksiin suojaamattomien virtajohtojen tai -piirien kanssa DSLAM-laitteiston sisällä. Metalliesineet saattavat kuumeta ja aiheuttaa vakavia palovammoja tai hitsata metalliesineet kiinni laitteistoon. Attention Le circuit d'alimentation de l'équipement présente un danger d'électrocution. Avant d'installer ou de remplacer l'équipement, enlevez tous vos bijoux (bagues, colliers et montres). Les objets en métal peuvent entrer en contact avec les câbles ou les circuits d’alimentation exposés de l'équipement DSLAM. Cela peut provoquer le réchauffement des objets en métal et être à l'origine de brûlures graves ou bien souder l'objet en métal à l'équipement. 2-28 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Warnung Die Stromzuführungen für das Gerät können eine Gefahr darstellen. Legen Sie vor dem Installieren oder Entfernen des Geräts jeglichen Schmuck (einschließlich Ringe, Ketten und Uhren) ab. Metallobjekte können in Kontakt mit freiliegenden Stromzuführungen oder Schaltkreisen innerhalb des DSLAM-Geräts kommen. Dies kann zur Erhitzung dieser Objekte führen und schwere Verbrennungen oder das Verschmelzen des Metallobjekts mit dem Gerät verursachen. Avvertenza I circuiti di alimentazione di questa apparecchiatura possono comportare un rischio elettrico. Prima di installare o sostituire l’apparecchiatura, rimuovere tutta gli oggetti metallici indossati (inclusi anelli, collane e orologi). Gli oggetti metallici potrebbero venire a contatto con i fili di alimentazione o i circuiti privi di protezione all’interno dell’apparecchiatura DSLAM (Advanced Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexers). Ciò potrebbe causare il surriscaldamento degli oggetti metallici e causare la bruciatura o la fusione degli oggetti metallici stessi o dell’apparecchiatura. Advarsel Strømforsyningskretsen for utstyret kan gi elektrisk støt. Før du installerer eller skifter ut utstyret, bør du ta av deg alle smykker (ringer, halsbånd og klokke). Metallobjekter kan komme i kontakt med åpne ledninger eller kretser i DSLAM-utstyret. Dette kan føre til at metallobjektene varmes opp og forårsaker alvorlige brannskader eller at metallobjektene smeltes sammen med utstyret. Aviso Os circuitos de fornecimento de energia para o equipamento podem constituir perigo. Antes de instalar ou substituir o equipamento, tire todas as jóias (incluindo anéis, colares, e relógios). Os objectos metálicos podem entrar em contacto com os cabos ou circuitos de fornecimento de energia expostos dentro do equipamento DSLAM.O contacto assim estabelecido pode originar o aquecimento dos objectos metálicos e causar queimaduras graves ou soldar o objecto metálico ao equipamento. ¡Advertencia! El sistema de circuitos de alimentación del equipo puede ser peligroso. Antes de instalar o sustituir el equipo, quítese todas las joyas (incluyendo anillos, collares y relojes), ya que los objetos metálicos podrían ponerse en contacto con cables de alimentación expuestos o con el sistema de circuitos existente dentro del DSLAM. Si esto fuera así, podría ocurrir que los objetos de metal se calentaran y le causaran serias quemaduras o incluso que el objeto metálico se soldara al equipo. Varning! Nätanslutningens strömkretsanordning för utrustningen kan utgöra energifara. Avlägsna därför alla smycken (inklusive ringar, halsband och armbandsur) innan du installerar eller byter ut utrustning. Metallobjekt kan komma i kontakt med oskyddade nätanslutningskablar eller strömkretsanordningar inuti DSLAM-utrustningen. Detta kan medföra att metallobjekten hettar upp vilket i sin tur kan medföra allvarliga brännskador eller att metallobjektet svetsas fast på utrustningen. 2-29 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 213—Unit Grounding Protection Warning Warning Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the equipment in the absence of a suitably installed ground conductor. Contact the appropriate electrical inspection authority or an electrician if you are uncertain that suitable grounding is available. Statement 213 Waarschuwing De aardingsleiding mag nooit buiten werking gesteld worden en de apparatuur mag nooit bediend worden zonder dat er een op de juiste wijze geïnstalleerde aardingsleiding aanwezig is. Neem contact op met de bevoegde instantie voor elektrische inspecties of met een elektricien als u niet zeker weet of voor passende aarding gezorgd is. Varoitus Älä koskaan ohita maajohdinta tai käytä laitteita ilman oikein asennettua maajohdinta. Ota yhteyttä asianmukaiseen sähkötarkastusviranomaiseen tai sähköasentajaan, jos olet epävarma maadoituksen sopivuudesta. Attention Ne jamais rendre inopérant le conducteur de masse ni utiliser l’équipement sans un conducteur de masse adéquatement installé. En cas de doute sur la mise à la masse appropriée disponible, s’adresser à l’organisme responsable de la sécurité électrique ou à un électricien. Warnung Umgehen Sie auf keinen Fall den Erdungsleiter und nehmen Sie die Geräte nicht in Betrieb, wenn der Erdungsleiter nicht sachgemäß installiert ist. Wenden Sie sich an die entsprechende Behörde, die für die Inspektion elektrischer Anlagen zuständig ist, oder an einen Elektriker, wenn Sie nicht sicher sind, ob der Anschluß ordnungsgemäß geerdet ist. Avvertenza Non escludere mai il conduttore di protezione né usare l’apparecchiatura in assenza di un conduttore di protezione installato in modo corretto. Se non si sa con certezza che è disponibile un collegamento di messa a terra adeguato, esaminare le Norme CEI pertinenti o rivolgersi a un elettricista qualificato. Advarsel Jordingslederen må aldri hindres, og utstyret må aldri brukes uten at en forsvarlig jordingsleder er installert. Kontakt elektrisitetstilsynet eller en elektriker dersom du er usikker på om riktig jording er tilgjengelig. Aviso Nunca anule o condutor à terra nem opere o equipamento sem ter um condutor à terra adequadamente instalado. Em caso de dúvida em relação ao sistema de ligação à terra, contacte os serviços locais de inspecção eléctrica ou um electricista qualificado. ¡Advertencia! No desactive nunca el conductor de tierra ni opere el equipo sin un conductor de tierra instalado correctamente. Póngase en contacto con las autoridades de inspección eléctrica pertinentes o con un electricista, si no está seguro de contar con una toma de tierra adecuada. Varning! Koppla aldrig från jordledningen och använd aldrig utrustningen utan en på lämpligt sätt installerad jordledning. Om det föreligger osäkerhet huruvida lämplig jordning finns skall elektrisk besiktningsauktoritet eller elektriker kontaktas. 2-30 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 246—AC Power Disconnection Warning Warning Before working on a chassis or working near power supplies, unplug the power cord on AC units. Statement 246 Waarschuwing Voordat u aan een frame of in de nabijheid van voedingen werkt, dient u bij wisselstroom toestellen de stekker van het netsnoer uit het stopcontact te halen. Varoitus Kytke irti vaihtovirtalaitteiden virtajohto ennen kuin teet mitään asennuspohjalle tai työskentelet virtalähteiden läheisyydessä. Attention Avant de travailler sur un châssis ou à proximité d'une alimentation électrique, débrancher le cordon d'alimentation des unités en courant alternatif. Warnung Bevor Sie an einem Chassis oder in der Nähe von Netzgeräten arbeiten, ziehen Sie bei Wechselstromeinheiten das Netzkabel ab. Avvertenza Prima di lavorare su un telaio o intorno ad alimentatori, scollegare il cavo di alimentazione sulle unità CA. Advarsel Før det utføres arbeid på kabinettet eller det arbeides i nærheten av strømforsyningsenheter, skal strømledningen trekkes ut på vekselstrømsenheter. Aviso Antes de trabalhar num chassis, ou antes de trabalhar perto de unidades de fornecimento de energia, desligue o cabo de alimentação nas unidades de corrente alternada. ¡Advertencia! Antes de manipular el chasis de un equipo o trabajar cerca de una fuente de alimentación, desenchufar el cable de alimentación en los equipos de corriente alterna (CA). Varning! Innan du arbetar med ett chassi eller nära strömförsörjningsenheter skall du dra ur nätsladden på växelströmsenheter. 2-31 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 250—Rack Stabilization Warning Warning Stability hazard. The rack stabilizing mechanism must be in place, or the rack must be bolted to the floor before you slide the unit out for servicing. Failure to stabilize the rack can cause the rack to tip over. Statement 250 Waarschuwing Kantelgevaar. Als u een eenheid uitschuift ten behoeve van service-werkzaamheden, moet het rek met de speciaal daarvoor bedoelde voorzieningen zijn gestabiliseerd of met bouten in de vloer zijn vastgezet. Het rek kan kantelen als het niet afdoende is gestabiliseerd. Varoitus Stabiiliusvaara. Telineen stabilointimekanismin on oltava paikallaan tai telineen on oltava ruuvattu lattiaan, ennen kuin liu'utat yksikön ulos huoltoa varten. Ellei telinettä stabiloida, se voi kaatua. Attention Stabilisation de l'armoire : le mécanisme de stabilisation doit être installé correctement ou l'armoire doit être solidement fixée au sol avant d'être utilisée. Sans cette précaution, elle risque de basculer. Warnung Umstürzgefahr. Bevor Sie die Einheit zur Wartung hinausziehen, sollten Sie die Stabilisierungsvorrichtung des Gestells aktivieren oder das Gestell am Boden festschrauben. Wenn das Gestell nicht entsprechend gesichert ist, kann es umkippen. Avvertenza Pericolo di stabilità. Prima di estrarre l’unità per la manutenzione, accertarsi che il meccanismo di stabilizzazione del rack sia in funzione oppure che il rack sia affrancato al pavimento. La mancata stabilità del rack può causarne il rovesciamento. Advarsel Stabilitetsfare. Stabiliseringsmekanismen for stativet må være på plass, eller stativet må være skrudd fast i gulvet, før du drar ut enheten for å utføre service. Hvis du ikke stabiliserer stativet, kan det hende at stativet velter. Aviso Risco de estabilidade. O mecanismo de estabilização da prateleira tem de estar colocado no devido lugar ou, então, a prateleira tem de estar aparafusada ao chão antes de fazer deslizar a unidade para fora, para reparação. A falha na estabilização da prateleira pode fazê-la virar. ¡Advertencia! Equilibrio inestable. El mecanismo de equilibrio del bastidor debe estar colocado en su lugar correcto; de lo contrario, atornille el bastidor al suelo antes de deslizar la unidad para su manipulación. Si no equilibra el bastidor, éste podrá volcarse. Varning! Stabilitetsfara. Rackets stabiliseringsmekanism måste sitta på plats, eller också måste racket skruvas fast i golvet innan du drar ut en enhet för underhåll. Om racket inte stabiliseras, kan det välta. 2-32 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 261—Faceplate and System Assembly Warning Warning Blank faceplates (filler panels) serve three important functions: they prevent exposure to hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic interference (EMI) that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling air through the chassis. Do not operate the system unless all cards, power modules, and faceplates are in place. Statement 261 Waarschuwing Lege vlakplaten (vulpanelen) vervullen drie belangrijke functies: ze voorkomen blootstelling aan gevaarlijke voltages en elektrische stroom binnenin het chassis; ze beperken elektromagnetische storing hetgeen andere apparaten kan storen en ze leiden een stroom van koellucht door het chassis. Bedien het systeem niet tenzij alle kaarten, voedingsmodules en vlakplaten zich op hun plaats bevinden. Varoitus Tyhjillä kansilaatoilla (peitelevyillä) on kolme tehtävää: ne suojaavat vaarallisilta asennuspohjan sisäisiltä jännitteiltä ja virroilta; suojaavat sähkömagneettiselta häiriöltä (EMI), joka voi haitata muiden laitteiden toimintaa, ja ohjaavat jäähdytysilmavirran asennuspohjan läpi. Laitetta ei saa käyttää, jos kaikki kortit, tehomoduulit ja peitelevyt eivät ole paikoillaan. Attention Les caches blancs remplissent trois fonctions importantes : ils évitent tout risque de choc électrique à l'intérieur du châssis, ils font barrage aux interférences électromagnétiques susceptibles d'altérer le fonctionnement des autres équipements et ils dirigent le flux d'air de refroidissement dans le châssis. Il est vivement recommandé de vérifier que tous les caches, modules d’alimentation et plaques de protection sont en place avant d'utiliser le système. Warnung Unbeschriftete Aufspannplatten (Füllpaneelen) erfüllen drei wichtige Funktionen : sie schützen vor gefährlichen Spannungen und Elektrizität im Innern der Chassis; sie halten elektromagnetische Interferenzen (EMI) zurück, die andere Geräte stören könnten; und sie lenken die Kühlluft durch das Chassis. Nehmen Sie das System nur in Betrieb, wenn alle Karten, Stromversorgungsmodule und Aufspannplatten an vorgesehener Stelle odnungsgemäß installiert sind. Avvertenza Le piastre di protezione (pannelli di riempimento) hanno tre funzioni molto importanti: proteggono da tensioni e correnti pericolose all’interno dello chassis; limitano le interferenze elettromagnetiche (EMI) che possono interferire con altre apparecchiature e dirigono il flusso d'aria di raffreddamento attraverso lo chassis. Non usate il sistema se le schede, i moduli di potenza, e i pannelli non sono in posizione. Advarsel Blanke ytterplater (deksler) har tre viktige funksjoner: De forhindrer eksponering for farlig spenning og strøm inni kabinettet; de inneholder elektromagnetisk interferens (EMI) som kan avbryte annet utstyr og de dirigerer luftavkjølingsstrømmen gjennom kabinettet. Betjen ikke systemet med mindre alle kort, drivmoduler og ytterplater sitter på plass. Aviso As placas em bruto (painéis de enchimento) desempenham três funções importantes: evitam a exposição a voltagens e correntes perigosas no interior do chassis; protegem contra interferências electromagnéticas (IEM) passíveis de afectar outro equipamento; e orientam o fluxo do ar de refrigeração através do chassis. Não ponha o sistema a funcionar sem que todos os cartões, modules de potência, e placas estejam no devido lugar. 2-33 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 274—Equipment Hazard Warning ¡Advertencia! Las placas frontales (paneles de relleno) ofrecen tres funciones importantes: previenen la exposición a voltajes peligrosos y corrientes dentro del chasis; contienen interferencias electromagnéticas (EMI) que pueden interrumpir otros equipos, y dirigen el flujo de aire refrigerante a través del chasis. No opere el sistema a menos que todas las tarjetas, módulos de potencia y placas estén en su lugar. Varning! Tomma planskivor (fyllnadspaneler) fyller tre viktiga funktioner: de förhindrar utsättning för farliga spänningar och elströmmar inuti chassit; de förhindrar elektromagnetisk störning (EMI) som skulle kunna rubba annan utrustning; samt de riktar flödet av kylluft genom chassit. Använd inte systemet om inte alla kort, kraftmoduler och planskivor finns på plats. Warning This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents. To see translations of the warnings that appear in this publication, refer to the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information document for the appropriate Cisco chassis. Statement 274 Waarschuwing Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in een situatie die lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat werken, dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient u op de hoogte te zijn van standaard maatregelen om ongelukken te voorkomen. Voor vertalingen van de waarschuwingen die in deze publicatie verschijnen, dient u het document betreffende regulatieve naleving en veiligheidsinformatie voor het juiste Cisco-chassis te raadplegen. Varoitus Tämä varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa. Olet tilanteessa, joka voi johtaa ruumiinvammaan. Ennen kuin työskentelet minkään laitteiston parissa, ota selvää sähkökytkentöihin liittyvistä vaaroista ja tavanomaisista onnettomuuksien ehkäisykeinoista. Tässä julkaisussa esiintyvien varoitusten käännökset löydät kyseessä olevaa Cisco-asennuspohjaa koskevasta säännösten noudattamista ja turvallisuustietoja koskevasta asiakirjasta. Attention Ce symbole d'avertissement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez dans une situation pouvant causer des blessures ou des dommages corporels. Avant de travailler sur un équipement, soyez conscient des dangers posés par les circuits électriques et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures couramment utilisées pour éviter les accidents. Pour prendre connaissance des traductions d'avertissements figurant dans cette publication, consultez le document sur la conformité aux normes et la sécurité pour le châssis Cisco approprié. Warnung Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer Situation, die zu einer Körperverletzung führen könnte. Bevor Sie mit der Arbeit an irgendeinem Gerät beginnen, sollten Sie sich der mit elektrischen Stromkreisen verbundenen Gefahren bewusst und mit den Standardpraktiken zur Vermeidung von Unfällen vertraut sein. Übersetzungen der in dieser Veröffentlichung enthaltenen Warnhinweise finden Sie im Dokument Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information (Informationen zu behördlichen Vorschriften und Sicherheit) für den entsprechenden Cisco-Einbaurahmen. 2-34 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 281—Class 1M Laser Warning Avvertenza Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di lavorare su qualsiasi apparecchiatura, occorre conoscere i pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici ed essere al corrente delle pratiche standard per la prevenzione di incidenti. Per la traduzione delle avvertenze riportate in questa pubblicazione, fare riferimento alla guida di installazione e della risoluzione dei problemi inviata insieme al prodotto Cisco in dotazione. Advarsel Dette varselsymbolet betyr fare. Du befinner deg i en situasjon som kan føre til personskade. Før du utfører arbeid på noe utstyr, må du vare oppmerksom på de faremomentene som elektriske kretser innebærer, samt gjøre deg kjent med vanlig praksis når det gjelder å unngå ulykker. Hvis du vil se oversettelser av de advarslene som finnes i denne håndboken, se samsvarsforskriftene og sikkerhetsinformasjonen som gjelder for den aktuelle Cisco-rammen. Aviso Este símbolo de aviso indica perigo. Encontra-se numa situação que lhe poderá causar danos físicos. Antes de começar a trabalhar com qualquer equipamento, familiarize-se com os perigos relacionados com circuitos eléctricos, e com quaisquer práticas comuns que possam prevenir possíveis acidentes. Para ver as traduções dos avisos que constam deste manual, consulte o documento acerca dos Regulamentos e Informação de Segurança apropriado fornecido com o produto Cisco. ¡Advertencia! Este símbolo de aviso significa peligro. Existe riesgo para su integridad física. Antes de manipular cualquier equipo, considerar los riesgos que entraña la corriente eléctrica y familiarizarse con los procedimientos estándar de prevención de accidentes. Para ver una traducción de las advertencias que aparecen en esta publicación, consulte el documento Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information (Información sobre homologaciones regulatorias y de seguridad) para el chasis correspondiente de Cisco. Varning! Denna varningssymbol signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning måste du vara medveten om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanligt förfarande för att förebygga skador. Se förklaringar av de varningar som förekommer i denna publikation i dokumentet som rör uppfyllelse av regler och säkerhetsinformation för lämplig Cisco-chassi. Warning Class 1M laser radiation when open. Do not view directly with optical instruments. Voorzichtig Klasse-1M laserstraling indien toegangspaneel open is. Niet rechtstreeks bekijken met optische instrumenten. Varo Säteilee luokan 1M lasersätelyä avattuna. Älä katso säteeseen optisilla laitteilla. Prudence Radiation laser de classe 1M en cas d’ouverture. Ne pas observer directement avec des instruments optiques. Vorsicht Laserstrahlung der Klasse 1 M, wenn geöffnet. Nicht mit optischen Instrumenten direkt hineinsehen. 2-35 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 290—Outside Line Connection Warning Attenzione Radiazioni laser Classe 1M quando aperto. Non osservare in maniera diretta con strumenti ottici. OBS! Laserstråling i klasse 1M i åpen stilling. Skal ikke ses direkte med optiske instrumenter. Cuidado Radiação laser classe 1M quando aberto. Não olhar diretamente com instrumentos ópticos. Precaución Los productos láser Clase 1M emiten radiación una vez abiertos. No los mire directamente con instrumentos ópticos. Försiktig! Klass 1M laser utstrålning när öppen. Betrakta ej direkt med optiska instrument. Warning Metallic interfaces for connection to outside plant lines (such as T1/E1/T3/E3 etc.) must be connected through a registered or approved device such as CSU/DSU or NT1. Statement 290 Waarschuwing Metaalhoudende interfaces bestemd voor aansluiting op fabrieksleidingen buiten (zoals T1/E1/T3/E3 etc.) dienen aangesloten te worden m.b.v. een geregistreerd of goedgekeurd apparaat zoals CSU/DSU of NT1. Varoitus Laitoksen ulkopuolisten linjojen (T1/E1/T3/E3 jne.) kytkentään tarkoitetut metalliset rajapinnat on kytkettävä rekisteröidyn tai hyväksytyn laitteen, kuten CSU/DSU tai NT1, kautta. Attention Les interfaces métalliques destinées à une connexion à des lignes extérieures au site (par exemple : T1/E1/T3/E3, etc.) doivent être raccordées sur un appareil homologué ou approuvé tel que CSU/DSU ou NT1. Warnung Metallische Schnittstellen für die Verbindung mit Leitungen außerhalb der Anlagen (wie z.B. T1/E1/T3/E3 usw.) müssen durch ein registriertes oder zugelassenes Gerät wie CSU/DSU oder NT1 angeschlossen werden. Avvertenza Le interfacce metalliche per la connessione a linee di impianti esterni (come T1/E1/T3/E3 ecc.) devono essere connesse mediante un dispositivo registrato o approvato, come per esempio CSU/DSU (Channel Service Unit/Data Service Unit) o NT1 (Network Terminator). Advarsel Metallgrensesnitt for kopling til eksterne anleggslinjer (for eksempel T1/E1/T3/E3 osv.) skal koples gjennom en registrert eller godkjent enhet, for eksempel CSU/DSU eller NT1. Aviso As interfaces metálicas para conexão com as linhas externas (como T1/E1/T3/E3 etc) devem ser conectadas através de um dispositivo aprovado ou certificado como CSU/DSU ou NT1. 2-36 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 291—Class I and Class 1M Laser Warning Statement 293—Laser Activation Warning ¡Advertencia! Las interfaces metálicas destinadas a las conexiones de líneas exteriores (por ejemplo, T1/E1/T3/E3, etc.) deben conectarse mediante un dispositivo registrado o aprobado como, por ejemplo, CSU/DSU o NT1. Varning! Metallkontakter för anslutning till utomhusledningar (t.ex. T1/E1/T3/E3 m.fl.) måste anslutas via en registrerad eller godkänd enhet, t.ex. CSU/DSU eller NT1. Warning Class I (21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11) and Class 1M (IEC 60825-1 2001-01) laser products. Statement 291 Waarschuwing Laserproducten van Klasse I (21 CFR 1040.10 en 1040.11) en Klasse 1M (IEC 60825-1 2001-01). Varoitus Luokan I (21 CFR 1040.10 ja 1040.11) ja luokan 1M (IEC 60825-1 2001-01) lasertuotteita. Attention Produits laser catégorie I (21 CFR 1040.10 et 1040.11) et catégorie 1M (IEC 60825-1 2001-01). Warnung Laserprodukte der Klasse I (21 CFR 1040.10 und 1040.11) und Klasse 1M (IEC 60825-1 2001-01). Avvertenza Prodotti laser di Classe I (21 CFR 1040.10 e 1040.11) e Classe 1M (IEC 60825-1 2001-01). Advarsel Klasse I (21 CFR 1040.10 og 1040.11) og klasse 1M (IEC 60825-1 2001-01) laserprodukter. Aviso Produtos laser Classe I (21 CFR 1040.10 e 1040.11) e Classe 1M (IEC 60825-1 2001-01). ¡Advertencia! Productos láser de Clase I (21 CFR 1040.10 y 1040.11) y Clase 1M (IEC 60825-1 2001-01). Varning! Laserprodukter av Klass I (21 CFR 1040.10 och 1040.11) och Klass 1M (IEC 60825-1 2001-01). Warning The laser is on when the card is booted and the safety key is in the on position (labeled 1). The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. The laser is off when the safety key is off (labeled 0). Statement 293 Waarschuwing De laser is aan zodra de kaart is opgestart en de veiligheidssleutel in de AAN-positie is (gelabeld 1). De poort hoeft niet in dienst te zijn om de laser aan te zetten. De laser is uit wanneer de veiligheidssleutel uit is (gelabeld 0). 2-37 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 300—Laser Radiation Warning Varoitus Laser on päällä, kun kortti käynnistetään ja turva-avain on päällä (1) -asennossa. Laser voi olla päällä, vaikka portti ei olekaan käytössä. Laser on pois päältä, kun turva-avain on pois (0) -asennossa. Attention Le laser est allumé dès le démarrage de la carte et lorsque la clé de sûreté est en position allumée (ou 1). Il n’est pas nécessaire que le port soit en service pour que le laser soit allumé. Le laser est éteint lorsque la clé de sûreté est en position éteinte (ou 0). Warnung Der Laser ist eingeschaltet, wenn die Karte geladen wurde und der Sicherheitsschlüssel eingeschaltet ist (mit 1 bezeichnete Stellung). Der Port muss nicht in Betrieb sein, wenn der Laser eingeschaltet ist. Der Laser ist ausgeschaltet, wenn sich der Sicherheitsschlüssel in der Aus-Stellung (mit 0 bezeichnet) befindet. Avvertenza Il laser è attivato quando la scheda è inserita e la chiave di sicurezza è in posizione ON (indicata con I). Per l’attivazione del laser non è necessario che la porta sia in funzione. Il laser è disattivato quando la chiave di sicurezza è su OFF (indicata con 0). Advarsel Laseren er aktivert når kortet er på plass og sikkerhetstasten er i på-stilling (merket 1). Porten trenger ikke å være aktiv selv om laseren er på. Laseren er av når sikkerhetstasten er i av-stilling (merket 0). Aviso O laser está ativado quando a placa é reiniciada e a chave de segurança está na posição on (ou 1). A porta não precisa estar em atividade para o acionamento do laser. O laser está desativado quando a chave de segurança está na posição off (ou 0). ¡Advertencia! El láser está encendido cuando la tarjeta ha arrancado y la llave de seguridad se encuentra en la posición ON (etiquetada 1). No es necesario que el puerto esté en funcionamiento para que el láser pueda funcionar. El láser está apagado cuando la llave de seguridad se encuentra en la posición OFF (etiquetada 0). Varning! Lasern är på när kortet är igångsatt och säkerhetsnyckeln är i läget På (markerat med 1). Porten behöver inte vara igång för att lasern ska vara på. Lasern är av när säkerhetsnyckeln är i läget Av (markerat med 0). Warning Laser radiation presents an invisible hazard, so personnel should avoid exposure to the laser beam. Personnel must be qualified in laser safety procedures and must use proper eye protection before working on this equipment. Statement 300 Waarschuwing Laserstraling levert een onzichtbaar gevaar op, zodat personeel blootstelling aan de laserstraal dient te vermijden. Het personeel dient gekwalificeerd te zijn in veiligheidsprocedures m.b.t. lasers en dient de juiste oogbescherming te dragen voordat er aan deze apparatuur wordt gewerkt. Varoitus Lasersäteily muodostaa näkymättömän vaaran, joten henkilökunnan tulisi välttää altistumista lasersäteelle. Henkilökunnan on tunnettava laserin turvalliset käyttötoimet ja käytettävä asianmukaisia silmiensuojaimia ennen tämän laitteiston parissa työskentelyä. 2-38 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 345—Suitable for Mounting Attention Les rayonnements laser constituent un risque grave invisible ; il est donc essentiel que le personnel évite toute exposition au rayon laser. Tout membre personnel doit avoir reçu une formation qualifiée en matière de procédures de sécurité laser et doit revêtir un équipement de protection optique adéquat avant d'exploiter l'équipement. Warnung Da Laserstrahlung eine unsichtbare Gefahr darstellt, sollte das Personal nicht mit dem Laserstrahl in Berührung kommen. Das Personal muss mit den Laser-Sicherheitsvorkehrungen vertraut sein und zulässige Schutzbrillen tragen, bevor die Arbeit an diesen Geräten aufgenommen wird. Avvertenza Evitare l'esposizione ai raggi laser, in quanto rappresentano un rischio invisibile. Prima di intervenire su questa apparecchiatura, occorre essere a conoscenza delle procedure di sicurezza relative ai laser e indossare protezioni adeguate per gli occhi. Advarsel Laserstråling representerer en usynlig fare. Personellet må derfor unngå eksponering til laserstrålen. Personellet må være vel kjent med lasersikkerhetsprosedyrer og må bruke passende øyenvern før de begynner å jobbe med dette utstyret. Aviso A radiação de laser representa um risco invisível, portanto deve-se evitar exposição pessoal ao feixe do laser. O pessoal deve estar qualificado em procedimentos de segurança de laser e deve usar proteção adequada para os olhos antes de trabalhar neste equipamento. ¡Advertencia! La radiación láser constituye un peligro invisible; por consiguiente, el personal debe evitar exponerse al haz láser. Los miembros del personal deben estar debidamente capacitados respecto de los procedimientos de seguridad cuando se trabaja con equipos láser y deben utilizar dispositivos adecuados de protección ocular antes de trabajar en este equipo. Varning! Laserstrålning är en osynlig fara, så personal bör undvika att exponeras för laserstrålen. Personalen måste vara kvalificerad inom säkerhetsåtgärder för laser och måste använda korrekt ögonskydd innan arbete på denna utrustning påbörjas. Warning Suitable for mounting on and over a concrete or other non-combustible surface only. Statement 345 Waarschuwing Kan alleen worden bevestigd op of boven een betonnen of andere niet-ontvlambare ondergrond. Varoitus Sopii kiinnitettäväksi vain betonipintaan tai muuhun palamattomaan pintaan tai niiden yläpuolelle. Attention Adapté uniquement pour un montage au mur ou sur une surface en béton ou autre surface incombustible. Warnung Nur geeignet zum Anbringen an oder auf Beton- oder anderen feuerfesten Oberflächen. Avvertenza Da applicare o montare esclusivamente su cemento o altre superfici non combustibili. Advarsel Bare for montering på eller over betongoverflater eller andre ikke-brennbare overflater. 2-39 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 371—Power Cable and AC Adapter Statement 385—Airspace Below the Shelf Assembly Aviso Adequado apenas para montagem em ou sobre concreto ou outra superfície não combustível. ¡Advertencia! Adecuado sólo para su instalación en o sobre cemento u otra superficie no inflamable. Varning! Passar endast för montering på eller ovanför cementyta eller annan ej antändlig yta. Warning The ONS 15454 must have 1 inch (25.4 mm) of airspace below the installed shelf assembly to allow air flow to the fan intake. The air ramp (the angled piece of sheet metal on top of the shelf assembly) provides this spacing and should not be modified in any way. Waarschuwing De ONS 15454 moet 25,4 mm (1 inch) ruimte hebben onder de gemonteerde plank zodat er voldoende luchtstroom is voor de ventilator. De luchtrichel (het gebogen stukje plaatmetaal bovenop de gemonteerde plank) biedt deze ruimte en moet daarom op geen enkele wijze worden aangepast. Varoitus Hyllykokoonpanossa on ONS 15454 -alustan alle järjestettävä tuulettimen tuloilman ottoa varten 25,4 mm ilmarako. Ilmaramppi (hyllykokoonpanon päällä oleva kulmalevy) varmistaa tarvittavan tilan eikä siihen saa tehdä muutoksia. Attention L'espace d'air sous la plate-forme doit être d'un minimum de 25,4 mm (1 pouce) pour le produit ONS 15454 pour rendre possible la circulation d'air du ventilateur. La rampe d'air (la pièce d'angle de la tôle métallique en haut de la plate-forme) fournit cet espace et ne doit en aucun cas être modifiée. 2-40 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Warnung Für den ONS 15454 muss mindestens 1 Zoll (25,4 mm) freier Platz unterhalb der Regalinstallation zur Verfügung stehen, damit Luft zum Ventilator gelangt. Die Luftrampe (ein gewinkeltes Stück Blechverkleidung oberhalb der Regalinstallation) sorgt für diesen freien Platz und darf keinesfalls verändert werden. Avvertenza Per consentire il passaggio dell'aria nel dotto di aspirazione della ventola della piattaforma ONS 15454, sotto la mensola rack deve essere presente un'intercapedine d'aria di 25,4 mm (1 pollice). Advarsel ONS 15454 må ha 25,4 mm (1 tomme) luftåpning under den installerte hyllen så det kan strømme luft til vifteinntaket. Luftrampen (det vinklede metallarket øverst på hyllen) gir denne åpningen og må ikke endres på noen måte. Aviso O equipamento ONS 15454 deve ter 25,4 mm (1 polegada) de espaço livre por baixo da montagem da prateleira instalada de modo a permitir a circulação do ar até à entrada de ar da ventoinha. A rampa de ar (a peça em folha de metal com formato angular no topo da montagem da prateleira) proporciona o espaçamento necessário e não deverá ser modificada em qualquer circunstância. ¡Advertencia! El ONS 15454 debe tener 25,4 mm (1 pulgada) de espacio de aire debajo de los estantes para permitir el flujo de aire hacia la entrada del ventilador. La rampa de aire (pieza angular de la hoja metálica de la parte superior de los estantes) proporciona el espacio necesario y no debe modificarse de ninguna manera. Varning! ONS 15454 måste ha en luftspalt på minst 25,4 mm (1 tum) nedanför den monterade hyllan för att säkerställa fritt luftflöde till fläktinsuget. Luftrampen (den vinklade plåten på ovansidan av hyllan) skapar detta luftutrymme och ska inte modifieras på något sätt. 2-41 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 389—Power Module Installed to Chassis Warning To ensure safety of personnel and equipment, do not connect any power cables into the power module until the module is completely installed into the chassis. Statement 389 Waarschuwing Sluit ten bate van de veiligheid van personeel en apparatuur geen stroomkabels aan op de stroommodule voordat de module volledig op het chassis is geïnstalleerd. Varoitus Taataksesi henkilöstön ja laitteiden turvallisuuden, älä kytke virtakaapeleita virtamoduuliin, ennen kuin moduuli on asennettu täydellisesti koteloon. Attention Pour garantir la sécurité du personnel et des équipements, ne connectez aucun câble d'alimentation dans le module d'alimentation jusqu'à ce que le module soit complètement installé dans le châssis. Warnung Um die Sicherheit von Personal und Ausrüstung zu gewährleisten, dürfen keine Stromkabel an das Leistungsmodul angeschlossen werden, bevor das Modul vollständig in das Chassis eingebaut ist. Avvertenza Per garantire la sicurezza del personale e delle attrezzature, non collegare i cavi di alimentazione al modulo di alimentazione fino a quando questo non è completamente installato nello chassis. Advarsel Av sikkerhetshensyn må ingen strømledninger kobles til strømmodulen før modulen er satt på plass i chassiset. Aviso Para garantir a segurança do pessoal e do equipamento, não ligue nenhum cabo de alimentação no módulo de alimentação até o mesmo estar totalmente instalado na estrutura. ¡Advertencia! Para asegurar la seguridad del personal y los equipos, no conecte cables de alimentación al módulo de alimentación hasta el que módulo esté completamente instalado en el chasis. Varning! För att undvika risk för person- eller materialskada, får inte strömkablar anslutas till modulen förrän modulen är fullständigt installerad i chassiet. 2-42 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 390—Power Cord Installed to Power Module Warning To reduce the risk of electric shock, switch on the power only after the power cord is completely installed into the power module. Statement 390 Waarschuwing Schakel om het risico op elektrische schokken te verminderen de stroom pas in als de stroomkabel volledig is aangesloten op de stroommodule. Varoitus Vähentääksesi sähköiskun vaaraa, älä kytke virtaa päälle, ennen kuin virtajohto on asennettu täydellisesti virtamoduuliin. Attention Afin de réduire les risques de choc électrique, ne mettez l'appareil sous tension qu'une fois le cordon d'alimentation complètement installé dans le module d'alimentation. Warnung Um das Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags zu reduzieren, darf der Strom erst eingeschaltet werden, wenn das Netzkabel vollständig im Leistungsmodul installiert wurde. Avvertenza Per ridurre il rischio di scriche elettriche, effettuare l'accensione solo dopo che il cavo di alimentazione è completamente installato nel modulo di alimentazione. Advarsel For å redusere faren for elektrisk støt, må strømmen først slås på etter at strømledningen er satt på plass i strømmodulen. Aviso Para reduzir o risco de choque eléctrico, ligue a alimentação só após o cabo de alimentação estar totalmente instalado no módulo de alimentação. ¡Advertencia! Para reducir el riesgo de choque eléctrico, encienda la alimentación solo después de que el cable de alimentación esté completamente instalado en el módulo de alimentación. 2-43 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 397—Failure to Securely Tighten Captive Screws Varning! För att minska risken för elstötar, slå på strömbrytaren endast efter att strömkabeln har installerats i modulen. Warning Failure to securely tighten the captive screws can result in an electrical arc if the connector is accidentally removed. Statement 397 Waarschuwing Het niet stevig vastdraaien van de onverliesbare schroeven kan leiden tot een vlamboog wanneer de connector ongewild wordt verwijderd. Varoitus Jos kiristysruuveja ei kiristetä kunnolla, liittimen vahingossa irrottaminen saattaa aiheuttaa valokaaren. 2-44 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Attention Si les vis imperdables ne sont pas serrées correctement, un arc électrique risque de se produire en cas de retrait accidentel du connecteur. Warnung Sorgen Sie dafür, dass die unverlierbaren Schrauben fest angezogen sind. Wird der Stecker versehentlich entfernt, kann sich dabei ein Lichtbogen bilden. Avvertenza Il mancato fissaggio corretto delle viti impedibili potrebbe comportare un arco elettrico se il connettore dovesse essere rimosso. Advarsel Dersom du ikke strammer de sikrede skruene skikkelig, kan det føre til en elektrisk lysbue hvis kontakten fjernes ved et uhell. Aviso A incapacidade de apertar de forma segura os parafusos retrácteis pode resultar num arco eléctrico, caso o conector seja removido acidentalmente. ¡Advertencia! Si no ajusta bien los tornillos de sujeción y se extrae el conector por error, se puede producir un arco eléctrico. Varning! Om du inte drar åt fästskruvarna ordentligt kan det resultera i en elektrisk ljusbåge om anslutningsdonet av misstag tas bort. 2-45 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1002—DC Power Supply Warning When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such as closed-loop or spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations should be the appropriate size for the wires and should clamp both the insulation and conductor. Statement 1002 Waarschuwing Wanneer geslagen bedrading vereist is, dient u bedrading te gebruiken die voorzien is van goedgekeurde aansluitingspunten, zoals het gesloten-lus type of het grijperschop type waarbij de aansluitpunten omhoog wijzen. Deze aansluitpunten dienen de juiste maat voor de draden te hebben en dienen zowel de isolatie als de geleider vast te klemmen. Varoitus Jos säikeellinen johdin on tarpeen, käytä hyväksyttyä johdinliitäntää, esimerkiksi suljettua silmukkaa tai kourumaista liitäntää, jossa on ylöspäin käännetyt kiinnityskorvat. Tällaisten liitäntöjen tulee olla kooltaan johtimiin sopivia ja niiden tulee puristaa yhteen sekä eristeen että johdinosan. Attention Quand des fils torsadés sont nécessaires, utiliser des douilles terminales homologuées telles que celles à circuit fermé ou du type à plage ouverte avec cosses rebroussées. Ces douilles terminales doivent être de la taille qui convient aux fils et doivent être refermées sur la gaine isolante et sur le conducteur. Warnung Wenn Litzenverdrahtung erforderlich ist, sind zugelassene Verdrahtungsabschlüsse, z.B. für einen geschlossenen Regelkreis oder gabelförmig, mit nach oben gerichteten Kabelschuhen zu verwenden. Diese Abschlüsse sollten die angemessene Größe für die Drähte haben und sowohl die Isolierung als auch den Leiter festklemmen. Avvertenza Quando occorre usare trecce, usare connettori omologati, come quelli a occhiello o a forcella con linguette rivolte verso l’alto. I connettori devono avere la misura adatta per il cablaggio e devono serrare sia l’isolante che il conduttore. Advarsel Hvis det er nødvendig med flertrådede ledninger, brukes godkjente ledningsavslutninger, som for eksempel lukket sløyfe eller spadetype med oppoverbøyde kabelsko. Disse avslutningene skal ha riktig størrelse i forhold til ledningene, og skal klemme sammen både isolasjonen og lederen. Aviso Quando forem requeridas montagens de instalação eléctrica de cabo torcido, use terminações de cabo aprovadas, tais como, terminações de cabo em circuito fechado e planas com terminais de orelha voltados para cima. Estas terminações de cabo deverão ser do tamanho apropriado para os respectivos cabos, e deverão prender simultaneamente o isolamento e o fio condutor. ¡Advertencia! Cuando se necesite hilo trenzado, utilizar terminales para cables homologados, tales como las de tipo "bucle cerrado" o "espada", con las lengüetas de conexión vueltas hacia arriba. Estos terminales deberán ser del tamaño apropiado para los cables que se utilicen, y tendrán que sujetar tanto el aislante como el conductor. Varning! När flertrådiga ledningar krävs måste godkända ledningskontakter användas, t.ex. kabelsko av sluten eller öppen typ med uppåtvänd tapp. Storleken på dessa kontakter måste vara avpassad till ledningarna och måste kunna hålla både isoleringen och ledaren fastklämda. 2-46 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-47 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1003—DC Power Disconnection Warning Before performing any of the following procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. Statement 1003 Waarschuwing Voordat u een van de onderstaande procedures uitvoert, dient u te controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroom circuit uitgeschakeld is. Varoitus Varmista, että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virtaa ennen seuraavien toimenpiteiden suorittamista. Attention Avant de pratiquer l'une quelconque des procédures ci-dessous, vérifier que le circuit en courant continu n'est plus sous tension. Warnung Vor Ausführung der folgenden Vorgänge ist sicherzustellen, daß die Gleichstromschaltung keinen Strom erhält. Avvertenza Prima di svolgere una qualsiasi delle procedure seguenti, verificare che il circuito CC non sia alimentato. Advarsel Før noen av disse prosedyrene utføres, kontroller at strømmen er frakoblet likestrømkretsen. Aviso Antes de executar um dos seguintes procedimentos, certifique-se que desligou a fonte de alimentação de energia do circuito de corrente contínua. ¡Advertencia! Antes de proceder con los siguientes pasos, comprobar que la alimentación del circuito de corriente continua (CC) esté cortada (OFF). Varning! Innan du utför någon av följande procedurer måste du kontrollera att strömförsörjningen till likströmskretsen är bruten. Aviso Antes de executar qualquer um dos procedimentos a seguir, verifique se a energia foi removida do circuito DC. 2-48 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Advarsel Før du udfører nogen af følgende procedurer, skal du sikre dig, at der ikke er strøm til jævnstrømskredsløbet. 2-49 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1004—Installation Instructions Warning Read the installation instructions before connecting the system to the power source. Statement 1004 Waarschuwing Raadpleeg de installatie-instructies voordat u het systeem op de voedingsbron aansluit. Varoitus Lue asennusohjeet ennen järjestelmän yhdistämistä virtalähteeseen. Attention Avant de brancher le système sur la source d'alimentation, consulter les directives d'installation. Warnung Vor dem Anschließen des Systems an die Stromquelle die Installationsanweisungen lesen. Avvertenza Consultare le istruzioni di installazione prima di collegare il sistema all'alimentatore. Advarsel Les installasjonsinstruksjonene før systemet kobles til strømkilden. Aviso Leia as instruções de instalação antes de ligar o sistema à fonte de energia. 2-50 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings ¡Advertencia! Lea las instrucciones de instalación antes de conectar el sistema a la red de alimentación. Varning! Läs installationsanvisningarna innan du kopplar systemet till strömförsörjningsenheten. 2-51 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-52 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1006—Chassis Warning for Rack-Mounting and Servicing Warning To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing this unit in a rack, you must take special precautions to ensure that the system remains stable. The following guidelines are provided to ensure your safety: • This unit should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack. • When mounting this unit in a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom to the top with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack. • If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, install the stabilizers before mounting or servicing the unit in the rack. Statement 1006 Waarschuwing Om lichamelijk letsel te voorkomen wanneer u dit toestel in een rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft, moet u speciale voorzorgsmaatregelen nemen om ervoor te zorgen dat het toestel stabiel blijft. De onderstaande richtlijnen worden verstrekt om uw veiligheid te verzekeren: • Dit toestel dient onderaan in het rek gemonteerd te worden als het toestel het enige in het rek is. • Wanneer u dit toestel in een gedeeltelijk gevuld rek monteert, dient u het rek van onderen naar boven te laden met het zwaarste onderdeel onderaan in het rek. • Als het rek voorzien is van stabiliseringshulpmiddelen, dient u de stabilisatoren te monteren voordat u het toestel in het rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft. Varoitus Kun laite asetetaan telineeseen tai huolletaan sen ollessa telineessä, on noudatettava erityisiä varotoimia järjestelmän vakavuuden säilyttämiseksi, jotta vältytään loukkaantumiselta. Noudata seuraavia turvallisuusohjeita: • Jos telineessä ei ole muita laitteita, aseta laite telineen alaosaan. • Jos laite asetetaan osaksi täytettyyn telineeseen, aloita kuormittaminen sen alaosasta kaikkein raskaimmalla esineellä ja siirry sitten sen yläosaan. • Jos telinettä varten on vakaimet, asenna ne ennen laitteen asettamista telineeseen tai sen huoltamista siinä. Attention Pour éviter toute blessure corporelle pendant les opérations de montage ou de réparation de cette unité en casier, il convient de prendre des précautions spéciales afin de maintenir la stabilité du système. Les directives ci-dessous sont destinées à assurer la protection du personnelþ: • Si cette unité constitue la seule unité montée en casier, elle doit être placée dans le bas. • Si cette unité est montée dans un casier partiellement rempli, charger le casier de bas en haut en plaçant l'élément le plus lourd dans le bas. • Si le casier est équipé de dispositifs stabilisateurs, installer les stabilisateurs avant de monter ou de réparer l'unité en casier. 2-53 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Warnung Zur Vermeidung von Körperverletzung beim Anbringen oder Warten dieser Einheit in einem Gestell müssen Sie besondere Vorkehrungen treffen, um sicherzustellen, daß das System stabil bleibt. Die folgenden Richtlinien sollen zur Gewährleistung Ihrer Sicherheit dienen: • Wenn diese Einheit die einzige im Gestell ist, sollte sie unten im Gestell angebracht werden. • Bei Anbringung dieser Einheit in einem zum Teil gefüllten Gestell ist das Gestell von unten nach oben zu laden, wobei das schwerste Bauteil unten im Gestell anzubringen ist. • Wird das Gestell mit Stabilisierungszubehör geliefert, sind zuerst die Stabilisatoren zu installieren, bevor Sie die Einheit im Gestell anbringen oder sie warten. Avvertenza Per evitare infortuni fisici durante il montaggio o la manutenzione di questa unità in un supporto, occorre osservare speciali precauzioni per garantire che il sistema rimanga stabile. Le seguenti direttive vengono fornite per garantire la sicurezza personale: • Questa unità deve venire montata sul fondo del supporto, se si tratta dell’unica unità da montare nel supporto. • Quando questa unità viene montata in un supporto parzialmente pieno, caricare il supporto dal basso all’alto, con il componente più pesante sistemato sul fondo del supporto. • Se il supporto è dotato di dispositivi stabilizzanti, installare tali dispositivi prima di montare o di procedere alla manutenzione dell’unità nel supporto. Advarsel Unngå fysiske skader under montering eller reparasjonsarbeid på denne enheten når den befinner seg i et kabinett. Vær nøye med at systemet er stabilt. Følgende retningslinjer er gitt for å verne om sikkerheten: • Denne enheten bør monteres nederst i kabinettet hvis dette er den eneste enheten i kabinettet. • Ved montering av denne enheten i et kabinett som er delvis fylt, skal kabinettet lastes fra bunnen og opp med den tyngste komponenten nederst i kabinettet. • Hvis kabinettet er utstyrt med stabiliseringsutstyr, skal stabilisatorene installeres før montering eller utføring av reparasjonsarbeid på enheten i kabinettet. Aviso Para se prevenir contra danos corporais ao montar ou reparar esta unidade numa estante, deverá tomar precauções especiais para se certificar de que o sistema possui um suporte estável. As seguintes directrizes ajudá-lo-ão a efectuar o seu trabalho com segurança: • Esta unidade deverá ser montada na parte inferior da estante, caso seja esta a única unidade a ser montada. • Ao montar esta unidade numa estante parcialmente ocupada, coloque os itens mais pesados na parte inferior da estante, arrumando-os de baixo para cima. • Se a estante possuir um dispositivo de estabilização, instale-o antes de montar ou reparar a unidade. ¡Advertencia! Para evitar lesiones durante el montaje de este equipo sobre un bastidor, o posteriormente durante su mantenimiento, se debe poner mucho cuidado en que el sistema quede bien estable. Para garantizar su seguridad, proceda según las siguientes instrucciones: • Colocar el equipo en la parte inferior del bastidor, cuando sea la única unidad en el mismo. • Cuando este equipo se vaya a instalar en un bastidor parcialmente ocupado, comenzar la instalación desde la parte inferior hacia la superior colocando el equipo más pesado en la parte inferior. • Si el bastidor dispone de dispositivos estabilizadores, instalar éstos antes de montar o proceder al mantenimiento del equipo instalado en el bastidor. 2-54 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Varning! För att undvika kroppsskada när du installerar eller utför underhållsarbete på denna enhet på en ställning måste du vidta särskilda försiktighetsåtgärder för att försäkra dig om att systemet står stadigt. Följande riktlinjer ges för att trygga din säkerhet: • Om denna enhet är den enda enheten på ställningen skall den installeras längst ned på ställningen. • Om denna enhet installeras på en delvis fylld ställning skall ställningen fyllas nedifrån och upp, med de tyngsta enheterna längst ned på ställningen. • Om ställningen är försedd med stabiliseringsdon skall dessa monteras fast innan enheten installeras eller underhålls på ställningen. • • • • • • • • • 2-55 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Aviso Para evitar lesões corporais ao montar ou dar manutenção a esta unidade em um rack, é necessário tomar todas as precauções para garantir a estabilidade do sistema. As seguintes orientações são fornecidas para garantir a sua segurança: • Se esta for a única unidade, ela deverá ser montada na parte inferior do rack. • Ao montar esta unidade em um rack parcialmente preenchido, carregue-o de baixo para cima com o componente mais pesado em sua parte inferior. • Se o rack contiver dispositivos estabilizadores, instale-os antes de montar ou dar manutenção à unidade existente. Advarsel For at forhindre legemesbeskadigelse ved montering eller service af denne enhed i et rack, skal du sikre at systemet står stabilt. Følgende retningslinjer er også for din sikkerheds skyld: • Enheden skal monteres i bunden af dit rack, hvis det er den eneste enhed i racket. • Ved montering af denne enhed i et delvist fyldt rack, skal enhederne installeres fra bunden og opad med den tungeste enhed nederst. • Hvis racket leveres med stabiliseringsenheder, skal disse installeres for enheden monteres eller serviceres i racket. 2-56 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-57 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1008—Class 1 Laser Product Warning Class 1 laser product. Statement 1008 Waarschuwing Klasse-1 laser produkt. Varoitus Luokan 1 lasertuote. Attention Produit laser de classe 1. Warnung Laserprodukt der Klasse 1. Avvertenza Prodotto laser di Classe 1. Advarsel Laserprodukt av klasse 1. Aviso Produto laser de classe 1. ¡Advertencia! Producto láser Clase I. Varning! Laserprodukt av klass 1. 2-58 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Aviso Produto a laser de classe 1. Advarsel Klasse 1 laserprodukt. 2-59 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1017—Restricted Area Warning This unit is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted access area can be accessed only through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security. Statement 1017 Waarschuwing Deze eenheid is bestemd voor installatie in plaatsen met beperkte toegang. Toegang tot een dergelijke plaats kan alleen verkregen worden door middel van een speciaal instrument, een slot en sleutel of een ander veiligheidsmiddel. Varoitus Tämä laite on tarkoitettu asennettavaksi paikkaan, johon pääsy on rajoitettua. Tällaiseen paikkaan pääsee vain erikoistyökalua, lukkoon sopivaa avainta tai jotakin muuta turvalaitetta käyttämällä. Attention Cet appareil est à installer dans des zones d'accès réservé. L'accès à une zone d'accès réservé n'est possible qu'en utilisant un outil spécial, un mécanisme de verrouillage et une clé, ou tout autre moyen de sécurité. Warnung Diese Einheit ist zur Installation in Bereichen mit beschränktem Zutritt vorgesehen. Der Zutritt zu derartigen Bereichen ist nur mit einem Spezialwerkzeug, Schloss und Schlüssel oder einer sonstigen Sicherheitsvorkehrung möglich. Avvertenza Questa unità è prevista per essere installata in un'area ad accesso limitato, vale a dire un'area accessibile solo mediante l'uso di un attrezzo speciale, come lucchetto e chiave, o altri dispositivi di sicurezza. Advarsel Denne enheten er beregnet på installasjon i områder med begrenset tilgang. Et begrenset tilgangsområde kan bare nås ved hjelp av et spesielt verktøy, lås og nøkkel, eller andre sikkerhetsanordninger. Aviso Esta unidade foi concebida para instalação em áreas de acesso restrito. Uma área de acesso restrito é uma área à qual apenas tem acesso o pessoal de serviço autorizado, que possua uma ferramenta, chave e fechadura especial, ou qualquer outra forma de segurança. ¡Advertencia! Esta unidad ha sido diseñada para instalación en áreas de acceso restringido. Sólo puede obtenerse acceso a una de estas áreas mediante la utilización de una herramienta especial, cerradura con llave u otro medio de seguridad. Varning! Denna enhet är avsedd för installation i områden med begränsat tillträde. Ett område med begränsat tillträde kan endast tillträdas med hjälp av specialverktyg, lås och nyckel eller annan säkerhetsanordning. 2-60 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Aviso Esta unidade deve ser instalada em áreas de acesso restrito. Uma área de acesso restrito só pode ser acessada com o uso de uma ferramenta especial, cadeado e chave ou outros meios de segurança. Advarsel Denne enhed er beregnet til installation i områder med begrænset adgang. Der kan kun opnås adgang til et begrænset område ved at bruge et særligt stykke værktøj, lås og nøgle, eller en anden form for sikkerhed. 2-61 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-62 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1018—Supply Circuit Warning Take care when connecting units to the supply circuit so that wiring is not overloaded. Statement 1018 Waarschuwing Wees voorzichtig bij het aansluiten van de eenheden op het voedingscircuit zodat het vermogen van de bedrading niet wordt overschreden. Varoitus Laiteyksiköt on yhdistettävä huolellisesti syöttöpiiriin niin, että johdot eivät ole ylikuormitettuja. 2-63 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1019—Main Disconnecting Device Avertissement Lorsque vous connectez les unités au circuit d'alimentation, assurez-vous que les connexions ne soient pas surchargées. Warnung Beim Anschließen der Geräte an das Stromnetz ist darauf zu achten, dass die Leitungen nicht überlastet werden. Avvertenza Quando si collegano le unità al circuito di alimentazione, fare attenzione a non sovraccaricare i cablaggi. Advarsel Vær forsiktig når du kobler enheter til strømforsyningskretsen slik at ledningsopplegget ikke overbelastes. Aviso Tenha cuidados ao ligar unidades ao circuito de fornecimento de energia para não sobrecarregar a instalação. ¡Advertencia! Tenga cuidado al conectar los equipos al circuito de alimentación para no sobrecargar el cableado. Varning Var försiktig vid anslutning av enheter till strömförsörjningskretsen så att ledningarna inte överbelastas. Warning The plug-socket combination must be accessible at all times, because it serves as the main disconnecting device. Statement 1019 Waarschuwing De combinatie van de stekker en het elektrisch contactpunt moet te allen tijde toegankelijk zijn omdat deze het hoofdmechanisme vormt voor verbreking van de aansluiting. Varoitus Pistoke/liitinkohta toimii pääkatkaisumekanismina. Pääsy siihen on pidettävä aina esteettömänä. 2-64 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Attention La combinaison de prise de courant doit être accessible à tout moment parce qu'elle fait office de système principal de déconnexion. Warnung Der Netzkabelanschluß am Gerät muß jederzeit zugänglich sein, weil er als primäre Ausschaltvorrichtung dient. Avvertenza Il gruppo spina-presa deve essere sempre accessibile, poiché viene utilizzato come dispositivo di scollegamento principale. Advarsel Kombinasjonen støpsel/uttak må alltid være tilgjengelig ettersom den fungerer som hovedfrakoplingsenhet. Aviso A combinação ficha-tomada deverá ser sempre acessível, porque funciona como interruptor principal. ¡Advertencia! El conjunto de clavija y toma ha de encontrarse siempre accesible ya que hace las veces de dispositivo de desconexión principal. Varning! Man måste alltid kunna komma åt stickproppen i uttaget, eftersom denna koppling utgör den huvudsakliga frånkopplingsanordningen. 2-65 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-66 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1022—Disconnect Device 2-67 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Warning A readily accessible two-poled disconnect device must be incorporated in the fixed wiring. Statement 1022 Waarschuwing Er moet een gemakkelijk toegankelijke, tweepolige stroomverbreker opgenomen zijn in de vaste bedrading. Varoitus Kiinteään johdotukseen on liitettävä kaksinapainen kytkinlaite, johon on helppo päästä käsiksi. Attention Un disjoncteur bipolaire facile d’accès doit être intégré dans le câblage fixe. Warnung Die feste Verdrahtung muß eine leicht zugängliche, zweipolige Trennvorrichtung enthalten. Avvertenza Nei cablaggi fissi va incorporato un sezionatore a due poli facilmente accessibile. Advarsel En lett tilgjengelig, topolet frakoblingsenhet må være innebygd i det faste ledningsnettet. Aviso Deverá incorporar-se um dispositivo de desconexão de dois pólos de acesso fácil, na instalação eléctrica fixa. Advertencia El cableado fijo debe incorporar un dispositivo de desconexión de dos polos y de acceso fácil. Varning! En lättillgänglig tvåpolig frånkopplingsenhet måste ingå i den fasta kopplingen. Aviso Um dispositivo de desconexão de dois pólos de fácil acesso deve ser incorporado à fiação fixa. Advarsel En to-polet afmonteringsenhed med nem adgang skal integreres i det faste ledningsnet. 2-68 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1024—Ground Conductor Warning This equipment must be grounded. Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the equipment in the absence of a suitably installed ground conductor. Contact the appropriate electrical inspection authority or an electrician if you are uncertain that suitable grounding is available. Statement 1024 Waarschuwing Deze apparatuur dient geaard te zijn. De aardingsleiding mag nooit buiten werking worden gesteld en de apparatuur mag nooit bediend worden zonder dat er een op de juiste wijze geïnstalleerde aardingsleiding aanwezig is. Neem contact op met de bevoegde instantie voor elektrische inspecties of met een elektricien als u er niet zeker van bent dat er voor passende aarding gezorgd is. Varoitus Laitteiden on oltava maadoitettuja. Älä koskaan ohita maajohdinta tai käytä laitteita ilman oikein asennettua maajohdinta. Ota yhteys sähkötarkastusviranomaiseen tai sähköasentajaan, jos olet epävarma maadoituksen sopivuudesta. Attention Cet équipement doit être mis à la masse. Ne jamais rendre inopérant le conducteur de masse ni utiliser l'équipement sans un conducteur de masse adéquatement installé. En cas de doute sur la mise à la masse appropriée disponible, s'adresser à l'organisme responsable de la sécurité électrique ou à un électricien. Warnung Dieses Gerät muss geerdet sein. Auf keinen Fall den Erdungsleiter unwirksam machen oder das Gerät ohne einen sachgerecht installierten Erdungsleiter verwenden. Wenn Sie sich nicht sicher sind, ob eine sachgerechte Erdung vorhanden ist, wenden Sie sich an die zuständige Inspektionsbehörde oder einen Elektriker. Avvertenza Questa apparecchiatura deve essere dotata di messa a terra. Non escludere mai il conduttore di protezione né usare l'apparecchiatura in assenza di un conduttore di protezione installato in modo corretto. Se non si è certi della disponibilità di un adeguato collegamento di messa a terra, richiedere un controllo elettrico presso le autorità competenti o rivolgersi a un elettricista. 2-69 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Advarsel Dette utstyret må jordes. Omgå aldri jordingslederen og bruk aldri utstyret uten riktig montert jordingsleder. Ta kontakt med fagfolk innen elektrisk inspeksjon eller med en elektriker hvis du er usikker på om det finnes velegnet jordning. Aviso Este equipamento deve ser aterrado. Nunca anule o fio terra nem opere o equipamento sem um aterramento adequadamente instalado. Em caso de dúvida com relação ao sistema de aterramento disponível, entre em contato com os serviços locais de inspeção elétrica ou um eletricista qualificado. ¡Advertencia! Este equipo debe estar conectado a tierra. No inhabilite el conductor de tierra ni haga funcionar el equipo si no hay un conductor de tierra instalado correctamente. Póngase en contacto con la autoridad correspondiente de inspección eléctrica o con un electricista si no está seguro de que haya una conexión a tierra adecuada. Varning! Denna utrustning måste jordas. Koppla aldrig från jordledningen och använd aldrig utrustningen utan en på lämpligt sätt installerad jordledning. Om det föreligger osäkerhet huruvida lämplig jordning finns skall elektrisk besiktningsauktoritet eller elektriker kontaktas. 2-70 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-71 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-72 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1025—Use Copper Conductors Only Warning Use copper conductors only. Statement 1025 Waarschuwing Gebruik alleen koperen geleiders. Varoitus Käytä vain kuparijohtimia. Attention Utilisez uniquement des conducteurs en cuivre. Warnung Verwenden Sie ausschließlich Kupferleiter. Avvertenza Usate unicamente dei conduttori di rame. Advarsel Bruk bare kobberledninger. Aviso Utilize apenas fios condutores de cobre. ¡Advertencia! Emplee sólo conductores de cobre. Varning! Använd endast ledare av koppar. 2-73 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1028—More Than One Power Supply Warning This unit might have more than one power supply connection. All connections must be removed to de-energize the unit. Statement 1028 Waarschuwing Deze eenheid kan meer dan één stroomtoevoeraansluiting bevatten. Alle aansluitingen dienen ontkoppeld te worden om de eenheid te ontkrachten. Varoitus Tässä laitteessa voi olla useampia kuin yksi virtakytkentä. Kaikki liitännät on irrotettava, jotta jännite poistetaan laitteesta. Attention Cette unité peut avoir plus d'une connexion d'alimentation. Pour supprimer toute tension et tout courant électrique de l'unité, toutes les connexions d'alimentation doivent être débranchées. Warnung Dieses Gerät kann mehr als eine Stromzufuhr haben. Um sicherzustellen, dass der Einheit kein Strom zugeführt wird, müssen alle Verbindungen entfernt werden. Avvertenza Questa unità può avere più di una connessione all'alimentazione elettrica. Tutte le connessioni devono essere staccate per togliere la corrente dall'unità. Advarsel Denne enheten kan ha mer enn én strømtilførselskobling. Alle koblinger må fjernes fra enheten for å utkoble all strøm. Aviso Esta unidade poderá ter mais de uma conexão de fonte de energia. Todas as conexões devem ser removidas para desligar a unidade. ¡Advertencia! Puede que esta unidad tenga más de una conexión para fuentes de alimentación. Para cortar por completo el suministro de energía, deben desconectarse todas las conexiones. Varning! Denna enhet har eventuellt mer än en strömförsörjningsanslutning. Alla anslutningar måste tas bort för att göra enheten strömlös. 2-74 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Aviso Esta unidade pode ter mais de uma conexão de fonte de alimentação. Todas as conexões devem ser removidas para interromper a alimentação da unidade. Advarsel Denne enhed har muligvis mere end en strømforsyningstilslutning. Alle tilslutninger skal fjernes for at aflade strømmen fra enheden. 2-75 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-76 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1029—Blank Faceplates and Cover Panels Warning Blank faceplates and cover panels serve three important functions: they prevent exposure to hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic interference (EMI) that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling air through the chassis. Do not operate the system unless all cards, faceplates, front covers, and rear covers are in place. Statement 1029 Waarschuwing Lege vlakplaten en afdekpanelen vervullen drie belangrijke functies: ze voorkomen blootstelling aan gevaarlijke voltages en stroom binnenin het frame, ze bevatten elektromagnetische storing (EMI) hetgeen andere apparaten kan verstoren en ze leiden de stroom van koellucht door het frame. Het systeem niet bedienen tenzij alle kaarten, vlakplaten en afdekkingen aan de voor- en achterkant zich op hun plaats bevinden. Varoitus Tyhjillä tasolaikoilla ja suojapaneeleilla on kolme tärkeää käyttötarkoitusta: Ne suojaavat asennuspohjan sisäisille vaarallisille jännitteille ja sähkövirralle altistumiselta; ne pitävät sisällään elektromagneettisen häiriön (EMI), joka voi häiritä muita laitteita; ja ne suuntaavat tuuletusilman asennuspohjan läpi. Järjestelmää ei saa käyttää, elleivät kaikki tasolaikat, etukannet ja takakannet ole kunnolla paikoillaan. Attention Ne jamais faire fonctionner le système sans que l’intégralité des cartes, des plaques métalliques et des panneaux avant et arrière ne soient fixés à leur emplacement. Ceux-ci remplissent trois fonctions essentielles : ils évitent tout risque de contact avec des tensions et des courants dangereux à l’intérieur du châssis, ils évitent toute diffusion d’interférences électromagnétiques qui pourraient perturber le fonctionnement des autres équipements, et ils canalisent le flux d’air de refroidissement dans le châssis. Warnung Blanke Faceplates und Abdeckungen haben drei wichtigen Funktionen: (1) Sie schützen vor gefährlichen Spannungen und Strom innerhalb des Chassis; (2) sie halten elektromagnetische Interferenzen (EMI) zurück, die andere Geräte stören könnten; (3) sie lenken den kühlenden Luftstrom durch das Chassis. Das System darf nur betrieben werden, wenn alle Karten, Faceplates, Voder- und Rückabdeckungen an Ort und Stelle sind. Avvertenza Le piattaforme bianche e i panelli di protezione hanno tre funzioni importanti: Evitano l'esposizione a voltaggi e correnti elettriche pericolose nello chassis, trattengono le interferenze elettromagnetiche (EMI) che potrebbero scombussolare altri apparati e dirigono il flusso di aria per il raffreddamento attraverso lo chassis. Non mettete in funzione il sistema se le schede, le piattaforme, i panelli frontali e posteriori non sono in posizione. Advarsel Blanke ytterplater og deksler sørger for tre viktige funksjoner: de forhindrer utsettelse for farlig spenning og strøm inni kabinettet; de inneholder elektromagnetisk forstyrrelse (EMI) som kan avbryte annet utstyr, og de dirigerer luftavkjølingsstrømmen gjennom kabinettet. Betjen ikke systemet med mindre alle kort, ytterplater, frontdeksler og bakdeksler sitter på plass. Aviso As faces furadas e os painéis de protecção desempenham três importantes funções: previnem contra uma exposição perigosa a voltagens e correntes existentes no interior do chassis; previnem contra interferência electromagnética (EMI) que poderá danificar outro equipamento; e canalizam o fluxo do ar de refrigeração através do chassis. Não deverá operar o sistema sem que todas as placas, faces, protecções anteriores e posteriores estejam nos seus lugares. 2-77 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings ¡Advertencia! Las placas frontales y los paneles de relleno cumplen tres funciones importantes: evitan la exposición a niveles peligrosos de voltaje y corriente dentro del chasis; reducen la interferencia electromagnética (EMI) que podría perturbar la operación de otros equipos y dirigen el flujo de aire de enfriamiento a través del chasis. No haga funcionar el sistema a menos que todas las tarjetas, placas frontales, cubiertas frontales y cubiertas traseras estén en su lugar. Varning! Tomma framplattor och skyddspaneler har tre viktiga funktioner: de förhindrar att personer utsätts för farlig spänning och ström som finns inuti chassit; de innehåller elektromagnetisk interferens (EMI) som kan störa annan utrustning; och de styr riktningen på kylluftsflödet genom chassit. Använd inte systemet om inte alla kort, framplattor, fram- och bakskydd är på plats. Aviso Plaquetas vazias e painéis de proteção têm três funções importantes: impedem a exposição a tensões e correntes elétricas perigosas dentro do chassi; apresentam interferência eletromagnética (EMI) que pode danificar outros equipamentos: direcionam o fluxo do ar refrigerado pelo chassi. Não opere o sistema a menos que todas as placas, plaquetas, tampas frontais e tampas traseiras estejam em seu devido lugar. Advarsel Blanke frontplader og sidepaneler tjener tre vigtige formål: de forhinder udsættelse for farlig spænding og strøm inde i chassiset, de isolerer elektromagnetisk interferens (EMI), der kan forstyre andet udstyr, og de leder en strøm af kølig luft gennem chassiset. Betjen ikke systemet medmindre alle kort, frontplader, sidepaneler og bagpaneler er på plads. 2-78 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-79 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-80 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-81 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1030—Equipment Installation Warning Only trained and qualified personnel should be allowed to install, replace, or service this equipment. Statement 1030 Waarschuwing Deze apparatuur mag alleen worden geïnstalleerd, vervangen of hersteld door bevoegd geschoold personeel. Varoitus Tämän laitteen saa asentaa, vaihtaa tai huoltaa ainoastaan koulutettu ja laitteen tunteva henkilökunta. Attention Il est vivement recommandé de confier l'installation, le remplacement et la maintenance de ces équipements à des personnels qualifiés et expérimentés. Warnung Das Installieren, Ersetzen oder Bedienen dieser Ausrüstung sollte nur geschultem, qualifiziertem Personal gestattet werden. Avvertenza Questo apparato può essere installato, sostituito o mantenuto unicamente da un personale competente. Advarsel Bare opplært og kvalifisert personell skal foreta installasjoner, utskiftninger eller service på dette utstyret. Aviso Apenas pessoal treinado e qualificado deve ser autorizado a instalar, substituir ou fazer a revisão deste equipamento. ¡Advertencia! Solamente el personal calificado debe instalar, reemplazar o utilizar este equipo. Varning! Endast utbildad och kvalificerad personal bör få tillåtelse att installera, byta ut eller reparera denna utrustning. 2-82 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Aviso Somente uma equipe treinada e qualificada tem permissão para instalar, substituir ou dar manutenção a este equipamento. Advarsel Kun uddannede personer må installere, udskifte komponenter i eller servicere dette udstyr. 2-83 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-84 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1033—SELV-IEC 60950 DC Power Supply Warning Connect the unit only to DC power source that complies with the safety extra-low voltage (SELV) requirements in IEC 60950 based safety standards. Statement 1033 Waarschuwing Sluit de eenheid alleen maar aan op een gelijkstroombron die voldoet aan de veiligheidsvereisten voor extra-laag voltage (SELV) in de op IEC 60950 gebaseerde veiligheidsnormen. Varoitus Liitä laite ainoastaan tasavirtalähteesen, joka on yhdenmukainen IEC 60950:n suojattujen erittäisen alhaisen jännitteen (SELV) turvavaatimusten kanssa. Attention Connectez l'unité uniquement à une alimentation CC compatible avec les recommandations SELV (safety extra-low voltage) des normes de sécurité IEC 60950. Warnung Schließen Sie die Einheit nur an eine Gleichstrom-Stromquelle an, die mit den Safety Extra-Low Voltage (SELV)-Anforderungen in den auf IEC 60950 basierenden Sicherheitsstandards übereinstimmen. Avvertenza Collegare l’unità esclusivamente a una presa di corrente continua rispondente ai requisiti SELV (safety extra-low voltage) in base alle norme di sicurezza IEC 60950. Advarsel Koble bare enheten til en likestrømsforsyning som er i henhold til kravene for lavspenning (SELV) i IEC 60950-baserte sikkerhetsstandarder. Aviso Conecte a unidade apenas à fonte da energia de CC que se encontra em conformidade com os requisitos dos circuitos de segurança de baixa tensão (SELV) constantes dos padrões de segurança baseados no IEC 60950. ¡Advertencia! Conecte la unidad sólo en una fuente de energía DC que cumpla con los requisitos de voltaje extra bajo (SELV - safety extra-low voltage) en los estándares de seguridad IEC 60950. Varning! Anslut enheten endast till en likströmsförsörjningsenhet som uppfyller kraven för SELV (skyddskretsar för mycket låg spänning) i IEC 60950-baserade säkerhetsstandarder. 2-85 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1034—Backplane Voltage Warning Hazardous voltage or energy is present on the backplane when the system is operating. Use caution when servicing. Statement 1034 Waarschuwing Er is gevaarlijke spanning of energie aanwezig op de achterplaat wanneer het systeem bediend wordt. Wees voorzichtig bij het onderhoud. Varoitus Kun laite on toiminnassa, taustalevyyn muodostuu vaarallista jännitettä. Ole varovainen huoltaessasi laitetta. Attention Lorsque le système est en fonctionnement, des tensions électriques circulent sur le fond de panier. Prendre des précautions lors de la maintenance. Warnung Wenn das System in Betrieb ist, treten auf der Rückwandplatine gefährliche Spannungen oder Energien auf. Vorsicht bei der Wartung. Avvertenza Quando il sistema è in funzione, il pannello posteriore è sotto tensione pericolosa. Prestare attenzione quando si lavora sul sistema. Advarsel Farlig spenning er til stede på bakpanelet når systemet kjøres. Utvis forsiktighet under service. Aviso Há presença de voltagem perigosa ou de energia na placa traseira quando o sistema está em operação. Tenha cuidado ao fazer a manutenção. ¡Advertencia! Cuando el sistema está en funcionamiento, el voltaje del plano trasero es peligroso. Tenga cuidado cuando lo revise. Varning! Farlig spänning föreligger på bakplattan när systemet körs. Var försiktig vid service. Aviso O sistema em funcionamento emite tensão ou energia elétrica perigosa no painel traseiro. Seja cauteloso ao fazer a manutenção. 2-86 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Advarsel Der er farlig spænding og energi på bagpladen når systemet er i brug. Vær forsigtig under servicering. 2-87 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1040—Product Disposal Warning Ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to all national laws and regulations. Statement 1040 Waarschuwing Het uiteindelijke wegruimen van dit product dient te geschieden in overeenstemming met alle nationale wetten en reglementen. Varoitus Tämä tuote on hävitettävä kansallisten lakien ja määräysten mukaisesti. Attention La mise au rebut ou le recyclage de ce produit sont généralement soumis à des lois et/ou directives de respect de l'environnement. Renseignez-vous auprès de l'organisme compétent. Warnung Die Entsorgung dieses Produkts sollte gemäß allen Bestimmungen und Gesetzen des Landes erfolgen. Avvertenza Lo smaltimento di questo prodotto deve essere eseguito secondo le leggi e regolazioni locali. Advarsel Endelig kassering av dette produktet skal være i henhold til alle relevante nasjonale lover og bestemmelser. Aviso Deitar fora este produto em conformidade com todas as leis e regulamentos nacionais. ¡Advertencia! Al deshacerse por completo de este producto debe seguir todas las leyes y reglamentos nacionales. Varning! Vid deponering hanteras produkten enligt gällande lagar och bestämmelser. Aviso O descarte definitivo deste produto deve estar de acordo com todas as leis e regulamentações nacionais. Advarsel Endelig bortskaffelse af dette produkt skal ske i henhold til gældende love og regler. 2-88 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-89 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1044—Port Connections Warning For connections outside the building where the equipment is installed, the following ports must be connected through an approved network termination unit with integral circuit protection. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. Statement 1044 Waarschuwing Voor aansluitingen buiten het gebouw waar de apparatuur wordt geïnstalleerd, dienen de volgende poorten aangesloten te worden via een goedgekeurde netwerkafsluiteenheid met integrale circuitbescherming. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. 2-90 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Varoitus Asennuksen sisältävän rakennuksen ulkopuolisia liitäntöjä varten seuraavat portit on kytkettävä hyväksytyn verkon päätelaitteen kautta ja virtapiirin on oltava kiinteästi suojattu. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. Attention Pour les connexions extérieures au bâtiment équipé, les ports suivants doivent être connectés à un point approuvé de terminaison de réseau, avec protection complète du circuit. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. Warnung Für Verbindungen außerhalb des Gebäudes, in dem das Gerät installiert ist, müssen die folgenden Anschlüsse über eine zulässige Netzabschlusseinheit mit integralem Leitungsschutz verbunden werden. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. Avvertenza Per le connessioni esterne all'edificio in cui è installato l'apparecchio, le seguenti porte devono essere connesse a un'unità di terminazione di rete approvata, con protezione completa del circuito. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. Advarsel For tilkoblinger utenfor bygningen der utstyret er montert, må følgende åpninger tilkobles gjennom en godkjent nettverksterminal med integrert kretsbeskyttelse. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. Aviso Para ligações fora do edifício onde o equipamento está instalado, é necessário ligar as seguintes portas através de uma unidade de terminal de rede aprovada com protecção de circuito integral. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. ¡Advertencia! Para realizar conexiones en el exterior del edificio en el que esté instalado el equipo, deberá conectar los puertos especificados a continuación a una unidad terminal de red aprobada que cuente con protección de circuitos integrales. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. Varning! För alla anslutningar utanför byggnaden där utrustningen har installerats gäller att följande portar måste anslutas genom en godkänd nätverksavslutningsenhet med integrerat kretsskydd. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. 2-91 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. 2-92 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. E1, E3, DS-1, DS-3, Ethernet, and STM-n. 2-93 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1045—Short-circuit Protection Warning This product requires short-circuit (overcurrent) protection, to be provided as part of the building installation. Install only in accordance with national and local wiring regulations. Statement 1045 Waarschuwing Voor dit product moet kortsluitbeveiliging (overstroombeveiliging) deel uitmaken van de installatie in het gebouw. De installatie moet voldoen aan de nationale en lokale bedradingvoorschriften. Varoitus Tämä tuote vaatii suojauksen oikosulkuja (ylivirtaa) vastaan osana asennusta rakennukseen. Asenna ainoastaan kansallisten ja paikallisten johdotussäännösten mukaisesti. Attention La protection de ce produit contre les courts-circuits (surtensions) doit être assurée par la configuration électrique du bâtiment. Vérifiez que l'installation a lieu uniquement en conformité avec les normes de câblage en vigueur au niveau national et local. Warnung Für dieses Produkt ist eine Kurzschlußsicherung (Überstromsicherung) erforderlich, die als Teil der Gebäudeinstallation zur Verfügung gestellt wird. Die Installation sollte nur in Übereinstimmung mit den nationalen und regionalen Vorschriften zur Verkabelung erfolgen. Avvertenza Questo prodotto richiede una protezione contro i cortocircuiti, da fornirsi come parte integrante delle dotazioni presenti nell’edificio. Effettuare l’installazione rispettando le Norme CEI pertinenti. Advarsel Dette produktet krever beskyttelse mot kortslutninger (overspenninger) som en del av installasjonen. Bare installer utstyret i henhold til nasjonale og lokale krav til ledningsnett. Aviso Este produto requer proteção contra curto-circuitos (sobreintensidade de corrente), que deve estar instalada nos edifícios. Instale apenas de acordo com as normas de instalação elétrica nacionais e locais. Advertencia Este producto necesita estar conectado a la protección frente a cortacircuitos (sobretensiones) que exista en el edificio. Instálelo únicamente en conformidad con las regulaciones sobre cableado, tanto locales como nacionales, a las que se tenga que atener. Varning! Denna produkt kräver att kortslutningsskydd (överström) tillhandahålles som en del av byggnadsinstallationen. Installera bara i enlighet med nationella och lokala kabeldragningsbestämmelser. 2-94 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Aviso Este produto requer uma proteção contra curto-circuito (sobrecorrente) que deve fazer parte da instalação do edifício. Faça a instalação somente de acordo com as regulamentações de cabeamento nacionais e locais. Advarsel Dette produkt kræver beskyttelse mod kortslutning (overstrøm). Dette skal være en del elinstallationen i bygningen. Installation skal ske i overensstemmelse med nationale og lokale ledningsregler. 2-95 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-96 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1046—Installing or Replacing the Unit Warning When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and disconnected last. Statement 1046 Waarschuwing Bij installatie of vervanging van het toestel moet de aardverbinding altijd het eerste worden gemaakt en het laatste worden losgemaakt. Varoitus Laitetta asennettaessa tai korvattaessa on maahan yhdistäminen aina tehtävä ensiksi ja maadoituksen irti kytkeminen viimeiseksi. Attention Lors de l’installation ou du remplacement de l’appareil, la mise à la terre doit toujours être connectée en premier et déconnectée en dernier. Warnung Der Erdanschluß muß bei der Installation oder beim Austauschen der Einheit immer zuerst hergestellt und zuletzt abgetrennt werden. Avvertenza In fase di installazione o sostituzione dell'unità, eseguire sempre per primo il collegamento a massa e disconnetterlo per ultimo. Advarsel Når enheten installeres eller byttes, må jordledningen alltid tilkobles først og frakobles sist. Aviso Ao instalar ou substituir a unidade, a ligação à terra deverá ser sempre a primeira a ser ligada, e a última a ser desligada. ¡Advertencia! Al instalar o sustituir el equipo, conecte siempre la toma de tierra al principio y desconéctela al final. Varning! Vid installation eller utbyte av enheten måste jordledningen alltid anslutas först och kopplas bort sist. 2-97 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Aviso Ao instalar ou substituir a unidade, a conexão terra sempre deve ser executada primeiro e desconectada em seguida. Advarsel Ved installation og genmontering af enheden, skal jordforbindelsen altid installeres først og afinstalleres sidst. 2-98 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1047—Overheating Prevention Warning To prevent the system from overheating, do not operate it in an area that exceeds the maximum recommended ambient temperature of: 113 °F (45°C). Statement 1047 Waarschuwing Om te voorkomen dat het systeem oververhit raakt, dient u het niet te gebruiken in een ruimte waar de maximaal aanbevolen omgevingstemperatuur van 113 °F (45°C) wordt overschreden. Varoitus Jotta järjestelmä ei kuumentuisi liikaa, sitä ei saa käyttää liian kuumassa ympäristössä. Suosituksen mukainen käyttölämpötila on enintään 113 °F (45°C). Attention Pour éviter toute surchauffe du système, il est recommandé de maintenir une température ambiante inférieure à 113 °F (45°C). Warnung Um das System vor Überhitzung zu schützen, vermeiden Sie dessen Verwendung in einem Bereich, in dem die Umgebungstemperatur das empfohlene Maximum von 113 °F (45°C). überschreitet. Avvertenza Per evitare che il sistema si surriscaldi, non utilizzatelo dove la temperatura ambiente sia superiore alla temperatura massima raccomandata di 113 °F (45°C). Advarsel For å hindre at systemet blir overopphetet, må det ikke brukes på et sted der temperaturen overstiger den maksimalt anbefalte temperaturen på 113 °F (45°C). Aviso Para evitar o sobreaquecimento do sistema, não o opere em áreas que excedam a temperatura ambiente máxima recomendada de 113 °F (45°C). ¡Advertencia! Para impedir que el sistema se recaliente, no lo utilice en zonas en las que la temperatura ambiente llegue a los 113 °F (45°C). Varning! Förhindra att systemet överhettas genom att inte använda det på en plats där den rekommenderade omgivningstemperaturen överstiger 113 °F (45°C).. 113 °F (45°C). 2-99 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1048—Rack Stabilization 113 °F (45°C). 113 °F (45°C). 113 °F (45°C). 113 °F (45°C). 113 °F (45°C). 113 °F (45°C). 113 °F (45°C). Warning Stability hazard. The rack stabilizing mechanism must be in place, or the rack must be bolted to the floor before you slide the unit out for servicing. Failure to stabilize the rack can cause the rack to tip over. Statement 1048 Waarschuwing Kantelgevaar. Als u een eenheid uitschuift ten behoeve van service-werkzaamheden, moet het rek met de speciaal daarvoor bedoelde voorzieningen zijn gestabiliseerd of met bouten in de vloer zijn vastgezet. Het rek kan kantelen als het niet afdoende is gestabiliseerd. Varoitus Stabiiliusvaara. Telineen stabilointimekanismin on oltava paikallaan tai telineen on oltava ruuvattu lattiaan, ennen kuin liu'utat yksikön ulos huoltoa varten. Ellei telinettä stabiloida, se voi kaatua. 2-100 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Attention Stabilisation de l'armoire : le mécanisme de stabilisation doit être installé correctement ou l'armoire doit être solidement fixée au sol avant d'être utilisée. Sans cette précaution, elle risque de basculer. Warnung Umstürzgefahr. Bevor Sie die Einheit zur Wartung hinausziehen, sollten Sie die Stabilisierungsvorrichtung des Gestells aktivieren oder das Gestell am Boden festschrauben. Wenn das Gestell nicht entsprechend gesichert ist, kann es umkippen. Avvertenza Pericolo di stabilità. Prima di estrarre l’unità per la manutenzione, accertarsi che il meccanismo di stabilizzazione del rack sia in funzione oppure che il rack sia affrancato al pavimento. La mancata stabilità del rack può causarne il rovesciamento. Advarsel Stabilitetsfare. Stabiliseringsmekanismen for stativet må være på plass, eller stativet må være skrudd fast i gulvet, før du drar ut enheten for å utføre service. Hvis du ikke stabiliserer stativet, kan det hende at stativet velter. Aviso Risco de estabilidade. O mecanismo de estabilização da prateleira tem de estar colocado no devido lugar ou, então, a prateleira tem de estar aparafusada ao chão antes de fazer deslizar a unidade para fora, para reparação. A falha na estabilização da prateleira pode fazê-la virar. ¡Advertencia! Equilibrio inestable. El mecanismo de equilibrio del bastidor debe estar colocado en su lugar correcto; de lo contrario, atornille el bastidor al suelo antes de deslizar la unidad para su manipulación. Si no equilibra el bastidor, éste podrá volcarse. Varning! Stabilitetsfara. Rackets stabiliseringsmekanism måste sitta på plats, eller också måste racket skruvas fast i golvet innan du drar ut en enhet för underhåll. Om racket inte stabiliseras, kan det välta. 2-101 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1050—Power Module Warning Never install an AC power module and a DC power module in the same chassis. Statement 1050 Waarschuwing Een voedingsmodule met wisselstroom mag nooit samen met een gelijkstroomvoedingsmodule in het chassis geïnstalleerd worden. Varoitus Älä koskaan asenna vaihtosähkötehomoduulia ja tasasähkötehomoduulia samaan asennuspohjaan. Attention N’installez jamais un module d’alimentation AC et un module d’alimentation DC dans le même châssis. Warnung Ein Wechelstromsmodul und ein Gleichstrommodul dürfen niemals in demselben Chassis installiert werden. Avvertenza Non installare un modulo di alimentazione in corrente alternata e un modulo di alimentazione in corrente continua nello stesso chassis. Advarsel En vekselstrømmodul og en likestrømmodul må aldri installeres i samme chassis. Aviso Nunca instale um modulo de corrente CA (corrente alternada) e um modulo CC (corrente contínua) no mesmo chassis. ¡Advertencia! Nunca instale un módulo de potencia de corriente alterna (CA) en un módulo de potencia de corriente continua (CC) en el mismo chasis. 2-102 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1051—Laser Radiation Varning! Installera aldrig en växelströms- och en likströmskraftenhet i samma chassi. Warning Invisible laser radiation may be emitted from disconnected fibers or connectors. Do not stare into beams or view directly with optical instruments. Statement 1051 Waarschuwing Losgekoppelde of losgeraakte glasvezels of aansluitingen kunnen onzichtbare laserstraling produceren. Kijk niet rechtstreeks in de straling en gebruik geen optische instrumenten rond deze glasvezels of aansluitingen. Varoitus Irrotetuista kuiduista tai liittimistä voi tulla näkymätöntä lasersäteilyä. Älä tuijota säteitä tai katso niitä suoraan optisilla välineillä. Attention Les fibres ou connecteurs débranchés risquent d'émettre des rayonnements laser invisibles à l'oeil. Ne regardez jamais directement les faisceaux laser à l'oeil nu, ni d'ailleurs avec des instruments optiques. 2-103 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Warnung Unterbrochene Fasern oder Steckerverbindungenkönnen unsichtbare Laserstrahlung abgeben. Blicken Sie weder mit bloßem Auge noch mit optischen Instrumenten direkt in Laserstrahlen. Avvertenza Le fibre ottiche ed i relativi connettori possono emettere radiazioni laser. I fasci di luce non devono mai essere osservati direttamente o attraverso strumenti ottici. Advarsel Det kan forekomme usynlig laserstråling fra fiber eller kontakter som er frakoblet. Stirr ikke direkte inn i strålene eller se på dem direkte gjennom et optisk instrument. Aviso Radiação laser invisível pode ser emitida de conectores ou fibras desconectadas. Não olhe diretamente para os feixes ou com instrumentos ópticos. ¡Advertencia! Es posible que las fibras desconectadas emitan radiación láser invisible. No fije la vista en los rayos ni examine éstos con instrumentos ópticos. Varning! Osynlig laserstrålning kan avges från frånkopplade fibrer eller kontaktdon. Rikta inte blicken in i strålar och titta aldrig direkt på dem med hjälp av optiska instrument. Aviso Radiação laser invisível pode ser emitida a partir de fibras ou conectores desconectados. Não fixe o olhar nos feixes e nem olhe diretamente com instrumentos ópticos. Advarsel Usynlig laserstråling kan forekomme fra brugte fibre eller stik. Stir ikke ind i stråler eller direkte med optiske instrumenter. 2-104 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-105 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-106 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1053—Class 1M Laser Radition Warning Class 1M laser radiation when open. Do not view directly with optical instruments. Statement 1053 Waarschuwing Klasse-1M laserstraling indien toegangspaneel open is. Niet rechtstreeks bekijken met optische instrumenten. Varoitus Säteilee luokan 1M lasersätelyä avattuna. Älä katso säteeseen optisilla laitteilla. Attention Radiation laser de classe 1M en cas d’ouverture. Ne pas observer directement avec des instruments optiques. Warnung Laserstrahlung der Klasse 1 M, wenn geöffnet. Nicht mit optischen Instrumenten direkt hineinsehen. Avvertenza Radiazioni laser Classe 1 quando aperto. Non osservare in maniera diretta con strumenti ottici. Advarsel Laserstråling i klasse 1M i åpen stilling. Skal ikke ses direkte med optiske instrumenter. Aviso Radiação laser classe 1M quando aberto. Não olhar diretamente com instrumentos ópticos. ¡Advertencia! Los productos láser Clase 1M emiten radiación una vez abiertos. No los mire directamente con instrumentos ópticos. Varning! Klass 1M laser utstrålning när öppen. Betrakta ej direkt med optiska instrument. 2-107 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1054—Laser Viewing Warning For diverging beams, viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments within a distance of 100 mm may harm your eyes. For collimated beams, viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments designed for use at a distance may harm your eyes. Statement 1054 Waarschuwing Voor divergerende stralen kan het bekijken van de laseruitvoer met bepaalde optische instrumenten binnen een afstand van 100 mm gevaar voor de ogen opleveren. Voor collimerende stralen kan het bekijken van de laseruitvoer met bepaalde optische instrumenten die bestemd zijn voor gebruik op afstand gevaar voor de ogen opleveren. Varoitus Divergoivien lasersäteiden katselu tietyillä optisilla laitteilla 100 millimetrin etäisyydeltä saattaa vahingoittaa silmiä. Kollimoivien lasersäteiden katselu tietyillä etäkäyttöisillä optisilla laitteilla saattaa vahingoittaa silmiä. Attention Pour les faisceaux divergents, observer la sortie laser avec certains instruments optiques à une distance de moins de 100 mm peut être nocif pour les yeux. Pour les faisceaux collimatés, observer la sortie laser avec certains instruments optiques conçus pour être utilisés à distance peut être nocif pour les yeux. Warnung Bei auseinandergehenden Strahlen kann das Betrachten des Laserausgangs mit optischen Instrumenten innerhalb einer Distanz von 100 mm die Augen gefährden. Bei gerichteten Strahlen stellt das Betrachten des Laserausgangs mit bestimmten optischen Instrumenten, die für den Gebrauch in einer bestimmten Entfernung vorgesehen sind, eine Gefährdung der Augen dar. Avvertenza Per fasci divergenti, l'osservazione dell'emissione laser con certi strumenti ottici entro una distanza di 100 mm può danneggiare gli occhi. Per fasci collimati, l'osservazione dell'emissione laser con certi strumenti ottici realizzati per l'utilizzo a distanza può danneggiare gli occhi. Advarsel Når det er spredningsstråler til stede kan det medføre fare for øynene å observere lasereffekten med visse optiske instrumenter innenfor en avstand på 100 mm. Når det er parallellstråler til stede, kan det medføre fare for øynene å observere lasereffekten med visse optiske instrumenter som er fremstilt til bruk med en viss avstand. Aviso Em feixes divergentes, olhar a emissão de laser com determinados instrumentos ópticos a uma distância de até 100mm pode causar danos à visão. Em feixes colimados, olhar a emissão de laser com instrumentos ópticos apropriados para serem utilizados para visualização à distância pode causar danos à visão. 2-108 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1055—Class I and Class 1M Laser ¡Advertencia! En los haces divergentes, la visualización de la salida del láser con determinados instrumentos ópticos a una distancia de 100 mm puede dañar la vista. En los haces colimados, la visualización de la salida del láser con determinados instrumentos ópticos diseñados para el uso a distancia puede dañar la vista. Varning! Vid divergerande utstrålning, kan dina ögon skadas om du betraktar lasern med vissa optiska instrument inom en distans på 100 mm. Vid parallell utstrålning kan dina ögon skadas om du betraktar laserstrålen med vissa optiska instrument. Warning Class I (CDRH) and Class 1M (IEC) laser products. Statement 1055 Waarschuwing Laserproducten van Klasse I (CDRH) en Klasse 1M (IEC). Varoitus Luokan I (CDRH) ja luokan 1M (IEC) lasertuotteita. Attention Produits laser catégorie I (CDRH) et catégorie 1M (IEC). Warnung Laserprodukte der Klasse I (CDRH) und Klasse 1M (IEC). Avvertenza Prodotti laser di Classe I (CDRH) e Classe 1M (IEC). Advarsel Klasse I (CDRH) og klasse 1M (IEC) laserprodukter. Aviso Produtos laser Classe I (CDRH) e Classe 1M (IEC). 2-109 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1056—Unterminated Fiber Cable ¡Advertencia! Productos láser de Clase I (CDRH) y Clase 1M (IEC). Varning! Laserprodukter av Klass I (CDRH) och Klass 1M (IEC). Warning Invisible laser radiation may be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do not view directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm may pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056 Waarschuwing Er kunnen onzichtbare laserstralen worden uitgezonden vanuit het uiteinde van de onafgebroken vezelkabel of connector. Niet in de straal kijken of deze rechtstreeks bekijken met optische instrumenten. Als u de laseruitvoer met bepaalde optische instrumenten bekijkt (zoals bijv. een oogloep, vergrootgras of microscoop) binnen een afstand van 100 mm kan dit gevaar voor uw ogen opleveren. Varoitus Päättämättömän kuitukaapelin tai -liittimen päästä voi tulla näkymätöntä lasersäteilyä. Älä tuijota sädettä tai katso sitä suoraan optisilla välineillä. Lasersäteen katsominen tietyillä optisilla välineillä (esim. suurennuslasilla tai mikroskoopilla) 10 cm:n päästä tai sitä lähempää voi olla vaarallista silmille. Attention Des émissions de radiations laser invisibles peuvent se produire à l’extrémité d’un câble en fibre ou d’un raccord sans terminaison. Ne pas fixer du regard le rayon ou l’observer directement avec des instruments optiques. L’observation du laser à l’aide certains instruments optiques (loupes et microscopes) à une distance inférieure à 100 mm peut poser des risques pour les yeux. Warnung Eine unsichtbare Laserstrahlung kann vom Ende des nicht angeschlossenen Glasfaserkabels oder Steckers ausgestrahlt werden. Nicht in den Laserstrahl schauen oder diesen mit einem optischen Instrument direkt ansehen. Ein Betrachten des Laserstrahls mit bestimmten optischen Instrumenten, wie z.B. Augenlupen, Vergrößerungsgläsern und Mikroskopen innerhalb eines Abstands von 100 mm kann für das Auge gefährlich sein. 2-110 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Avvertenza L’estremità del connettore o del cavo ottico senza terminazione può emettere radiazioni laser invisibili. Non fissare il raggio od osservarlo in modo diretto con strumenti ottici. L’osservazione del fascio laser con determinati strumenti ottici (come lupette, lenti di ingrandimento o microscopi) entro una distanza di 100 mm può provocare danni agli occhi. Advarsel Usynlig laserstråling kan emittere fra enden av den ikke-terminerte fiberkabelen eller koblingen. Ikke se inn i strålen og se heller ikke direkte på strålen med optiske instrumenter. Observering av laserutgang med visse optiske instrumenter (for eksempel øyelupe, forstørrelsesglass eller mikroskoper) innenfor en avstand på 100 mm kan være farlig for øynene. Aviso Radiação laser invisível pode ser emitida pela ponta de um conector ou cabo de fibra não terminado. Não olhe fixa ou diretamente para o feixe ou com instrumentos ópticos. Visualizar a emissão do laser com certos instrumentos ópticos (por exemplo, lupas, lentes de aumento ou microscópios) a uma distância de 100 mm pode causar riscos à visão. ¡Advertencia! El extremo de un cable o conector de fibra sin terminación puede emitir radiación láser invisible. No se acerque al radio de acción ni lo mire directamente con instrumentos ópticos. La exposición del ojo a una salida de láser con determinados instrumentos ópticos (por ejemplo, lupas y microscopios) a una distancia de 100 mm puede comportar lesiones oculares. Varning! Osynlig laserstrålning kan komma från änden på en oavslutad fiberkabel eller -anslutning. Titta inte rakt in i strålen eller direkt på den med optiska instrument. Att titta på laserstrålen med vissa optiska instrument (t.ex. lupper, förstoringsglas och mikroskop) från ett avstånd på 100 mm kan skada ögonen. 2-111 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1057—Hazardous Radiation Exposure Warning Use of controls, adjustments, or performing procedures other than those specified may result in hazardous radiation exposure. Statement 1057 Waarschuwing Het gebruik van regelaars of bijstellingen of het uitvoeren van procedures anders dan opgegeven kan leiden tot blootstelling aan gevaarlijke straling. Varoitus Säätimien tai säätöjen käyttö ja toimenpiteiden suorittaminen ohjeista poikkeavalla tavalla voi altistaa vaaralliselle säteilylle. Attention L’utilisation de commandes, de réglages ou de procédures autres que ceux spécifiés peut entraîner une exposition dangereuse à des radiations. Warnung Die Verwendung von nicht spezifizierten Steuerelementen, Einstellungen oder Verfahrensweisen kann eine gefährliche Strahlenexposition zur Folge haben. Avvertenza L’adozione di controlli, regolazioni o procedure diverse da quelle specificate può comportare il pericolo di esposizione a radiazioni. Advarsel Bruk av kontroller eller justeringer eller utførelse av prosedyrer som ikke er spesifiserte, kan resultere i farlig strålingseksponering. Aviso O uso de controles, ajustes ou desempenho de procedimentos diferentes dos especificados pode resultar em exposição prejudicial de radiação. ¡Advertencia! La aplicación de controles, ajustes y procedimientos distintos a los especificados puede comportar una exposición peligrosa a la radiación. Varning! Om andra kontroller eller justeringar än de angivna används, eller om andra processer än de angivna genomförs, kan skadlig strålning avges. 2-112 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Aviso O uso de controles, ajustes ou procedimentos diferentes daqueles especificados pode resultar em exposição perigosa à radiação. Advarsel Brug af kontrolfunktioner, justeringer, eller udførelse af procedurer andre end de, der er angivet, kan resultere i udsættelse for farlig bestråling. 2-113 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1071—Warning Definition Warning IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents. Use the statement number provided at the end of each warning to locate its translation in the translated safety warnings that accompanied this device. Statement 1071 SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Waarschuwing BELANGRIJKE VEILIGHEIDSINSTRUCTIES Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in een situatie die lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat werken, dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient u op de hoogte te zijn van de standaard praktijken om ongelukken te voorkomen. Gebruik het nummer van de verklaring onderaan de waarschuwing als u een vertaling van de waarschuwing die bij het apparaat wordt geleverd, wilt raadplegen. BEWAAR DEZE INSTRUCTIES Varoitus TÄRKEITÄ TURVALLISUUSOHJEITA Tämä varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa. Tilanne voi aiheuttaa ruumiillisia vammoja. Ennen kuin käsittelet laitteistoa, huomioi sähköpiirien käsittelemiseen liittyvät riskit ja tutustu onnettomuuksien yleisiin ehkäisytapoihin. Turvallisuusvaroitusten käännökset löytyvät laitteen mukana toimitettujen käännettyjen turvallisuusvaroitusten joukosta varoitusten lopussa näkyvien lausuntonumeroiden avulla. SÄILYTÄ NÄMÄ OHJEET Attention IMPORTANTES INFORMATIONS DE SÉCURITÉ Ce symbole d'avertissement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez dans une situation pouvant entraîner des blessures ou des dommages corporels. Avant de travailler sur un équipement, soyez conscient des dangers liés aux circuits électriques et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures couramment utilisées pour éviter les accidents. Pour prendre connaissance des traductions des avertissements figurant dans les consignes de sécurité traduites qui accompagnent cet appareil, référez-vous au numéro de l'instruction situé à la fin de chaque avertissement. CONSERVEZ CES INFORMATIONS 2-114 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Warnung WICHTIGE SICHERHEITSHINWEISE Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer Situation, die zu Verletzungen führen kann. Machen Sie sich vor der Arbeit mit Geräten mit den Gefahren elektrischer Schaltungen und den üblichen Verfahren zur Vorbeugung vor Unfällen vertraut. Suchen Sie mit der am Ende jeder Warnung angegebenen Anweisungsnummer nach der jeweiligen Übersetzung in den übersetzten Sicherheitshinweisen, die zusammen mit diesem Gerät ausgeliefert wurden. BEWAHREN SIE DIESE HINWEISE GUT AUF. Avvertenza IMPORTANTI ISTRUZIONI SULLA SICUREZZA Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di intervenire su qualsiasi apparecchiatura, occorre essere al corrente dei pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici e conoscere le procedure standard per la prevenzione di incidenti. Utilizzare il numero di istruzione presente alla fine di ciascuna avvertenza per individuare le traduzioni delle avvertenze riportate in questo documento. CONSERVARE QUESTE ISTRUZIONI Advarsel VIKTIGE SIKKERHETSINSTRUKSJONER Dette advarselssymbolet betyr fare. Du er i en situasjon som kan føre til skade på person. Før du begynner å arbeide med noe av utstyret, må du være oppmerksom på farene forbundet med elektriske kretser, og kjenne til standardprosedyrer for å forhindre ulykker. Bruk nummeret i slutten av hver advarsel for å finne oversettelsen i de oversatte sikkerhetsadvarslene som fulgte med denne enheten. TA VARE PÅ DISSE INSTRUKSJONENE Aviso INSTRUÇÕES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURANÇA Este símbolo de aviso significa perigo. Você está em uma situação que poderá ser causadora de lesões corporais. Antes de iniciar a utilização de qualquer equipamento, tenha conhecimento dos perigos envolvidos no manuseio de circuitos elétricos e familiarize-se com as práticas habituais de prevenção de acidentes. Utilize o número da instrução fornecido ao final de cada aviso para localizar sua tradução nos avisos de segurança traduzidos que acompanham este dispositivo. GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUÇÕES ¡Advertencia! INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD Este símbolo de aviso indica peligro. Existe riesgo para su integridad física. Antes de manipular cualquier equipo, considere los riesgos de la corriente eléctrica y familiarícese con los procedimientos estándar de prevención de accidentes. Al final de cada advertencia encontrará el número que le ayudará a encontrar el texto traducido en el apartado de traducciones que acompaña a este dispositivo. GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES 2-115 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Varning! VIKTIGA SÄKERHETSANVISNINGAR Denna varningssignal signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning måste du vara medveten om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanliga förfaranden för att förebygga olyckor. Använd det nummer som finns i slutet av varje varning för att hitta dess översättning i de översatta säkerhetsvarningar som medföljer denna anordning. SPARA DESSA ANVISNINGAR 2-116 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Aviso INSTRUÇÕES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURANÇA Este símbolo de aviso significa perigo. Você se encontra em uma situação em que há risco de lesões corporais. Antes de trabalhar com qualquer equipamento, esteja ciente dos riscos que envolvem os circuitos elétricos e familiarize-se com as práticas padrão de prevenção de acidentes. Use o número da declaração fornecido ao final de cada aviso para localizar sua tradução nos avisos de segurança traduzidos que acompanham o dispositivo. GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUÇÕES Advarsel VIGTIGE SIKKERHEDSANVISNINGER Dette advarselssymbol betyder fare. Du befinder dig i en situation med risiko for legemesbeskadigelse. Før du begynder arbejde på udstyr, skal du være opmærksom på de involverede risici, der er ved elektriske kredsløb, og du skal sætte dig ind i standardprocedurer til undgåelse af ulykker. Brug erklæringsnummeret efter hver advarsel for at finde oversættelsen i de oversatte advarsler, der fulgte med denne enhed. GEM DISSE ANVISNINGER 2-117 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-118 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1072—Shock Hazard from Interconnections Warning Voltages that present a shock hazard may exist on Power over Ethernet (PoE) circuits if interconnections are made using uninsulated exposed metal contacts, conductors, or terminals. Avoid using such interconnection methods, unless the exposed metal parts are located within a restricted access location and users and service people who are authorized within the restricted access location are made aware of the hazard. A restricted access area can be accessed only through the use of a special tool, lock and key or other means of security. Statement 1072 Waarschuwing Voltages kunnen elektrische schokken veroorzaken in PoE (Power over Ethernet)-circuits als er verbindingen worden gemaakt met blootliggende metalen contactpunten, geleiders of aansluitingspunten die niet zijn geïsoleerd. Gebruik dit type verbinding niet tenzij de blootliggende metalen onderdelen zich bevinden op een locatie met beperkte toegang en de gebruikers en onderhoudstechnici die toegang tot deze locatie hebben, op het gevaar worden gewezen. De locatie met beperkte toegang kan alleen worden geopend met speciaal gereedschap, slot en sleutel of een andere beveiligingsmethode. 2-119 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Varoitus Sisäisissä Ethernet (PoE) -virtapiireissä voi olla sähköiskun vaaran aiheuttavia jännitteitä, jos kytkentöihin käytetään eristämättömiä paljaita metalliliittimiä tai -johtimia. Vältä tällaisia kytkentöjä, elleivät paljaat metalliosat ole rajatussa paikassa. Ilmoita valtuutetuille käyttäjille ja huoltohenkilöille vaarasta. Rajattuun alueeseen pääsee käsiksi ainoastaan erityistyökalua, lukkoa ja avainta tai muuta turvallista menetelmää käyttämällä. Attention Les tensions existant sur les alimentations utilisant la technologie PoE (Power over Ethernet) peuvent constituer un risque d'électrocution si les interconnexions sont effectuées en utilisant des terminaux, conducteurs ou contacts métalliques exposés non isolés. Évitez d'utiliser de telles méthodes d'interconnexion à moins que les pièces métalliques exposées ne se trouvent dans un emplacement d'accès restreint et que les utilisateurs et les responsables du service autorisés dans cet emplacement d'accès restreint ne soient conscients du danger. Une zone d'accès restreint peut être accédée uniquement à l'aide d'une clé, d'un outil et d'un verrou spécial, ou d'autres moyens de sécurité. Warnung Bei Power-over-Ethernet-(PoE-)Schaltkreisen besteht u.U. Stromschlaggefahr, wenn Verbindungen unter Verwendung nicht isolierter, freiliegender Metallkontakte, Leiter oder Anschlussklemmen hergestellt werden. Vermeiden Sie das Herstellen solcher Verbindungen, es sei denn, die freiliegenden Metallteile befinden sich an Orten mit beschränktem Zugang, und Personen, die Zugang dazu haben, sind ausdrücklich über diese Gefahr informiert worden. Ein Ort mit beschränktem Zugang ist nur mit Hilfe eines speziellen Werkzeugs, Schloss und Schlüssels oder anderen Sicherheitseinrichtungen zugänglich. Avvertenza Nei circuiti con alimentazione via Ethernet (PoE) possono verificarsi pericoli di scosse elettriche se si creano connessioni con contatti metallici, conduttori o terminali scoperti. Evitare di utilizzare i metodi di connessione sopraelencati a meno che le parti metalliche esposte non si trovino in una zona riservata e gli utenti e il personale di assistenza, che sono autorizzati ad accedere nella suddetta zona, siano stati messi al corrente del pericolo. È possibile accedere alla zona riservata solamente utilizzando gli appositi elementi di sicurezza. Advarsel I strømkretser med PoE (Power over Ethernet) kan det være spenninger som kan utgjøre støtfare hvis det blir foretatt sammenkoblinger med uisolerte, eksponerte kontakter, ledere eller terminaler av metall. Unngå å bruke slike sammenkoblingsmetoder med mindre de eksponerte metalldelene er i et område med begrenset tilgang, og brukere og servicepersonell som har tilgang til det begrensede området, blir gjort oppmerksom på faren. Et område med begrenset tilgang kan bare åpnes ved hjelp av spesialverktøy, nøkkel eller andre sikkerhetstiltak. Aviso Pode haver voltagens que representam perigo de choque em circuitos PoE (Power over Ethernet) se as interconexões forem feitas utilizando-se terminais, condutores ou contatos de metal exposto e sem isolamento. Evite utilizar tais métodos de interconexão a não ser que as partes de metal expostas estejam em um local de acesso restrito e os usuários e o pessoal de serviço com acesso autorizado a este local restrito estejam cientes do perigo. Uma área de acesso restrito só pode ser acessada com o uso de uma ferramenta, fechadura e chave especial ou de outros meios de segurança. ¡Advertencia! Puede haber voltajes con riesgo de shock en circuitos de alimentación sobre el cableado Ethernet (PoE), si para las interconexiones se utilizan contactos, conductores o terminales metálicos descubiertos. Evite tales métodos de interconexión, a menos que las partes metálicas descubiertas se encuentren en un lugar de acceso restringido y tanto los usuarios como el personal de servicios en dicho lugar sean conscientes de la existencia de tal riesgo. Sólo se puede tener acceso a una zona de acceso restringido mediante el uso de una herramienta especial, un candado y una llave u otros medios de seguridad. 2-120 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Varning! Det kan finnas spänningar på PoE-kretsarna (Power over Ethernet) som utgör risk för stötar om sammankopplingarna görs med ej isolerade, exponerade kontakter, ledare och/eller terminaler av metall. Undvik att använda sådana sammankopplingsmetoder, såvida inte de exponerade metalldelarna finns i en plats med begränsad åtkomst. Användare och servicepersonal som tillåts inom platsen med begränsad åtkomst måste vara medvetna om risken. Ett begränsat område kan bara nås med ett speciellt verktyg eller lås, en speciell nyckel eller någon annan säkerhetsmetod. 2-121 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1074—Comply with Local and National Electrical Codes Warning Installation of the equipment must comply with local and national electrical codes. Statement 1074 Waarschuwing Bij installatie van de apparatuur moet worden voldaan aan de lokale en nationale elektriciteitsvoorschriften. 2-122 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Varoitus Laitteisto tulee asentaa paikallisten ja kansallisten sähkömääräysten mukaisesti. Attention L'équipement doit être installé conformément aux normes électriques nationales et locales. Warnung Die Installation der Geräte muss den Sicherheitsstandards entsprechen. Avvertenza L'installazione dell'impianto deve essere conforme ai codici elettrici locali e nazionali. Advarsel Installasjon av utstyret må samsvare med lokale og nasjonale elektrisitetsforskrifter. Aviso A instalação do equipamento tem de estar em conformidade com os códigos eléctricos locais e nacionais. ¡Advertencia! La instalación del equipo debe cumplir con las normativas de electricidad locales y nacionales. Varning! Installation av utrustningen måste ske i enlighet med gällande elinstallationsföreskrifter. 2-123 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings 2-124 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1075—Hazardous Voltage or Energy Present on DC Power Terminals Warning Hazardous voltage or energy may be present on DC power terminals. Always replace cover when terminals are not in service. Be sure uninsulated conductors are not accessible when cover is in place. Statement 1075 Waarschuwing Op DC-aansluitingspunten kunnen zich gevaarlijke voltages of energieën voordoen. Plaats altijd de afsluiting wanneer de aansluitingspunten niet worden gebruikt Zorg ervoor dat blootliggende contactpunten niet toegankelijk zijn wanneer de afsluiting is geplaatst. Varoitus Tasavirtaliittimissä saattaa olla huomattava jännite tai teho. Sulje suojus aina, kun liittimet eivät ole käytössä. Suojuksen ollessa suljettuna varmista, että kohde on suojattu eristämättömiltä johtimilta. Attention Le voltage ou l'énergie électrique des terminaux à courant continu peuvent être dangereux. Veillez à toujours replacer le couvercle lors les terminaux ne sont pas en service. Assurez-vous que les conducteurs non isolés ne sont pas accessibles lorsque le couvercle est en place. Warnung In mit Gleichstrom betriebenen Terminals kann es zu gefählicher Spannung kommen. Die Terminals müssen abgedeckt werden, wenn sie nicht in Betrieb sind. Stellen Sie bei Benutzung der Abdeckung sicher, dass alle nicht isolierten, stromführenden Kabel abgedeckt sind. Avvertenza I terminali di alimentazione DC potrebbero contenere voltaggio o energia pericolosi. Accertarsi di sostituire il coperchio ogni qualvolta i terminali non sono operativi. Accertarsi che i conduttori scoperti non siano accessibili quando il coperchio è inserito. Advarsel Det kan forekomme farlig spenning eller energi i likestrømsterminaler. Sett alltid dekselet på plass når terminalene ikke er i bruk. Kontroller at uisolerte ledere ikke er tilgjengelige når dekselet er på plass. Aviso Os terminais de corrente contínua podem fornecer tensão ou energia perigosa. Volte a colocar a tampa, sempre que os terminais não estiverem a ser utilizados. Certifique-se de que os condutores sem isolamento não estão acessíveis, quando a tampa estiver colocada. ¡Advertencia! Puede haber energía o voltaje peligrosos en los terminales eléctricos de CC. Reemplace siempre la cubierta cuando no estén utilizándose los terminales. Asegúrese de que no haya acceso a conductores descubiertos cuando la cubierta esté colocada. Varning! Farlig spänning eller skadlig energi kan finnas i likströmsterminalerna. Sätt alltid tillbaka höljet när terminalerna inte används. Försäkra att inga oisolerade ledare kan nås när höljet sitter på plats. 2-125 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1076—Clearance Around the Ventilation Openings Warning To prevent airflow restriction, allow clearance around the ventilation openings to be at least: 1 inch (25.4 mm) Statement 1076 Waarschuwing Om voldoende luchtstroming te garanderen, dient u te zorgen voor een vrije ruimte rond de ventilatieopeningen van ten minste: 1 inch (25.4 mm) 2-126 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Varoitus Jotta ilma pääsisi virtaamaan vapaasti, välyksen ilmanvaihtoaukkojen ympärillä tulee olla vähintään 1 inch (25.4 mm) Attention Pour faciliter la circulation d'air, aménagez un dégagement autour des bouches d'aération d'au moins : 1 inch (25.4 mm) Warnung Lassen Sie für Lüftungsöffnungen den folgenden Mindestabstand frei, um eine freie Luftzufuhr zu gewährleisten: 1 inch (25.4 mm) Avvertenza Per evitare ostruzioni all'efflusso dell'aria, lasciare intorno alle aperture per ventilazione uno spazio di almeno: 1 inch (25.4 mm) Advarsel For å unngå hindringer i luftgjennomstrømningen må det være fri plass rundt ventilasjonsåpningene på minst 1 inch (25.4 mm) Aviso Para evitar a limitação do fluxo de ar, deixe um espaço em torno dos orifícios de ventilação de, pelo menos: 1 inch (25.4 mm) ¡Advertencia! Para evitar restricciones del flujo de aire, el espacio alrededor de las aberturas de ventilación debe ser al menos de: 1 inch (25.4 mm) Varning! Undvik att begränsa luftflödet genom ha ett fritt utrymme kring ventilationsöppningarna på minst: 1 inch (25.4 mm) 1 inch (25.4 mm) 1 inch (25.4 mm) 1 inch (25.4 mm) 1 inch (25.4 mm) 2-127 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1084—Intra-Building Ports Suitable for Connecting Warning The following ports are intra-building ports and are suitable only for connecting to shielded cabling grounded at both ends. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Waarschuwing De volgende poorten zijn intra-building-poorten en zijn alleen geschikt voor aansluiting op geïsoleerde kabels die aan beide kanten geaard zijn. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Varoitus Seuraavat liitännät ovat rakennuksen sisäisiä liitäntöjä, jotka soveltuvat ainoastaan molemmista päistä maadoitettujen, suojattujen kaapelien liittämiseen. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Attention Les ports suivants sont des ports internes au bâtiment et conviennent uniquement à une connexion à un câblage blindé mis à la terre aux deux extrémités. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Warnung Die folgenden Ports sind Intra-Building-Ports und ausschließlich für den Anschluss an abgeschirmte Kabel geeignet, die an beiden Enden geerdet sind. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Avvertenza Le seguenti porte sono adatte esclusivamente per collegamenti interni con cablaggi schermati dotati di messa a terra su entrambe le estremità. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Advarsel Følgende porter er intrabygningsporter og passer bare for tilkobling til skjermet kabling som er jordet i begge ender. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Aviso As portas seguintes são portas no mesmo edifício adequadas apenas para ligações a cablagem blindada com ligação de terra em ambas as extremidades. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. ¡Advertencia! Los siguientes puertos son intra-edificios y sólo se pueden utilizar con cableado blindado de conexión a tierra en ambos extremos. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Varning! Följande portar är interiörportar och lämpar sig endast för anslutning till skärmade kablar som jordats i båda ändar. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. 2-128 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1085—Intra-Building Ports for Setup and Maintenance Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Warning The following ports are intra-building ports used only for setup and maintenance purposes by trained personnel and are not connected during normal operation. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Waarschuwing De volgende poorten zijn intra-building-poorten die alleen tijdens installatie en onderhoud worden gebruikt door opgeleid personeel. Deze zijn tijdens normale werking niet aangesloten. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Varoitus Seuraavat liitännät ovat rakennuksen sisäisiä liitäntöjä, jotka soveltuvat ainoastaan molemmista päistä maadoitettujen, suojattujen kaapelien liittämiseen. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Attention Les ports suivants sont des ports internes au bâtiment utilisés uniquement pour des besoins de configuration et de maintenance par un personnel formé et ne sont pas connectés durant un fonctionnement normal. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Warnung Die folgenden Ports sind Intra-Building-Ports, die nur für Einrichtungs- und Wartungszwecke durch geschulte Mitarbeiter verwendet werden und während des normalen Betriebs nicht angeschlossen sind. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Avvertenza Le porte seguenti sono adatte per collegamenti interni e vengono utilizzate esclusivamente ai fini dell'installazione e della manutenzione da parte di personale specializzato e non sono collegate durante il normale funzionamento. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Advarsel Følgende porter er intrabygningsporter som bare brukes til oppsett- og vedlikeholdsformål av faglærte personer, og er ikke tilkoblet under vanlig bruk. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. 2-129 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Statement 1088—Avoid Servicing Outdoor Connections During an Electrical Storm Aviso As portas seguintes são portas no mesmo edifício utilizadas apenas para efeitos de configuração e manutenção por pessoal treinado e não estão ligadas durante as condições normais de operação. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. ¡Advertencia! Los siguientes puertos son intra-edificios y se utilizan únicamente con fines de instalación y mantenimiento por el personal formado. Estos puertos no están conectados durante su funcionamiento normal. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Varning! Följande portar är interiörportar som endast används för installation och underhåll av utbildad personal. Portarna är inte anslutna vid normal drift. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Order Wire, Ethernet, LAN, CRAFT, E1/DS3, Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports. Warning Avoid using or servicing any equipment that has outdoor connections during an electrical storm. There may be a risk of electric shock from lightning. Statement 1088 Waarschuwing Vermijd het gebruik van en onderhoud aan apparatuur met buitenaansluitingen tijdens een onweersbui. Er bestaat een gering risico op elektrische schokken door blikseminslag. Varoitus Vältä kaikkien ulkoliitäntöjä sisältävien laitteiden käyttöä ja huoltoa ukonilman aikana. Saatat saada sähköiskun salamoinnin johdosta. Attention Les équipements pourvus de connexions extérieures ne doivent pas être utilisés ni entretenus pendant un orage. La foudre est susceptible de provoquer des décharges électriques. 2-130 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Translated Warnings Warnung Vermeiden Sie bei Gewitter die Nutzung oder Bedienung von Geräten mit Außenanschlüssen. Da bei einem Blitzeinschlag die Gefahr von Stromschlägen besteht. Avvertenza Evitare l’utilizzo o la manutenzione di qualsiasi apparecchiatura con collegamenti per esterni durante un temporale. In quanto vi è la possibilità di folgorazione da fulmine. Advarsel Under tordenvær må det unngås å bruke eller reparere utstyr som har utendørs forbindelser. Det finnes en risiko for elektrisk støt fra lyn. Aviso Evite utilizar ou realizar manutenção em qualquer equipamento que tenha ligações exteriores durante uma tempestade eléctrica. Pode haver um risco remoto de choque eléctrico devido aos relâmpagos. ¡Advertencia! Evite el uso o mantenimiento de cualquier material con conexiones al aire libre durante una tormenta eléctrica. Ya que el riesgo de descarga eléctrica es mayor debido a los rayos. Varning! Använd eller reparera inte någon utrustning som har anslutningar utomhus under åskväder. Det finns en liten risk för elektriska stötar vid blixtnedslag. 2-131 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Cautions and Regulatory Compliance Statements for NEBS Cautions and Regulatory Compliance Statements for NEBS This section includes the cautions and regulatory compliance statements for the Network Equipment-Building System (NEBS) certification from the Telcordia Electromagnetic Compatibility and Electrical Safety - Generic Criteria for Network Telecommunications Equipment (A Module of LSSGR, FR-64; TSGR, FR-440; and NEBSFR, FR-2063) Telcordia Technologies Generic Requirements, GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4, June 2006. This section also contains NEBS requirements. NEBS Compliance Statements Statement 7003—Telcordia GR-1089 NEBS Standard for Electromagnetic Compatibility and Safety Warning To comply with the Telcordia GR-1089 NEBS standard for electromagnetic compatibility and safety, connect the serial high-speed WAN interface ports only to intra-building or unexposed wiring or cable. The intrabuilding cable must be shielded and the shield must be grounded at both ends. The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly must not be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring. Statement 7005—Intra-building Lightning Surge and AC Power Fault—Issue 4 Warning The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intra-building or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT metallically connect to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring. 2-132 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Cautions and Regulatory Compliance Statements for NEBS Statement 7018—Intra-building Lightning Surge and AC Power Fault—Issue 5 Warning The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intra-building or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT metallically connect to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 5) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring. Statement 7012—Equipment Interfacing with AC Power Ports This equipment shall be connected to AC mains provided with a surge protective device (SPD) at the service equipment complying with NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC). Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and to a bare metal surface. Caution To comply with the Telcordia GR-1089 NEBS standard for electromagnetic compatibility and safety, for Ethernet RJ-45 ports, use only shielded Ethernet cables that are grounded on both ends. In a NEBS installation, all Ethernet ports are limited to intra-building wiring. Caution The intra-building ports of the equipment or subassembly is only suitable for connection to intra-building or unexposed wiring or cabling. The intra-building ports of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use only as intra-building interfaces (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4), and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring. The ONS 15xxx is designed for common bonding network (CBN) installations. An electrical conducting path shall exist between the product chassis and the metal surface of the enclosure or rack in which it is mounted or to a grounding conductor. Electrical continuity shall be provided by using thread-forming type mounting screws that remove any paint or nonconductive coatings and establish a metal-to-metal contact. Any paint or other nonconductive coatings shall be removed on the surfaces between the mounting hardware and the enclosure or rack. The surfaces shall be cleaned and an antioxidant applied before installation. The DC power Battery Return (BR) or positive terminal, must be grounded at the source end (power feed or mains power end). The DC power BR input terminal of ONS 15xxx is not connected to the equipment frame (chassis) and is configured as DC-I in compliance with GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 (sec.9.8.3). 2-133 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Cautions and Regulatory Compliance Statements for NEBS NEBS Requirements Note Paper copies will be provided to the customers on request. Cisco "guarantees" documentation being proof of water saturation. DC-powered products have a nominal operating DC voltage of -48 VDC. Minimal steady state DC operating voltage is - 40.5 VDC. Reference American National Standards Institute (ANSI) T1.315, Table 1. The ONS 15xxx is suitable for installation in network telecommunication facilities where NEC (National Electric Code) applies. Note DS1 ports are classified as Type 5 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 when the ONS 15310-MA is installed in the OSP. The ONS 15310-MA EIAs and the OSP cabinet are equipped with primary and secondary protections. In addition, isolation transformers are also provided. GR 1089 Requirements Description Related statements R2-5 ESD Mitigation The ESD warning labels are installed on the chassis. Caution Always use the supplied ESD wristband when working with a powered ONS 15xxx. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located to the left of the chassis (expansion slot). Warning During this procedure, wear grounding wrist straps to avoid electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage to the card. Do not directly touch the backplane with your hand or any metal tool, or you could shock yourself. R2-6 ESD Mitigation No additional site preparation beyond the normal operating conditions is required to be specified. R2-7 ESD Mitigation Refer the Cisco ONS 15xxx documentation for best practices to follow to prevent Electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage, which can occur when equipments are improperly handled. 2-134 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Cautions and Regulatory Compliance Statements for NEBS R3-1 Accessories for EMC compliance Ground cable, #6 AWG stranded (minimum). In a NEBS installation, shielded cables grounded at both ends must be used. Note A 1-inch (minimum) wide copper braid is required for OSP installations. Warning Blank faceplates and cover panels serve three important functions: they prevent exposure to hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic interference (EMI) that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling air through the chassis. Do not operate the system unless all cards, faceplates, front covers, and rear covers are in place. Warning The Ethernet ports of ONS 15xxx are intra-building ports and are suitable only for connecting to cat-5 shielded (STP) cabling grounded at both ends. Warning The Alarm, Timing (BITS), Craft, LAN and UDC ports of ONS 15xxx are intra-building ports. The BITS and LAN ports are suitable only for connecting to shielded cabling grounded at both ends Note The cable shield must be wire-wrapped to the GND pin of the wire wrap adapter. Warning The DS1 and DS3 ports on the ONS 15xxx are intra-building ports and are suitable only for connecting to shielded cabling grounded at both ends. GR 1089 Requirements Description Related statements 2-135 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Cautions and Regulatory Compliance Statements for NEBS R4-13 Intra-building ports DS1 ports are classified as Type 5 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 when the ONS 15310-MA is installed in the OSP. The ONS 15310-MA EIAs and the OSP cabinet are equipped with primary and secondary protections. In addition, isolation transformers are also provided. Warning The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intra-building or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces which connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring. R4-16 Intra-building ports Shielded cable grounded at both ends specified for copper telecom ports. R4-20 Use of current-limiting protectors The Cisco ONS 15xxx ports are classified as Type 2 or Type 4 as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4. CR4-21 Use of current-limiting protectors The Cisco ONS 15xxx ports are classified as Type 2 or Type 4 as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4. GR 1089 Requirements Description Related statements 2-136 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Cautions and Regulatory Compliance Statements for NEBS R4-36 Intra-building ports DS1 ports are classified as Type 5 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 when the ONS 15310-MA is installed in the OSP. The ONS 15310-MA EIAs and the OSP cabinet are equipped with primary and secondary protections. In addition, isolation transformers are also provided. Warning The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intra-building or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces which connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring. CO4-37 Primary voltage and current limiters The Cisco ONS 15xxx ports are classified as Type 2 or Type 4 as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4. R4-39 Agreed Primary Protection The Cisco ONS 15xxx ports are classified as Type 2 or Type 4 as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4. R4-40 Agreed Primary Protection The Cisco ONS 15xxx ports are classified as Type 2 or Type 4 as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4. R4-42 Equipment with Integrated Primary Protection (EIPP) Applicable only for ONS 15310-MA OSP installations. GR 1089 Requirements Description Related statements 2-137 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Cautions and Regulatory Compliance Statements for NEBS Warning This equipment contains integrated primary protection. This equipment is not suitable for installation in central office and network locations that contain other primary protection for OSP cable, such as EEEs (for example, CEVs and huts). The equipment may be located in EECs where appropriate installation practices are used. For example, install appropriate cabling to the equipment. A separate primary protector is not required. Warning For the purpose of determining placement and location of fuse links or fuse cable, the equipment shall be treated as a fuse-less protector, regardless of any capability to provide fusing. R4-49 EIPP protector characteristics The ONS 15310-MA OSP (Purcell FLX25GT) cabinet includes: • ADC ComProtect DS1 protection module (ComProtect® Solid-State). The specified value of primary voltage-limiting protection is 400 V. • ADC ComProtect DS3 protection module (ADC P3M). The specified value of primary voltage-limiting protection is 550 V. Applicable only for ONS 15310-MA OSP installations. Warning This equipment contains integrated primary protection. This equipment is not suitable for installation in central office and network locations that contain other primary protection for OSP cable, such as EEEs (for example, CEVs, and huts). The equipment may be located in EECs where appropriate installation practices are used. For example, install appropriate cabling to the equipment. A separate primary protector is not required. Warning For the purpose of determining placement and location of fuse links or fuse cable, the equipment shall be treated as a fuse-less protector, regardless of any capability to provide fusing. R4-78 Broadband equipment According to National Electric Code Article 830, the Cisco ONS 15xxx is not a broadband equipment. GR 1089 Requirements Description Related statements 2-138 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Cautions and Regulatory Compliance Statements for NEBS R4-83 Broadband equipment According to National Electric Code Article 830, the Cisco ONS 15xxx is not a broadband equipment. R4-85 Intra-building coaxial port (DS3 ports) Applicable to indoor installations only. For the ONS 15310 OSP installations, DS3 ports are classified as GR-1089-Issue 4 (Type 5) and are connected to the Outside Plant. Primary and secondary protections and isolation transformers are provided in the 15310-MA EIA and inside the OSP cabinet. Warning The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces which connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring. R4-88 Antenna lightning protectors The Cisco ONS 15xxx does not contain an antennae. R4-89 External SPD The Cisco ONS 15xxx does not have external SPDs. R7-16 Covers with labels warning of Class B circuits The Cisco ONS 15xxx has class A2 voltages only. R9-3 Suitable for CBN, IBN, or both The Cisco ONS 15xxx is designed for Common Bonding Network (CBN) installations only. R9-6 Suitable location The ONS 15xxx is suitable for installation in network telecommunication facilities where NEC applies. GR 1089 Requirements Description Related statements 2-139 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety Cautions and Regulatory Compliance Statements for NEBS R9-10 Paint removal and anti-oxidant use A safety earth ground path consistent with NEBS requirements is provided via proper shelf to frame mounting methods. R9-16 Battery return treatment The DC power Battery Return (BR) or positive terminal, must be grounded at the source end (power feed or mains power end). The DC power BR input terminal of ONS 15xxx is not connected to the equipment frame (chassis) and is configured as DC-I in compliance with GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 (sec.9.8.3). O10-2 Minimum steady state and nominal DC operating voltage The minimum steady-state voltage is -40.5V DC The nominal DC operating voltage is -48V DC. GR63 Requirements Description Statement Location R4-17 Replacement procedure for fans Included in Cisco ONS 15xxx Procedure Guide, Release 8.5 - Chapter 15, Maintain the Node: section NTP-A288 Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly. R4-18 Estimated time of fan tray replacement Included in Cisco ONS 15xxx Procedure Guide, Release 8.5 - Chapter 15, Maintain the Node: section NTP-A288 Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly. GR487 Requirements Description Statement Location R3-158 Equipment System Information Suppliers of cabinets with preinstalled telecommunication equipments will provide decals on the inside doors of the cabinets. These decals contain information of the equipment system, internal cabling, powering schematics, and others. Additional data can also be recorded here. GR 1089 Requirements Description Related statements 2-140 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety EMC and Telecom Compliance Statements EMC and Telecom Compliance Statements Statement 8010—Railway Applications, Electromagnetic Compatibility, a Shielded Cable Warning To comply with EN50121-4:2006 - Railway applications, Electromagnetic compatibility, a shielded cable must be used to connect to the EMS port. This cable must be less than 30 meters in length and not placed in the 3 meter boundary, as defined in EN50121-4:2006, Table 2, note 1. Statement 8010 Waarschuwing Om te voldoen aan EN50121-4:2006 - Railway applications, Electromagnetic compatibility moet een geïsoleerde kabel worden gebruikt voor aansluiting op de EMS-poort. Deze kabel moet minder dan 30 meter lang zijn en mag niet binnen de grens van 3 meter worden geplaatst, zoals gedefinieerd in EN50121-4:2006, tabel 2, opmerking 1. Varoitus Standardin EN50121-4:2006 - Rautatiesovellukset - Sähkömagneettinen yhteensopivuus noudattamiseksi EMS-porttiin yhdistämisessä on käytettävä maadoitettua kaapelia. Kaapelin on oltava alle 30 metriä pitkä eikä se saa olla alle 3 metrin etäisyydellä, kuten standardin EN50121-4:2006 taulukossa 2 ja huomautuksessa 1 on määritetty. Attention Pour se conformer à la norme EN50121-4:2006 - Applications ferroviaires - Compatibilité électromagnétique, il convient d'utiliser un câble blindé pour se connecter au port EMS. Ce câble doit être d'une longueur inférieure à 30 mètres et ne doit pas être placé dans un rayon de 3 mètres, tel que défini dans la norme EN50121-4:2006, Tableau 2, remarque 1. Warnung Zur Erfüllung der Norm EN50121-4:2006 - Elektromagnetische Kompatibilität, Eisenbahnanwendungen, muss zur Verbindung mit dem EMS-Port ein abgeschirmtes Kabel verwendet werden. Dieses Kabel darf höchstens 30 m lang sein und sich nicht innerhalb der 3-m-Grenze befinden, wie in EN50121-4:2006, Tabelle 2, Anmerkung 1, festgelegt. Avvertenza In conformità alla EN50121-4:2006 - Applicazioni ferroviarie, compatibilità elettromagnetica, connessione porta EMS tramite cavo schermato. Lunghezza cavo meno di 30 metri, da posizionare all'esterno della demarcazione di 3 metri secondo EN50121-4:2006, Tabella 2, nota 1. Advarsel For å overholde bestemmelsene i EN50121-4:2006 - Bruk på jernbane, Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet - må en skjermet kabel brukes for å koble til EMS-porten. Denne kabelen må være under 30 meter lang og ligge utenfor 3-metersgrensen, slik det er angitt i EN50121-4:2006, Tabell 2, note 1. Aviso Para estar em conformidade com a norma EN50121-4:2006 - Aplicações ferroviárias - Compatibilidade electromagnética, deve ser utilizado um cabo blindado para ligar à porta EMS. Este cabo deve ter menos de 30 metros de comprimento e não estar colocado no limite de 3 metros, como está definido na norma EN50121-4:2006, Tabela 2, nota 1. ¡Advertencia! Para cumplir con EN50121-4:2006: en las aplicaciones de ferrocarriles, para la compatibilidad electromagnética, debe utilizarse un cable blindado para conectarse al puerto EMS. Este cable debe medir menos de 30 metros y no debe colocarse en el límite de 3 metros, como se define en EN50121-4:2006, Tabla 2, nota 1. 2-141 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety EMC and Telecom Compliance Statements Varning! För att följa EN50121-4:2006 - Järnvägsanläggningar, Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet så måste en skärmad kabel användas för att ansluta till EMS-porten. Kabeln måste vara kortare än 30 meter och får inte placeras inom 3-metersgränsen som definieras i EN50121-4:2006, tabell 2, punkt 1. Advarsel For at sikre overholdelse af EN50121-4:2006 - Railway applications med elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet skal der anvendes et afskærmet kabel til at oprette forbindelse til EMS-porten. Dette kabel skal være maks. 30 meter langt og må ikke placeres inden for 3-meter-grænsen som defineret i EN50121-4:2006, tabel 2, note 1. 2-142 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety EMC and Telecom Compliance Statements 2-143 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety EMC and Telecom Compliance Statements 2-144 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety EMC and Telecom Compliance Statements Statement 8011—Railway Applications, Electromagnetic Compatibility, DC Power Cables Warning To comply with EN50121-4:2006 - Railway applications, Electromagnetic compatibility, DC power cables must be less than 30 meter long. Statement 8011 Waarschuwing Om te voldoen aan EN50121-4:2006 - Railway applications, Electromagnetic compatibility moeten gelijkstroomkabels minder dan 30 meter lang zijn. Varoitus Standardin EN50121-4:2006 - Rautatiesovellukset - Sähkömagneettinen yhteensopivuus noudattamiseksi tasavirtakaapeleiden on oltava alle 30 metriä pitkät. Attention Pour se conformer à la norme EN50121-4:2006 - Applications ferroviaires - Compatibilité électromagnétique, les câbles d'alimentation CC doivent être d'une longueur inférieure à 30 mètres. Warnung Zur Erfüllung der Norm EN50121-4:2006 - Elektromagnetische Kompatibilität, Eisenbahnanwendungen, dürfen DC-Kabel höchstens 30 m lang sein. Avvertenza In conformità alla EN50121-4:2006 - Applicazioni ferroviarie, compatibilità elettromagnetica, cablaggi di potenza in C.C. di lunghezza inferiore a 30 metri. Advarsel For å overholde bestemmelsene i EN50121-4:2006 - Bruk på jernbane, Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet - må strømkablene være kortere enn 30 meter. Aviso Para estar em conformidade com a norma EN50121-4:2006 - Aplicações ferroviárias - Compatibilidade electromagnética, os cabos de alimentação DC devem ter menos de 30 metros de comprimento. ¡Advertencia! Para cumplir con EN50121-4:2006: en las aplicaciones de ferrocarriles, para la compatibilidad electromagnética, los cables de alimentación CC deben medir menos de 30 metros. Varning! För att följa EN50121-4:2006 - Järnvägsanläggningar, Elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet så måste strömkabeln vara kortare än 30 meter. 2-145 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety EMC and Telecom Compliance Statements Advarsel For at sikre overholdelse af EN50121-4:2006 - Railway applications med elektromagnetisk kompatibilitet skal strømkabler være under 30 meter lange. 2-146 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 2 Safety EMC and Telecom Compliance Statements CH A P T E R 3-1 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 3 Open Source Software Information Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.2 See Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.2 document for information on open source license information for the Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.2. Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.3 See Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.3 document for information on open source license information for the Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.3. Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.4 See Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.4 document for information on open source license information for the Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.4. Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.4.0.2 See Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.4.0.2 document for information on open source license information for the Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.4.0.2. 3-2 Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ONS Products 78-21123-01 Chapter 3 Open Source Software Information Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.6.x Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.6.x See Open Source Software Information for Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.6.x document for information on open source license information for the Cisco ONS 15454, Release 9.6.x. Americas Headquarters Cisco Systems, Inc. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA http://www.cisco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS (6387) Fax: 408 527-0883 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 Product and Software Release 9.4 July 2012 Text Part Number: 78-20254-02 THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. The following information is for FCC compliance of Class A devices: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case users will be required to correct the interference at their own expense. The following information is for FCC compliance of Class B devices: The equipment described in this manual generates and may radiate radio-frequency energy. If it is not installed in accordance with Cisco’s installation instructions, it may cause interference with radio and television reception. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device in accordance with the specifications in part 15 of the FCC rules. These specifications are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference in a residential installation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. Modifying the equipment without Cisco’s written authorization may result in the equipment no longer complying with FCC requirements for Class A or Class B digital devices. In that event, your right to use the equipment may be limited by FCC regulations, and you may be required to correct any interference to radio or television communications at your own expense. You can determine whether your equipment is causing interference by turning it off. If the interference stops, it was probably caused by the Cisco equipment or one of its peripheral devices. If the equipment causes interference to radio or television reception, try to correct the interference by using one or more of the following measures: • Turn the television or radio antenna until the interference stops. • Move the equipment to one side or the other of the television or radio. • Move the equipment farther away from the television or radio. • Plug the equipment into an outlet that is on a different circuit from the television or radio. (That is, make certain the equipment and the television or radio are on circuits controlled by different circuit breakers or fuses.) Modifications to this product not authorized by Cisco Systems, Inc. could void the FCC approval and negate your authority to operate the product. The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE. IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Cisco and the Cisco logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cisco and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. To view a list of Cisco trademarks, go to this URL: www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third-party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (1110R) Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 Copyright © 2004–2012 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. iii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 CONTENTS Preface xliii Revision History xliv Document Objectives xlv Audience xlv Document Organization xlv Related Documentation xlviii Document Conventions xlviii Obtaining Optical Networking Information liv Where to Find Safety and Warning Information liv Cisco Optical Networking Product Documentation CD-ROM liv Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining Support, and Security Guidelines lv Cisco ONS Documentation Roadmap for Release 9.4 lvii CHAPTER 1 Install the Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6 Shelf 1-1 CHAPTER 2 Connecting the PC and Logging into the GUI 2-1 CHAPTER 3 Install the Control Cards 3-1 3.1 Card Overview 3-2 3.1.1 Common Control Cards 3-2 3.1.2 Card Compatibility 3-2 3.1.3 Front Mount Electrical Connections (ETSI only) 3-3 3.2 Safety Labels 3-3 3.3 TCC2 Card 3-3 3.3.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-4 3.3.2 TCC2 Card Functions 3-5 3.3.3 Related Procedures for TCC2 Card 3-6 3.4 TCC2P Card 3-6 3.4.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-7 3.4.2 TCC2P Card Functions 3-8 3.4.3 Related Procedures for TCC2P Card 3-9 3.5 TCC3 Card 3-9 3.5.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-10 Contents iv Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 3.5.2 TCC3 Card Functions 3-11 3.5.3 Related Procedures for TCC3 Card 3-12 3.6 TNC and TNCE Card 3-12 3.6.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-13 3.6.2 TNC and TNCE Card Functions 3-15 3.6.3 Related Procedures for TNC and TNCE Cards 3-16 3.7 TSC and TSCE Cards 3-16 3.7.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-17 3.7.2 TSC and TSCE Card Functions 3-18 3.7.3 Related Procedures for TSC and TSCE Cards 3-19 3.8 Digital Image Signing 3-20 3.8.1 DIS Identification 3-20 3.8.2 Related Procedures for DIS 3-20 3.9 AIC-I Card 3-20 3.9.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-21 3.9.2 AIC-I Card-Level Indicators 3-22 3.9.3 External Alarms and Controls 3-23 3.9.4 Orderwire 3-23 3.9.5 Power Monitoring 3-25 3.9.6 User Data Channel 3-25 3.9.7 Data Communications Channel 3-25 3.9.8 Related Procedures for AIC-I Card 3-26 3.10 MS-ISC-100T Card 3-26 3.10.1 Faceplate Diagram 3-27 3.10.2 MS-ISC-100T Card-Level Indicators 3-28 3.10.3 Related Procedures for MS-ISC-100T Card 3-28 3.11 Front Mount Electrical Connections 3-29 3.11.1 MIC-A/P FMEC 3-29 3.11.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-29 3.11.3 MIC-C/T/P FMEC 3-32 3.11.4 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-32 3.12 Procedures for Control Cards 3-33 3.12.1 Before You Begin 3-33 NTP- G15 Install the Common Control Cards 3-34 DLP- G33 Install the TCC2, TCC2P, or TCC3 Card 3-35 DLP- G34 Install the AIC-I Card 3-38 DLP- G309 Install the MS-ISC-100T Card 3-39 NTP- G313 Install and Configure the TNC, TNCE, TSC, or TSCE Card 3-41 DLP- G604 Install the TNC, TNCE, TSC, or TSCE Card 3-42 Contents v Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 DLP- G605 Provision PPM and Port for the TNC and TNCE Cards 3-45 DLP- G606 Configure UDC and VoIP for the TNC and TNCE Cards 3-45 CHAPTER 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards 4-1 4.1 Card Overview 4-1 4.1.1 Card Summary 4-2 4.1.2 Card Compatibility 4-2 4.2 Class 1 Laser Safety Labels 4-3 4.3 OSCM Card 4-3 4.3.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 4-4 4.3.2 OSCM Card Functions 4-5 4.3.2.1 OSCM Card Power Monitoring 4-5 4.3.3 Related Procedures for the OSCM Card 4-5 4.4 OSC-CSM Card 4-6 4.4.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 4-8 4.4.2 OSC-CSM Card Functions 4-10 4.4.2.1 OSC-CSM Card Power Monitoring 4-10 4.4.3 Related Procedures for the OSC-CSM Card 4-11 CHAPTER 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards 5-1 5.1 Card Overview 5-2 5.1.1 Applications 5-2 5.1.2 Card Summary 5-3 5.1.3 Card Compatibility 5-5 5.1.4 Optical Power Alarms and Thresholds 5-7 5.2 Class 1M Laser Safety Labels 5-7 5.3 OPT-PRE Amplifier Card 5-7 5.3.1 OPT-PRE Faceplate Ports and Block Diagram 5-8 5.3.2 OPT-PRE Card Functions 5-10 5.3.2.1 OPT-PRE card Power Monitoring 5-11 5.3.3 Related Procedures for OPT-PRE Card 5-11 5.4 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Amplifier Card 5-11 5.4.1 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Faceplate Ports and Block diagram 5-12 5.4.2 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Card Functions 5-14 5.4.2.1 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E cards Power Monitoring 5-14 5.4.3 Related Procedures for OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Cards 5-15 5.5 OPT-BST-L Amplifier Card 5-15 5.5.1 OPT-BST-L Faceplate Ports and Block Diagram 5-16 Contents vi Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 5.5.2 OPT-BST-L Card Functions 5-18 5.5.2.1 OPT-BST-L Card Power Monitoring 5-19 5.5.3 Related Procedures for OPT-BST-L Card 5-19 5.6 OPT-AMP-L Card 5-20 5.6.1 OPT-AMP-L Faceplate Ports and Block Diagrams 5-21 5.6.2 OPT-AMP-L Card Functions 5-24 5.6.2.1 OPT-AMP-L and OPT-AMP-C cards Power Monitoring 5-24 5.6.3 Related Procedures for OPT-AMP-L Card 5-24 5.7 OPT-AMP-17-C Card 5-25 5.7.1 OPT-AMP-17-C Faceplate Ports and Block Diagrams 5-26 5.7.2 OPT-AMP-17-C Card Functions 5-28 5.7.2.1 OPT-AMP-17-C card Power Monitoring 5-29 5.7.3 Related Procedures for OPT-AMP-17-C Card 5-29 5.8 OPT-AMP-C Card 5-30 5.8.1 OPT-AMP-C Card Faceplate Ports and Block Diagrams 5-31 5.8.2 OPT-AMP-C Card Functions 5-34 5.8.3 Related Procedures for OPT-AMP-C Card 5-34 5.9 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards 5-34 5.9.1 Card Faceplate Ports and Block Diagrams 5-35 5.9.2 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Card Functions 5-38 5.9.2.1 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards Power Monitoring 5-38 5.9.3 Related Procedures for OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards 5-39 5.10 RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards 5-39 5.10.1 Card Faceplate Ports and Block Diagrams 5-40 5.10.2 RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards Power Monitoring 5-43 5.10.3 RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Card Functions 5-44 5.10.4 Related Procedures for RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards 5-44 5.11 OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards 5-45 5.11.1 Card Faceplate Ports and Block Diagrams 5-46 5.11.2 OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards Power Monitoring 5-49 5.11.3 OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Card Functions 5-49 5.11.4 Related Procedures for OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards 5-49 CHAPTER 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 6-1 6.1 Card Overview 6-1 6.1.1 Card Summary 6-2 6.1.2 Card Compatibility 6-2 6.1.3 Interface Classes 6-3 6.1.4 Channel Allocation Plan 6-6 Contents vii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 6.2 Safety Labels 6-9 6.3 32MUX-O Card 6-9 6.3.1 32MUX-O Card Functions 6-9 6.3.2 32MUX-O Card Faceplate and Block Diagram 6-9 6.3.2.1 Port-Level Indicators for the 32MUX-O Cards 6-11 6.3.3 Channel Plan 6-12 6.3.4 Power Monitoring 6-13 6.3.5 Related Procedures for the 32MUX-O Card 6-13 6.4 32DMX-O Card 6-14 6.4.1 32DMX-O Card Functions 6-14 6.4.2 32DMX-O Card Faceplate and Block Diagram 6-15 6.4.2.1 Port-Level Indicators for the 32DMX-O Cards 6-17 6.4.3 Power Monitoring 6-17 6.4.4 Related Procedures for the 32DMX-O Card 6-18 6.5 4MD-xx.x Card 6-19 6.5.1 4MD-xx.x Card Functions 6-19 6.5.2 4MD-xx.x Card Faceplate and Block Diagram 6-19 6.5.2.1 Port-Level Indicators for the 4MD-xx.x Cards 6-22 6.5.3 Wavelength Pairs 6-22 6.5.4 Power Monitoring 6-22 6.5.5 Related Procedures for the 4MD-xx.x Card 6-23 CHAPTER 7 Setup Tunable Dispersion Compensating Units 7-1 7.1 Card Overview 7-1 7.1.1 Card Summary 7-2 7.2 Safety Labels 7-2 7.3 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards 7-2 7.3.1 Key Features 7-3 7.3.2 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Faceplate Diagram 7-3 7.3.3 Functioning of Optical Ports 7-4 7.3.4 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Block Diagram 7-5 7.3.5 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards Functions 7-5 7.4 Monitoring Optical Performance 7-5 7.4.1 Related Procedures for TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards 7-6 CHAPTER 8 Provision Protection Switching Module 8-1 8.1 PSM Card Overview 8-1 8.1.1 Key Features 8-2 8.1.2 PSM Block Diagram 8-2 Contents viii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 8.1.3 PSM Faceplate Ports 8-3 8.1.4 PSM Card-Level Indicators 8-4 8.1.5 PSM Bidirectional Switching 8-4 8.1.6 Related Procedures for PSM Card 8-5 CHAPTER 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards 9-1 9.1 Card Overview 9-1 9.1.1 Card Summary 9-2 9.1.2 Card Compatibility 9-3 9.1.3 Interface Classes 9-4 9.1.4 DWDM Card Channel Allocation Plan 9-7 9.2 Safety Labels 9-9 9.3 AD-1C-xx.x Card 9-9 9.3.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 9-9 9.3.2 Power Monitoring 9-11 9.3.3 AD-1C-xx.x Card Functions 9-12 9.3.4 Related Procedures for AD-1C-xx.x Card 9-12 9.4 AD-2C-xx.x Card 9-12 9.4.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 9-13 9.4.2 Wavelength Pairs 9-14 9.4.3 Power Monitoring 9-15 9.4.4 AD-2C-xx.x Card Functions 9-15 9.4.5 Related Procedures for AD-2C-xx.x Card 9-16 9.5 AD-4C-xx.x Card 9-16 9.5.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 9-16 9.5.2 Wavelength Sets 9-18 9.5.3 Power Monitoring 9-19 9.5.4 AD-4C-xx.x Card Functions 9-19 9.5.5 Related Procedures for AD-4C-xx.x Card 9-19 9.6 AD-1B-xx.x Card 9-20 9.6.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 9-20 9.6.2 Power Monitoring 9-22 9.6.3 AD-1B-xx.x Card Functions 9-23 9.6.4 Related Procedures for AD-1B-xx.x Card 9-23 9.7 AD-4B-xx.x Card 9-23 9.7.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 9-24 9.7.2 Power Monitoring 9-25 9.7.3 AD-4B-xx.x Card Functions 9-26 9.7.4 Related Procedures for AD-4B-xx.x Card 9-26 Contents ix Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 CHAPTER 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 10-1 10.1 Card Overview 10-2 10.1.1 Card Summary 10-2 10.1.2 Card Compatibility 10-4 10.1.3 Interface Classes 10-6 10.1.4 Channel Allocation Plans 10-12 10.2 Safety Labels 10-15 10.3 32WSS Card 10-16 10.3.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 10-16 10.3.2 32WSS ROADM Functionality 10-20 10.3.3 32WSS Power Monitoring 10-20 10.3.4 32WSS Channel Allocation Plan 10-21 10.3.5 32WSS Card Functions 10-22 10.3.6 Related Procedures for 32WSS Card 10-22 10.4 32WSS-L Card 10-22 10.4.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 10-23 10.4.2 32WSS-L ROADM Functionality 10-27 10.4.3 32WSS-L Power Monitoring 10-27 10.4.4 32WSS-L Channel Plan 10-27 10.4.5 32WSS-L Card Functions 10-29 10.4.6 Related Procedures for 32WSS-L Card 10-29 10.5 32DMX Card 10-29 10.5.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 10-29 10.5.2 32DMX ROADM Functionality 10-31 10.5.3 32DMX Power Monitoring 10-32 10.5.4 32DMX Channel Allocation Plan 10-32 10.5.5 32DMX Card Functions 10-33 10.5.6 Related Procedures for 32DMX Card 10-33 10.6 32DMX-L Card 10-34 10.6.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 10-34 10.6.2 32DMX-L ROADM Functionality 10-36 10.6.3 32DMX-L Power Monitoring 10-37 10.6.4 32DMX-L Channel Plan 10-37 10.6.5 32DMX-L Card Functions 10-38 10.6.6 Related Procedures for 32DMX-L Card 10-38 10.7 40-DMX-C Card 10-39 10.7.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 10-39 10.7.2 40-DMX-C ROADM Functionality 10-41 10.7.3 40-DMX-C Power Monitoring 10-42 Contents x Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 10.7.4 40-DMX-C Channel Plan 10-42 10.7.5 40-DMX-C Card Functions 10-43 10.7.6 Related Procedures for 40-DMX-C Card 10-43 10.8 40-DMX-CE Card 10-44 10.8.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 10-44 10.8.2 40-DMX-CE Card ROADM Functionality 10-46 10.8.3 40-DMX-CE Card Power Monitoring 10-47 10.8.4 40-DMX-CE Card Channel Plan 10-47 10.8.5 40-DMX-CE Card Functions 10-48 10.8.6 Related Procedures for 40-DMX-CE Card 10-48 10.9 40-MUX-C Card 10-49 10.9.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 10-49 10.9.2 40-MUX-C Card Power Monitoring 10-51 10.9.3 40-MUX-C Card Channel Plan 10-52 10.9.4 40-MUX-C Card Functions 10-53 10.9.5 Related Procedures for 40-MUX-C Card 10-53 10.10 40-WSS-C Card 10-54 10.10.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 10-54 10.10.2 40-WSS-C ROADM Functionality 10-57 10.10.3 40-WSS-C Power Monitoring 10-57 10.10.4 40-WSS-C Channel Plan 10-58 10.10.5 40-WSS-C Card Functions 10-59 10.10.6 Related Procedures for 40-WSS-C Card 10-60 10.11 40-WSS-CE Card 10-60 10.11.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams 10-60 10.11.2 40-WSS-CE Card ROADM Functionality 10-64 10.11.3 40-WSS-CE Card Power Monitoring 10-64 10.11.4 40-WSS-CE Card Channel Plan 10-65 10.11.5 40-WSS-CE Card Functions 10-66 10.11.6 Related Procedures for 40-WSS-CE Card 10-67 10.12 40-WXC-C Card 10-67 10.12.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 10-68 10.12.2 40-WXC-C Power Monitoring 10-70 10.12.3 40-WXC-C Channel Plan 10-71 10.12.4 40-WXC-C Card Functions 10-73 10.12.5 Related Procedures for 40-WXC-C Card 10-73 10.13 80-WXC-C Card 10-73 10.13.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 10-74 10.13.2 80-WXC-C Power Monitoring 10-76 Contents xi Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 10.13.3 80-WXC-C Channel Plan 10-77 10.13.4 80-WXC-C Card Functions 10-79 10.13.5 Related Procedures for 80-WXC-C Card 10-80 10.14 Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards 10-80 10.14.1 SMR-C Card Key Features 10-80 10.14.2 40-SMR1-C Card 10-81 10.14.2.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 10-81 10.14.2.2 40-SMR1-C Power Monitoring 10-84 10.14.2.3 40-SMR1-C Channel Plan 10-84 10.14.3 40-SMR2-C Card 10-85 10.14.3.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 10-86 10.14.3.2 40-SMR2-C Power Monitoring 10-88 10.14.3.3 40-SMR2-C Channel Plan 10-88 10.14.4 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Card Functions 10-90 10.14.5 Related Procedures for 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Card 10-90 10.15 MMU Card 10-90 10.15.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 10-90 10.15.2 MMU Power Monitoring 10-93 10.15.3 MMU Card Functions 10-93 10.15.4 Related Procedures for MMU Card 10-93 CHAPTER 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards 11-1 11.1 Card Overview 11-3 11.1.1 Card Summary 11-3 11.1.2 Card Compatibility 11-6 11.2 Safety Labels 11-10 11.3 TXP_MR_10G Card 11-10 11.3.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram 11-12 11.3.2 TXP_MR_10G Functions 11-13 11.3.3 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_10G Card 11-14 11.4 TXP_MR_10E Card 11-14 11.4.1 Key Features 11-14 11.4.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram 11-15 11.4.3 TXP_MR_10E Functions 11-15 11.4.4 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_10E Card 11-16 11.5 TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Cards 11-16 11.5.1 Key Features 11-16 11.5.2 Faceplates and Block Diagram 11-17 11.5.3 TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Functions 11-18 Contents xii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 11.5.4 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Cards 11-18 11.6 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 11-18 11.6.1 Faceplates and Block Diagram 11-20 11.6.2 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Functions 11-22 11.6.3 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 11-23 11.7 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Cards 11-23 11.7.1 Faceplates and Block Diagram 11-24 11.7.2 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Functions 11-24 11.7.3 Related Procedures for 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Cards 11-25 11.8 MXP_2.5G_10G Card 11-25 11.8.1 Faceplates and Block Diagram 11-26 11.8.2 MXP_2.5G_10G Functions 11-28 11.8.3 Related Procedures for MXP_2.5G_10G Card 11-28 11.9 MXP_2.5G_10E Card 11-28 11.9.1 Key Features 11-29 11.9.2 Faceplates and Block Diagram 11-30 11.9.3 MXP_2.5G_10E Functions 11-31 11.9.3.1 Wavelength Identification 11-32 11.9.4 Related Procedures for MXP_2.5G_10E Card 11-32 11.10 MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards 11-32 11.10.1 Key Features 11-33 11.10.2 Faceplates and Block Diagram 11-34 11.10.3 MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Functions 11-35 11.10.3.1 Wavelength Identification 11-36 11.10.4 Related Procedures for MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards 11-38 11.11 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 11-39 11.11.1 Faceplates and Block Diagram 11-41 11.11.2 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Functions 11-43 11.11.3 Related Procedures for MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 11-44 11.12 MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards 11-44 11.12.1 Key Features 11-46 11.12.2 Faceplates and Block Diagram 11-48 11.12.3 MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Functions 11-49 11.12.3.1 Wavelength Identification 11-49 11.12.4 Related Procedures for MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards 11-51 11.13 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Cards 11-52 11.13.1 Key Features 11-53 11.13.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram 11-56 11.13.3 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Functions 11-56 Contents xiii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 11.13.3.1 Wavelength Identification 11-57 11.13.4 Related Procedures for 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Cards 11-58 11.14 GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards 11-58 11.14.1 Key Features 11-60 11.14.2 Protocol Compatibility list 11-62 11.14.3 Faceplate and Block Diagram 11-62 11.14.4 GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Functions 11-65 11.14.4.1 Client Interface 11-65 11.14.4.2 DWDM Trunk Interface 11-66 11.14.4.3 Configuration Management 11-66 11.14.4.4 Security 11-67 11.14.4.5 Card Protection 11-67 11.14.5 IGMP Snooping 11-67 11.14.5.1 IGMP Snooping Guidelines and Restrictions 11-68 11.14.5.2 Fast-Leave Processing 11-68 11.14.5.3 Static Router Port Configuration 11-69 11.14.5.4 Report Suppression 11-69 11.14.5.5 IGMP Statistics and Counters 11-69 11.14.5.6 Related Procedure for Enabling IGMP Snooping 11-69 11.14.6 Multicast VLAN Registration 11-70 11.14.6.1 Related Procedure for Enabling MVR 11-70 11.14.7 MAC Address Learning 11-70 11.14.7.1 Related Procedure for MAC Address Learning 11-71 11.14.8 MAC Address Retrieval 11-71 11.14.8.1 Related Procedure for MAC Address Retrieving 11-71 11.14.9 Link Integrity 11-71 11.14.9.1 Related Procedure for Enabling Link Integrity 11-72 11.14.10 Ingress CoS 11-72 11.14.10.1 Related Procedure for Enabling Ingress CoS 11-72 11.14.11 CVLAN Rate Limiting 11-72 11.14.11.1 Related Procedure for Provisioning CVLAN Rate 11-73 11.14.12 DSCP to CoS Mapping 11-73 11.14.12.1 Related Procedure for Provisioning CoS Based on DSCP 11-73 11.14.13 Link Aggregation Control Protocol 11-73 11.14.13.1 Advantages of LACP 11-74 11.14.13.2 Functions of LACP 11-74 11.14.13.3 Modes of LACP 11-74 11.14.13.4 Parameters of LACP 11-74 11.14.13.5 Unicast Hashing Schemes 11-75 11.14.13.6 LACP Limitations and Restrictions 11-75 Contents xiv Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 11.14.13.7 Related Procedure for LACP 11-75 11.14.14 Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management 11-75 11.14.14.1 Maintenance Domain 11-76 11.14.14.2 Maintenance Association 11-76 11.14.14.3 Maintenance End Points 11-76 11.14.14.4 Maintenance Intermediate Points 11-76 11.14.14.5 CFM Messages 11-77 11.14.14.6 CFM Limitations and Restrictions 11-77 11.14.14.7 Related Procedure for Ethernet CFM 11-77 11.14.15 Ethernet OAM 11-77 11.14.15.1 Components of the Ethernet OAM 11-78 11.14.15.2 Benefits of the Ethernet OAM 11-78 11.14.15.3 Features of the Ethernet OAM 11-78 11.14.15.4 Ethernet OAM Limitations and Restrictions 11-79 11.14.15.5 Related Procedure for Ethernet OAM 11-79 11.14.16 Resilient Ethernet Protocol 11-79 11.14.16.1 REP Segments 11-79 11.14.16.2 Characteristics of REP Segments 11-80 11.14.16.3 REP Port States 11-80 11.14.16.4 Link Adjacency 11-80 11.14.16.5 Fast Reconvergence 11-80 11.14.16.6 VLAN Load Balancing 11-81 11.14.16.7 REP Configuration Sequence 11-81 11.14.16.8 REP Supported Interfaces 11-81 11.14.16.9 REP Limitations and Restrictions 11-81 11.14.16.10 Related Procedure for Managing the REP Settings 11-82 11.14.17 Related Procedures for GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards 11-82 11.15 ADM-10G Card 11-83 11.15.1 Key Features 11-83 11.15.2 ADM-10G POS Encapsulation, Framing, and CRC 11-84 11.15.2.1 POS Overview 11-84 11.15.2.2 POS Framing Modes 11-85 11.15.2.3 GFP Interoperability 11-85 11.15.2.4 LEX Interoperability 11-85 11.15.3 Faceplate and Block Diagram 11-85 11.15.4 Port Configuration Rules 11-86 11.15.5 Client Interfaces 11-87 11.15.6 Interlink Interfaces 11-88 11.15.7 DWDM Trunk Interface 11-88 11.15.8 Configuration Management 11-88 Contents xv Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 11.15.9 Security 11-90 11.15.10 Protection 11-90 11.15.10.1 Circuit Protection Schemes 11-90 11.15.10.2 Port Protection Schemes 11-90 11.15.11 Circuit Provisioning 11-90 11.15.12 ADM-10G CCAT and VCAT Characteristics 11-91 Available Circuit Sizes 11-92 11.15.12.1 Related Procedure for VCAT Circuit 11-93 11.15.13 Intermediate Path Performance Monitoring 11-93 11.15.13.1 Related Procedure for IPPM 11-93 11.15.14 Pointer Justification Count Performance Monitoring 11-93 11.15.15 Performance Monitoring Parameter Definitions 11-94 11.15.16 ADM-10G Functions 11-96 11.15.17 Related Procedures for ADM-10G Card 11-96 11.16 OTU2_XP Card 11-97 11.16.1 Key Features 11-97 11.16.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram 11-99 11.16.3 OTU2_XP Card Interface 11-101 11.16.3.1 Client Interface 11-101 11.16.3.2 Trunk Interface 11-101 11.16.4 Configuration Management 11-102 11.16.5 OTU2_XP Card Configuration Rules 11-103 11.16.6 Security 11-104 11.16.7 ODU Transparency 11-104 11.16.8 OTU2_XP Functions 11-105 11.16.9 Related Procedures for OTU2_XP Card 11-105 11.17 TXP_MR_10EX_C Card 11-105 11.17.1 Key Features 11-106 11.17.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram 11-106 11.17.3 TXP_MR_10EX_C Functions 11-107 11.17.4 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_10EX_C Card 11-108 11.18 MXP_2.5G_10EX_C card 11-108 11.18.1 Key Features 11-108 11.18.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram 11-109 11.18.3 MXP_2.5G_10EX_C Functions 11-110 11.18.3.1 Wavelength Identification 11-111 11.18.4 Related Procedures for MXP_2.5G_10EX_C Card 11-112 11.19 MXP_MR_10DMEX_C Card 11-112 11.19.1 Key Features 11-114 Contents xvi Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 11.19.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram 11-115 11.19.3 MXP_MR_10DMEX_C Functions 11-116 11.19.3.1 Wavelength Identification 11-117 11.19.4 Related Procedures for MXP_MR_10DMEX_C Card 11-118 11.20 AR_MXP and AR_XP Cards 11-119 11.20.1 Key Features 11-121 11.20.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram 11-123 11.20.3 Multiple Operating Modes 11-126 TXP_MR (Unprotected Transponder) 11-126 TXPP_MR (Protected Transponder) 11-128 MXP_DME (Unprotected Data Muxponder) 11-129 MXPP_DME (Protected Data Muxponder) 11-130 MXP_MR (Unprotected Multirate Muxponder) 11-131 MXPP_MR (Protected Multirate Muxponder) 11-133 MXP-4x2.5-10G (OC48/OTU1 Unprotected Muxponder) 11-134 MXPP-4x2.5-10G (OC48/OTU1 Protected Muxponder) 11-135 REGEN (OTU1/OTU2 Regenerator) 11-135 MXP-VD-10G (Video Muxponder) 11-137 11.20.4 Scenarios of Different Operational mode Configurations on an AR_MXP or AR_XP Card 11-137 Scenario 1 11-137 Scenario 2 11-138 Scenario 3 11-139 Scenario 4 11-139 Scenario 5 11-140 Scenario 6 11-141 11.20.5 AR_MXP and AR_XP Functions and Features 11-141 11.20.6 Related Procedures for AR_MXP and AR_XP Cards 11-141 11.21 MLSE UT 11-142 11.21.1 Error Decorrelator 11-142 11.22 SFP and XFP Modules 11-142 11.23 Procedures for Transponder and Muxponder Cards 11-142 11.23.1 Before You Begin 11-142 NTP- G128 Manage Pluggable Port Modules 11-144 DLP- G235 Change the 2.5G Data Muxponder Card Mode 11-146 DLP- G332 Change the 10G Data Muxponder Port Mode 11-147 DLP- G379 Change the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Card Mode 11-149 DLP- G411 Provision an ADM-10G PPM and Port 11-150 DLP- G452 Change the OTU2_XP Card Mode 11-151 Contents xvii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 DLP- G277 Provision a Multirate PPM 11-152 DLP- G274 Verify Topologies for ETR_CLO and ISC Services 11-153 DLP- G278 Provision the Optical Line Rate 11-155 DLP- G280 Delete a PPM 11-161 NTP- G33 Create a Y-Cable Protection Group 11-162 NTP- G199 Create a Splitter Protection Group for the OTU2_XP Card 11-166 NTP- G198 Create 1+1 Protection for GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Cards 11-168 NTP- G461 Create a 1+1 Protection Group for GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Cards 11-169 NTP- G98 Provision the 2.5G Multirate Transponder Card Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds 11-171 DLP- G229 Change the 2.5G Multirate Transponder Card Settings 11-172 DLP- G230 Change the 2.5G Multirate Transponder Line Settings 11-173 DLP- G231 Change the 2.5G Multirate Transponder Line Section Trace Settings 11-176 DLP- G367 Change the 2.5G Multirate Transponder Trunk Wavelength Settings 11-177 DLP- G232 Change the 2.5G Multirate Transponder SONET or SDH Line Threshold Settings 11-178 DLP- G320 Change the 2.5G Multirate Transponder Line RMON Thresholds for 1G Ethernet or 1G FC/FICON Payloads 11-181 DLP- G305 Provision the 2.5G Multirate Transponder Trunk Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-182 DLP- G306 Provision the 2.5G Multirate Transponder Client Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-184 DLP- G234 Change the 2.5G Multirate Transponder OTN Settings 11-188 NTP- G96 Provision the 10G Multirate Transponder Card Line Settings, PM Parameters, and Thresholds 11-191 DLP- G365 Provision the TXP_MR_10G Data Rate 11-192 DLP- G712 Provision the TXP_MR_10E or TXP_MR_10EX_C Data Rate 11-193 DLP- G216 Change the 10G Multirate Transponder Card Settings 11-193 DLP- G217 Change the 10G Multirate Transponder Line Settings 11-195 DLP- G218 Change the 10G Multirate Transponder Line Section Trace Settings 11-200 DLP- G368 Change the 10G Multirate Transponder Trunk Wavelength Settings 11-201 DLP- G219 Change the 10G Multirate Transponder Line Thresholds for SONET or SDH Payloads Including 10G Ethernet WAN Phy 11-202 DLP- G319 Change the 10G Multirate Transponder Line RMON Thresholds for 10G Ethernet LAN Phy Payloads 11-205 DLP- G301 Provision the 10G Multirate Transponder Trunk Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-209 DLP- G302 Provision the 10G Multirate Transponder Client Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-210 DLP- G221 Change the 10G Multirate Transponder OTN Settings 11-212 NTP- G292 Provision the 40G Multirate Transponder Card Line Settings, PM Parameters, and Thresholds 11-217 DLP- G656 Provision the 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Data Rate 11-218 DLP- G657 Change the 40G Multirate Transponder Card Settings 11-218 DLP- G658 Change the 40G Multirate Transponder Line Settings 11-219 Contents xviii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 DLP- G659 Change the 40G Multirate Transponder SONET, SDH, or Ethernet Line Settings 11-221 DLP- G660 Change the 40G Multirate Transponder Line Section Trace Settings 11-225 DLP- G692 Change the 40G Multirate Transponder OTU Settings 11-226 DLP- G661 Change the 40G Multirate Transponder Line Thresholds for SONET or SDH Payloads Including 40G Ethernet WAN Phy 11-228 DLP- G663 Provision the 40G Multirate Transponder Trunk Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-230 DLP- G664 Provision the 40G Multirate Transponder Client Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-231 DLP- G665 Change the 40G Multirate Transponder OTN Settings 11-232 NTP- G170 Provision the ADM-10G Card Peer Group, Ethernet Settings, Line Settings, PM Parameters, and Thresholds 11-237 DLP- G403 Create the ADM-10G Peer Group 11-238 DLP- G469 Provision the ADM-10G Card Ethernet Settings 11-239 DLP- G397 Change the ADM-10G Line Settings 11-240 DLP- G398 Change the ADM-10G Line Section Trace Settings 11-245 DLP- G399 Change the ADM-10G Line Thresholds for SONET and SDH Payloads 11-247 DLP- G412 Change the ADM-10G Line RMON Thresholds for the 1G Ethernet Payload 11-251 DLP- G400 Provision the ADM-10G Interlink or Trunk Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-254 DLP- G401 Provision the ADM-10G Client Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-255 DLP- G402 Change the ADM-10G OTN Settings 11-256 NTP- G97 Modify the 4x2.5G Muxponder Card Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds 11-261 DLP- G222 Change the 4x2.5G Muxponder Card Settings 11-262 DLP- G223 Change the 4x2.5G Muxponder Line Settings 11-264 DLP- G224 Change the 4x2.5G Muxponder Section Trace Settings 11-266 DLP- G225 Change the 4x2.5G Muxponder Trunk Settings 11-268 DLP- G369 Change the 4x2.5G Muxponder Trunk Wavelength Settings 11-269 DLP- G226 Change the 4x2.5G Muxponder SONET/SDH Line Thresholds Settings 11-271 DLP- G303 Provision the 4x2.5G Muxponder Trunk Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-273 DLP- G304 Provision the 4x2.5G Muxponder Client Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-275 DLP- G228 Change the 4x2.5G Muxponder Line OTN Settings 11-277 NTP- G99 Modify the 2.5G Data Muxponder Card Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds 11-282 DLP- G236 Change the 2.5G Data Muxponder Client Line Settings 11-283 DLP- G237 Change the 2.5G Data Muxponder Distance Extension Settings 11-285 DLP- G238 Change the 2.5G Data Muxponder SONET (OC-48)/SDH (STM-16) Settings 11-287 DLP- G239 Change the 2.5G Data Muxponder Section Trace Settings 11-289 DLP- G370 Change the 2.5G Data Muxponder Trunk Wavelength Settings 11-291 DLP- G240 Change the 2.5G Data Muxponder SONET or SDH Line Thresholds 11-292 DLP- G321 Change the 2.5G Data Muxponder Line Thresholds for 1G Ethernet or 1G FC/FICON Payloads 11-294 DLP- G307 Provision the 2.5G Data Muxponder Trunk Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-296 DLP- G308 Provision the 2.5G Data Muxponder Client Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-297 Contents xix Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 NTP- G148 Modify the 10G Data Muxponder Card Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds 11-300 DLP- G333 Change the 10G Data Muxponder Client Line Settings 11-301 DLP- G334 Change the 10G Data Muxponder Distance Extension Settings 11-303 DLP- G340 Change the 10G Data Muxponder Trunk Wavelength Settings 11-305 DLP- G335 Change the 10G Data Muxponder SONET (OC-192)/SDH (STM-64) Settings 11-306 DLP- G336 Change the 10G Data Muxponder Section Trace Settings 11-308 DLP- G341 Change the 10G Data Muxponder SONET or SDH Line Thresholds 11-309 DLP- G337 Change the 10G Data Muxponder Line RMON Thresholds for Ethernet, 1G FC/FICON, or ISC/ISC3 Payloads 11-311 DLP- G338 Provision the 10G Data Muxponder Trunk Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-314 DLP- G339 Provision the 10G Data Muxponder Client Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-315 DLP- G366 Change the 10G Data Muxponder OTN Settings 11-319 NTP- G293 Modify the 40G Muxponder Card Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds 11-322 DLP- G662 Change the 40G Multirate Muxponder Card Settings 11-323 DLP- G666 Change the 40G Muxponder Line Settings 11-324 DLP- G667 Change the 40G Muxponder SONET (OC-192)/SDH (STM-64) Settings 11-326 DLP- G668 Change the 40G Muxponder Section Trace Settings 11-328 DLP- G691 Change the 40G Muxponder OTU Settings 11-329 DLP- G669 Change the 40G Muxponder SONET or SDH Line Thresholds 11-331 DLP- G670 Change the 40G Muxponder Line RMON Thresholds for Ethernet, 8G FC, or 10G FC Payloads 11-333 DLP- G671 Provision the 40G Muxponder Trunk Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-337 DLP- G672 Provision the 40G Muxponder Client Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-338 DLP- G673 Change the 40G Muxponder OTN Settings 11-342 NTP- G281 Manage the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Card Channel Group Settings 11-345 DLP- G611 Create a Channel Group Using CTC 11-346 DLP- G612 Modify the Parameters of the Channel Group Using CTC 11-347 DLP- G613 Add or Remove Ports to or from an Existing Channel Group Using CTC 11-351 Before You Begin 11-352 DLP- G614 Delete a Channel Group Using CTC 11-352 DLP- G615 Retrieve Information on Channel Group, REP, CFM, and EFM Using CTC 11-353 DLP- G616 View Channel Group PM Parameters for GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards Using CTC 11-354 DLP- G617 View Channel Group Utilization PM Parameters for GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards Using CTC 11-355 DLP- G618 View Channel Group History PM Parameters for GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards Using CTC 11-355 NTP- G283 Manage the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Card CFM Settings 11-356 DLP- G621 Enable or Disable CFM on the Card Using CTC 11-357 DLP- G622 Enable or Disable CFM for Each Port Using CTC 11-358 Contents xx Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 DLP- G623 Create a Maintenance Domain Profile Using CTC 11-359 Before You Begin 11-359 DLP- G624 Delete a Maintenance Domain Profile Using CTC 11-360 DLP- G625 Create a Maintenance Association Profile Using CTC 11-361 DLP- G626 Modify a Maintenance Association Profile Using CTC 11-362 DLP- G627 Delete a Maintenance Association Profile Using CTC 11-362 DLP- G628 Map a Maintenance Association Profile to a Maintenance Domain Profile Using CTC 11-363 DLP- G629 Create a MEP Using CTC 11-364 DLP- G630 Delete a MEP Using CTC 11-365 DLP- G631 Create a MIP Using CTC 11-365 DLP- G632 Delete a MIP Using CTC 11-366 DLP- G633 Ping MEP Using CTC 11-367 DLP- G634 Traceroute MEP Using CTC 11-367 NTP- G285 Manage the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Card EFM Settings 11-368 DLP- G639 Enable or Disable EFM for Each Port Using CTC 11-369 Before You Begin 11-369 DLP- G640 Configure EFM Parameters Using CTC 11-370 DLP- G641 Configure EFM Link Monitoring Parameters Using CTC 11-371 DLP- G642 Enable Remote Loopback for Each Port Using CTC 11-373 NTP- G287 Manage the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Card REP Settings 11-373 DLP- G713 Provision Administrative VLAN for Ports in a REP Segment Using CTC 11-374 DLP- G645 Create a Segment Using CTC 11-375 Before You Begin 11-375 DLP- G646 Edit a Segment Using CTC 11-377 DLP- G647 Activate VLAN Load Balancing Using CTC 11-378 DLP- G648 Deactivate VLAN Load Balancing Using CTC 11-379 NTP- G165 Modify the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE Cards Ethernet Parameters, Line Settings, and PM Thresholds 11-379 DLP- G380 Provision the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Card Ethernet Settings 11-381 DLP- G684 Provision the GE_XPE Card PDH Ethernet Settings 11-389 DLP- G685 Provision the GE_XPE Card Electrical Lines Settings 11-391 DLP- G381 Provision the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Layer 2 Protection Settings 11-393 DLP- G507 Enable a Different GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Card as the Master Card 11-395 DLP- G382 Add and Remove SVLANS to/from GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE NNI Ports 11-396 DLP- G383 Provision the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Quality of Service Settings 11-397 Contents xxi Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 DLP- G470 Provision the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Class of Service (CoS) Settings 11-398 DLP- G384 Provision the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE QinQ Settings 11-399 DLP- G221 Enable MAC Address Learning on SVLANs for GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Cards 11-401 DLP- G460 Enable MAC Address Learning on SVLANs for GE_XPE or 10GE_XPE Cards Using CTC 11-401 DLP- G385 Provision the MAC Filter Settings for GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Card 11-402 NTP- G237 Retrieve and Clear MAC Addresses on SVLANs for GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Cards 11-403 DLP- G546 View Card MAC Addresses on GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Cards 11-404 NTP- G311 Provision the Storm Control Settings for GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Cards 11-405 NTP- G205 Enable Link Integrity on GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Cards 11-406 DLP- G509 Enable Link Integrity on GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Cards Using CTC 11-407 NTP- G289 Provision CVLAN Rate Limiting on the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Card 11-408 NTP- G208 Provision SVLAN Rate Limiting on the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Card 11-409 DLP- G515 Provision SVLAN Rate Limiting on the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Card Using CTC 11-409 DLP- G471 Create a SVLAN or CVLAN Profile 11-410 NTP- G204 Enable IGMP Snooping on GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Cards 11-411 DLP- G511 Enable IGMP Snooping, IGMP Fast Leave and IGMP Report Suppression on GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Cards Using CTC 11-412 NTP- G206 Enable MVR on a GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Card 11-413 DLP- G513 Enable MVR on a GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Card Using CTC 11-413 DLP- G386 Provision the Gigabit Ethernet Trunk Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-414 DLP- G387 Provision the Gigabit Ethernet Client Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-416 DLP- G388 Change the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Card RMON Thresholds 11-417 DLP- G389 Change the Gigabit Ethernet Optical Transport Network Settings 11-420 NTP- G314 Add a GE_XP or 10GE_XP Card on a FAPS Ring 11-423 DLP- G687 Add a GE_XP or 10GE_XP Card Facing Master Card on a FAPS Ring 11-424 DLP- G688 Add a GE_XP or 10GE_XP Card Between the Slave Cards on a FAPS Ring 11-425 NTP- G197 Provision the OTU2_XP Card Line Settings, PM Parameters, and Thresholds 11-426 DLP- G453 Change the OTU2_XP Card Settings 11-427 DLP- G454 Change the OTU2_XP Line Settings 11-428 DLP- G455 Change the OTU2_XP Line Section Trace Settings 11-432 DLP- G456 Change the OTU2_XP Line Thresholds for SONET or SDH Payloads 11-433 DLP- G457 Provision the OTU2_XP Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-435 Contents xxii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 DLP- G462 Change the OTU2_XP Line RMON Thresholds for the 10G Ethernet and 10G FC Payloads 11-437 DLP- G458 Change the OTU2_XP OTN Settings 11-440 DLP- G523 Change the OTU2_XP Path Trace Settings 11-446 DLP- G524 Provision the OTU2_XP Path Settings for 10G Ethernet LAN Phy to WAN Phy Configuration 11-447 NTP- G162 Change the ALS Maintenance Settings 11-448 NTP- G192 Force FPGA Update 11-450 NTP- G196 Force FPGA Update When the Card is Part of a Protection Group 11-451 NTP- G232 Enabling Error Decorrelator 11-452 NTP- G315 Enable or Disable the Wavelength Drifted Channel Automatic Shutdown Feature 11-452 NTP- G316 Enable REP and FAPS on the same port 11-453 NTP- G321 Provision Multiple Operating Modes on AR_MXP or AR_XP Cards 11-454 NTP- G322 Modify the AR_MXP or AR_XP Card Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds 11-454 DLP- G695 Change the AR_MXP or AR_XP Card Line Settings 11-456 DLP- G696 Change the AR_MXP or AR_XP Card Ethernet Settings 11-458 DLP- G697 Change the AR_MXP or AR_XP Card SONET/SDH Settings 11-459 DLP- G698 Change the AR_MXP or AR_XP Card Section Trace Settings 11-462 DLP- G699 Enable Auto Sensing for AR_MXP or AR_XP Cards 11-464 DLP- G700 Change the AR_MXP or AR_XP Card SONET/SDH Line Thresholds 11-464 DLP- G701 Change the AR_MXP or AR_XP Card Line RMON Thresholds 11-467 DLP- G702 Provision the AR_MXP or AR_XP Card with Trunk Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-471 DLP- G703 Provision the AR_MXP or AR_XP Card Client Port Alarm and TCA Thresholds 11-472 DLP- G704 Change the AR_MXP or AR_XP Card OTN Settings 11-476 CHAPTER 12 Node Reference 12-1 12.1 DWDM Node Configurations 12-2 12.1.1 Terminal Node 12-2 12.1.2 OADM Node 12-9 12.1.3 ROADM Node 12-11 12.1.4 Hub Node 12-31 12.1.5 Anti-ASE Node 12-35 12.1.6 Line Amplifier Node 12-36 12.1.7 OSC Regeneration Node 12-40 12.2 Supported Node Configurations for OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards 12-41 12.2.1 OPT-RAMP-C or OPT-RAMP-CE Card in an Add/Drop Node 12-43 12.2.2 OPT-RAMP-C or OPT-RAMP-CE Card in a Line Site Node with Booster Amplification 12-43 12.2.3 OPT-RAMP-C or OPT-RAMP-CE Card in a Line Site Node Without Post - Amplification 12-45 12.3 Supported Node Configurations for PSM Card 12-46 Contents xxiii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 12.3.1 Channel Protection 12-47 12.3.2 Multiplex Section Protection 12-48 12.3.3 Line Protection 12-49 12.3.4 Standalone 12-49 12.4 Multishelf Node 12-50 12.4.1 Multishelf Node Layout 12-51 12.4.2 DCC/GCC/OSC Terminations 12-51 12.5 Connecting Passive Modules to a ONS 15454 M2 or ONS 15454 M6 Node 12-52 12.6 Optical Sides 12-52 12.6.1 Optical Side Stages 12-52 12.6.1.1 Fiber Stage 12-53 12.6.1.2 A/D Stage 12-55 12.6.2 Side Line Ports 12-56 12.6.3 Optical Side Configurations 12-56 12.7 Configuring Mesh DWDM Networks 12-61 12.7.1 Line Termination Mesh Node Using 40-WXC-C Cards 12-61 12.7.1.1 40-Channel Omni-directional n-degree ROADM Node 12-66 12.7.1.2 40-Channel Colorless n-Degree ROADM Node 12-66 12.7.1.3 40-Channel Colorless and Omni-directional n-Degree ROADM Node 12-67 12.7.2 Line Termination Mesh Node Using 80-WXC-C Cards 12-69 12.7.2.1 80-Channel Omni-directional n-degree ROADM Node 12-71 12.7.2.2 80-Channel Colorless n-degree ROADM Node 12-72 12.7.2.3 80-Channel Colorless and Omni-directional n-Degree ROADM Node 12-73 12.7.3 Line Termination Mesh Node Using 40-SMR2-C Cards 12-75 12.7.4 XC Termination Mesh Node 12-77 12.7.5 Mesh Patch Panels and Shelf Layouts 12-78 12.7.6 Using a Mesh Node With Omni-Directional Add/Drop Section 12-81 12.8 DWDM Node Cabling 12-82 12.8.1 OSC Link Termination Fiber-Optic Cabling 12-82 12.8.2 Hub Node Fiber-Optic Cabling 12-85 12.8.3 Terminal Node Fiber-Optic Cabling 12-87 12.8.4 Line Amplifier Node Fiber-Optic Cabling 12-87 12.8.5 OSC Regeneration Node Fiber-Optic Cabling 12-89 12.8.6 Amplified or Passive OADM Node Fiber-Optic Cabling 12-91 12.8.7 ROADM Node Fiber-Optic Cabling 12-96 12.9 Automatic Node Setup 12-98 12.9.1 ANS Parameters in a Raman Node With Post-Amplifiers 12-102 12.9.2 ANS Parameters in a Raman Node Without Post-Amplifiers 12-103 12.9.3 Raman Setup and Tuning 12-103 Contents xxiv Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 12.9.4 RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Card Start Up and Fiber Link Turn Up 12-106 12.10 DWDM Network Functional View 12-108 12.10.1 GMPLS Control Plane 12-108 12.10.1.1 Card Support 12-110 12.10.1.2 Acceptance Thresholds 12-110 12.10.1.3 Validation Modes 12-110 12.10.2 DWDM Network Functional View (NFV) 12-110 12.10.2.1 Graphical View Pane 12-111 12.10.2.2 Overview Pane 12-113 12.10.2.3 Network Data Pane 12-113 12.10.3 DWDM Network Functional View (GMPLS) 12-114 12.10.3.1 GMPLS View Toolbar Options 12-114 12.10.3.2 GMPLS Path Constraints 12-114 12.10.3.3 Source and Destination Port Configuration 12-115 12.10.3.4 Wavelength Rerouting 12-117 12.10.3.5 Fiber Attributes and Alien Wavelength Provisioning 12-118 12.10.4 Related Procedures 12-119 NTP- G231 View Optical Power Values and Alarms Using Network Functional View 12-119 DLP- G529 Export Network Functional View Reports 12-120 NTP- G319 Connect a Passive Module to the Cisco ONS 15454 M2 or Cisco ONS 15454 M6 Node 12-122 12.11 Not-DWDM Networks (Enhancements) 12-123 CHAPTER 13 Network Reference 13-1 13.1 Network Applications 13-2 13.2 Network Topologies 13-2 13.2.1 Ring Networks 13-2 13.2.1.1 Hubbed Traffic Topology 13-2 13.2.1.2 Multihubbed Traffic Topology 13-3 13.2.1.3 Any-to-Any Traffic Topology 13-4 13.2.1.4 Meshed Traffic Topology 13-5 13.2.2 Linear Networks 13-6 13.2.3 Mesh Networks 13-7 13.3 Interconnected Rings 13-9 13.3.1 Interconnected Ring Scenarios 13-11 13.3.1.1 Scenario A: Interconnect Traffic from Tributary Ring to Main Ring without Local Add/Drop in the Tributary Ring 13-11 13.3.1.2 Scenario B: Interconnect Traffic from Tributary Ring to Main Ring with Local Add/Drop in the Tributary Ring 13-13 13.3.1.3 Scenario C: Interconnect Traffic Between Tributary Rings Using the Main Ring 13-14 Contents xxv Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 13.4 Spur Configuration 13-16 13.4.1 Spur Configuration Scenarios 13-16 13.4.1.1 Scenario A: Spur Configuration without 15454 Chassis in Remote Terminal T 13-16 13.4.1.2 Scenario B: Spur Configuration with Passive MUX and DMX Units in Remote Terminal T 13-17 13.4.1.3 Scenario C: Spur Configuration with Active MUX and DMX Units in Remote Terminal T 13-18 13.5 Network Topologies for the OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards 13-18 13.6 Network Topologies for the PSM Card 13-19 13.7 Optical Performance 13-19 13.8 Automatic Power Control 13-20 13.8.1 APC at the Amplifier Card Level 13-20 13.8.2 APC at the Shelf Controller Layer 13-21 13.8.3 APC in a Raman Node with Post-Amplifiers 13-23 13.8.4 APC in a Raman Node without Post-Amplifiers 13-24 13.8.5 Managing APC 13-24 13.9 Power Side Monitoring 13-26 13.10 Span Loss Verification 13-28 13.10.1 Span Loss Measurements on Raman Links 13-29 13.11 Network Optical Safety 13-30 13.11.1 Automatic Laser Shutdown 13-30 13.11.2 Automatic Power Reduction 13-31 13.11.3 Network Optical Safety on OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards 13-32 13.11.3.1 RAMAN-TX Settings on Raman Pump 13-32 13.11.3.2 COM-TX Safety Setting on EDFA 13-32 13.11.4 Fiber Cut Scenarios 13-33 13.11.4.1 Scenario 1: Fiber Cut in Nodes Using OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E Cards 13-33 13.11.4.2 Scenario 2: Fiber Cut in Nodes Using OSC-CSM Cards 13-35 13.11.4.3 Scenario 3: Fiber Cut in Nodes Using OPT-BST-L Cards 13-37 13.11.4.4 Scenario 4: Fiber Cut in Nodes Using OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-AMP-17-C (OPT-LINE Mode), 40-SMR1-C, or 40-SMR2-C Cards 13-38 13.11.4.5 Scenario 5: Fiber Cut in Nodes Using DCN Extension 13-40 13.11.4.6 Scenario 6: Fiber Cut in Nodes Using OPT-RAMP-C or OPT-RAMP-CE Cards 13-42 13.11.4.7 Scenario 7: Fiber Cut in Optical Line Amplifier Nodes Using OPT-RAMP-C or OPT-RAMP-CE Cards 13-44 13.11.4.8 Fiber Cut Recovery in Nodes Using OPT-RAMP-C or OPT-RAMP-CE Cards 13-49 13.11.5 Network Optical Safety on RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards 13-49 13.12 Network-Level Gain—Tilt Management of Optical Amplifiers 13-50 13.12.1 Gain Tilt Control at the Card Level 13-51 13.12.2 System Level Gain Tilt Control 13-52 Contents xxvi Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 13.12.2.1 System Gain Tilt Compensation Without ROADM Nodes 13-53 13.12.2.2 System Gain Tilt Compensation With ROADM Nodes 13-54 13.13 Optical Data Rate Derivations 13-55 13.13.1 OC-192/STM-64 Data Rate (9.95328 Gbps) 13-55 13.13.2 10GE Data Rate (10.3125 Gbps) 13-55 13.13.3 10G FC Data Rate (10.51875 Gbps) 13-55 13.13.4 ITU-T G.709 Optical Data Rates 13-56 13.13.4.1 OC-192 Packaged Into OTU2 G.709 Frame Data Rate (10.70923 Gbps) 13-57 13.13.4.2 10GE Packaged Into OTU2 G.709 Frame Data Rate (Nonstandard 11.0957 Gbps) 13-57 13.13.4.3 10G FC Packaged Into OTU2 G.709 Frame Data Rate (Nonstandard 11.31764 Gbps) 13-57 13.14 Even Band Management 13-57 13.15 Wavelength Drifted Channel Automatic Shutdown 13-61 CHAPTER 14 Turn Up a Node 14-1 Before You Begin 14-1 NTP- G139 Verify Cisco Transport Planner Reports and Files 14-3 NTP- G22 Verify Common Card Installation 14-4 NTP- G250 Verify Digital Image Signing (DIS) Information 14-6 NTP- G144 Provision a Multishelf Node 14-8 NTP- G23 Create Users and Assign Security 14-10 DLP- G54 Create a New User on a Single Node 14-11 DLP- G55 Create a New User on Multiple Nodes 14-12 NTP- G24 Set Up Name, Date, Time, and Contact Information 14-13 NTP- G25 Set Battery Power Monitor Thresholds 14-15 NTP- G26 Set Up CTC Network Access 14-16 DLP- G56 Provision IP Settings 14-17 DLP- G439 Provision the Designated SOCKS Servers 14-21 DLP- G57 Set the IP Address, Default Router, and Network Mask Using the LCD 14-22 DLP- G264 Enable Node Security Mode 14-24 DLP- G58 Create a Static Route 14-26 DLP- G59 Set Up or Change Open Shortest Path First Protocol 14-27 DLP- G60 Set Up or Change Routing Information Protocol 14-30 NTP- G194 Set Up EMS Secure Access to the ONS 15454 14-31 NTP- G27 Set Up the ONS 15454 for Firewall Access 14-31 NTP- G28 Create FTP Host 14-32 DLP- G61 Provision the IIOP Listener Port on the ONS 15454 14-33 Contents xxvii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 DLP- G62 Provision the IIOP Listener Port on the CTC Computer 14-34 NTP- G132 Provision OSI 14-35 DLP- G283 Provision OSI Routing Mode 14-36 DLP- G284 Provision the TARP Operating Parameters 14-37 DLP- G285 Add a Static TID-to-NSAP Entry to the TARP Data Cache 14-39 DLP- G287 Add a TARP Manual Adjacency Table Entry 14-40 DLP- G288 Provision OSI Routers 14-41 DLP- G289 Provision Additional Manual Area Addresses 14-42 DLP- G290 Enable the OSI Subnet on the LAN Interface 14-42 DLP- G291 Create an IP-Over-CLNS Tunnel 14-43 NTP- G29 Set Up SNMP 14-45 NTP- G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File 14-47 DLP- G351 Delete a Card in CTC 14-51 DLP- G353 Preprovision a Slot 14-53 NTP- G320 Configure the Node as a Non-DWDM Network 14-57 DLP- G693 Configure the Amplifier 14-57 DLP- G694 Configure the PSM 14-58 NTP- G328 Add, Modify, or Delete ANS Parameters 14-59 DLP- G541 Add an ANS Parameter 14-60 DLP- G681 Modify an ANS Parameter 14-61 DLP- G542 Delete an ANS Parameter 14-63 NTP- G30 Install the DWDM Cards 14-64 DLP- G348 Use the Cisco Transport Planner Shelf Layout Report 14-67 NTP- G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units 14-68 NTP- G179 Install the TXP, MXP, AR_MXP, AR_XP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP Cards 14-69 DLP- G63 Install an SFP or XFP 14-72 DLP- G273 Preprovision an SFP or XFP Slot 14-73 DLP- G64 Remove an SFP or XFP 14-74 NTP- G123 Install the Filler Cards 14-75 NTP- G239 Add and Delete Passive Units 14-76 DLP- G543 Add Passive Units Manually 14-76 DLP- G544 Delete a Passive Unit 14-77 NTP- G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs 14-78 DLP- G349 Use the Cisco Transport Planner Internal Connections Report 14-80 NTP- G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes 14-82 DLP- G315 Install Fiber-Optic Cables From the 32WSS/32DMX and 32MUX-O/32DMX-O Cards to the Standard Patch Panel Tray 14-85 Contents xxviii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 DLP- G316 Install Fiber-Optic Cables from TXP, MXP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, or OTU2_XP Cards to the Standard Patch Panel Tray 14-89 DLP- G356 Install Fiber-Optic Cables from the 32WSS/32DMX and 32MUX-O/32DMX-O Cards to the Deep Patch Panel Tray 14-90 DLP- G427 Reroute Fiber-Optic Cables in the 40-Channel Patch Panel Tray 14-93 DLP- G428 Install Fiber-Optic Cables from the 40-WSS-C/40-WSS-CE and 40-DMX-C/40-DMX-CE Cards in an Expanded ROADM, Terminal, or Hub Node to the 40-Channel Patch Panel Tray 14-95 DLP- G357 Install Fiber-Optic Cables from the TXP, MXP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, or OTU2_XP Cards to the Deep Patch Panel Tray or 40-Channel Patch Panel Tray 14-97 DLP- G530 Install Fiber-Optic Cables from the 40-SMR1-C, 40-SMR2-C, or 80-WXC-C Cards in a ROADM, Terminal, or Hub Node to the 15216-MD-40 or 15216-MD-48 Patch Panel Tray 14-99 NTP- G185 Install Fiber-Optic Cables between Mesh Nodes 14-101 DLP- G430 Install Fiber-Optic Cables from the 40-MUX-C and 40-DMX-C Cards in a Mesh Node to the 40-Channel Patch Panel Tray 14-102 DLP- G431 Install Fiber-Optic Cables from the 40-WXC-C, or 40-SMR2-C Cards in a Mesh Node to a Mesh Patch Panel Tray 14-104 NTP- G191 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on Passthrough ROADM Nodes 14-105 NTP- G141 Install Fiber-Optic Cables for Y-Cable Protection Modules 14-108 DLP- G375 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on the Y-Cable Modules in the FlexLayer Shelf 14-109 DLP- G376 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on the Y-Cable Modules in the Y-Cable Module Tray 14-110 NTP- G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords 14-113 NTP- G242 Create an Internal Patchcord Manually 14-114 DLP- G354 Create an Internal Patchcord Manually Using the Trunk to Trunk (L2) Option 14-115 DLP- G547 Create an Internal Patchcord Manually Using the OCH-Trunk to OCH-Filter Option 14-116 DLP- G548 Create an Internal Patchcord Manually Using the OCH-Filter to OCH-Filter Option 14-118 DLP- G549 Create an Internal Patchcord Manually Using the OTS to OTS Option 14-120 DLP- G531 Create an Internal Patchcord Manually Using the Optical Path Option 14-122 DLP- G355 Delete an Internal Patchcord 14-123 NTP- G209 Create, Edit, and Delete Optical Sides 14-123 DLP- G491 Create an Optical Side 14-124 DLP- G492 Edit an Optical Side 14-125 DLP- G480 Delete an Optical Side 14-125 NTP- G38 Provision OSC Terminations 14-126 NTP- G37 Run Automatic Node Setup 14-127 NTP- G39 Verify OSCM Transmit Power 14-129 DLP- G314 Verify OSCM Transmit Power 14-130 NTP- G163 Upgrade Nodes in Single-Shelf Mode to Multishelf Mode 14-131 NTP- G210 Provision Node for SNMPv3 14-133 NTP- G211 Provision Node to Send SNMPv3 Traps 14-134 Contents xxix Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 NTP- G212 Manually Provision a GNE/ENE to Manage an ENE using SNMPv3 14-135 NTP- G213 Automatically Provision a GNE to Manage an ENE using SNMPv3 14-136 NTP- G214 Manually Provision a GNE/ENE to Send SNMPv3 Traps from an ENE using SNMPv3 14-136 NTP- G215 Automatically Provision a GNE/ENE to Send SNMPv3 Traps from an ENE Using SNMPv3 14-137 DLP- G496 Create an SNMPv3 User 14-138 DLP- G497 Create MIB Views 14-139 DLP- G498 Create Group Access 14-139 DLP- G499 Configure SNMPv3 Trap Destination 14-140 DLP- G500 Delete SNMPv3 Trap Destination 14-141 DLP- G501 Create Notification Filters 14-142 DLP- G502 Manually Configure the SNMPv3 Proxy Forwarder Table 14-142 DLP- G503 Automatically Configure the SNMPv3 Proxy Forwarder Table 14-143 DLP- G504 Manually Configure the SNMPv3 Proxy Trap Forwarder Table 14-144 DLP- G505 Automatically Configure the SNMPv3 Proxy Trap Forwarder Table 14-145 CHAPTER 15 Turn Up a Network 15-1 Before You Begin 15-1 NTP- G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up 15-2 NTP- G52 Verify Node-to-Node Connections 15-3 NTP- G201 Configure the Raman Pump on an MSTP Link 15-4 DLP- G468 Configure the Raman Pump Using the Installation Wizard 15-5 DLP- G690 Configure the Raman Pump Using Manual Day-0 Installation 15-19 DLP- G474 Configure the Raman Pump by Importing the CTP XML File 15-25 DLP- G489 Configure the Raman Pump by Setting the ANS Parameters Manually 15-25 DLP- 490 Restore Raman Link After a Fiber Cut Occurs 15-26 NTP- G53 Set Up Timing 15-27 DLP- G95 Set Up External or Line Timing 15-27 DLP- G96 Set Up Internal Timing 15-30 DLP- G350 Use the Cisco Transport Planner Traffic Matrix Report 15-31 NTP- G54 Provision and Verify a DWDM Network 15-33 NTP- G56 Verify the OSNR 15-37 NTP- G142 Perform a Protection Switch Test 15-38 NTP- G164 Configure Link Management Protocol 15-40 DLP- G372 Enable LMP 15-41 DLP- G373 Create, Edit, and Delete LMP Control Channels 15-42 DLP- G374 Create, Edit, and Delete LMP TE Links 15-45 DLP- G378 Create, Edit, and Delete LMP Data Links 15-46 Contents xxx Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 NTP- G233 Configure Link Management Protocol on the Cisco CRS-1 or Cisco ASR 9000 Router and the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Node 15-47 NTP- G234 Automatically Configure Link Management Protocol on the Cisco CRS-1 or Cisco ASR 9000 Router and the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Node 15-48 NTP- G207 Manually Configure Link Management Protocol on the Cisco CRS-1 or Cisco ASR 9000 Router and the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Node 15-49 DLP- G508 Configure the Cisco CRS-1, Cisco ASR 9000 Series, or Cisco 7600 Series Router Parameters 15-50 DLP- G481 Establish Telnet Session with the Cisco CRS-1 or Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router and Verify Configuration 15-51 DLP- G510 Create a Task Group, User Group, and User Account on the Cisco CRS-1 or Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router 15-52 DLP- G482 Configure a Static Route 15-55 DLP- G483 Configure Local and Remote TE Links 15-56 DLP- G484 Enable the LMP Message Exchange 15-58 DLP- G511 Configure the Wavelength on the Cisco CRS-1 or Cisco ASR 9000 Router 15-59 DLP- G494 Configure the RADIUS Server 15-61 DLP- G485 Enable Index Persistency on an SNMP Interface 15-62 DLP- G486 Configure the LMP Router ID 15-63 DLP- G487 Configure the 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GE) or POS Interface 15-64 DLP- G488 Display Summary of Link Management Information 15-65 NTP- G303 Configure Virtual links on the Cisco 7600 and Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Node 15-66 DLP- G711 Configure SSH Server on Cisco 7600 Series Nodes 15-67 NTP- G57 Create a Logical Network Map 15-69 NTP- G325 View the Power Levels of Cisco ONS 15454 MSTP Nodes 15-69 NTP- G326 Provision SRLG on the Cisco ONS 15454 MSTP Network 15-70 DLP- G540 View SRLG Reports 15-71 CHAPTER 16 Create Optical Channel Circuits and Provisionable Patchcords 16-1 16.1 Optical Channel Circuits 16-1 16.1.1 OCHNC Circuits 16-2 16.1.2 OCHCC Circuits 16-3 16.1.3 OCH Trail Circuits 16-3 16.1.4 Administrative and Service States 16-5 16.1.5 Creating and Deleting OCHCCs 16-7 16.1.6 OCHCCs and Service and Communications Channels 16-7 16.1.7 Related Procedures 16-7 16.2 Virtual Patchcords 16-7 16.2.1 PPC Provisioning Rules 16-12 16.3 End-to-End SVLAN Circuit 16-13 Contents xxxi Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 16.3.1 End-to-End SVLAN Provisioning Rules 16-14 16.3.2 Before You Begin 16-14 NTP- G151 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Client Connections 16-15 DLP- G104 Assign a Name to a Port 16-16 DLP- G345 Verify OCHCC Client Ports 16-17 DLP- G346 Provision Optical Channel Client Connections 16-17 DLP- G705 Provision GMPLS Optical Channel Client Connections 16-24 DLP- G347 Delete Optical Channel Client Connections 16-26 DLP- G424 Edit an OCHCC Circuit Name 16-27 DLP- G394 Change an OCHCC Administrative State 16-28 DLP- G437 Set OCH Circuit Attributes 16-28 DLP- G438 Set OCH Routing Preferences 16-30 DLP- G706 Perform Optical Validation of GMPLS Circuits 16-31 DLP- G707 Upgrade a Non-GMPLS Circuit to a GMPLS Circuit 16-32 NTP- G178 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Trails 16-33 DLP- G395 Create an Optical Channel Trail 16-34 DLP- G708 Create a GMPLS Optical Channel Trail 16-36 DLP- G418 Delete an Optical Channel Trail 16-37 DLP- G425 Edit an OCH Trail Circuit Name 16-38 DLP- G419 Change an OCH Trail Administrative State 16-39 NTP- G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections 16-40 DLP- G105 Provision Optical Channel Network Connections 16-41 DLP- G709 Provision GMPLS Optical Channel Network Connections 16-43 DLP- G493 Provision Protected Optical Channel Network Connections 16-44 DLP- G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections 16-46 DLP- G426 Edit an OCHNC Circuit Name 16-47 DLP- G420 Change an OCHNC Administrative State 16-48 DLP- G710 Reroute Wavelength of GMPLS Circuits 16-48 NTP- G200 Create, Delete, and Manage STS or VC Circuits for the ADM-10G Card 16-49 DLP- G463 Create an Automatically Routed STS or VC Circuit 16-50 DLP- G464 Create a Manually Routed STS or VC Circuit 16-53 DLP- G465 Provision Path Protection Selectors 16-56 DLP- G466 Delete an STS or VC Circuit 16-57 DLP- G467 Edit an STS or VC Circuit Name 16-58 NTP- G150 Upgrade Optical Channel Network Connections to Optical Channel Client Connections 16-59 DLP- G344 Verify Provisionable and Internal Patchcords 16-61 NTP- G183 Diagnose and Fix OCHNC and OCH Trail Circuits 16-63 NTP- G58 Locate and View Optical Channel Circuits 16-65 DLP- G100 Search for Optical Channel Circuits 16-65 Contents xxxii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 DLP- G101 View Optical Channel Circuit Information 16-66 DLP- G102 Filter the Display of Optical Channel Circuits 16-69 DLP- G103 View Optical Channel Circuits on a Span 16-71 NTP- G184 Create a Provisionable Patchcord 16-72 NTP- G181 Manage GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Card SVLAN Databases 16-78 DLP- G421 Create and Store an SVLAN Database 16-79 DLP- G422 Load or Merge an SVLAN Database 16-80 NTP- G60 Create and Delete Overhead Circuits 16-81 DLP- G76 Provision DCC/GCC Terminations 16-81 DLP- G97 Provision a Proxy Tunnel 16-84 DLP- G98 Provision a Firewall Tunnel 16-85 DLP- G108 Change the Service State for a Port 16-85 DLP- G109 Provision Orderwire 16-86 DLP- G110 Create a User Data Channel Circuit 16-88 DLP- G112 Delete Overhead Circuits 16-89 NTP- G62 Create a J0 Section Trace 16-89 NTP- G203 Create End-to-End SVLAN Circuits 16-90 DLP- G472 Edit the End-to-End SVLAN Circuit 16-92 NTP- G229 Provision DCN Extension for a Network Using GCC/DCC 16-93 DLP- G472 Merge two OCHNC DCN Circuits 16-94 NTP- G245 Create an Automatically Routed VCAT Circuit 16-94 NTP- G246 Create a Manually Routed VCAT Circuit 16-98 NTP- G247 Enable or disable Path Performance Monitoring on Intermediate Nodes 16-100 DLP- G551 Provision ADM-10G Ethernet Ports 16-101 DLP- G553 Create a Server Trail 16-102 DLP- G554 Repair Server Trails 16-103 DLP- G555 Provision a VCAT Circuit Source and Destination 16-105 DLP- G556 Provision an Open VCAT Circuit Source and Destination 16-105 DLP- G557 Provision a VCAT Circuit Route 16-106 CHAPTER 17 Monitor Performance 17-1 CHAPTER 18 Manage the Node 18-1 CHAPTER 19 Alarm and TCA Monitoring and Management 19-1 CHAPTER 20 Change DWDM Card Settings 20-1 Before You Begin 20-1 Contents xxxiii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 NTP- G90 Modify OSCM and OSC-CSM Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds 20-2 DLP- G199 Change the OSCM and OSC-CSM OC-3/STM-1 Line Settings 20-3 DLP- G200 Change the OSCM and OSC-CSM OC-3/STM-1 Line SONET/SDH Thresholds 20-5 DLP- G201 Change Optical Line Parameters for OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards 20-7 DLP- G202 Change the OSCM and OSC-CSM Optical Line Threshold Settings 20-8 DLP- G203 Change the OSCM and OSC-CSM ALS Maintenance Settings 20-12 NTP- G91 Modify OPT-PRE and OPT-BST Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds 20-13 DLP- G204 Change Optical Line Settings for OPT-PRE and OPT-BST Amplifiers 20-14 DLP- G205 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings for OPT-PRE and OPT-BST Amplifiers 20-15 DLP- G206 Change Optical Amplifier Line Settings for OPT-PRE and OPT-BST Amplifiers 20-19 DLP- G207 Change Optical Amplifier Threshold Settings for OPT-PRE and OPT-BST Amplifiers 20-21 DLP- G322 Change the OPT-BST ALS Maintenance Settings 20-25 NTP- G160 Modify OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP, 15454-M-RAMAN-COP, OPT-EDFA-17, and OPT-EDFA-24 Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds 20-27 DLP- G323 Change Optical Line Settings for OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP, 15454-M-RAMAN-COP, OPT-EDFA-17, and OPT-EDFA-24 Amplifiers 20-28 DLP- G324 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings for OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP, 15454-M-RAMAN-COP, OPT-EDFA-17, and OPT-EDFA-24 Amplifiers 20-30 DLP- G325 Change Optical Amplifier Line Settings for OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, OPT-EDFA-17, and OPT-EDFA-24 Amplifiers 20-34 DLP- G326 Change Optical Amplifier Threshold Settings for OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, OPT-EDFA-17, and OPT-EDFA-24 Amplifiers 20-36 DLP- G538 Change Optical Raman Line Settings for OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP, and 15454-M-RAMAN-COP Amplifiers 20-41 DLP- G539 Change Optical Raman Line Threshold Settings for OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP, and 15454-M-RAMAN-COP Amplifiers 20-42 DLP- G327 Change the ALS Maintenance Settings of OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP, 15454-M-RAMAN-COP, OPT-EDFA-17, and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards 20-44 NTP- G202 Modify PSM Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds 20-47 DLP- G514 Change the PSM Card Mode 20-47 DLP- G476 Change Optical Line Settings for the PSM Card 20-48 DLP- G477 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings for the PSM Card 20-49 DLP- G478 Change the PSM ALS Maintenance Settings 20-52 NTP- G175 Modify 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, and 4MD-xx.x Line Card Settings and PM Thresholds 20-54 DLP- G414 Change Optical Line Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards 20-55 Contents xxxiv Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 DLP- G415 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards 20-57 DLP- G416 Change Optical Channel Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards 20-59 DLP- G417 Change Optical Channel Threshold Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards 20-62 NTP- G93 Modify the 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 40-WSS-C, or 40-WSS-CE Line Settings and PM Thresholds 20-65 DLP- G212 Change 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 40-WSS-C, or 40-WSS-CE Card Optical Channel Parameters 20-66 DLP- G213 Change the 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 40-WSS-C, or 40-WSS-CE Card Optical Channel Thresholds 20-69 DLP- G214 Change 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 40-WSS-C, or 40-WSS-CE Card Optical Line Parameters 20-73 DLP- G215 Change the 32WSS, 32-WSS-L, 40-WSS-C, or 40-WSS-CE Card Optical Line Thresholds 20-74 NTP- G240 Modify TDC-CC and TDC-FC Line Settings and PM Thresholds 20-76 DLP- G545 Modify the Chromatic Dispersion Value for the TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards 20-77 DLP- G528 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings for TDC-CC or TDC-FC Card 20-78 NTP- G174 Modify the 40-WXC-C or 80-WXC-C Line Settings and PM Thresholds 20-79 DLP- G603 Change the 80-WXC-C Card Mode 20-80 DLP- G406 Change 40-WXC-C or 80-WXC-C Card Optical Channel Parameters 20-81 DLP- G407 Change the 40-WXC-C or 80-WXC-C Optical Channel Thresholds 20-84 DLP- G408 Change 40-WXC-C or 80-WXC-C Optical Line Parameters 20-87 DLP- G409 Change the 40-WXC-C or 80-WXC-C Optical Line Thresholds 20-89 DLP- G413 Change 40-WXC-C or 80-WXC-C Card WXC Line Parameters 20-91 DLP- G429 Multiplex a Single Wavelength on 40-WXC-C Card 20-93 NTP- G241 Modify the 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Line Settings and PM Thresholds 20-94 DLP- G532 Change Optical Line Settings for 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Cards 20-95 DLP- G533 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings for 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Cards 20-97 DLP- G534 Change Optical Amplifier Line Settings for 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Cards 20-101 DLP- G535 Change Optical Amplifier Threshold Settings for 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Cards 20-103 DLP- G536 Change 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Card Optical Channel Parameters 20-108 DLP- G537 Change the 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Optical Channel Thresholds 20-110 NTP- G149 Modify the MMU Line Settings and PM Thresholds 20-114 DLP- G342 Change MMU Optical Line Parameters 20-114 DLP- G343 Change the MMU Optical Line Thresholds 20-116 NTP- G101 Modify Alarm Interface Controller–International Settings 20-117 DLP- G245 Change External Alarms Using the AIC-I Card 20-118 DLP- G246 Change External Controls Using the AIC-I Card 20-119 Contents xxxv Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 DLP- G247 Change AIC-I Card Orderwire Settings 20-119 NTP- G102 Change Card Service State 20-120 NTP- G280 Modify Threshold Settings for the TNC and TNCE Cards 20-121 DLP- G609 Modify Optical Threshold Settings for the TNC and TNCE Cards 20-121 DLP- G610 Modify Line Threshold Settings for the TNC and TNCE cards 20-123 CHAPTER 21 Perform Node Acceptance Tests 21-1 Before You Begin 21-1 NTP- G41 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O Cards Acceptance Test 21-3 DLP- G79 Verify the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L Amplifier Laser and Power 21-5 DLP- G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power 21-6 DLP- G78 Verify the 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C Card Power 21-7 DLP- G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power 21-7 NTP- G168 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 40-MUX-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test 21-8 NTP- G42 Perform the Terminal Node with 32WSS and 32DMX Cards Acceptance Test 21-10 DLP- G270 Verify the 32DMX or 40-DMX-C Power 21-14 NTP- G167 Perform the Terminal Node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test 21-15 NTP- G153 Perform the Terminal Node with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L Cards Acceptance Test 21-20 DLP- G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L and TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing 21-24 DLP- G359 Verify the OPT-BST-L or OPT-AMP-L (OPT-Line Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power 21-25 DLP- G360 Verify the OPT-AMP-L (OPT-PRE Mode) Amplifier Laser and Power 21-25 DLP- G361 Verify the 32DMX-L Power 21-26 NTP- G43 Perform the ROADM Node with 32WSS and 32DMX Cards Acceptance Test 21-27 DLP- G310 Verify ROADM Node C-Band Pass-Through Channels with 32WSS and 40-WSS-C Cards 21-29 DLP- G311 Verify the Side A or Side B ROADM C-Band Add/Drop Channels with 32WSS and 40-WSS-C Cards 21-34 NTP- G154 Perform the ROADM Node with 32WSS-L and 32DMX-L Cards Acceptance Test 21-39 DLP- G362 Verify ROADM Node L-Band Pass-Through Channels 21-44 DLP- G363 Verify the Side B ROADM L-Band Add/Drop Channels 21-52 DLP- G364 Verify the Side A ROADM L-Band Add/Drop Channels 21-57 NTP- G180 Perform the ROADM Node with 40-WSS-C and 40-DMX-C Cards Acceptance Test 21-62 NTP- G276 Perform the 80-Channel n-degree ROADM Node Acceptance Tests 21-67 NTP- G44 Perform the Anti-ASE Hub Node Acceptance Test 21-71 NTP- G45 Perform the C-Band and L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM Cards Acceptance Test 21-74 NTP- G46 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test 21-78 NTP- G156 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test 21-82 Contents xxxvi Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 NTP- G47 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test 21-86 NTP- G157 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test 21-90 NTP- G48 Perform the OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSCM Cards 21-94 DLP- G85 Verify Express Channel Connections on an OADM Node with OSCM Cards 21-96 DLP- G87 Verify the AD-xB-xx.x Output Express Power 21-97 DLP- G88 Verify the AD-xC-xx.x Output Express Power 21-97 DLP- G271 Verify the AD-xC-xx.x Output Common Power 21-98 DLP- G272 Verify the AD-xB-xx.x Output Common Power 21-98 DLP- G89 Verify OADM Node Pass-Through Channel Connections 21-99 DLP- G92 Verify 4MD-xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power 21-100 DLP- G90 Verify an AD-xB-xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power 21-101 DLP- G91 Verify an AD-xC-xx.x Pass-Through Connection 21-102 DLP- G84 Verify the OSC-CSM Incoming Power 21-103 DLP- G93 Verify Add and Drop Connections on an OADM Node with OSCM Cards 21-104 NTP- G49 Perform the Active OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSC-CSM Cards 21-106 DLP- G86 Verify Express Channel Connections on an OADM Node with OSC-CSM Cards 21-108 DLP- G83 Verify the OSC-CSM Power on OADM Nodes 21-109 DLP- G94 Verify Add and Drop Connections on an OADM Node with OSC-CSM Cards 21-110 NTP- G50 Perform the Passive OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSC-CSM Cards 21-112 NTP- G186 Perform the Four-Degree and Eight-Degree Mesh Patch Panel Acceptance Test 21-114 DLP- G432 Set the Transponder Wavelength 21-124 DLP- G433 Record Transponder Optical Power 21-125 NTP- G187 Perform the Multiring Site Acceptance Test 21-126 DLP- 434 Record the OPT-AMP-17-C Power Value 21-131 DLP- 435 Set the 40-WXC-C OCHNC Parameters 21-132 DLP- 436 Record the 40-WXC-C Power Value 21-133 NTP- G188 Perform the Native Mesh Node Acceptance Test 21-134 NTP- G189 Perform the Node Upgrade Acceptance Test 21-139 NTP- G243 Perform the Two-Degree ROADM Node with 40-SMR-1-C and OPT-AMP-17-C Cards Acceptance Test 21-147 NTP- G244 Perform the Four Degree ROADM Node with 40-SMR-2-C Cards Acceptance Test 21-151 CHAPTER 22 Management Network Connectivity 22-1 22.1 IP Networking Overview 22-2 22.2 IP Addressing Scenarios 22-2 Contents xxxvii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 22.2.1 Scenario 1: CTC and ONS 15454s on Same Subnet 22-3 22.2.2 Scenario 2: CTC and ONS 15454s Connected to a Router 22-3 22.2.3 Scenario 3: Using Proxy ARP to Enable an ONS 15454 Gateway 22-4 22.2.4 Scenario 4: Default Gateway on CTC Computer 22-7 22.2.5 Scenario 5: Using Static Routes to Connect to LANs 22-8 22.2.6 Scenario 6: Using OSPF 22-10 22.2.7 Scenario 7: Provisioning the ONS 15454 Proxy Server 22-12 22.2.8 Scenario 8: Dual GNEs on a Subnet 22-17 22.2.9 Scenario 9: IP Addressing with Secure Mode Enabled 22-19 22.2.9.1 Secure Mode Behavior 22-19 22.2.9.2 Secure Node Locked and Unlocked Behavior 22-22 22.3 DCN Case Studies 22-23 22.3.1 SOCKS Proxy Settings 22-23 22.3.2 OSPF 22-23 22.3.3 Management of Non-LAN Connected Multishelf Node 22-24 22.3.4 DCN Case Study 1: Ring Topology with Two Subnets and Two DCN Connections 22-24 22.3.4.1 DCN Case Study 1 IP Configuration 22-25 22.3.4.2 DCN Case Study 1 Limitations 22-27 22.3.5 DCN Case Study 2: Linear Topology with DCN Connections on Both Ends 22-28 22.3.5.1 DCN Case Study 2 IP Configurations 22-28 22.3.5.2 DCN Case Study 2 Limitations 22-30 22.3.6 DCN Case Study 3: Linear Topology with DCN Connections on Both Ends Using OSPF Routing 22-30 22.3.6.1 DCN Case Study 3 IP Configurations 22-31 22.3.6.2 DCN Case Study 3 Limitations 22-34 22.3.7 DCN Case Study 4: Two Linear Cascaded Topologies With Two DCN Connections 22-34 22.3.7.1 DCN Case Study 4 IP Configurations 22-35 22.3.7.2 DCN Case Study 4 Limitations 22-37 22.4 DCN Extension 22-37 22.4.1 Network Using OSC 22-38 22.4.2 Network Using External DCN 22-38 22.4.3 Network Using GCC/DCC 22-39 22.5 Routing Table 22-39 22.6 External Firewalls 22-41 22.7 Open GNE 22-42 22.8 TCP/IP and OSI Networking 22-45 22.9 Link Management Protocol 22-49 22.9.1 Overview 22-49 22.9.1.1 MPLS 22-50 Contents xxxviii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 22.9.1.2 GMPLS 22-50 22.9.2 Configuring LMP 22-51 22.9.2.1 Control Channel Management 22-51 22.9.2.2 TE Link Management 22-52 22.9.2.3 Link Connectivity Verification 22-52 22.9.2.4 Fault Management 22-52 22.9.3 LMP WDM 22-53 22.9.4 LMP Network Implementation 22-53 22.10 IPv6 Network Compatibility 22-54 22.11 IPv6 Native Support 22-54 22.11.1 IPv6 Enabled Mode 22-56 22.11.2 IPv6 Disabled Mode 22-56 22.11.3 IPv6 in Non-secure Mode 22-56 22.11.4 IPv6 in Secure Mode 22-56 22.11.5 IPv6 Limitations 22-56 22.12 Integration with Cisco CRS-1, Cisco ASR 9000 Series, or Cisco 7600 Series Routers 22-57 22.12.1 Card Compatibility 22-58 22.12.2 Node Management 22-59 22.12.2.1 Physical Connections 22-60 22.12.2.2 CTC Display 22-60 22.12.3 Circuit Management 22-61 22.12.3.1 LMP Provisioning 22-61 22.12.3.2 Virtual Link Provisioning 22-62 22.12.3.3 OCH Trail Circuit Provisioning 22-62 22.12.4 Cisco CRS-1, Cisco ASR 9000 Series, or Cisco 7600 Series Router Management from CTC 22-63 22.13 Photonic Path Trace 22-64 22.14 Shared Risk Link Group 22-65 22.15 Proactive Protection Regen 22-65 CHAPTER 23 Upgrade, Add, and Remove Cards and Nodes 23-1 CHAPTER 24 Maintain the Node 24-1 Before You Begin 24-1 NTP- G103 Back Up the Database 24-2 NTP- G104 Restore the Database 24-3 NTP- G105 Restore the Node to Factory Configuration 24-4 DLP- G248 Use the Reinitialization Tool to Clear the Database and Upload Software (Windows) 24-6 Contents xxxix Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 DLP- G249 Use the Reinitialization Tool to Clear the Database and Upload Software (UNIX) 24-8 NTP- G133 View and Manage OSI Information 24-10 DLP- G298 View IS-IS Routing Information Base 24-10 DLP- G299 View ES-IS Routing Information Base 24-11 DLP- G300 Manage the TARP Data Cache 24-12 NTP- G106 Reset Cards Using CTC 24-13 DLP- G250 Reset the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3/TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE Card 24-13 DLP- G251 Reset DWDM Cards Using CTC 24-14 NTP- G108 Viewing the Audit Trail Records 24-15 NTP- G109 Off-Load the Audit Trail Record 24-16 NTP- G110 Off-Load the Diagnostics File 24-17 NTP- G112 Change the Node Timing Reference 24-18 DLP- G259 Manual or Force Switch the Node Timing Reference 24-18 DLP- G260 Clear a Manual or Force Switch on a Node Timing Reference 24-19 NTP- G113 View the ONS 15454 Timing Report 24-20 NTP- G135 Edit Network Element Defaults 24-23 NTP- G136 Import Network Element Defaults 24-24 NTP- G137 Export Network Element Defaults 24-25 NTP- G166 View the Facilities 24-26 NTP- G119 Power Down the Node 24-27 Contents xl Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 CHAPTER 25 Security Reference 25-1 CHAPTER 26 Timing Reference 26-1 CHAPTER 27 SNMP 27-1 APPENDIX A CTC Operation, Information, and Shortcuts A-1 APPENDIX B Hardware Specifications B-1 APPENDIX C Administrative and Service States C-1 APPENDIX D Configuring GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards Using PCLI D-1 APPENDIX E Pseudo Command Line Interface Reference E-1 APPENDIX F Fiber and Connector Losses in Raman Link Configuration F-1 APPENDIX G Card Features G-1 G.1 Safety Labels G-1 G.1.1 Class 1 Laser Product Cards G-1 G.1.1.1 Class 1 Laser Product Label G-2 G.1.1.2 Hazard Level 1 Label G-2 G.1.1.3 Laser Source Connector Label G-2 G.1.1.4 FDA Statement Labels G-3 G.1.1.5 Shock Hazard Label G-3 G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards G-4 G.1.2.1 Class 1M Laser Product Statement G-4 G.1.2.2 Hazard Level 1M Label G-4 G.1.2.3 Laser Source Connector Label G-5 G.1.2.4 FDA Statement Labels G-5 G.1.2.5 Shock Hazard Label G-5 G.1.2.6 Burn Hazard Label G-6 G.2 Automatic Laser Shutdown G-6 G.3 Card-Level Indicators G-7 G.4 Port-Level Indicators G-9 G.5 Client Interface G-14 G.6 DWDM Interface G-15 Contents xli Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 G.7 DWDM Trunk Interface G-15 G.8 Enhanced FEC (E-FEC) Feature G-16 G.9 FEC and E-FEC Modes G-16 G.10 Client-to-Trunk Mapping G-17 G.11 Timing Synchronization G-17 G.12 Multiplexing Function G-18 G.13 SONET/SDH Overhead Byte Processing G-19 G.14 Client Interface Monitoring G-19 G.15 Jitter G-19 G.16 Lamp Test G-19 G.17 Onboard Traffic Generation G-19 G.18 Performance Monitoring G-20 G.19 Distance Extension G-20 G.20 Slot Compatibility G-20 G.21 Interoperability with Cisco MDS Switches G-20 G.22 Client and Trunk Ports G-20 G.23 Communication and Control for Controller Cards G-20 G.23.1 TCC2 Card G-21 G.23.2 TCC2P/TCC3 Card G-21 G.23.3 TNC and TNCE Cards G-21 G.23.4 TSC and TSCE Cards G-22 G.24 Interface Ports G-22 G.25 External Alarms and Controls G-23 G.26 Digital Image Signing (DIS) G-24 G.27 Database Storage G-24 G.28 Redundant Controller Card Installation G-24 G.29 Optical Service Channel G-25 G.30 MultiShelf Management G-25 G.31 Protection Schemes G-25 G.32 Cards Supported by TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE G-26 G.33 Automatic Power Control G-26 G.34 Alarms and Thresholds G-26 G.35 Card Protection G-27 G.35.1 Y-Cable and Splitter Protection G-27 G.35.1.1 Y-Cable Protection G-27 G.35.1.2 Splitter Protection G-30 Contents xlii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 G.35.2 1+1 Protection G-30 G.35.3 Layer 2 Over DWDM Protection G-31 G.36 Far-End Laser Control G-32 G.37 Jitter Considerations G-32 G.38 Termination Modes G-33 APPENDIX H Network Element Defaults H-1 INDEX xliii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface Note The terms “Unidirectional Path Switched Ring” and “UPSR” may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as “Path Protected Mesh Network” and “PPMN”, refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration. Cisco does not recommend using its path protection feature in any particular topological network configuration. This section explains the objectives, intended audience, and organization of this publication and describes the conventions that convey instructions and other information. This section provides the following information: • Revision History • Document Objectives • Audience • Document Organization • Related Documentation • Document Conventions • Obtaining Optical Networking Information • Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining Support, and Security Guidelines xliv Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface Revision History Date Notes December 2011 • Updated the procedure “DLP-G76 Provision DCC/GCC Terminations” in the chapter “Create Optical Channel Circuits and Provisionable Patchcords”. • Updated the section “Termination Modes” in the chapter “Card Features”. • Added a caution to the section, “Related Procedures for RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards” in the chapter, “Provision Optical Amplifier Cards”. January 2012 • Added a note to step 3 in NTP-G144 in the chapter, “Turn Up a Node”. • Updated the card description for the RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP cards in the chapter, “Provision Optical Amplifier Cards”. • Updated the section “GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards” with pluggable limitations in the chapter Transponder and Muxponder Cards”. • Updated the section “Create a Segment Using CTC” in the chapter “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards”. February 2012 • Updated the procedure “DLP-G379 Change the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Card Mode” in the chapter “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards”. • Removed the autonegotiation support statement for ADM-10G card from the “Key Features” section and updated the Mode parameter in the table “ADM-10G Card Ethernet Settings” in the chapter “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards”. • Updated the procedure “DLP-G278 Provision the Optical Line Rate” in the chapter “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards”. March 2012 • Updated the bandwidth parameter in the procedure, “DLP-G383 Provision the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Quality of Service Settings”. • Updated the section, “Multishelf Node” in the chapter, “ Node Reference”. • Added a note in the procedure “NTP-G242 Create an Internal Patchcord Manually” in the chapter “Turn Up a Node”. April 2012 • Updated the table “DWDM NFV Toolbar Options” in the chapter, “Node Reference”. • Updated the "Faceplate and Block Diagram" section of "GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards" in the chapter,“Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards”. • Added a note in the procedure “DLP-G368 Change the 10G Multirate Transponder Trunk Wavelength Settings” in the chapter “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards”. • Added a new procedure "DLP-G713 Provision Administrative VLAN for Ports in a REP Segment Using CTC" and updated "DLP-G384 Provision the GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE QinQ Settings" in the chapter, "Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards". xlv Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface Document Objectives The Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide includes content previously found in two separate guides—Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual and Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. The new Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.3 and later releases will now include background and reference material, installation, turn up, provisioning, and maintenance procedures for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS M2, and Cisco ONS M6 dense wavelength division (DWDM) systems. Use this document in conjunction with the appropriate publications listed in the Related Documentation section. Audience To use this publication, you should be familiar with Cisco or equivalent optical transmission hardware and cabling, telecommunications hardware and cabling, electronic circuitry and wiring practices, and preferably have experience as a telecommunications technician Document Organization May 2012 • Updated the section “RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards” in the chapter “Provision Optical Amplifier Cards”. • Added a note in the procedure “DLP-G507 Enable a Different GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, or 10GE_XPE Card as the Master Card” in the chapter “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards”. • Updated the section “Optical Channel Circuits” in the chapter “Create Optical Channel Circuits and Provisionable Patchcords”. • Updated the “Set Up SNMP” procedure in the chapter “Turn Up a Node”. June 2012 Updated the section “OTU2_XP Card Configuration Rules” in the chapter “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards”. July 2012 • Document Part Number revisioned to 78-19694-02 and a full length book-PDF was generated. • Updated the table “Gigabit Ethernet RMON Variables” in the chapter “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards”. August 2012 Updated the table “Platform and Software Release Compatibility for Control Cards” in the chapter “Install the Control Cards”. Date Notes Table 1 Cisco ONS 15454 Configuration Guide Chapters Title Summary "Cisco ONS Documentation Roadmap for Release 9.4" Provides a link to quickly access publications of Cisco ONS Release 9.4. Chapter 1, “Install the Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6 Shelf” Explains how to install the Cisco ONS 15454 ETSI, Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 shelf assemblies. xlvi Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface Chapter 2, “Connecting the PC and Logging into the GUI” Explains how to connect Windows PCs and Solaris workstations to the Cisco ONS 15454 and how to log into Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) software. Chapter 3, “Install the Control Cards” Explains how to install the control cards needed for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 shelf assemblies. Chapter 4, “Setup Optical Service Channel Cards” Includes descriptions of OSCM and OSC-CSM cards. Also provides references to related procedures. Chapter 5, “Provision Optical Amplifier Cards” Includes descriptions of the optical amplifier cards. Also provides references to related procedures. Chapter 6, “Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards” Includes descriptions of the 32-MUX-O, 32DMX-O, and 4MD-xx.x cards. Also provides references to related procedures. Chapter 7, “Setup Tunable Dispersion Compensating Units” Explains the Tunable Dispersion Compensating Units (T-DCU) used in Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) networks. Also provides references to related procedures. Chapter 8, “Provision Protection Switching Module” Includes descriptions of the Protection Switching Module (PSM) card used in Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM networks. Also provides references to related procedures. Chapter 9, “Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards” Includes descriptions of the AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x cards. Also provides references to related procedures. Chapter 10, “Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards” Includes descriptions of the ROADM cards. Also provides references to related procedures. Chapter 11, “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards” Includes descriptions of transponder (TXP), muxponder (MXP), Xponder (GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE and 10GE_XPE), and ADM-10G cards. Also provides references to related procedures. Chapter 12, “Node Reference” Explains the DWDM node types available for the ONS 15454. The DWDM node type is determined by the type of amplifier and filter cards that are installed in an ONS 15454. Also explains the DWDM automatic power control (APC), reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexing (ROADM) power equalization, span loss verification, and automatic node setup (ANS) functions. Chapter 13, “Network Reference” Explains the DWDM network applications and topologies. Also provides network-level optical performance references. Chapter 14, “Turn Up a Node” Explains how to provision a single Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM node and turn it up for service. Chapter 21, “Perform Node Acceptance Tests” Provides test procedures to verify that installed cards are operating correctly in a Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM node. Chapter 15, “Turn Up a Network” Explains how to turn up and test a Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM network. Chapter 16, “Create Optical Channel Circuits and Provisionable Patchcords” Explains how to create Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM optical channel client connections (OCHCCs), optical channel network connections (OCHNCs), and optical trail circuits. Chapter 17, “Monitor Performance” Explains how to enable and view performance monitoring (PM) statistics for the Cisco ONS 15454. Table 1 Cisco ONS 15454 Configuration Guide Chapters (continued) Title Summary xlvii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface Chapter 18, “Manage the Node” Explains how to modify node provisioning for the Cisco ONS 15454 and perform common management tasks such as monitoring the DWDM automatic power control (APC) and span loss values. Chapter 19, “Alarm and TCA Monitoring and Management” Contains the procedures for viewing and managing the alarms and conditions on a Cisco ONS 15454. Chapter 20, “Change DWDM Card Settings” Explains how to change line, performance monitoring (PM), and threshold settings on Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM cards. Chapter 22, “Management Network Connectivity” Provides an overview of ONS 15454 data communications network (DCN) connectivity. Cisco Optical Networking System (ONS) network communication is based on IP, including communication between Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) computers and ONS 15454 nodes, and communication among networked ONS 15454 nodes. The chapter shows common Cisco ONS 15454 IP network configurations and includes detailed data communications network (DCN) case studies. Chapter 23, “Upgrade, Add, and Remove Cards and Nodes” Provides procedures for adding and removing DWDM cards and nodes Chapter 24, “Maintain the Node” Provides procedures for maintaining the Cisco ONS 15454, including database backup and restoration, removing and replacing cards, viewing the ONS 15454 audit trail, and hardware maintenance procedures. Chapter 25, “Security Reference” Provides information about Cisco ONS 15454 users and security. Chapter 26, “Timing Reference” Provides information about Cisco ONS 15454 users and node timing. Chapter 27, “SNMP” Explains Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) as implemented by the Cisco ONS 15454. Appendix A, “CTC Operation, Information, and Shortcuts” Describes the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) views, menus options, tool options, shortcuts, and table display options. Appendix B, “Hardware Specifications” Contains hardware specifications for the ONS 15454 ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies and cards. Appendix C, “Administrative and Service States” Describes the administrative and service states for Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM cards, optical payload ports, out-of-band optical service channel (OSC) ports, optical channel network connections (OCHNCs), and transponder/muxponder cards and ports. Appendix D, “Configuring GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards Using PCLI” Describes how to provision GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE cards using Pseudo Command Line Interface (PCLI). Appendix E, “Pseudo Command Line Interface Reference” Describes Pseudo-IOS command line interface (PCLI) for GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE cards. Appendix F, “Fiber and Connector Losses in Raman Link Configuration” Describes guidelines to be followed when configuring a Raman link. Appendix G, “Card Features” Describes the card features. Appendix H, “Network Element Defaults” Describes the defaults for the network element settings for Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 platforms. Table 1 Cisco ONS 15454 Configuration Guide Chapters (continued) Title Summary xlviii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface Related Documentation Use the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide in conjunction with the following referenced Release 9.4 publications: • Release Notes for Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6 DWDM, Release 9.4 • Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide • Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide • Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Reference Guide • Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Quick Reference Guide • Cisco ONS SONET TL1 for Beginners • Cisco ONS SDH TL1 Command Guide • Cisco ONS SDH TL1 Reference Guide • Cisco ONS SDH TL1Command Quick Reference Guide • Cisco ONS SDH TL1 for Beginners • Cisco Transport Planner – DWDM Operations Guide • Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms • Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms For an update on End-of-Life and End-of-Sale notices, refer to http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/optical/ps2006/prod_eol_notices_list.html. Document Conventions This publication uses the following conventions: Convention Application boldface Commands and keywords in body text. italic Command input that is supplied by the user. [ ] Keywords or arguments that appear within square brackets are optional. { x | x | x } A choice of keywords (represented by x) appears in braces separated by vertical bars. The user must select one. Ctrl The control key. For example, where Ctrl + D is written, hold down the Control key while pressing the D key. screen font Examples of information displayed on the screen. xlix Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface Note Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the document. Caution Means reader be careful. In this situation, the user might do something that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. boldface screen font Examples of information that the user must enter. < > Command parameters that must be replaced by module-specific codes. Warning IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents. Use the statement number provided at the end of each warning to locate its translation in the translated safety warnings that accompanied this device. Statement 1071 SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Waarschuwing BELANGRIJKE VEILIGHEIDSINSTRUCTIES Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in een situatie die lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat werken, dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient u op de hoogte te zijn van de standaard praktijken om ongelukken te voorkomen. Gebruik het nummer van de verklaring onderaan de waarschuwing als u een vertaling van de waarschuwing die bij het apparaat wordt geleverd, wilt raadplegen. BEWAAR DEZE INSTRUCTIES Varoitus TÄRKEITÄ TURVALLISUUSOHJEITA Tämä varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa. Tilanne voi aiheuttaa ruumiillisia vammoja. Ennen kuin käsittelet laitteistoa, huomioi sähköpiirien käsittelemiseen liittyvät riskit ja tutustu onnettomuuksien yleisiin ehkäisytapoihin. Turvallisuusvaroitusten käännökset löytyvät laitteen mukana toimitettujen käännettyjen turvallisuusvaroitusten joukosta varoitusten lopussa näkyvien lausuntonumeroiden avulla. SÄILYTÄ NÄMÄ OHJEET Convention Application l Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface Attention IMPORTANTES INFORMATIONS DE SÉCURITÉ Ce symbole d'avertissement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez dans une situation pouvant entraîner des blessures ou des dommages corporels. Avant de travailler sur un équipement, soyez conscient des dangers liés aux circuits électriques et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures couramment utilisées pour éviter les accidents. Pour prendre connaissance des traductions des avertissements figurant dans les consignes de sécurité traduites qui accompagnent cet appareil, référez-vous au numéro de l'instruction situé à la fin de chaque avertissement. CONSERVEZ CES INFORMATIONS Warnung WICHTIGE SICHERHEITSHINWEISE Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer Situation, die zu Verletzungen führen kann. Machen Sie sich vor der Arbeit mit Geräten mit den Gefahren elektrischer Schaltungen und den üblichen Verfahren zur Vorbeugung vor Unfällen vertraut. Suchen Sie mit der am Ende jeder Warnung angegebenen Anweisungsnummer nach der jeweiligen Übersetzung in den übersetzten Sicherheitshinweisen, die zusammen mit diesem Gerät ausgeliefert wurden. BEWAHREN SIE DIESE HINWEISE GUT AUF. Avvertenza IMPORTANTI ISTRUZIONI SULLA SICUREZZA Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di intervenire su qualsiasi apparecchiatura, occorre essere al corrente dei pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici e conoscere le procedure standard per la prevenzione di incidenti. Utilizzare il numero di istruzione presente alla fine di ciascuna avvertenza per individuare le traduzioni delle avvertenze riportate in questo documento. CONSERVARE QUESTE ISTRUZIONI Advarsel VIKTIGE SIKKERHETSINSTRUKSJONER Dette advarselssymbolet betyr fare. Du er i en situasjon som kan føre til skade på person. Før du begynner å arbeide med noe av utstyret, må du være oppmerksom på farene forbundet med elektriske kretser, og kjenne til standardprosedyrer for å forhindre ulykker. Bruk nummeret i slutten av hver advarsel for å finne oversettelsen i de oversatte sikkerhetsadvarslene som fulgte med denne enheten. TA VARE PÅ DISSE INSTRUKSJONENE Aviso INSTRUÇÕES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURANÇA Este símbolo de aviso significa perigo. Você está em uma situação que poderá ser causadora de lesões corporais. Antes de iniciar a utilização de qualquer equipamento, tenha conhecimento dos perigos envolvidos no manuseio de circuitos elétricos e familiarize-se com as práticas habituais de prevenção de acidentes. Utilize o número da instrução fornecido ao final de cada aviso para localizar sua tradução nos avisos de segurança traduzidos que acompanham este dispositivo. GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUÇÕES li Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface ¡Advertencia! INSTRUCCIONES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURIDAD Este símbolo de aviso indica peligro. Existe riesgo para su integridad física. Antes de manipular cualquier equipo, considere los riesgos de la corriente eléctrica y familiarícese con los procedimientos estándar de prevención de accidentes. Al final de cada advertencia encontrará el número que le ayudará a encontrar el texto traducido en el apartado de traducciones que acompaña a este dispositivo. GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES Varning! VIKTIGA SÄKERHETSANVISNINGAR Denna varningssignal signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning måste du vara medveten om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanliga förfaranden för att förebygga olyckor. Använd det nummer som finns i slutet av varje varning för att hitta dess översättning i de översatta säkerhetsvarningar som medföljer denna anordning. SPARA DESSA ANVISNINGAR lii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface Aviso INSTRUÇÕES IMPORTANTES DE SEGURANÇA Este símbolo de aviso significa perigo. Você se encontra em uma situação em que há risco de lesões corporais. Antes de trabalhar com qualquer equipamento, esteja ciente dos riscos que envolvem os circuitos elétricos e familiarize-se com as práticas padrão de prevenção de acidentes. Use o número da declaração fornecido ao final de cada aviso para localizar sua tradução nos avisos de segurança traduzidos que acompanham o dispositivo. GUARDE ESTAS INSTRUÇÕES Advarsel VIGTIGE SIKKERHEDSANVISNINGER Dette advarselssymbol betyder fare. Du befinder dig i en situation med risiko for legemesbeskadigelse. Før du begynder arbejde på udstyr, skal du være opmærksom på de involverede risici, der er ved elektriske kredsløb, og du skal sætte dig ind i standardprocedurer til undgåelse af ulykker. Brug erklæringsnummeret efter hver advarsel for at finde oversættelsen i de oversatte advarsler, der fulgte med denne enhed. GEM DISSE ANVISNINGER liii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface liv Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface Obtaining Optical Networking Information This section contains information that is specific to optical networking products. For information that pertains to all of Cisco, refer to the Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining Support, and Security Guidelines section. Where to Find Safety and Warning Information For safety and warning information, refer to the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms document that accompanied the product. This publication describes the international agency compliance and safety information for the Cisco ONS 15454 system. It also includes translations of the safety warnings that appear in the ONS 15454 system documentation. Cisco Optical Networking Product Documentation CD-ROM Optical networking-related documentation, including Cisco ONS 15xxx product documentation, is available in a CD-ROM package that ships with your product. The Optical Networking Product Documentation CD-ROM is updated periodically and may be more current than printed documentation. lv Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining Support, and Security Guidelines For information on obtaining documentation, submitting a service request, and gathering additional information, see the monthly What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and revised Cisco technical documentation. Subscribe to the What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation as a Really Simple Syndication (RSS) feed and set content to be delivered directly to your desktop using a reader application. The RSS feeds are a free service and Cisco currently supports RSS Version 2.0. lvi Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Preface lvii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Cisco ONS Documentation Roadmap for Release 9.4 To quickly access publications of Cisco ONS Release 9.4, see the Cisco ONS Documentation Roadmap for Release 9.4 lviii Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-18908-01 Cisco ONS Documentation Roadmap for Release 9.4 CH A P T E R 1-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 1 Install the Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6 Shelf For information on installing the Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6 shelf, refer: Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide. 1-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 1 Install the Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6 Shelf CH A P T E R 2-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 2 Connecting the PC and Logging into the GUI The information in this chapter is in a new location. See Connect the PC and Log into the GUI document for information on how to connect Windows PCs and Solaris workstations to the Cisco ONS 15454 and how to log into Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) software, the ONS 15454 Operation, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) user interface. 2-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 2 Connecting the PC and Logging into the GUI CH A P T E R 3-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 3 Install the Control Cards Note The terms “Unidirectional Path Switched Ring” and “UPSR” may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as “Path Protected Mesh Network” and “PPMN”, refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration. Cisco does not recommend using its path protection feature in any particular topological network configuration. This chapter describes the common-control cards needed for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 platforms and provides installation and card turn up procedures. For card safety and compliance information, refer to the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms document. Note Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. Note The cards described in this chapter are supported on the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Cisco ONS 15454 M2 platforms, unless noted otherwise. Chapter topics include: • 3.1 Card Overview, page 3-2 • 3.3 TCC2 Card, page 3-3 • “3.3.3 Related Procedures for TCC2 Card” section on page 3-6 • 3.4 TCC2P Card, page 3-6 • “3.4.3 Related Procedures for TCC2P Card” section on page 3-9 • 3.5 TCC3 Card, page 3-9 • 3.5.3 Related Procedures for TCC3 Card, page 3-12 • 3.6 TNC and TNCE Card, page 3-12 • 3.6.3 Related Procedures for TNC and TNCE Cards, page 3-16 • 3.7 TSC and TSCE Cards, page 3-16 • 3.7.3 Related Procedures for TSC and TSCE Cards, page 3-19 3-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Card Overview • 3.8 Digital Image Signing, page 3-20 • 3.8.2 Related Procedures for DIS, page 3-20 • 3.9 AIC-I Card, page 3-20 • 3.9.8 Related Procedures for AIC-I Card, page 3-26 • 3.10 MS-ISC-100T Card, page 3-26 • 3.10.3 Related Procedures for MS-ISC-100T Card, page 3-28 • 3.11 Front Mount Electrical Connections, page 3-29 • 3.12 Procedures for Control Cards, page 3-33 3.1 Card Overview The card overview section lists the cards described in this chapter. Each card is marked with a symbol that corresponds to a slot (or slots) on the ONS 15454 shelf assembly. The cards are then installed into slots displaying the same symbols. For a list of slots and symbols, see the “Card Slot Requirements” section in the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide. 3.1.1 Common Control Cards The following common control cards are needed to support the functions of the DWDM, transponder, and muxponder cards on ONS 15454 shelf: • TCC2 or TCC2P or TCC3 • AIC-I (optional) • MS-ISC-100T (multishelf configurations only) The TNC, TNCE, TSC, and TSCE cards are used to support the functions of DWDM, transponder, and muxponder cards on the Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 shelves. 3.1.2 Card Compatibility Table 3-1 lists the platform and software release compatibility for the control cards. Table 3-1 Platform and Software Release Compatibility for Control Cards TCC2 TCC2P AIC-I MS-ISC-100T TCC31 TNC TSC TNCE TSCE R4.5 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM No No No No No R4.6 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM No No No No No R4.7 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM No No No No No R5.0 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM No No No No No R6.0 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM No No No No No R7.0 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM No No No No No R7.2 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM No No No No No R8.0 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM No No No No No 3-3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Safety Labels 3.1.3 Front Mount Electrical Connections (ETSI only) The following Front Mount Electrical Connections (FMECs) are needed to support the functions of the DWDM, transponder, and muxponder cards: • MIC-A/P • MIC-C/T/P 3.2 Safety Labels For information about safety labels, see the “G.1 Safety Labels” section on page G-1. 3.3 TCC2 Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) Note For TCC2 card specifications, see the “TCC2 Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. R8.5 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM No No No No No R9.0 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM No No No No No R9.1 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM No No No No No R9.2 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M2 and 15454- M6 15454- M2 and 15454- M6 No No R9.2.1 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M2 and 15454- M6 15454- M2 and 15454- M6 No No R9.3 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M2 and 15454- M6 15454- M2 and 15454- M6 15454- M2 and 15454- M6 15454 -M2 and 15454 -M6 R9.4 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M2 and 15454- M6 15454- M2 and 15454- M6 15454- M2 and 15454- M6 15454 -M2 and 15454 -M6 1. The TCC3 card is backward compatible with software Release 9.1 and earlier releases. In the Release 9.1 and earlier releases, the TCC3 card boots up as the TCC2P card in the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM systems. Table 3-1 Platform and Software Release Compatibility for Control Cards (continued) TCC2 TCC2P AIC-I MS-ISC-100T TCC31 TNC TSC TNCE TSCE 3-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TCC2 Card The Advanced Timing, Communications, and Control (TCC2) card performs system initialization, provisioning, alarm reporting, maintenance, diagnostics, IP address detection/resolution, SONET section overhead (SOH) data communications channel/generic communications channel (DCC/GCC) termination, optical service channel (OSC) DWDM data communications network (DCN) termination, and system fault detection for the ONS 15454. The TCC2 also ensures that the system maintains Stratum 3 (Telcordia GR-253-CORE) timing requirements. It monitors the supply voltage of the system. Note The LAN interface of the TCC2 card meets the standard Ethernet specifications by supporting a cable length of 328 ft. (100 m) at temperatures from 32 to 149 degrees Fahrenheit (0 to 65 degrees Celsius). Install TCC2 cards in Slots 7 and 11 for redundancy. If the active TCC2 fails, traffic switches to the protect TCC2. 3.3.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-1 shows the faceplate and block diagram for the TCC2 card. 3-5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TCC2 Card Figure 3-1 TCC2 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3.3.2 TCC2 Card Functions The functions of the TCC2 card are: • G.23 Communication and Control for Controller Cards, page G-20 • G.11 Timing Synchronization, page G-17 FAIL A PWR B ACT/STBY ACO CRIT MIN REM SYNC RS-232 TCP/IP MAJ ACO TCC2 LAMP BACKPLANE Ethernet Repeater Mate TCC2 Ethernet Port Backplane Ethernet Port (Shared with Mate TCC2) SDRAM Memory & Compact Flash FPGA TCCA ASIC SCL Processor Serial Debug Modem Interface RS-232 Craft Interface Backplane RS-232 Port (Shared with Mate TCC2) Faceplate RS-232 Port Note: Only 1 RS-232 Port Can Be Active - Backplane Port Will Supercede Faceplate Port Faceplate Ethernet Port SCL Links to All Cards HDLC Message Bus Mate TCC2 HDLC Link Modem Interface 400MHz (Not Used) Processor Communications Processor SCC3 MCC1 FCC1 MCC2 SCC4 FCC2 SCC1 SCC2 DCC Processor System Timing BITS Input/ Output Ref Clocks -48V PWR (all I/O Slots) Monitors Real Time Clock 137639 3-6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TCC2P Card • G.24 Interface Ports, page G-22 • G.28 Redundant Controller Card Installation, page G-24 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 • Network level indicators—Table G-13 on page G-13 3.3.3 Related Procedures for TCC2 Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the TCC2 card: • NTP-G15 Install the Common Control Cards, page 3-34 • NTP-G18 Set Up CTC Computer for Local Craft Connection to the ONS 15454 • NTP-G17 Set Up Computer for CTC • NTP-G22 Verify Common Card Installation, page 14-4 • NTP-G144 Provision a Multishelf Node, page 14-8 • NTP-G25 Set Battery Power Monitor Thresholds, page 14-15 • NTP-G26 Set Up CTC Network Access, page 14-16 • NTP-G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File, page 14-47 • NTP-G163 Upgrade Nodes in Single-Shelf Mode to Multishelf Mode, page 14-131 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G81 Change CTC Network Access • NTP-G146 Add a Rack, Passive Unit, or Shelf to a Multishelf Node • NTP-G147 Delete a Passive Unit, Shelf, or Rack from a Multishelf Node • NTP-G103 Back Up the Database, page 24-2 • NTP-G104 Restore the Database, page 24-3 • NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC, page 24-13 • NTP-G105 Restore the Node to Factory Configuration, page 24-4 3.4 TCC2P Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) Note For TCC2P card specifications, see the”TCC2P Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The Advanced Timing, Communications, and Control Plus (TCC2P) card is an enhanced version of the TCC2 card. The primary enhancements are Ethernet security features and 64K composite clock BITS timing. The TCC2P card performs system initialization, provisioning, alarm reporting, maintenance, diagnostics, IP address detection/resolution, SONET SOH DCC/GCC termination, and system fault detection for the ONS 15454. The TCC2P also ensures that the system maintains Stratum 3 (Telcordia GR-253-CORE) timing requirements. It monitors the supply voltage of the system. 3-7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TCC2P Card The TCC2P card supports multi-shelf management. The TCC2P card acts as a shelf controller and node controller for the ONS 15454. The TCC2P card supports up to 12 subtended shelves through the MSM-ISC card or external switch. In a multi-shelf configuration, the TCC2P card allows the ONS 15454 node to be a node controller if an M6 shelf is subtended to it. The TCC2P card is compliant to the following standards: • The LAN interface of the TCC2P card meets the standard Ethernet specifications by supporting a cable length of 328 ft. (100 m) at temperatures from 32 to 149 degrees Fahrenheit (0 to 65 degrees Celsius). The interfaces can operate with a cable length of 32.8 ft. (10 m) maximum at temperatures from –40 to 32 degrees Fahrenheit (–40 to 0 degrees Celsius). • The TCC2P card is Restriction of Use of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) complaint. The RoHS regulations limit or ban the specific substances such as lead, cadmium, polybrominated biphenyl (PBB), mercury, hexavalent chromium, and polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE) flame retardants in a new electronic and electric equipment. Install TCC2P cards in Slots 7 and 11 for redundancy. If the active TCC2P card fails, traffic switches to the protect TCC2P card. All TCC2P card protection switches conform to protection switching standards when the bit error rate (BER) counts are not in excess of 1 * 10 exp – 3 and completion time is less than 50 ms. 3.4.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-2 shows the faceplate and block diagram for the TCC2P card. 3-8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TCC2P Card Figure 3-2 TCC2P Faceplate and Block Diagram 3.4.2 TCC2P Card Functions The functions of the TCC2P card are: • G.23 Communication and Control for Controller Cards, page G-20 FAIL A PWR B ACT/STBY ACO CRIT MIN REM SYNC RS-232 TCP/IP MAJ ACO TCC2P LAMP BACKPLANE Ethernet Switch Mate TCC2 Ethernet Port Backplane Ethernet Port (Shared with Mate TCC2) SDRAM Memory & Compact Flash FPGA TCCA ASIC SCL Processor Serial Debug Modem Interface EIA/TIA 232 Craft Interface Backplane EIA/TIA 232 Por (Shared with Mate TCC2) Faceplate EIA/TIA 232 Port Note: Only 1 EIA/TIA 232 Port Can Be Active - Backplane Port Will Supercede Faceplate Port Faceplate Ethernet Port SCL Links to All Cards HDLC Message Bus Mate TCC2 HDLC Link Modem Interface 400MHz (Not Used) Processor Communications Processor SCC3 MCC1 FCC1 MCC2 SCC4 FCC2 SMC1 SCC2 DCC Processor System Timing BITS Input/ Output Ref Clocks -48V PWR (all I/O Slots) Monitors Real Time Clock Ethernet Phy SCC1 3-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TCC3 Card • G.11 Timing Synchronization, page G-17 • G.24 Interface Ports, page G-22 • G.27 Database Storage, page G-24 • G.28 Redundant Controller Card Installation, page G-24 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 l • Network level indicators—Table G-13 on page G-13 • Power level indicators—Table G-11 on page G-12 3.4.3 Related Procedures for TCC2P Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the TCC2P card: • NTP-G15 Install the Common Control Cards, page 3-34 • NTP-G18 Set Up CTC Computer for Local Craft Connection to the ONS 15454 • NTP-G17 Set Up Computer for CTC • DLP-G43 Disable or Bypass Proxy Service Using Internet Explorer (Windows) • DLP-G44 Disable or Bypass Proxy Service Using Mozilla (Solaris) • DLP-G48 Create Login Node Groups • DLP-G49 Add a Node to the Current Session or Login Group • NTP-G22 Verify Common Card Installation, page 14-4 • NTP-G144 Provision a Multishelf Node, page 14-8 • NTP-G25 Set Battery Power Monitor Thresholds, page 14-15 • NTP-G26 Set Up CTC Network Access, page 14-16 • NTP-G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File, page 14-47 • NTP-G163 Upgrade Nodes in Single-Shelf Mode to Multishelf Mode, page 14-131 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G81 Change CTC Network Access • NTP-G146 Add a Rack, Passive Unit, or Shelf to a Multishelf Node • NTP-G147 Delete a Passive Unit, Shelf, or Rack from a Multishelf Node • NTP-G103 Back Up the Database, page 24-2 • NTP-G104 Restore the Database, page 24-3 • NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC, page 24-13 • NTP-G105 Restore the Node to Factory Configuration, page 24-4 3.5 TCC3 Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) 3-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TCC3 Card Note For TCC3 card specifications, see the “TCC3 Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The Timing Communications Control Three (TCC3) card is an enhanced version of the TCC2P card. The primary enhancements include the increase in memory size and compact flash space. The TCC3 card boots up as TCC2P card in older releases and as TCC3 card from Release 9.2 onwards. The TCC3 card performs system initialization, provisioning, alarm reporting, maintenance, diagnostics, IP address detection/resolution, SONET SOH DCC/GCC termination, and system fault detection for the ONS 15454. The TCC3 also ensures that the system maintains Stratum 3 (Telcordia GR-253-CORE) timing requirements. It monitors the supply voltage of the system. The TCC3 card supports multi-shelf management. The TCC3 card acts as a shelf controller and node controller for the ONS 15454. The TCC3 card supports up to 30 subtended shelves through the MSM-ISC card or external switch. In a multi-shelf configuration, the TCC3 card allows the ONS 15454 node to be a node controller if an M6 shelf is subtended to it. We recommend the use of TCC3 card as a node controller when the number of subtended shelves exceeds four. The TCC3 card is compliant with the following standards: • The LAN interface of the TCC3 card meets the standard Ethernet specifications by supporting a cable length of 328 ft (100 m) at temperatures ranging from 32 to 149 degrees Fahrenheit (0 to 65 degrees Celsius). The interfaces can operate with a cable length of 32.8 ft (10 m) maximum at temperatures from –40 to 32 degrees Fahrenheit (–40 to 0 degrees Celsius). • The TCC3 card is Restriction of Use of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) compliant. The RoHS regulations limit or ban the specific substances such as lead, cadmium, polybrominated biphenyl (PBB), mercury, hexavalent chromium, and polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE) flame retardants in a new electronic and electric equipment. 3.5.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-3 shows the faceplate and block diagram for the TCC3 card. 3-11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TCC3 Card Figure 3-3 TCC3 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3.5.2 TCC3 Card Functions The functions of the TCC3 card are: • G.23 Communication and Control for Controller Cards, page G-20 • G.11 Timing Synchronization, page G-17 • G.24 Interface Ports, page G-22 • G.27 Database Storage, page G-24 • G.28 Redundant Controller Card Installation, page G-24 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 FAIL A PWR B ACT/STBY ACO CRIT MIN REM SYNC RS-232 TCP/IP MAJ ACO TCC3 LAMP BACKPLANE Ethernet Switch Mate TCC Ethernet Port Backplane Ethernet Port (Shared with Mate TCC) SDRAM Memory & Compact Flash FPGA TCCA FPGA SCL Processor Serial Debug Modem Interface EIA/TIA 232 Craft Interface Backplane EIA/TIA 232 Port (Shared with Mate TCC) Faceplate EIA/TIA 232 Port Note: Only 1 EIA/TIA 232 Port Can Be Active - Backplane Port Will Supercede Faceplate Port Faceplate Ethernet Port SCL Links to All Cards HDLC Message Bus Mate TCC HDLC Link Modem Interface (Not Used) 400MHz Processor Communications Processor SCC3 MCC1 FCC1 MCC2 SCC4 FCC2 SMC1 SCC2 DCC Processor System Timing BITS Input/ Output Ref Clocks -48V PWR (all I/O Slots) Monitors Real Time Clock Ethernet Phy SCC1 248663 3-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TNC and TNCE Card • Network level indicators—Table G-13 on page G-13 • Power level indicators—Table G-12 on page G-13 3.5.3 Related Procedures for TCC3 Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the TCC3 card: • NTP-G15 Install the Common Control Cards, page 3-34 • NTP-G18 Set Up CTC Computer for Local Craft Connection to the ONS 15454 • NTP-G17 Set Up Computer for CTC • DLP-G43 Disable or Bypass Proxy Service Using Internet Explorer (Windows) • DLP-G44 Disable or Bypass Proxy Service Using Mozilla (Solaris) • DLP-G48 Create Login Node Groups • DLP-G49 Add a Node to the Current Session or Login Group • NTP-G22 Verify Common Card Installation, page 14-4 • NTP-G144 Provision a Multishelf Node, page 14-8 • NTP-G25 Set Battery Power Monitor Thresholds, page 14-15 • NTP-G26 Set Up CTC Network Access, page 14-16 • NTP-G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File, page 14-47 • NTP-G163 Upgrade Nodes in Single-Shelf Mode to Multishelf Mode, page 14-131 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G81 Change CTC Network Access • NTP-G146 Add a Rack, Passive Unit, or Shelf to a Multishelf Node • NTP-G147 Delete a Passive Unit, Shelf, or Rack from a Multishelf Node • NTP-G103 Back Up the Database, page 24-2 • NTP-G104 Restore the Database, page 24-3 • NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC, page 24-13 • NTP-G105 Restore the Node to Factory Configuration, page 24-4 3.6 TNC and TNCE Card (Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 only) The TNC and TNCE cards combine the functions of multiple cards such as TCC2P, OSCM, ISC, and AIC-I cards. The card has a similar look and feel to TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 cards. Note For TNC and TNCE card specifications, see the “TNC and TNCE Card Specifications (Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6)” section in the Hardware Specifications document. 3-13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TNC and TNCE Card The TNC and TNCE cards are provisioned as master and slave in the 15454-M6 shelf, and as a stand-alone card in the 15454-M2 shelf. The TNC and TNCE cards serve as the processor card for the node. On the 15454-M6 shelf, install redundant TNC and TNCE cards in slots 1 and 8. If the active TNC or TNCE card fails, system traffic switches to the redundant TNC or TNCE card. The card supports line cards from slots 2 to 7. On the 15454-M2 shelf, install the stand-alone TNC and TNCE cards in slot 1. The TNC and TNCE cards support line cards in slots 2 and 3. The TNC and TNCE cards monitor both the supply voltage inputs on the 15454-M6 shelf. The TNC and TNCE cards raise an alarm if one of the supply voltage inputs has a voltage out of the specified range. The 15454-M2 shelf has dual power supply. You can insert and remove the TNC and TNCE cards even when the system is online, without impacting the system traffic. You can upgrade the TSC or TSCE card to a TNC or TNCE card. During the upgrade, the TNC and TNCE cards do not support OSC functions such as UDC, VoIP, DCC, and timing function. However, you can still provision the SFP ports on the TNC and TNCE cards during the upgrade. The TNC/TNCE and TSC/TSCE cards cannot be inserted in the same shelf. The TNC and TNCE cards support all the alarms supported by the TCC2P and AIC-I cards. The card adjusts the fan speed according to the temperature and reports a fan failure alarm. Note The LAN interface of the TNC and TNCE cards meet the standard Ethernet specifications by supporting a cable length of 328 ft (100 m) at temperatures from 32 to 149 degrees Fahrenheit (0 to 65 degrees Celsius). The interfaces can operate with a cable length of 32.8 ft (10 m) maximum at temperatures from -40 to 32 degrees Fahrenheit (-40 to 0 degrees Celsius). 3.6.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram The faceplate design of the TNC and TNCE cards allow sufficient space to insert or remove cables while accessing the Ethernet and SFP ports. The TNC and TNCE cards can be installed only in slots 1 or 8 of the ONS 15454 M6 shelf and in slot 1 of the ONS 15454 M2 shelf. The TNC and TNCE cards have an identifier on the faceplate that matches with an identifier in the shelf. A key is also provided on the backplane interface connectors as identifier in the shelf. The TNC and TNCE cards support field-programmable gate array (FPGA) for the backplane interface. The TNC cards have two FPGA: TCCA, SYNTIDE and FRAMPOS The TNCE cards have one FPGA: VEGA and FRAMPOS Figure 3-4 illustrates the faceplate and block diagram for the TNC card. 3-14 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TNC and TNCE Card Figure 3-4 TNC Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-5 illustrates the faceplate and block diagram for the TNCE card. HAZARD LEVEL 1 COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR 1040.10 AND 1040.11 EXCEPT FOR DEVIATIONS PURSUANT TO LASER NOTICE No.50, DATED JUNE 24, 2007 TNC FAIL ACT/STBY ACO SFP2 PWR A B LAMP TEST SFP1 LINK EIA/TIA-232 ACT LINK TCP/IP ACT LINK ACT TX RX TX RX CRIT REM MAJ SYNC MIN ACO 1GB DDR2 Mini-DIMM CPU MPC8568E GE Phy GE Phy GE Phy SFP1 SFP2 BusMux CPLD Ethernet Switch Local Ethernet Switch External Glue Logic CPLD SYNTIDE FPGA Boot Flash USB Controller FRAMPOS FPGA TCCA FPGA T1/E1 Framers LOG NVRAM FE Phy 4GB Compact Flash 277855 3-15 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TNC and TNCE Card Figure 3-5 TNCE Faceplate and Block Diagram 3.6.2 TNC and TNCE Card Functions The functions of the TNC and TNCE cards are: • G.23 Communication and Control for Controller Cards, page G-20 • G.29 Optical Service Channel, page G-25 • G.11 Timing Synchronization, page G-17 • G.30 MultiShelf Management, page G-25 • G.27 Database Storage, page G-24 • G.24 Interface Ports, page G-22 • G.25 External Alarms and Controls, page G-23 • G.16 Lamp Test, page G-19 • G.28 Redundant Controller Card Installation, page G-24 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 • Network level indicators—Table G-13 on page G-13 • Power level indicators—Table G-12 on page G-13 • Port level indicators—Table G-14 on page G-14 • TNC and TNCE SFP indicators—Table G-15 on page G-14 HAZARD LEVEL 1 COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR 1040.10 AND 1040.11 EXCEPT FOR DEVIATIONS PURSUANT TO LASER NOTICE No.50, DATED JUNE 24, 2007 TNCE FAIL ACT/STBY ACO SFP2 PWR A B LAMP TEST SFP1 LINK EIA/TIA-232 ACT LINK TCP/IP ACT LINK ACT TX RX TX RX CRIT REM MAJ SYNC MIN ACO 1GB DDR2 Mini-DIMM CPU MPC8568E GE Phy GE Phy GE Phy SFP1 SFP2 BusMux CPLD Ethernet Switch Local Ethernet Switch External Glue Logic CPLD Boot Flash USB Controller FRAMPOS FPGA FPGA FPGA T1/E1 Framers LOG NVRAM FE Phy CPU 8378 1588 FE PHY 4GB Compact Flash 236696 3-16 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TSC and TSCE Cards • G.31 Protection Schemes, page G-25 • G.32 Cards Supported by TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE, page G-26 3.6.3 Related Procedures for TNC and TNCE Cards The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the TNC and TNCE cards: • NTP-G313 Install and Configure the TNC, TNCE, TSC, or TSCE Card, page 3-41 • NTP-G17 Set Up Computer for CTC • DLP-G43 Disable or Bypass Proxy Service Using Internet Explorer (Windows) • DLP-G44 Disable or Bypass Proxy Service Using Mozilla (Solaris) • DLP-G48 Create Login Node Groups • DLP-G49 Add a Node to the Current Session or Login Group • DLP-G41 Set Up a Windows PC for Craft Connection to an ONS 15454 Using Automatic Host Detection • NTP-G19 Set Up a CTC Computer for a Corporate LAN Connection to the ONS 15454 • NTP-G22 Verify Common Card Installation, page 14-4 • NTP-G250 Verify Digital Image Signing (DIS) Information, page 14-6 • NTP-G279 Monitor TNC and TNCE Card Performance • NTP-G144 Provision a Multishelf Node, page 14-8 • NTP-G25 Set Battery Power Monitor Thresholds, page 14-15 • NTP-G26 Set Up CTC Network Access, page 14-16 • NTP-G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File, page 14-47 • NTP-G163 Upgrade Nodes in Single-Shelf Mode to Multishelf Mode, page 14-131 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G81 Change CTC Network Access • NTP-G146 Add a Rack, Passive Unit, or Shelf to a Multishelf Node • NTP-G147 Delete a Passive Unit, Shelf, or Rack from a Multishelf Node • NTP-G103 Back Up the Database, page 24-2 • NTP-G104 Restore the Database, page 24-3 • NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC, page 24-13 • NTP-G277 Provision Alarms and Controls on the TNC, TNCE, TSC, or TSCE Card • NTP-G105 Restore the Node to Factory Configuration, page 24-4 3.7 TSC and TSCE Cards (Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 only) The TSC and TSCE cards combine the functions of multiple cards such as TCC2P, ISC, and AIC-I cards. The card has a similar look and feel to TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 cards. 3-17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TSC and TSCE Cards Note For TSC and TSCE cards specification, see the “TSC and TSCE Card Specifications (ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6)” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The TSC and TSCE cards are provisioned as master and slave in the ONS 15454 M6 shelf, and as a stand-alone card in the ONS 15454 M2 shelf. The TSC and TSCE cards serve as the processor card for the node. On the ONS 15454 M6 shelf, install redundant TSC and TSCE cards in slots 1 and 8. If the active TSC or TSCE card fails, system traffic switches to the redundant TSC or TSCE card. The TSC and TSCE cards support line cards from slots 2 to 7. On the ONS 15454 M2 shelf, install the stand-alone TSC and TSCE cards in slot 1. The TSC and TSCE cards support line cards in slots 2 and 3. The TSC and TSCE cards monitor both the supply voltage inputs on the 15454-M6 shelf. The TSC and TSCE cards raise an alarm if one of the supply voltage inputs has a voltage out of the specified range. The 15454-M2 shelf has dual power supply. You can insert and remove the TSC and TSCE cards even when the system is online, without impacting the system traffic. The TSC and TSCE cards do not support optical service channel (OSC) and SFP ports. You can upgrade the TSC or TSCE card to a TNC or TNCE card. During the upgrade, the TNC and TNCE cards do not support OSC functions such as UDC, VoIP, DCC, and timing function. However, you can still provision SFP ports on the TNC and TNCE cards during the upgrade. The TNC, TNCE, TSC, and TSCE cards cannot be inserted in the same shelf. The TSC and TSCE cards support all the alarms supported by the TCC2P and AIC-I cards. The card adjusts the fan speed according to the temperature and reports a fan failure alarm. Note The LAN interface of the TSC and TSCE cards meet the standard Ethernet specifications by supporting a cable length of 328 ft (100 m) at temperatures from 32 to 149 degrees Fahrenheit (0 to 65 degrees Celsius). The interfaces can operate with a cable length of 32.8 ft (10 m) maximum at temperatures from -40 to 32 degrees Fahrenheit (-40 to 0 degrees Celsius). 3.7.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram The faceplate design of the TSC and TSCE cards allow sufficient space to insert or remove cables while accessing the Ethernet ports. The TSC and TSCE cards can be installed only in slots 1 or 8 of the 15454-M6 shelf and in slot 1 of the 15454-M2 shelf. The TSC and TSCE cards have an identifier on the faceplate that matches with an identifier in the shelf. A key is also provided on the backplane interface connectors as identifier in the shelf. The TSC and TSCE cards support field-programmable gate array (FPGA) for the backplane interface. The TSC cards have two FPGA: TCCA and SYNTIDE The TSCE cards have one FPGA: VEGA Figure 3-6 illustrates the faceplate and block diagram for the TSC card. 3-18 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TSC and TSCE Cards Figure 3-6 TSC Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-7 illustrates the faceplate for the TSCE card. Figure 3-7 TSCE Faceplate 3.7.2 TSC and TSCE Card Functions The functions of the TSC and TSCE cards are: • G.23 Communication and Control for Controller Cards, page G-20 • G.11 Timing Synchronization, page G-17 • G.30 MultiShelf Management, page G-25 • G.27 Database Storage, page G-24 • G.24 Interface Ports, page G-22 • G.25 External Alarms and Controls, page G-23 • G.16 Lamp Test, page G-19 • G.28 Redundant Controller Card Installation, page G-24 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 TSC FAIL ACT/STBY CRIT REM MAJ SYNC MIN ACO ACO PWR A B LAMP TEST EIA/TIA-232 TCP/IP ACT LINK 256MB DDR2 Mini-DIMM CPU MPC8568E GE Phy GE Phy BusMux CPLD Ethernet Switch Local Ethernet Switch External Glue Logic CPLD SYNTIDE FPGA Boot Flash USB Controller TCCA FPGA T1/E1 Framers LOG NVRAM 256MB Compact Flash 277856 TSCE FAIL ACT/STBY CRIT REM MAJ SYNC MIN ACO ACO PWR A B LAMP TEST EIA/TIA-232 TCP/IP ACT LINK 246795 3-19 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards TSC and TSCE Cards • Network level indicators—Table G-13 on page G-13 • Power level indicators—Table G-12 on page G-13 • Port level indicators—Table G-14 on page G-14 • G.31 Protection Schemes, page G-25 • G.32 Cards Supported by TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE, page G-26 3.7.3 Related Procedures for TSC and TSCE Cards The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the TSC and TSCE cards: • NTP-G313 Install and Configure the TNC, TNCE, TSC, or TSCE Card, page 3-41 • NTP-G17 Set Up Computer for CTC • DLP-G43 Disable or Bypass Proxy Service Using Internet Explorer (Windows) • DLP-G44 Disable or Bypass Proxy Service Using Mozilla (Solaris) • DLP-G48 Create Login Node Groups • DLP-G49 Add a Node to the Current Session or Login Group • DLP-G41 Set Up a Windows PC for Craft Connection to an ONS 15454 Using Automatic Host Detection • NTP-G19 Set Up a CTC Computer for a Corporate LAN Connection to the ONS 15454 • NTP-G22 Verify Common Card Installation, page 14-4 • NTP-G250 Verify Digital Image Signing (DIS) Information, page 14-6 • NTP-G144 Provision a Multishelf Node, page 14-8 • NTP-G25 Set Battery Power Monitor Thresholds, page 14-15 • NTP-G26 Set Up CTC Network Access, page 14-16 • NTP-G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File, page 14-47 • NTP-G163 Upgrade Nodes in Single-Shelf Mode to Multishelf Mode, page 14-131 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G81 Change CTC Network Access • NTP-G146 Add a Rack, Passive Unit, or Shelf to a Multishelf Node • NTP-G147 Delete a Passive Unit, Shelf, or Rack from a Multishelf Node • NTP-G103 Back Up the Database, page 24-2 • NTP-G104 Restore the Database, page 24-3 • NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC, page 24-13 • NTP-G103 Back Up the Database, page 24-2 • NTP-G104 Restore the Database, page 24-3 • NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC, page 24-13 • NTP-G277 Provision Alarms and Controls on the TNC, TNCE, TSC, or TSCE Card • NTP-G280 Modify Threshold Settings for the TNC and TNCE Cards, page 20-121 • NTP-G278 Upgrade the TSC or TSCE Card to the TNC or TNCE Card 3-20 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Digital Image Signing • NTP-G105 Restore the Node to Factory Configuration, page 24-4 3.8 Digital Image Signing (Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 only) The DIS feature complies with the new U.S. Government Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-3 to provide security for all software provided on the Cisco ONS 15454 M6 and ONS 15454 M2 platforms. This standard requires software to be digitally signed and verified for authenticity and integrity prior to load and execution. DIS feature automatically provides increased protection. DIS focuses on software security and provides increased protection from attacks and threats to Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 products. DIS verifies software integrity and provides assurance that the software has not been tampered with or modified. Digitally signed Cisco software provides counterfeit protection. New controller cards, such as TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE, provide services that authenticate the origin of the software running on the Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 platforms. The signage and verification process is transparent until verification fails. 3.8.1 DIS Identification Digitally signed software can be identified by the last three characters appended to the working version and protected version field in CTC. The DIS conventions can be viewed under the working version displayed in the Maintenance > Software tab in CTC. For example, 9.2.0 (09.20-X10C-29.09-SDA) and 9.2.0 (09.20-010C-18.18-SPA). The significance of the three characters appended to the software version is explained in Table: 3.8.2 Related Procedures for DIS To verify DIS, see NTP-G250 Verify Digital Image Signing (DIS) Information, page 14-6. 3.9 AIC-I Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) Table 3-2 DIS Conventions in the Software Version Character Meaning S (first character) Indicates that the package is signed. P or D (second character) Production (P) or Development (D) image. Production image—Software approved for general release. Development image—development software provided under special conditions for limited use. A (third character) This third character indicates the version of the key used for signature generation. The version changes when a key is revoked and a new key is used. The values of the version key varies from A to Z. 3-21 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards AIC-I Card Note For hardware specifications, see the “AIC-I Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The optional Alarm Interface Controller–International (AIC-I) card provides customer-defined (environmental) alarms and controls and supports local and express orderwire. It provides 12 customer-defined input and 4 customer-defined input/output contacts. The physical connections are via the backplane wire-wrap pin terminals. If you use the additional alarm expansion panel (AEP), the AIC-I card can support up to 32 inputs and 16 outputs, which are connected on the AEP connectors. The AEP is compatible with ANSI shelves only. A power monitoring function monitors the supply voltage (–48 VDC). 3.9.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-8 shows the AIC-I faceplate and a block diagram of the card. 3-22 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards AIC-I Card Figure 3-8 AIC-I Faceplate and Block Diagram 3.9.2 AIC-I Card-Level Indicators Table G-2 lists the card-level LEDs on the card. AIC-I Fail Express orderwire Local orderwire EEPROM LED x2 AIC-I FPGA SCL links 4 x IN/OUT Power Monitoring 12/16 x IN Ringer Act Ring Ring Input Output 78828 FAIL ACT ACC INPUT/OUTPUT EOW LOW RING AIC-1 (DTMF) (DTMF) UDC-A UDC-B DCC-A DCC-B ACC PWR A B RING DCC-B DCC-A UDC-B UDC-A 3-23 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards AIC-I Card 3.9.3 External Alarms and Controls The AIC-I card provides input/output alarm contact closures. You can define up to 12 external alarm inputs and 4 external alarm inputs/outputs (user configurable). The physical connections are made using the backplane wire-wrap pins or FMEC connections. For information about increasing the number of input/output contacts, see the “ONS 15454 ANSI Alarm Expansion Panel” section in the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide. LEDs on the front panel of the AIC-I indicate the status of the alarm lines, one LED representing all of the inputs and one LED representing all of the outputs. External alarms (input contacts) are typically used for external sensors such as open doors, temperature sensors, flood sensors, and other environmental conditions. External controls (output contacts) are typically used to drive visual or audible devices such as bells and lights, but they can control other devices such as generators, heaters, and fans. You can program each of the twelve input alarm contacts separately. You can program each of the sixteen input alarm contacts separately. Choices include: • Alarm on Closure or Alarm on Open • Alarm severity of any level (Critical, Major, Minor, Not Alarmed, Not Reported) • Service Affecting or Non-Service Affecting alarm-service level • 63-character alarm description for CTC display in the alarm log You cannot assign the fan-tray abbreviation for the alarm; the abbreviation reflects the generic name of the input contacts. The alarm condition remains raised until the external input stops driving the contact or you provision the alarm input. The output contacts can be provisioned to close on a trigger or to close manually. The trigger can be a local alarm severity threshold, a remote alarm severity, or a virtual wire: • Local NE alarm severity: A hierarchy of Not Reported, Not Alarmed, Minor, Major, or Critical alarm severities that you set to cause output closure. For example, if the trigger is set to Minor, a Minor alarm or above is the trigger. • Remote NE alarm severity: Same as the local NE alarm severity but applies to remote alarms only. • Virtual wire entities: You can provision any environmental alarm input to raise a signal on any virtual wire on external outputs 1 through 4 when the alarm input is an event. You can provision a signal on any virtual wire as a trigger for an external control output. You can also program the output alarm contacts (external controls) separately. In addition to provisionable triggers, you can manually force each external output contact to open or close. Manual operation takes precedence over any provisioned triggers that might be present. Note For ANSI shelves, the number of inputs and outputs can be increased using the AEP. The AEP is connected to the shelf backplane and requires an external wire-wrap panel. 3.9.4 Orderwire Orderwire allows a crafts person to plug a phone set into an ONS 15454 and communicate with crafts people working at other ONS 15454s or other facility equipment. The orderwire is a pulse code modulation (PCM) encoded voice channel that uses E1 or E2 bytes in section/line overhead. 3-24 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards AIC-I Card The AIC-I allows simultaneous use of both local (section overhead signal) and express (line overhead channel) orderwire channels on a SONET/SDH ring or particular optics facility. Express orderwire also allows communication via regeneration sites when the regenerator is not a Cisco device. You can provision orderwire functions with CTC similar to the current provisioning model for DCC/GCC channels. In CTC, you provision the orderwire communications network during ring turn-up so that all NEs on the ring can reach one another. Orderwire terminations (that is, the optics facilities that receive and process the orderwire channels) are provisionable. Both express and local orderwire can be configured as on or off on a particular SONET/SDH facility. The ONS 15454 supports up to four orderwire channel terminations per shelf. This allows linear, single ring, dual ring, and small hub-and-spoke configurations. Orderwire is not protected in ring topologies such as bidirectional line switched ring (BLSR), multiplex section-shared protection ring (MS-SPRing), path protection, or subnetwork connection protection (SNCP) ring. Caution Do not configure orderwire loops. Orderwire loops cause feedback that disables the orderwire channel. The ONS 15454 implementation of both local and express orderwire is broadcast in nature. The line acts as a party line. Anyone who picks up the orderwire channel can communicate with all other participants on the connected orderwire subnetwork. The local orderwire party line is separate from the express orderwire party line. Up to four OC-N/STM-N facilities for each local and express orderwire are provisionable as orderwire paths. The AIC-I supports selective dual tone multi-frequency (DTMF) dialing for telephony connectivity, which causes one AIC-I card or all ONS 15454 AIC-I cards on the orderwire subnetwork to “ring.” The ringer/buzzer resides on the AIC-I. There is also a “ring” LED that mimics the AIC-I ringer. It flashes when a call is received on the orderwire subnetwork. A party line call is initiated by pressing *0000 on the DTMF pad. Individual dialing is initiated by pressing * and the individual four-digit number on the DTMF pad. Table 3-3 shows the pins on the orderwire connector that correspond to the tip and ring orderwire assignments. When provisioning the orderwire subnetwork, make sure that an orderwire loop does not exist. Loops cause oscillation and an unusable orderwire channel. Figure 3-9 shows the standard RJ-11 connectors used for orderwire ports. Table 3-3 Orderwire Pin Assignments RJ-11 Pin Number Description 1 Four-wire receive ring 2 Four-wire transmit tip 3 Two-wire ring 4 Two-wire tip 5 Four-wire transmit ring 6 Four-wire receive tip 3-25 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards AIC-I Card Figure 3-9 RJ-11 Connector 3.9.5 Power Monitoring The AIC-I card provides a power monitoring circuit that monitors the supply voltage of –48 VDC for presence, under voltage, and over voltage. 3.9.6 User Data Channel The user data channel (UDC) features a dedicated data channel of 64 kbps (F1 byte) between two nodes in an ONS 15454 network. Each AIC-I card provides two user data channels, UDC-A and UDC-B, through separate RJ-11 connectors on the front of the AIC-I card. Each UDC can be routed to an individual optical interface in the ONS 15454. The UDC ports are standard RJ-11 receptacles. Table 3-4 lists the UDC pin assignments. 3.9.7 Data Communications Channel The DCC features a dedicated data channel of 576 kbps (D4 to D12 bytes) between two nodes in an ONS 15454 network. Each AIC-I card provides two data communications channels, DCC-A and DCC-B, through separate RJ-45 connectors on the front of the AIC-I card. Each DCC can be routed to an individual optical interface in the ONS 15454. The DCC ports are synchronous serial interfaces. The DCC ports are standard RJ-45 receptacles. Table 3-5 lists the DCC pin assignments. 61077 Pin 1 Pin 6 RJ-11 Table 3-4 UDC Pin Assignments RJ-11 Pin Number Description 1 For future use 2 TXN 3 RXN 4 RXP 5 TXP 6 For future use 3-26 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards MS-ISC-100T Card 3.9.8 Related Procedures for AIC-I Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the AIC-I card: • NTP-G15 Install the Common Control Cards, page 3-34 • NTP-G22 Verify Common Card Installation, page 14-4 • NTP-G60 Create and Delete Overhead Circuits, page 16-81 • NTP-G72 Provision External Alarms and Controls on the Alarm Interface Controller-International Card • NTP-G101 Modify Alarm Interface Controller–International Settings, page 20-117 3.10 MS-ISC-100T Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) Note For hardware specifications, see the “MS-ISC-100T Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The Multishelf Internal Switch Card (MS-ISC-100T) is an Ethernet switch used to implement the multishelf LAN. It connects the node controller shelf to the network and to subtending shelves. The MS-ISC-100T must always be equipped on the node controller shelf; it cannot be provisioned on a subtending controller shelf. The recommended configuration is to implement LAN redundancy using two MS-ISC-100T cards: one switch is connected to the Ethernet front panel port of the TCC2/TCC2P card in Slot 7, and the other switch is connected to the Ethernet front panel port of the TCC2/TCC2P card in Slot 11. The Ethernet configuration of the MS-ISC-100T card is part of the software package and is automatically loaded. The MS-ISC-100T card operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17 on the node controller shelf; the recommended slots are Slot 6 and Slot 12. Table 3-6 lists the MS-ISC-100T port assignments. Table 3-5 DCC Pin Assignments RJ-45 Pin Number Description 1 TCLKP 2 TCLKN 3 TXP 4 TXN 5 RCLKP 6 RCLKN 7 RXP 8 RXN 3-27 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards MS-ISC-100T Card Caution Shielded twisted-pair cabling should be used for inter-building applications. 3.10.1 Faceplate Diagram Figure 3-10 shows the card faceplate. Table 3-6 MS-ISC-100T Card Port Assignments Port Description DCN 1and DCN 2 Connection to the network SSC1 to SSC7 Connection to subtending shelves NC Connection to TCC2/TCC2P using a cross-over cable PRT Connection to the PRT port of the redundant MS-ISC-100T 3-28 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards MS-ISC-100T Card Figure 3-10 MS-ISC-100T Faceplate 3.10.2 MS-ISC-100T Card-Level Indicators Table G-3 lists the card-level LEDs on the card. 3.10.3 Related Procedures for MS-ISC-100T Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the MS-ISC-100T card: • NTP-G15 Install the Common Control Cards, page 3-34 FAIL ACT MS ISC 100T CONSOLE 145274 DC2 SSC1 SSC2 SSC3 SSC4 SSC5 SSC6 SSC7 NC PRT DCN1 3-29 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Front Mount Electrical Connections • NTP-G22 Verify Common Card Installation, page 14-4 • NTP-G144 Provision a Multishelf Node, page 14-8 • NTP-G163 Upgrade Nodes in Single-Shelf Mode to Multishelf Mode, page 14-131 • NTP-G146 Add a Rack, Passive Unit, or Shelf to a Multishelf Node • NTP-G147 Delete a Passive Unit, Shelf, or Rack from a Multishelf Node 3.11 Front Mount Electrical Connections This section describes the MIC-A/P and MIC-C/T/P FMECs, which provide power, external alarm, and timing connections for the ONS 15454 ETSI shelf. 3.11.1 MIC-A/P FMEC Note For hardware specifications, see the “MIC-A/P FMEC Specifications (ETSI only)” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The MIC-A/P FMEC provides connection for the BATTERY B input, one of the two possible redundant power supply inputs. It also provides connection for eight alarm outputs (coming from the TCC2/TCC2P card), sixteen alarm inputs, and four configurable alarm inputs/outputs. Its position is in Slot 23 in the center of the subrack Electrical Facility Connection Assembly (EFCA) area. The MIC-A/P FMEC has the following features: • Connection for one of the two possible redundant power supply inputs • Connection for eight alarm outputs (coming from the TCC2/TCC2P card) • Connection for four configurable alarm inputs/outputs • Connection for sixteen alarm inputs • Storage of manufacturing and inventory data For proper system operation, both the MIC-A/P and MIC-C/T/P FMECs must be installed in the ONS 15454 ETSI shelf. 3.11.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-11 shows the MIC-A/P faceplate. Figure 3-11 MIC-A/P Faceplate Figure 3-12 shows a block diagram of the MIC-A/P. MIC-A/P ALARM IN/OUT CLEI CODE BARCODE POWER RATING GND BATTERY B CAUTION TIGHTEN THE FACEPLATE SCREWS WITH 1.0 NM TORQUE 271305 3-30 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Front Mount Electrical Connections Figure 3-12 MIC-A/P Block Diagram Table 3-7 shows the alarm interface pinouts on the MIC-A/P DB-62 connector. Inventory Data (EEPROM) 61332 Backplane 3W3 Connector Alarms DB62 Connector Power 16 Alarm inputs 4 Alarm in/outputs Table 3-7 Alarm Interface Pinouts on the MIC-A/P DB-62 Connector Pin No. Signal Name Signal Description 1 ALMCUTOFF N Alarm cutoff, normally open ACO pair 2 ALMCUTOFF P Alarm cutoff, normally open ACO pair 3 ALMINP0 N Alarm input pair 1, reports closure on connected wires 4 ALMINP0 P Alarm input pair 1, reports closure on connected wires 5 ALMINP1 N Alarm input pair 2, reports closure on connected wires 6 ALMINP1 P Alarm input pair 2, reports closure on connected wires 7 ALMINP2 N Alarm input pair 3, reports closure on connected wires 8 ALMINP2 P Alarm input pair 3, reports closure on connected wires 9 ALMINP3 N Alarm input pair 4, reports closure on connected wires 10 ALMINP3 P Alarm input pair 4, reports closure on connected wires 11 EXALM0 N External customer alarm 1 12 EXALM0 P External customer alarm 1 13 GND Ground 14 EXALM1 N External customer alarm 2 15 EXALM1 P External customer alarm 2 16 EXALM2 N External customer alarm 3 17 EXALM2 P External customer alarm 3 18 EXALM3 N External customer alarm 4 19 EXALM3 P External customer alarm 4 20 EXALM4 N External customer alarm 5 21 EXALM4 P External customer alarm 5 22 EXALM5 N External customer alarm 6 23 EXALM5 P External customer alarm 6 24 EXALM6 N External customer alarm 7 25 EXALM6 P External customer alarm 7 3-31 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Front Mount Electrical Connections 26 GND Ground 27 EXALM7 N External customer alarm 8 28 EXALM7 P External customer alarm 8 29 EXALM8 N External customer alarm 9 30 EXALM8 P External customer alarm 9 31 EXALM9 N External customer alarm 10 32 EXALM9 P External customer alarm 10 33 EXALM10 N External customer alarm 11 34 EXALM10 P External customer alarm 11 35 EXALM11 N External customer alarm 12 36 EXALM11 P External customer alarm 12 37 ALMOUP0 N Normally open output pair 1 38 ALMOUP0 P Normally open output pair 1 39 GND Ground 40 ALMOUP1 N Normally open output pair 2 41 ALMOUP1 P Normally open output pair 2 42 ALMOUP2 N Normally open output pair 3 43 ALMOUP2 P Normally open output pair 3 44 ALMOUP3 N Normally open output pair 4 45 ALMOUP3 P Normally open output pair 4 46 AUDALM0 N Normally open Minor audible alarm 47 AUDALM0 P Normally open Minor audible alarm 48 AUDALM1 N Normally open Major audible alarm 49 AUDALM1 P Normally open Major audible alarm 50 AUDALM2 N Normally open Critical audible alarm 51 AUDALM2 P Normally open Critical audible alarm 52 GND Ground 53 AUDALM3 N Normally open Remote audible alarm 54 AUDALM3 P Normally open Remote audible alarm 55 VISALM0 N Normally open Minor visual alarm 56 VISALM0 P Normally open Minor visual alarm 57 VISALM1 N Normally open Major visual alarm 58 VISALM1 P Normally open Major visual alarm 59 VISALM2 N Normally open Critical visual alarm 60 VISALM2 P Normally open Critical visual alarm Table 3-7 Alarm Interface Pinouts on the MIC-A/P DB-62 Connector (continued) Pin No. Signal Name Signal Description 3-32 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Front Mount Electrical Connections 3.11.3 MIC-C/T/P FMEC Note For hardware specifications, see the “MIC-C/T/P FMEC Specifications (ETSI only)” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The MIC-C/T/P FMEC provides connection for the BATTERY A input, one of the two possible redundant power supply inputs. It also provides connection for system management serial port, system management LAN port, modem port (for future use), and system timing inputs and outputs. Install the MIC-C/T/P in Slot 24. The MIC-C/T/P FMEC has the following features: • Connection for one of the two possible redundant power supply inputs • Connection for two serial ports for local craft/modem (for future use) • Connection for one LAN port • Connection for two system timing inputs • Connection for two system timing outputs • Storage of manufacturing and inventory data For proper system operation, both the MIC-A/P and MIC-C/T/P FMECs must be installed in the shelf. 3.11.4 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-13 shows the MIC-C/T/P FMEC faceplate. Figure 3-13 MIC-C/T/P Faceplate Figure 3-14 shows a block diagram of the MIC-C/T/P. 61 VISALM3 N Normally open Remote visual alarm 62 VISALM3 P Normally open Remote visual alarm Table 3-7 Alarm Interface Pinouts on the MIC-A/P DB-62 Connector (continued) Pin No. Signal Name Signal Description MIC-C/T/P CLEI CODE BARCODE POWER RATING GND BATTERY A TIMING A IN TIMING B OUT CAUTION TIGHTEN THE FACEPLATE SCREWS WITH 1.0 NM TORQUE 271306 LAN AUX TERM ACT LINK 3-33 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards Figure 3-14 MIC-C/T/P Block Diagram The MIC-C/T/P FMEC has one pair of LEDs located on the RJ45 LAN connector. The green LED is on when a link is present, and the amber LED is on when data is being transferred. 3.12 Procedures for Control Cards The procedures described below explain how to install the control cards needed for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 platforms. 3.12.1 Before You Begin Before performing any of the following procedures, investigate all alarms and clear any trouble conditions. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide as necessary. This section lists the chapter procedures (NTPs). Turn to a procedure for applicable tasks (DLPs). • NTP-G15 Install the Common Control Cards, page 3-34—Complete this procedure to install the control cards needed for the ONS 15454 platform. • NTP-G313 Install and Configure the TNC, TNCE, TSC, or TSCE Card, page 3-41—Complete this procedure to install the control cards needed for the ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 platforms. Inventory Data (EEPROM) 61334 Backplane 3W3 connector Power RJ-45 connectors System management serial ports RJ-45 connectors System management LAN 4 coaxial connectors Timing 2 x in / 2 x out 3-34 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards NTP-G15 Install the Common Control Cards Warning During this procedure, wear grounding wrist straps to avoid ESD damage to the card. Do not directly touch the backplane with your hand or any metal tool, or you could shock yourself. Statement 94 Caution Always use the supplied ESD wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. For detailed instructions on how to wear the ESD wristband, refer to the Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms. Note If protective clips are installed on the backplane connectors of the cards, remove the clips before installing the cards. Note If you install a card incorrectly, the FAIL LED flashes continuously. Step 1 (ONS 15454 only) Complete the “DLP-G33 Install the TCC2, TCC2P, or TCC3 Card” task on page 3-35. Note If you install the wrong card in a slot, see the “NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards”. Step 2 (ONS 15454 only) Complete the “DLP-G34 Install the AIC-I Card” task on page 3-38, if necessary. Step 3 (ONS 15454 only) Complete the “DLP-G309 Install the MS-ISC-100T Card” task on page 3-39, if necessary. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Purpose This procedure describes how to install the control cards needed for the ONS 15454 platform. Tools/Equipment Redundant TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 cards on ONS 15454 shelf (required) AIC-I card (optional) MS-ISC-100T (optional; for multishelf node configurations) Prerequisite Procedures Following procedures in the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide: • “NTP-G7 Install the Power and Ground” • “NTP-G14 Install DWDM Equipment” Required/As Needed Required Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level Provisioning or higher 3-35 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards DLP-G33 Install the TCC2, TCC2P, or TCC3 Card Caution Do not remove a TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card during the software transfer process, which is indicated by alternate flashing FAIL and ACT/STBY LEDs. Removing a TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 during the software transfer process will corrupt the system memory. Note Allow each card to boot completely before installing the next card. Step 1 Open the latches/ejectors of the first TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card that you will install. Step 2 Use the latches/ejectors to firmly slide the card along the guide rails until the card plugs into the receptacle at the back of the slot (Slot 7 or 11). Note In Step 4, you will be instructed to watch the LED activity (sequence) on the front of the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card. This activity begins immediately after you close the latches in Step 3. Step 3 Verify that the card is inserted correctly and close the latches/ejectors on the card. Note It is possible to close the latches/ejectors when the card is not completely plugged into the back panel of the shelf. Ensure that you cannot insert the card any farther. If you insert a card into a slot provisioned for a different card, all LEDs turn off. Step 4 As needed, go to Step a to verify the LED activity on the TCC2 card. For the TCC2P go to Step b. For the TCC3 card go to Step c. a. For the TCC2 card: • All LEDs turn on briefly. The red FAIL LED and the yellow ACT/STBY LED turn on for about 15 seconds. (For TCC3 card it takes around 20 to 25 seconds) • The red FAIL LED and the green ACT/STBY LED turn on for about 40 seconds. • The red FAIL LED blinks for about 15 seconds. • The red FAIL LED turns on for about 15 seconds. All LEDs turn on for about 3 seconds before turning off for about 3 seconds. • Both green PWR LEDs turn on for 10 seconds. The PWR LEDs then turn red for 2 to 3 minutes before going to steady green. Purpose This task installs redundant TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 cards. The first card you install in the ONS 15454 must be a TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card, and it must initialize before you install any cross-connect or traffic cards. Cross-connect cards are only required in hybrid nodes. Tools/Equipment Two TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 cards Prerequisite Procedures None Required/As Needed Required Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level None 3-36 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards • While the PWR LEDs are red for two to three minutes, the ACT/STBY turn on. • The boot-up process is complete when the PWR LEDs turn green and the ACT/STBY remains on. (The ACT/STBY LED will be green if this is the first TCC2 card installed, and amber if this is the second TCC2 card installed.) Note It might take up to four minutes for the A and B power alarms to clear. Note Alarm LEDs might be on; disregard alarm LEDs until you are logged into CTC and can view the Alarms tab. Note If you are logged into CTC, the SFTWDOWN alarm might appear as many as two times while the TCC2 card initializes. The alarm should clear after the card completely boots. Note If the FAIL LED is on continuously, see the tip in Step 8 about the TCC2 card automatic upload. b. For the TCC2P card: • All LEDs turn on briefly. The red FAIL LED, the yellow ACT/STBY LED, the green SYNC LED, and the green ACO LED turn on for about 15 seconds. • The red FAIL LED and the green ACT/STBY LED turn on for about 30 seconds. • The red FAIL LED blinks for about 3 seconds. • The red FAIL LED turns on for about 15 seconds. • The red FAIL LED blinks for about 10 seconds and then becomes solid. • All LEDs (including the CRIT, MAJ, MIN, REM, SYNC, and ACO LEDs) blink once and turn off for about 5 seconds. • Both green PWR LEDs turn on for 10 seconds. The PWR LEDs then turn red for 2 to 3 minutes before going to steady green. During this time, the ACT/STBY, MJ, and MN LEDs might turn on, followed by the SNYC LED briefly. • The boot-up process is complete when the PWR LEDs turn green and the yellow ACT/STBY remains on. (The ACT/STBY LED will be green if this is the first TCC2P card installed, and yellow if this is the second TCC2P card installed.) Note It might take up to three minutes for the A and B power alarms to clear. Note Alarm LEDs might be on; disregard alarm LEDs until you are logged into CTC and can view the Alarms tab. Note If you are logged into CTC, the SFTWDOWN alarm might appear as many as two times while the TCC2P card initializes. The alarm should clear after the card completely boots. 3-37 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards Note If the FAIL LED is on continuously, see the tip in Step 8 about the TCC2P card automatic upload. c. For the TCC3 card: • All LEDs turn on briefly. The red FAIL LED, the yellow ACT/STBY LED, the green SYNC LED, and the green ACO LED turn on for about 25 seconds. • The red FAIL LED and the green ACT/STBY LED turn on for about 15 seconds. • The red FAIL LED blinks for about 3 seconds. • The red FAIL LED turns on for about 60 seconds. • The red FAIL LED blinks for about 15 seconds and then becomes solid (the LED is turned on for about 20 seconds). • All LEDs (including the CRIT, MAJ, MIN, REM, SYNC, and ACO LEDs) blink once and turn off for about 5 seconds. • Both green PWR LEDs turn on for 10 seconds. The PWR LEDs then turn red for 2 to 3 minutes before going to steady green. During this time, the ACT/STBY, MJ, and MN LEDs might turn on, followed by the SNYC LED briefly. • The boot-up process is complete when the PWR LEDs turn green and the yellow ACT/STBY remains on. (The ACT/STBY LED will be green if this is the first TCC3 card installed, and yellow if this is the second TCC3 card installed.) Note It might take up to three minutes for the A and B power alarms to clear. Note Alarm LEDs might be on; disregard alarm LEDs until you are logged into CTC and can view the Alarms tab. Note If you are logged into CTC, the SFTWDOWN alarm might appear as many as two times while the TCC3 card initializes. The alarm should clear after the card completely boots. Note If the FAIL LED is on continuously, see the tip in Step 8 about the TCC3 card automatic upload. Step 5 Verify that the ACT/STBY LED is green if this is the first powered-up TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card installed, or yellow for standby if this is the second powered-up TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3. The IP address, temperature of the node, and time of day appear on the LCD. The default time and date is 12:00 AM, January 1, 1970. Step 6 The LCD cycles through the IP address (the default is 192.1.0.2), node name, and software version. Verify that the correct software version is shown on the LCD. The software text string indicates the node type (SDH or SONET) and software release. (For example: SDH 09.20-05L-20.10 indicates it is an SDH software load, Release 9.2. The numbers following the release number do not have any significance.) Step 7 If the LCD shows the correct software version, continue with Step 8. If the LCD does not show the correct software version, refer to your next level of technical support, upgrade the software, or remove the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card and install a replacement card. 3-38 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards Refer to the release-specific software upgrade document to replace the software. To replace the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Step 8 Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for the redundant TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card. If both TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 cards are already installed, proceed to Step 9. Tip If you install a standby TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card that has a different software version than the active TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card, the newly installed standby TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card automatically copies the software version from the active TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card. You do not need to do anything in this situation. However, the loading TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card does not boot up in the normal manner. When the standby card is first inserted, the LEDs follow most of the normal boot-up sequence. However, after the red FAIL LED turns on for about 5 seconds, the FAIL LED and the ACT/STBY LED begin to flash alternately for up to 30 minutes while the new software loads onto the active TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card. After loading the new software, the upgraded TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card’s LEDs repeat the appropriate bootup sequence, and the amber ACT/STBY LED turns on. Note If you insert a card into a slot provisioned for a different card, all LEDs turn off. Note Alarm LEDs might be on; disregard alarm LEDs until you are logged into CTC and can view the Alarms tab. Step 9 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). DLP-G34 Install the AIC-I Card Note When installing cards, allow each card to boot completely before installing the next card. Step 1 Open the latches/ejectors on the card. Step 2 Use the latches/ejectors to firmly slide the card along the guide rails in Slot 9 until the card plugs into the receptacle at the back of the slot. Step 3 Verify that the card is inserted correctly and close the latches/ejectors on the card. Purpose This task installs the AIC-I card. The AIC-I card provides connections for external alarms and controls (environmental alarms). Tools/Equipment AIC-I card Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G33 Install the TCC2, TCC2P, or TCC3 Card, page 3-35 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level None 3-39 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards Note It is possible to close the latches/ejectors when the card is not completely plugged into the backplane. Ensure that you cannot insert the card any further. Step 4 Verify the following: • The red FAIL LED blinks for up to 10 seconds. Note If the red FAIL LED does not turn on, check the power. • The PWR A and PWR B LEDs become red, the two INPUT/OUTPUT LEDs become amber, and the ACT LED turns green for approximately 5 seconds. • The PWR A and PWR B LEDs turn green, the INPUT/OUTPUT LEDs turn off, and the green ACT LED remains on. Note It might take up to 3 minutes for the PWR A and PWR B LEDs to update. Note If you insert a card into a slot provisioned for a different card, no LEDs turn on. Note If the red FAIL LED is on continuously or the LEDs act erratically, the card is not installed properly. Remove the card and repeat Steps 1 to 4. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). DLP-G309 Install the MS-ISC-100T Card Note When installing cards, allow each card to boot completely before installing the next card. Purpose This task installs redundant MS-ISC-100T cards. The MS-ISC-100T card is required for a multishelf node configuration. It provides LAN redundancy on the node controller shelf. An alternative to using the MS-ISC-100T card is the Cisco Catalyst 2950, although Cisco recommends using the MS-ISC-100T. For more information on the Catalyst 2950 installation, refer to the Catalyst 2950 product documentation. Tools/Equipment MS-ISC-100T card (2) Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G33 Install the TCC2, TCC2P, or TCC3 Card, page 3-35 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level None 3-40 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards Note The MS-ISC-100T is not supported in a subtended shelf. Step 1 Open the latches/ejectors on the card. Step 2 Use the latches/ejectors to firmly slide the card along the guide rails into the appropriate slot in the node controller shelf until the card plugs into the receptacle at the back of the slot. The card can be installed in any slot from Slot 1 to 6 or 12 to 17. Cisco recommends that you install the MS-ISC-100T cards in Slot 6 and Slot 12. Step 3 Verify that the card is inserted correctly and close the latches/ejectors on the card. Note It is possible to close the latches/ejectors when the card is not completely plugged into the backplane. Ensure that you cannot insert the card any further. Step 4 Verify the LED activity: • The red FAIL LED blinks for 35 to 45 seconds. • The red FAIL LED turns on for 15 to 20 seconds. • The red FAIL LED blinks for approximately 3 minutes. • The red FAIL LED turns on for approximately 6 minutes. • The green ACT or ACT/STBY LED turns on. The SF LED can persist until all card ports connect to their far end counterparts and a signal is present. Note If the red FAIL LED does not turn on, check the power. Note If you insert a card into a slot provisioned for a different card, all LEDs turn off. Step 5 Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for the redundant MS-ISC-100T card. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). 3-41 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards NTP-G313 Install and Configure the TNC, TNCE, TSC, or TSCE Card Warning During this procedure, wear grounding wrist straps to avoid ESD damage to the card. Do not directly touch the backplane with your hand or any metal tool, or you could shock yourself. Statement 94 Caution Always use the supplied ESD wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 shelf assemblies. For detailed instructions on how to wear the ESD wristband, refer to the Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Guide for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms. Note If you install a card incorrectly, the FAIL LED flashes continuously. Step 1 Complete the “DLP-G604 Install the TNC, TNCE, TSC, or TSCE Card” task on page 3-42. Note If you install the wrong card in a slot, see the “NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards”. Step 2 Complete the “DLP-G605 Provision PPM and Port for the TNC and TNCE Cards” task on page 3-45. Step 3 Complete the “DLP-G606 Configure UDC and VoIP for the TNC and TNCE Cards” task on page 3-45. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Purpose This procedure describes how to install and configure the TNC, TNCE, TSC, or TSCE card. TNC, TNCE, TSC, and TSCE cards are the control cards needed for the ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 platforms. Tools/Equipment Redundant TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE cards on ONS 15454 M6 shelf (required) Stand-alone TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card on ONS 15454 M2 shelf (required) Prerequisite Procedures Following procedures in the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide: • “NTP-G271 Install the Power and Ground to the ONS 15454 M2 Shelf” • “NTP-G14 Install DWDM Equipment” Required/As Needed Required Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level Provisioning or higher 3-42 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards DLP-G604 Install the TNC, TNCE, TSC, or TSCE Card Caution Do not remove the TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE cards during the software installation process, which is indicated by alternate flashing FAIL and ACT/STBY LEDs. Removing the TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE cards during the software installation process will corrupt the system memory. Note Allow each TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card to boot completely before installing the redundant TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card. Note On the ONS 15454 M6 shelf, install the TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE cards in slots 1 and 8 for redundancy. On the ONS 15454 M2 shelf, install the stand-alone TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card in slot 1. For more information, see the “Card Slot Requirements” section in the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide. Note You cannot insert the TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE cards in other slots due to mechanical constraints. To identify the card slot, match the symbol placed on the lower side of the card front panel with the symbol in the shelf. Caution To achieve redundancy, two TNC and TNCE cards or two TSC and TSCE cards must be installed in the ONS 15454 M6 shelf. Do not install one TNC or TNCE card and a redundant TSC or TSCE card in the same shelf. Step 1 Open the latches/ejectors of the first TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card that you will install. Step 2 Use the latches/ejectors to firmly slide the card horizontally along the guide rails until the card plugs into the receptacle at the back of the slot (slot 1 or 8 in the ONS 15454 M6 shelf and slot 1 in the ONS 15454 M2 shelf). Step 3 Verify that the card is inserted correctly, and close the latches/ejectors on the card. Purpose (ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 only) This task installs redundant TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE cards on the ONS 15454 M6 shelf and a stand-alone TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card on the ONS 15454 M2 shelf. Install and initialize the TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card before installing any other line cards into the shelf assemblies. On the ONS 15454 M6 shelf, install the TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE cards in slots 1 and 8 for redundancy. On the ONS 15454 M2 shelf, install the stand-alone TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card in slot 1. Tools/Equipment Two TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE cards for the ONS 15454 M6 shelf and one TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card for the ONS 15454 M2 shelf Prerequisite Procedures None Required/As Needed Required Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level None 3-43 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards If you insert a card into a slot assigned for a different card, all LEDs turn off. Step 4 As needed, verify the LED activity on the TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card. • The red FAIL LED, PWR LED turn on briefly. • The red FAIL LED turns on for about 10 seconds. • The red FAIL LED and the amber ACT/STBY LED turn on for about 30 seconds. • The red FAIL LED blinks for about 10 seconds. • The red FAIL LED turns on for about 15 seconds. • All the LEDs including the CRIT, MAJ, MIN, REM, SYNC, and ACO LEDs blink once and turn off for about 10 seconds. • ACT/STBY LED blinks for about 1 second. • All the LEDs including the CRIT, MAJ, MIN, REM, SYNC, and ACO LEDs turn off for about 10 seconds. • The ACT/STBY, ACO, and PWR LEDs turn on. • The boot-up process is complete when the PWR LEDs turn green and the amber ACT/STBY remains on. The ACT/STBY LED turns green if this is the first TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card installed, and amber if this is the second TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card installed. Note It might take up to four minutes for the power alarms to clear. Note Alarm LEDs might be on. After completing the TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card installation, log in to CTC and click the Alarms tab to display the alarms raised on the card. For procedure to clear the alarm, see the Cisco ONS DWDM Troubleshooting Guide. Note During the TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card initialization, the SFTWDOWN alarm appears twice. The alarm clears after the TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card boots completely. Note If the FAIL LED is on continuously, see the tip in Step 8 about the TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card automatic upload. Figure 3-15 illustrates the installation of TNC and TNCE cards on ONS 15454 M6 shelf. 3-44 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards Figure 3-15 Installing TNC and TNCE Cards on ONS 15454 M6 Shelf Step 5 Verify that the ACT/STBY LED is green if this is the first powered-up TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card installed or amber if this is the second powered-up TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE. The IP address, temperature of the node, and time of day appear on the LCD. The default time and date is 12:00 AM, January 1, 1970. Step 6 The LCD cycles through the IP address (the default is 192.1.0.2), node name, and software version. Verify that the correct software version is shown on the LCD. The software text string indicates the node type (SDH or SONET) and software release. (For example: SDH 09.20-05L-20.10 indicates it is an SDH software load, Release 9.2. The numbers following the release number do not have any significance.) Step 7 If the LCD shows the correct software version, continue with Step 8. If the LCD does not show the correct software version, refer to your next level of technical support, upgrade the software, or remove the TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card and install a replacement card. Refer to the release-specific software upgrade document to replace the software. Step 8 (ONS 15454 M6 shelf only) Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for the redundant TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card. Tip If you install a standby TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card that has a different software version than the active TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card, the standby TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card copies the software version from the active TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card. When the standby card is first inserted, the LEDs follow the normal boot-up sequence. However, after the red FAIL LED turns on for about 5 seconds, the FAIL LED and the ACT/STBY LED begin to flash alternately for up to 30 minutes. After loading the new software, the upgraded TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE cards LEDs repeat the appropriate bootup sequence, and the amber ACT/STBY LED turns on. Step 9 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). 279119 1 2 TNC card Guide rail 3-45 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards DLP-G605 Provision PPM and Port for the TNC and TNCE Cards Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf view), double-click the TNC and TNCE cards where you want to provision PPM and port settings. Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Pluggable Port Modules tabs. Step 3 In the Pluggable Port Modules area, click Create. The Create PPM dialog box appears. Step 4 In the Create PPM dialog box, complete the following: • PPM—Choose 1 or 2 from the PPM drop-down list. • PPM Type—Displays the PPM associated with the chosen PPM in the above step. Step 5 Click OK. The newly created PPM appears in the Pluggable Port Modules area. The row in the Pluggable Port Modules area becomes white when the PPM is inserted and the Actual Equipment Type column lists the name of PPM. Step 6 In the Pluggable Ports area, click Create. The Create Port dialog box appears. Step 7 In the Create Ports dialog box, complete the following: • Port—Choose the port you want to configure from the Port drop-down list. • Port Type—Choose the port type, such as OC-3, FE, or ONE-GE from the Port Type drop-down list. Note OC-3 can be configured only on PPM port 1. FE and ONE-GE can be configured on both the ports. Step 8 Click OK. The newly created port appears in the Pluggable Ports area. The port type you provisioned is listed in the Rate column. Step 9 Repeat Steps 3 through 8 to provision another PPM and port on the TNC and TNCE cards. Step 10 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). DLP-G606 Configure UDC and VoIP for the TNC and TNCE Cards Purpose (ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 only) This task provisions a PPM and port on TNC and TNCE cards. PPMs are created to support the OSC function. Tools/Equipment None Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G46 Log into CTC Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level None Purpose (ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 only) This task configures UDC and VoIP traffic for the TNC and TNCE cards. Tools/Equipment None 3-46 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 3 Install the Control Cards Procedures for Control Cards Note Each TNC and TNCE cards support UDC/VoIP configuration. You can configure UDC or VoIP on the two SFP ports present on the TNC and TNCE cards. The TNC and TNCE cards support the UDC/VoIP configuration only when OSC is provisioned on the SFP ports. Note If two nodes are connected through the fiber and if the TNC and TNCE cards in one node has UDC configuration, the TNC and TNCE cards in the other node must also have UDC configuration. The same rule applies to VoIP configuration. Step 1 In node view (single-shelf mode) or shelf view (multishelf view), double-click the TNC and TNCE cards where you want to configure UDC and VoIP. Step 2 Click the Provisioning > UDC / VOIP tabs. Step 3 From the Service Type drop-drop list, choose UDC or VOIP. Note You can configure UDC or VoIP on only one SFP port at a time per TNC or TNCE card. If you want to configure UDC or VoIP on the second SFP port, choose NONE from the Service Type drop-down list for the first port and then choose UDC or VoIP for the second port. Step 4 Click Apply. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G46 Log into CTC NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations, page 14-126 DLP-G605 Provision PPM and Port for the TNC and TNCE Cards, page 3-45 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level None CH A P T E R 4-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards This chapter describes the optical service channel (OSC) cards for Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) networks. For card safety and compliance information, refer to the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms document. Note Unless noted otherwise, the cards described in this chapter are supported on the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Cisco ONS 15454 M2 platforms. Note Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. Chapter topics include: • 4.1 Card Overview, page 4-1 • 4.2 Class 1 Laser Safety Labels, page 4-3 • 4.3 OSCM Card, page 4-3 • 4.3.3 Related Procedures for the OSCM Card, page 4-5 • 4.4 OSC-CSM Card, page 4-6 • 4.4.3 Related Procedures for the OSC-CSM Card, page 4-11 4.1 Card Overview This section provides card summary and compatibility information. Note Each card is marked with a symbol that corresponds to a slot (or slots) on the ONS 15454 shelf assembly. The cards are then installed into slots displaying the same symbols. For a list of slots and symbols, see the “Card Slot Requirements” section in the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide. An optical service channel (OSC) is a bidirectional channel connecting two adjacent nodes in a DWDM ring. For every DWDM node (except terminal nodes), two different OSC terminations are present, one for the west side and another for the east side. The channel transports OSC overhead that is used to manage ONS 15454 DWDM networks. An OSC signal uses the 1510-nm wavelength and does not affect 4-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards Card Overview client traffic. The primary purpose of this channel is to carry clock synchronization and orderwire channel communications for the DWDM network. It also provides transparent links between each node in the network. The OSC is an OC-3/STM-1 formatted signal. There are two versions of the OSC modules: the OSCM, and the OSC-CSM, which contains the OSC wavelength combiner and separator component in addition to the OSC module. The Mesh/Multiring Upgrade (MMU) card is used to optically bypass a given wavelength from one section of the network or ring to another one without requiring 3R regeneration. Note On 15454-M2 and 15454-M6 shelves, the TNC and TNCE cards include the functions of the OSCM card. OSC can be created on the OC3 port (SFP-0) of the TNC and TNCE cards. The TNC and TNCE cards support two optical service channels (OSC): primary OSC and secondary OSC. The primary optical service channel (SFP-0) supports the following interfaces: • OC-3/STM-1 • Fast Ethernet (FE) • Gigabit Ethernet (GE). The secondary optical service channel (SFP-1) supports the following interfaces: • Fast Ethernet (FE) • Gigabit Ethernet (GE). 4.1.1 Card Summary Table 4-1 lists and summarizes the functions of each card. 4.1.2 Card Compatibility Table 4-2 lists the CTC software compatibility for the OSC and OSCM cards. Table 4-1 OSCM, and OSC-CSM Card Summary Card Port Description For Additional Information OSCM The OSCM has one set of optical ports and one Ethernet port located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 8 and 10. See the “4.3 OSCM Card” section on page 4-3. OSC-CSM The OSC-CSM has three sets of optical ports and one Ethernet port located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “4.4 OSC-CSM Card” section on page 4-6. Table 4-2 Software Release Compatibility for Optical Service Channel Cards Card Name R4.5 R4.6 R4.7 R5.0 R6.0 R7.0 R7.2 R8.0 R8.5 R9.0 R9.1 R9.2 R9.2.1 R9.3 R9.4 OSCM Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OSC-CSM Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 4-3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards Class 1 Laser Safety Labels 4.2 Class 1 Laser Safety Labels For information about safety labels, see the “G.1 Safety Labels” section on page G-1. 4.3 OSCM Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) Note For OSCM card specifications, see the OSCM Card Specifications document. Note On 15454-M2 and 15454-M6 shelves, the TNC and TNCE cards include the functions of the OSCM card. The OSCM card is used in amplified nodes that include the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, or OPT-BST-L booster amplifier. The OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, and OPT-BST-L cards include the required OSC wavelength combiner and separator component. The OSCM cannot be used in nodes where you use OC-N/STM-N cards, electrical cards, or cross-connect cards. The OSCM uses Slots 8 and 10, which are also cross-connect card slots. The OSCM supports the following features: • OC-3/STM-1 formatted OSC • Supervisory data channel (SDC) forwarded to the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 cards for processing • Distribution of the synchronous clock to all nodes in the ring • 100BaseT far-end (FE) User Channel (UC) • Monitoring functions such as orderwire support and optical safety The OC-3/STM-1 section data communications channel (SDCC or RS-DCC) overhead bytes are used for network communications. An optical transceiver terminates the OC-3/STM-1, then it is regenerated and converted into an electrical signal. The SDCC or RS-DCC bytes are forwarded to the active and standby TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 cards for processing through the system communication link (SCL) bus on the backplane. Orderwire bytes (E1, E2, F1) are also forwarded via the SCL bus to the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 for forwarding to the AIC-I card. The payload portion of the OC-3/STM-1 is used to carry the fast Ethernet UC. The frame is sent to a packet-over-SONET/SDH (POS) processing block that extracts the Ethernet packets and makes them available at the RJ-45 connector. The OSCM distributes the reference clock information by removing it from the incoming OC-3/STM-1 signal and then sending it to the DWDM cards. The DWDM cards then forward the clock information to the active and standby TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 cards. 4-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards OSCM Card 4.3.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 4-1 shows the OSCM card faceplate and block diagram. Figure 4-1 OSCM Card Faceplate For information on safety labels for the card, see the “4.2 Class 1 Laser Safety Labels” section on page 4-3. Figure 4-2 shows the block diagram of the variable optical attenuator (VOA) within the OSCM. The OSCM has one OC-3/STM-1 optical port located on the faceplate. One long-reach OSC transmits and receives the OSC to and from another DWDM node. Both DCN data and FE payload are carried on this link. OSCM FAIL ACT SF UC RX TX 96464 ASIC OC3-ULR Optical transceiver OSC Line OC-3 FPGA OC-12 POS OC-3 MII 145944 Processor VOA Physical Interface DC/DC 19.44 MHz Line Ref clock Power supply Input filters MT CLKt BAT A&B 0 Slot 1-6 MT CLKt 0 Slot 12-17 6 M P SCL Bus to TCCs FE FE User Channel 6 TOH & Cell Bus 4-5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards OSCM Card Figure 4-2 OSCM VOA Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 4.3.2 OSCM Card Functions The functions of the OSCM card are: • 4.3.2.1 OSCM Card Power Monitoring • Card level indicators—Table G-5 on page G-9 • G.4 Port-Level Indicators, page G-9 4.3.2.1 OSCM Card Power Monitoring Physical photodiode P1 monitors the power for the OSCM card. The returned power level value is calibrated to the OSC TX port (Table 4-3). For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide. 4.3.3 Related Procedures for the OSCM Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the OSCM card: • NTP-G39 Verify OSCM Transmit Power, page 14-129 • NTP-G45 Perform the C-Band and L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM Cards Acceptance Test, page 21-74 • NTP-G47 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test, page 21-86 P1 P1 OSC TX Physical photodiode OSC Variable optical attenuator Control Module OSC RX Control Interface 124968 Table 4-3 OSCM VOA Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1 Output OSC OSC TX 4-6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards OSC-CSM Card • NTP-G157 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test, page 21-90 • NTP-G48 Perform the OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSCM Cards, page 21-94 • DLP-G93 Verify Add and Drop Connections on an OADM Node with OSCM Cards, page 21-104 • DLP-G139 View PM Parameters for OSCM and OSC-CSM cards • NTP-G90 Modify OSCM and OSC-CSM Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-2 4.4 OSC-CSM Card Note For OSC-CSM card specifications, see the OSC-CSM Card Specifications document. The OSC-CSM card is used in unamplified nodes. This means that the booster amplifier with the OSC wavelength combiner and separator is not required for OSC-CSM operation. The OSC-CSM can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. To operate in hybrid mode, the OSC-CSM cards must be accompanied by cross-connect cards. The cross-connect cards enable functionality on the OC-N/STM-N cards and electrical cards. The OSC-CSM supports the following features: • Optical combiner and separator module for multiplexing and demultiplexing the optical service channel to or from the wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) signal • OC-3/STM-1 formatted OSC • SDC forwarded to the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 cards for processing • Distribution of the synchronous clock to all nodes in the ring • 100BaseT FE UC • Monitoring functions such as orderwire support • Optical safety: Signal loss detection and alarming, fast transmitted power shut down by means of an optical 1x1 switch • Optical safety remote interlock (OSRI), a feature capable of shutting down the optical output power • Automatic laser shutdown (ALS), a safety mechanism used in the event of a fiber cut. For details on ALS provisioning for the card, see the DLP-G203 Change the OSCM and OSC-CSM ALS Maintenance Settings, page 20-12. For information on using the card to implement ALS in a network, see the “13.11 Network Optical Safety” section on page 13-30. The WDM signal coming from the line is passed through the OSC combiner and separator, where the OSC signal is extracted from the WDM signal. The WDM signal is sent along with the remaining channels to the COM port (label on the front panel) for routing to the OADM or amplifier units, while the OSC signal is sent to an optical transceiver. The OSC is an OC-3/STM-1 formatted signal. The OC-3/STM-1 SDCC or RS-DCC overhead bytes are used for network communications. An optical transceiver terminates the OC-3/STM-1, and then it is regenerated and converted into an electrical signal. The SDCC or RS-DCC bytes are forwarded to the active and standby TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 cards for processing via the SCL bus on the backplane. Orderwire bytes (E1, E2, F1) are also forwarded via the SCL bus to the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 for forwarding to the AIC-I card. 4-7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards OSC-CSM Card The payload portion of the OC-3/STM-1 is used to carry the fast Ethernet UC. The frame is sent to a POS processing block that extracts the Ethernet packets and makes them available at the RJ-45 front panel connector. The OSC-CSM distributes the reference clock information by removing it from the incoming OC-3/STM-1 signal and then sending it to the active and standby TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 cards. The clock distribution is different from the OSCM card because the OSC-CSM does not use Slot 8 or 10 (cross-connect card slots). Note S1 and S2 (Figure 4-5 on page 4-10) are optical splitters with a splitter ratio of 2:98. The result is that the power at the MON TX port is about 17 dB lower than the relevant power at the COM RX port, and the power at the MON RX port is about 20 dB lower than the power at the COM TX port. The difference is due to the presence of a tap coupler for the P1 photodiode. 4-8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards OSC-CSM Card 4.4.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 4-3 shows the OSC-CSM faceplate. Figure 4-3 OSC-CSM Faceplate For information on safety labels for the card, see the “4.2 Class 1 Laser Safety Labels” section on page 4-3. The OSC-CSM has a OC3 port and three other sets of ports located on the faceplate. Figure 4-4 shows a block diagram of the OSC-CSM card. 96465 OSC CSM FAIL ACT SF UC RX MON TX RX COM TX RX LINE TX ASIC OC3-ULR Optical transceiver OSC combiner separator OSC Line COM OC-3 FPGA OC-12 POS OC-3 MII TOH & Cell Bus 145943 Processor Physical Interface DC/DC Power supply Input filters MPMP BAT A&B SCL Bus to TCCs RxClkRef FE User Channel 4-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards OSC-CSM Card Figure 4-4 OSC-CSM Block Diagram ASIC OC3-ULR Optical transceiver OSC combiner separator OSC Line COM OC-3 FPGA OC-12 POS OC-3 MII TOH & Cell Bus 96477 Processor Physical Interface DC/DC Power supply Input filters MPMP BAT A&B SCL Bus to TCCs RxClkRef FE User Data Channel 4-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards OSC-CSM Card Figure 4-5 shows the OSC-CSM optical module functional block diagram. Figure 4-5 OSC-CSM Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 4.4.2 OSC-CSM Card Functions The functions of the OSC-CSM card are: • 4.4.2.1 OSC-CSM Card Power Monitoring • G.34 Alarms and Thresholds, page G-26 • Card level indicators—Table G-5 on page G-9 • G.4 Port-Level Indicators, page G-9 4.4.2.1 OSC-CSM Card Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1, P2, P3, and P5 monitor the power for the OSC-CSM card. Their function is as follows: P P P P P V V 124897 MON RX MON TX COM TX OSC RX LINE TX COM RX LINE RX DROP section ADD section OSC TX Control Interface Filter Filter S1 P1 P2 P5 P4 PV1 PV2 P3 HW Switch Control Opt. Switch S2 Virtual photodiode Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator P V Optical splitter Control 4-11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards OSC-CSM Card • P1: The returned power value is calibrated to the LINE RX port, including the insertion loss of the previous filter (the reading of this power dynamic range has been brought backward towards the LINE RX output). • P2: The returned value is calibrated to the LINE RX port. • P3: The returned value is calibrated to the COM RX port. • P5: The returned value is calibrated to the OSC TX port, including the insertion loss of the subsequent filter. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 4-4. The OSC power on the LINE TX is the same as the power reported from P5. The PM parameters for the power values are listed in the Optics and 8b10b PM Parameter Definitions document. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide. 4.4.3 Related Procedures for the OSC-CSM Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the OSC-CSM card: • NTP-G46 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test, page 21-78 • NTP-G156 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test, page 21-82 • NTP-G47 Perform the C-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test, page 21-86 • NTP-G157 Perform the L-Band Line Amplifier Node with OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards Acceptance Test, page 21-90 • NTP-G49 Perform the Active OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSC-CSM Cards, page 21-106 • NTP-G50 Perform the Passive OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSC-CSM Cards, page 21-112 • DLP-G139 View PM Parameters for OSCM and OSC-CSM cards • NTP-G90 Modify OSCM and OSC-CSM Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-2 Table 4-4 OSC-CSM Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Power PM Parameters P1 Input Line LINE RX Channel Power Supported OSC Power P2 Input Line LINE RX OSC Power Supported P3 Input Com COM RX Channel Power Supported P5 Output OSC OSC TX OSC Power Supported 4-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 4 Setup Optical Service Channel Cards OSC-CSM Card CH A P T E R 5-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards This chapter describes the optical amplifier cards used in Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) networks and related procedures. For card safety and compliance information, refer to the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms document. Note The cards described in this chapter are supported on the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Cisco ONS 15454 M2 platforms, unless noted otherwise. Note Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. Note In this chapter, “RAMAN-CTP” refers to the 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP card. “RAMAN-COP” refers to the 15454-M-RAMAN-COP card. Chapter topics include the nine types of ONS 15454 DWDM amplifiers: • 5.1 Card Overview, page 5-2 • 5.2 Class 1M Laser Safety Labels, page 5-7 • 5.3 OPT-PRE Amplifier Card, page 5-7 • 5.3.3 Related Procedures for OPT-PRE Card, page 5-11 • 5.4 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Amplifier Card, page 5-11 • 5.4.3 Related Procedures for OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Cards, page 5-15 • 5.5 OPT-BST-L Amplifier Card, page 5-15 • 5.5.3 Related Procedures for OPT-BST-L Card, page 5-19 • 5.6 OPT-AMP-L Card, page 5-20 • 5.6.3 Related Procedures for OPT-AMP-L Card, page 5-24 • 5.7 OPT-AMP-17-C Card, page 5-25 • 5.7.3 Related Procedures for OPT-AMP-17-C Card, page 5-29 • 5.8 OPT-AMP-C Card, page 5-30 • 5.8.3 Related Procedures for OPT-AMP-C Card, page 5-34 5-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards Card Overview • 5.9 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards, page 5-34 • 5.9.3 Related Procedures for OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards, page 5-39 • 5.10 RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards, page 5-39 • 5.10.4 Related Procedures for RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards, page 5-44 • 5.11 OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards, page 5-45 • 5.11.4 Related Procedures for OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards, page 5-49 5.1 Card Overview This section provides summary and compatibility information for the optical amplifier cards. Note Each card is marked with a symbol that corresponds to a slot (or slots) on the ONS 15454 shelf assembly. Cards should be installed in slots that have the same symbols. See the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide for a list of slots and symbols. Optical amplifier card architecture includes an optical plug-in module with a controller that manages optical power, laser current, and temperature control loops. An amplifier also manages communication with the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3/TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card and operation, administration, maintenance, and provisioning (OAM&P) functions such as provisioning, controls, and alarms. 5.1.1 Applications The following amplifiers can be configured as booster or preamplifiers: • OPT-AMP-C • OPT-AMP-17C • OPT-AMP-L • OPT-BST-E • OPT-BST • OPT-EDFA-17 • OPT-EDFA-24 The amplifier functions as a booster amplifier by default. The amplifier role is automatically configured when the CTP NE update configuration file is loaded in CTC. The amplifier role can also be manually modified. Note The OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E amplifiers are supported as preamplifiers in sites that are equipped with the OPT-RAMP-C card. In any other configuration, the OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E cards must be configured as a booster amplifier. For more information about the supported configurations and network topologies, see Chapter 12, “Node Reference” and Chapter 13, “Network Reference.” 5-3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards Card Overview 5.1.2 Card Summary Table 5-1 lists and summarizes the functions of each optical amplifier card. Table 5-1 Optical Amplifier Cards for the ONS 15454 Card Port Description For Additional Information OPT-PRE The OPT-PRE amplifier has five optical ports (three sets) located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “5.3 OPT-PRE Amplifier Card” section on page 5-7. OPT-BST The OPT-BST amplifier has four sets of optical ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “5.4 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Amplifier Card” section on page 5-11. OPT-BST-E The OPT-BST-E amplifier has four sets of optical ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “5.4 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Amplifier Card” section on page 5-11. OPT-BST-L The OPT-BST-L L-band amplifier has four sets of optical ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “5.5 OPT-BST-L Amplifier Card” section on page 5-15. OPT-AMP-L The OPT-AMP-L L-band preamplifier has five sets of optical ports located on the faceplate. It is a two-slot card that operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “5.6 OPT-AMP-L Card” section on page 5-20. OPT-AMP-17-C The OPT-AMP-17-C C-band low-gain preamplifier/booster amplifier has four sets of optical ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “5.7 OPT-AMP-17-C Card” section on page 5-25. OPT-AMP-C The OPT-AMP-C C-band high-gain, high-power preamplifier/booster amplifier has five sets of optical ports located on the faceplate. It operates as a preamplifier when equipped and provisioned in Slots 2 to 6 and 11 to 16 or as a booster amplifier when equipped and provisioned in Slot 1 and 17. See the “5.8 OPT-AMP-C Card” section on page 5-30. OPT-RAMP-C The OPT-RAMP-C C-band amplifier has five sets of optical ports located on the faceplate and operates in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. See the “5.9 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards” section on page 5-34. OPT-RAMP-CE The OPT-RAMP-CE C-band amplifier has five sets of optical ports located on the faceplate and operates in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. See the “5.9 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards” section on page 5-34. RAMAN-CTP The RAMAN-CTP amplifier is a single-slot card and has six optical ports located on the faceplate. The RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP units must be installed in adjacent slots (Slots 2 and 3, 4 and 5, or 6 and 7) in the ONS 15454 M6 chassis and Slots 2 and 3 in the ONS 15454 M2 chassis. See the “5.10 RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards” section on page 5-39. RAMAN-COP The RAMAN-COP amplifier has one optical port located on the faceplate. It is a single-slot card and works in conjunction with the RAMAN-CTP amplifier. See the “5.10 RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards” section on page 5-39. 5-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards Card Overview OPT-EDFA-17 The OPT-EDFA-17 amplifier has four sets of optical ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “5.11 OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards” section on page 5-45 OPT-EDFA-24 The OPT-EDFA-24 amplifier has four sets of optical ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “5.11 OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards” section on page 5-45 Table 5-1 Optical Amplifier Cards for the ONS 15454 (continued) Card Port Description For Additional Information 5-5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards Card Overview 5.1.3 Card Compatibility Table 5-2 lists the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) software compatibility for each optical amplifier card. Table 5-2 Software Release Compatibility for Optical Amplifier Cards up to Release 5.0 Card Type R4.5 R4.6 R4.7 R5.0 OPT-PRE 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM OPT-BST 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM OPT-BST-E No No 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM OPT-BST-L No No No No OPT-AMP-L No No No No OPT-AMP-17-C No No No No OPT-AMP-C No No No No OPT-RAMP-C No No No No OPT-RAMP-CE No No No No RAMAN-CTP No No No No RAMAN-COP No No No No OPT-EDFA-17 No No No No OPT-EDFA-24 No No No No 5-6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards Card Overview Table 5-3 Software Release Compatibility for Optical Amplifier Cards Release 6.0 and Later Card Type R6.0 R7.0 R7.2 R8.0 R8.5 R9.0 R9.1 R 9.2 R 9.2.1 R 9.3 R 9.4 OPT-PRE 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 OPT-BST 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 OPT-BST-E 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 OPT-BST-L No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM OPT-AMP-L No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM 15454-DWDM OPT-AMP-17-C No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 OPT-AMP-C No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 OPT-RAMP-C No No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM ONS 15454, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M6 OPT-RAMP-CENo No No No No No 15454- DWDM ONS 15454, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M6 RAMAN-CTP No No No No No No No No No 15454-M2, 15454-M6 15454-M2, 15454-M6 RAMAN-COP No No No No No No No No No 15454-M2, 15454-M6 15454-M2, 15454-M6 OPT-EDFA-17 No No No No No No No No No ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 OPT-EDFA-24 No No No No No No No No No ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 ONS 15454, 15454-M2, 15454-M6 5-7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards Class 1M Laser Safety Labels 5.1.4 Optical Power Alarms and Thresholds Table 5-4 lists the alarms and related thresholds for the OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, and OPT-AMP-C cards. 5.2 Class 1M Laser Safety Labels For information about safety labels, see the “G.1 Safety Labels” section on page G-1. 5.3 OPT-PRE Amplifier Card Note For OPT-PRE card specifications, see the OPT-PRE Amplifier Card Specifications section in the Hardware Specifications document. Note For OPT-PRE card safety labels, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. The OPT-PRE is a C-band, DWDM, two-stage erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) with midamplifier loss (MAL) that can be connected to a dispersion compensating unit (DCU). The OPT-PRE is equipped with a built-in variable optical attenuator (VOA) that controls the gain tilt and can also be used to pad the DCU to a reference value. You can install the OPT-PRE in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. The card is designed to support up to 80 channels at 50-GHz channel spacing. The OPT-PRE features include: • Fixed gain mode with programmable tilt • True variable gain • Fast transient suppression • Nondistorting low-frequency transfer function • Settable maximum output power • Fixed output power mode (mode used during provisioning) Table 5-4 Alarms and Thresholds Port Alarms Thresholds LINE RX LOS None LOS-P LOS-P Fail Low LOS-O LOS-O Fail Low LINE TX OPWR-FAIL OPWR Fail Low OSC TX None None OSC RX None None COM TX None None COM RX LOS-P LOS-P Fail Low 5-8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-PRE Amplifier Card • MAL for fiber-based DCU • Amplified spontaneous emissions (ASE) compensation in fixed gain mode • Full monitoring and alarm handling with settable thresholds • Four signal photodiodes to monitor the input and output optical power of the two amplifier stages through CTC • An optical output port for external monitoring Note The optical splitter has a ratio of 1:99, resulting in about 20 dB-lower power at the MON port than at the COM TX port. 5.3.1 OPT-PRE Faceplate Ports and Block Diagram The OPT-PRE amplifier has five optical ports located on the faceplate: • MON is the output monitor port • COM RX (receive) is the input signal port • COM TX (transmit) is the output signal port • DC RX is the MAL input signal port • DC TX is the MAL output signal port 5-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-PRE Amplifier Card Figure 5-1 shows the OPT-PRE amplifier card faceplate. Figure 5-1 OPT-PRE Faceplate Figure 5-2 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-PRE card’s features. OPT PRE FAIL ACT SF MON RX COM TX RX DC TX 96466 5-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-PRE Amplifier Card Figure 5-2 OPT-PRE Block Diagram Figure 5-3 shows the a block diagram of how the OPT-PRE optical module functions. Figure 5-3 OPT-PRE Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 5.3.2 OPT-PRE Card Functions The functions of the OPT-PRE card are: • 5.3.2.1 OPT-PRE card Power Monitoring • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • G.4 Port-Level Indicators, page G-9 Optical module COM RX DC RX 96478 Processor DC TX COM TX MON FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B 98298 DCU COM RX COM TX DC TX DC RX MON P1 P2 P3 P4 P Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator 5-11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Amplifier Card 5.3.2.1 OPT-PRE card Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1, P2, P3, and P4 monitor the power for the OPT-PRE card. Table 5-5 shows the returned power level values calibrated to each port. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide. 5.3.3 Related Procedures for OPT-PRE Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the OPT-PRE card: • NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards, page 14-64 • NTP-G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units, page 14-68 • NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs, page 14-78 • NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations, page 14-126 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G76 Verify Optical Span Loss Using CTC • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • NTP-G77 Manage Automatic Power Control • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards 5.4 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Amplifier Card Note For OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E hardware specifications, see the OPT-BST Amplifier Card Specifications and OPT-BST-E Amplifier Card Specifications sections in the Hardware Specifications document. Note For OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E cards safety labels, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. Table 5-5 OPT-PRE Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1 Input Com COM RX P2 Output DC DC TX P3 Input DC DC RX P4 Output COM (Total Output) COM TX Output COM (Signal Output) 5-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Amplifier Card The OPT-BST is designed to ultimately support up to 80 channels at 50-GHz channel spacing. The OPT-BST-E amplifier card is a gain-enhanced version of the OPT-BST card. It is designed to support up to 80 channels at 50-GHz channel spacing. Both the cards are C-band, DWDM EDFA with optical service channel (OSC) add-and-drop capability. When an OPT-BST or an OPT-BST-E is installed in the an ONS 15454, an OSCM card is also needed to process the OSC. You can install the OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E cards in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. The card’s features include: • Fixed gain mode (with programmable tilt) • Gain range of 5 to 20 dB in constant gain mode and output power mode for an OPT-BST card • Gain range of 8 to 23 dBm with the tilt managed at 0 dBm in constant gain mode and output power mode for an OPT-BST-E card • Enhanced gain range of 23 to 26 dBm with unmanaged tilt with OPT-BST-E card • True variable gain • Built-in VOA to control gain tilt • Fast transient suppression • Nondistorting low-frequency transfer function • Settable maximum output power • Fixed output power mode (mode used during provisioning) • ASE compensation in fixed gain mode • Full monitoring and alarm handling with settable thresholds • Optical Safety Remote Interlock (OSRI), a CTC software feature capable of shutting down optical output power or reducing the power to a safe level (automatic power reduction) • Automatic laser shutdown (ALS), a safety mechanism used in the event of a fiber cut. For information about using the card to implement ALS in a network, see the “13.11 Network Optical Safety” section on page 13-30. Note The optical splitters each have a ratio of 1:99. The result is that MON TX and MON RX port power is about 20 dB lower than COM TX and COM RX port power. 5.4.1 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Faceplate Ports and Block diagram The OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E amplifier has eight optical ports located on the faceplate: • MON RX is the output monitor port (receive section). • MON TX is the output monitor port. • COM RX is the input signal port. • LINE TX is the output signal port. • LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section). • COM TX is the output signal port (receive section). • OSC RX is the OSC add input port. • OSC TX is the OSC drop output port. 5-13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Amplifier Card Figure 5-4 shows the OPT-BST amplifier card faceplate. Figure 5-4 OPT-BST Faceplate The OPT-BST-E card faceplate is the same as that of the OPT-BST card. Figure 5-5 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E card’s features. OPT BST FAIL ACT SF RX MON TX RX COM TX RX OSC TX RX LINE TX 96467 5-14 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Amplifier Card Figure 5-5 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Block Diagram Figure 5-6 shows a block diagram of how the OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E optical module functions. Figure 5-6 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 5.4.2 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Card Functions The functions of the OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E cards are: • 5.4.2.1 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E cards Power Monitoring • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • G.4 Port-Level Indicators, page G-9 5.4.2.1 OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E cards Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1, P2, P3, and P4 monitor the power for the OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E cards. Table 5-6 shows the returned power level values calibrated to each port. Optical module Line RX Monitor Line RX 96479 Processor Line TX COM TX Com RX OSC TX Monitor Line TX OSC RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B 98300 MON TX OSC RX MON RX OSC TX OSC COM RX P1 P2 P3 P4 COM TX LINE TX APR signal LINE RX in RX P Physical photodiode 5-15 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-BST-L Amplifier Card The power on the OSC-TX and COM-TX ports are calculated by adding the insertion loss (IL) to the power reported from P3 and P4. The PM parameters for the power values are listed in the Optics and 8b10b PM Parameter Definitions document. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide. 5.4.3 Related Procedures for OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E Cards The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the OPT-BST and OPT-BST-E cards: • NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards, page 14-64 • NTP-G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units, page 14-68 • NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs, page 14-78 • NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations, page 14-126 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G76 Verify Optical Span Loss Using CTC • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • DLP-G140 View Power Statistics for Optical Amplifier, 40-SMR1-C, and 40-SMR2-C Cards • NTP-G77 Manage Automatic Power Control • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards 5.5 OPT-BST-L Amplifier Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) Table 5-6 Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Power PM Parameter P1 Input Com COM RX Channel Power Supported P2 Output Line (Total Output) LINE TX Channel Power Supported Output Line (Signal Output) P3 Input Line LINE RX Channel Power Supported P4 Input Line LINE RX OSC Power Supported 5-16 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-BST-L Amplifier Card Note For OPT-BST-L card specifications, see the OPT-BST-L Amplifier Card Specifications section in the Hardware Specifications document. Note For OPT-BST-L safety labels, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. The OPT-BST-L is an L-band, DWDM EDFA with OSC add-and-drop capability. The card is well suited for use in networks that employ dispersion shifted (DS) fiber or SMF-28 single-mode fiber. The OPT-BST-L is designed to ultimately support 64 channels at 50-GHz channel spacing, but in Software R9.0 and earlier it is limited to 32 channels at 100-GHz spacing.When an ONS 15454 has an OPT-BST-L installed, an OSCM card is needed to process the OSC. You can install the OPT-BST-L in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. The card’s features include: • Fixed gain mode (with programmable tilt) • Standard gain range of 8 to 20 dB in the programmable gain tilt mode • True variable gain • 20 to 27 dB gain range in the uncontrolled gain tilt mode • Built-in VOA to control gain tilt • Fast transient suppression • Nondistorting low-frequency transfer function • Settable maximum output power • Fixed output power mode (mode used during provisioning) • ASE compensation in fixed gain mode • Full monitoring and alarm handling with settable thresholds • OSRI • ALS Note The optical splitters each have a ratio of 1:99. The result is that MON TX and MON RX port power is about 20 dB lower than COM TX and COM RX port power. 5.5.1 OPT-BST-L Faceplate Ports and Block Diagram The OPT-BST-L amplifier has eight optical ports located on the faceplate: • MON RX is the output monitor port (receive section). • MON TX is the output monitor port. • COM RX is the input signal port. • LINE TX is the output signal port. • LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section). • COM TX is the output signal port (receive section). • OSC RX is the OSC add input port. 5-17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-BST-L Amplifier Card • OSC TX is the OSC drop output port. Figure 5-7 shows the OPT-BST-L card faceplate. Figure 5-7 OPT-BST-L Faceplate Figure 5-8 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-BST-L card’s features. OPT BST-L FAIL ACT SF RX MON TX RX COM TX RX OSC TX RX LINE TX 180929 5-18 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-BST-L Amplifier Card Figure 5-8 OPT-BST-L Block Diagram Figure 5-9 shows a block diagram of how the OPT-BST-L optical module functions. Figure 5-9 OPT-BST-L Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 5.5.2 OPT-BST-L Card Functions The functions of the OPT-BST-L card are: • 5.5.2.1 OPT-BST-L Card Power Monitoring • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • G.4 Port-Level Indicators, page G-9 Optical module Line RX Monitor Line RX 180930 Processor Line TX COM TX COM RX OSC TX Monitor Line TX OSC RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B 134976 MON TX OSC RX MON RX OSC TX OSC COM RX P1 P2 P4 P5 COM TX LINE TX APR signal LINE RX in RX P Physical photodiode P3 5-19 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-BST-L Amplifier Card 5.5.2.1 OPT-BST-L Card Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1, P2, P3, P4, and P5 monitor the power for the OPT-BST-L card. Table 5-7 shows the returned power level values calibrated to each port. The power values on the OSC-TX and COM-TX ports are calculated by adding the insertion loss (IL) to the power values reported from P4 and P5. The OSC power on the LINE TX is calculated by adding the IL to the power reported from P3. The PM parameters for the power values are listed in the Optics and 8b10b PM Parameter Definitions document. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide. 5.5.3 Related Procedures for OPT-BST-L Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the OPT-BST-L card: • NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards, page 14-64 • NTP-G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units, page 14-68 • NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs, page 14-78 • NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations, page 14-126 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G76 Verify Optical Span Loss Using CTC • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • DLP-G140 View Power Statistics for Optical Amplifier, 40-SMR1-C, and 40-SMR2-C Cards • NTP-G77 Manage Automatic Power Control • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards Table 5-7 OPT-BST-L Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Power PM Parameter P1 Input COM COM RX Channel Power Supported P2 Output Line (Total Output) LINE TX Channel Power Supported Output Line (Signal Output) P3 Input OSC OSC RX OSC Power Supported P4 Input Line LINE RX Channel Power Supported P5 Input Line LINE RX OSC Power Supported 5-20 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-L Card 5.6 OPT-AMP-L Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) Note For OPT-AMP-L card specifications, see the OPT-AMP-L Preamplifier Card Specifications section in the Hardware Specifications document. Note For OPT-AMP-L card safety labels, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. The OPT-AMP-L is an L-band, DWDM optical amplifier card consisting of a two-stage EDFA with midstage access loss (MSL) for an external DCU and OSC add-and-drop capability. Using CTC, the card is provisionable as a preamplifier (OPT-PRE) or booster amplifier (OPT-BST), and is well suited for use in networks that employ DS or SMF-28 fiber. The amplifier can operate up to 64 optical transmission channels at 50-GHz channel spacing in the 1570 nm to 1605 nm wavelength range. When an OPT-AMP-L installed, an OSCM card is needed to process the OSC. You can install the two-slot OPT-AMP-L in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. The card has the following features: • Maximum power output of 20 dBm • True variable gain amplifier with settable range from 12 to 24 dBm in the standard gain range and 24 dBm to 35 dbM with uncontrolled gain tilt • Built-in VOA to control gain tilt • Up to 12 dBm MSL for an external DCU • Fast transient suppression; able to adjust power levels in hundreds of microseconds to avoid bit errors in failure or capacity growth situations • Nondistorting low frequency transfer function • Midstage access loss for dispersion compensation unit • Constant pump current mode (test mode) • Constant output power mode (used during optical node setup) • Constant gain mode • Internal ASE compensation in constant gain mode and in constant output power mode • Full monitoring and alarm handling capability • Optical safety support through signal loss detection and alarm at any input port, fast power down control (less than one second), and reduced maximum output power in safe power mode. For information on using the card to implement ALS in a network, see the “13.11 Network Optical Safety” section on page 13-30. Note Before disconnecting any OPT AMP-L fiber for troubleshooting, first make sure the OPT AMP-L card is unplugged. 5-21 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-L Card 5.6.1 OPT-AMP-L Faceplate Ports and Block Diagrams The OPT-AMP-L amplifier card has ten optical ports located on the faceplate: • MON RX is the output monitor port (receive section). • MON TX is the output monitor port. • COM RX is the input signal port. • LINE TX is the output signal port. • LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section). • COM TX is the output signal port (receive section). • OSC RX is the OSC add input port. • OSC TX is the OSC drop output port. • DC TX is the output signal to the DCU. • DC RX is the input signal from the DCU. 5-22 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-L Card Figure 5-10 shows the OPT-AMP-L card faceplate. Figure 5-10 OPT-AMP-L Faceplate Figure 5-11 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-AMP-L card’s features. OPT-AMP-L FAIL ACT SF RX MON TX RX COM TX RX OSC TX RX LINE TX RX DC TX 180931 5-23 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-L Card Figure 5-11 OPT-AMP-L Block Diagram Figure 5-12 shows a block diagram of how the OPT-AMP-L optical module functions. Figure 5-12 OPT-AMP-L Optical Module Functional Block Diagram Optical module Monitor Line RX Line RX DC RX Processor Line TX DC TX COM TX COM RX OSC TX Monitor Line TX OSC RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B 180932 MON TX OSC RX OSC TX COM RX COM TX MON RX LINE TX LINE RX P1 P Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator P2 P3 P6 P4 DC TX DC RX External Mid-Stage Loss OSC Add OSC Drop P7 P5 Transmit Section Receive Section 145256 5-24 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-L Card 5.6.2 OPT-AMP-L Card Functions The functions of the OPT-AMP-L card are: • 5.6.2.1 OPT-AMP-L and OPT-AMP-C cards Power Monitoring • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • G.4 Port-Level Indicators, page G-9 5.6.2.1 OPT-AMP-L and OPT-AMP-C cards Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P7 monitor the power for the OPT-AMP-L and OPT-AMP-C cards. Table 5-8 shows the returned power level values calibrated to each port. The power values on the OSC-TX and COM-TX ports are calculated by adding the insertion loss (IL) to the power values reported from P5 and P6. The power values on the LINE TX port is calculated by adding the IL to the power value reported from P7. The PM parameters for the power values are listed in the Optics and 8b10b PM Parameter Definitions document. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide. 5.6.3 Related Procedures for OPT-AMP-L Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the OPT-AMP-L card: • NTP-G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File, page 14-47 • NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards, page 14-64 • NTP-G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units, page 14-68 • NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs, page 14-78 • NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations, page 14-126 Table 5-8 Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Power PM Parameter P1 Input COM COM RX Channel Power Supported P2 Output DC (total power) DC TX Channel Power Supported Output DC (signal power) P3 Input DC (input power) DC RX Channel Power Supported P4 Output Line (total power) LINE TX Channel Power Supported Output Line (signal power) P5 Input Line LINE RX Channel Power Supported P6 Input Line LINE RX OSC Power Supported P7 Input OSC OSC RX OSC Power Supported 5-25 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-17-C Card • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G76 Verify Optical Span Loss Using CTC • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • DLP-G140 View Power Statistics for Optical Amplifier, 40-SMR1-C, and 40-SMR2-C Cards • NTP-G77 Manage Automatic Power Control • NTP-G160 Modify OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP, 15454-M-RAMAN-COP, OPT-EDFA-17, and OPT-EDFA-24 Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-27 • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards 5.7 OPT-AMP-17-C Card Note For OPT-AMP-17-C card specifications, see the OPT-AMP-17-C Amplifier Card Specifications section in the Hardware Specifications document. Note For OPT-AMP-17-C safety labels, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. The OPT-AMP-17-C is a 17-dB gain, C-band, DWDM EDFA amplifier/preamplifier with OSC add-and-drop capability. It supports 80 channels at 50-GHz channel spacing in the C-band (that is, the 1529 nm to 1562.5 nm wavelength range). When an ONS 15454 has an OPT-AMP-17-C installed, an OSCM card is needed to process the OSC. You can install the OPT-AMP-17-C in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. The card’s features include: • Fixed gain mode (no programmable tilt) • Standard gain range of 14 to 20 dB at startup when configured as a preamplifier • Standard gain range of 20 to 23 dB in the transient mode when configured as a preamplifier • Gain range of 14 to 23 dB (with no transient gain range) when configured as a booster amplifier • True variable gain • Fast transient suppression • Nondistorting low-frequency transfer function • Settable maximum output power • Fixed output power mode (mode used during provisioning) • ASE compensation in fixed gain mode • Full monitoring and alarm handling with settable thresholds • OSRI • ALS 5-26 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-17-C Card 5.7.1 OPT-AMP-17-C Faceplate Ports and Block Diagrams The OPT-AMP-17-C amplifier card has eight optical ports located on the faceplate: • MON RX is the output monitor port (receive section). • MON TX is the output monitor port. • COM RX is the input signal port. • LINE TX is the output signal port. • LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section). • COM TX is the output signal port (receive section). • OSC RX is the OSC add input port. • OSC TX is the OSC drop output port. 5-27 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-17-C Card Figure 5-13 shows the OPT-AMP-17-C amplifier card faceplate. Figure 5-13 OPT-AMP-17-C Faceplate Figure 5-14 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-AMP-17C card’s features. OPT -AMP 17-C FAIL ACT SF RX MON TX RX COM TX RX OSC TX RX LINE TX 159520 5-28 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-17-C Card Figure 5-14 OPT-AMP17-C Block Diagram Figure 5-15 shows how the OPT-AMP-17-C optical module functions. Figure 5-15 OPT-AMP-17-C Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 5.7.2 OPT-AMP-17-C Card Functions The functions of the OPT-AMP-17-C card are: • G.33 Automatic Power Control, page G-26 • 5.7.2.1 OPT-AMP-17-C card Power Monitoring • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 Optical module Line RX Monitor Line RX 180928 Processor Line TX COM TX COM RX OSC TX Monitor Line TX OSC RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B MON TX OSC RX MON RX OSC TX OSC COM RX P1 P2 P4 P5 COM TX LINE TX APR signal LINE RX in RX P Physical photodiode P3 OSC add OSC drop 159519 5-29 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-17-C Card • G.4 Port-Level Indicators, page G-9 5.7.2.1 OPT-AMP-17-C card Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1, P2, P3, P4, and P5 monitor power for the OPT-AMP-17-C card. Table 5-9 shows the returned power level values calibrated to each port. The power on the OSC-TX and COM-TX ports are calculated by adding the insertion loss (IL) to the power reported from P3 and P4. The OSC power on the LINE TX is calculated by adding the IL to the power reported from P5. The PM parameters for the power values are listed in the Optics and 8b10b PM Parameter Definitions document. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide. 5.7.3 Related Procedures for OPT-AMP-17-C Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the OPT-AMP-17-C card: • NTP-G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File, page 14-47 • NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards, page 14-64 • NTP-G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units, page 14-68 • NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs, page 14-78 • NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations, page 14-126 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G76 Verify Optical Span Loss Using CTC • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • DLP-G140 View Power Statistics for Optical Amplifier, 40-SMR1-C, and 40-SMR2-C Cards • NTP-G77 Manage Automatic Power Control Table 5-9 OPT-AMP-17-C Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Power PM Parameter P1 Input COM COM RX Channel Power Supported P2 Output Line (Total Output) LINE TX Channel Power Supported Output Line (Signal Output) P3 Input Line LINE RX Channel Power Supported P4 Input Line LINE RX OSC Power Supported P5 Input OSC OSC RX OSC Power Supported 5-30 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-C Card • NTP-G160 Modify OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP, 15454-M-RAMAN-COP, OPT-EDFA-17, and OPT-EDFA-24 Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-27 • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards 5.8 OPT-AMP-C Card Note For OPT-AMP-C card specifications, see the OPT-AMP-C Amplifier Card Specifications section in the Hardware Specifications document. Note For OPT-AMP-C card safety labels, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. The OPT-AMP-C card is a 20-dB output power, C-band, DWDM EDFA amplifier/preamplifier. It contains mid-stage access loss for a Dispersion Compensation Unit (DCU). To control gain tilt, a VOA is used. The VOA can also be used to attenuate the signal to the DCU to a reference value. The amplifier module also includes the OSC add (TX direction) and drop (RX direction) optical filters. The OPT-AMP-C card supports 80 channels at 50-GHz channel spacing in the C-band (that is, the 1529 nm to 1562.5 nm wavelength range). When an ONS 15454 has an OPT-AMP-C card installed, an OSCM card is needed to process the OSC. You can install the OPT-AMP-C card in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. Slots 2 to 6 and Slots 12 to 16 are the default slots for provisioning the OPT-AMP-C card as a preamplifier, and slots 1 and 17 are the default slots for provisioning the OPT-AMP-C card as a booster amplifier. The card’s features include: • Fast transient suppression • Nondistorting low-frequency transfer function • Mid-stage access for DCU • Constant pump current mode (test mode) • Fixed output power mode (mode used during provisioning) • Constant gain mode • ASE compensation in Constant Gain and Constant Output Power modes • Programmable tilt • Full monitoring and alarm handling capability • Gain range with gain tilt control of 12 to 24 dB • Extended gain range (with uncontrolled tilt) of 24 to 35 dB • Full monitoring and alarm handling with settable thresholds • OSRI • ALS 5-31 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-C Card 5.8.1 OPT-AMP-C Card Faceplate Ports and Block Diagrams The OPT-AMP-C amplifier card has 10 optical ports located on the faceplate: • MON RX is the output monitor port (receive section). • MON TX is the output monitor port. • COM RX is the input signal port. • COM TX is the output signal port (receive section). • DC RX is the input DCU port. • DC TX is the output DCU port. • OSC RX is the OSC add input port. • OSC TX is the OSC drop output port. • LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section). • LINE TX is the output signal port. 5-32 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-C Card Figure 5-16 shows the OPT-AMP-C amplifier card faceplate. Figure 5-16 OPT-AMP-C Card Faceplate Figure 5-17 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-AMP-C card features. OPT -AMP -C FAIL ACT SF RX MON TX RX COM TX RX OSC TX RX DC TX RX LINE TX 274510 5-33 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-AMP-C Card Figure 5-17 OPT-AMP-C Block Diagram Figure 5-18 shows how the OPT-AMP-C optical module functions. Figure 5-18 OPT-AMP-C Optical Module Functional Block Diagram Optical module Line RX Monitor Line RX 240356 Processor COM TX COM RX Line TX OSC TX Monitor Line TX DCU TX DCU RX OSC RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B MON TX OSC RX OSC TX COM RX COM TX MON RX LINE TX LINE RX P1 P Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator P2 P3 P6 P4 DC TX DC RX External Mid-Stage Loss OSC Add OSC Drop P7 P5 Transmit Section Receive Section 145256 5-34 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards 5.8.2 OPT-AMP-C Card Functions The functions of the OPT-AMP-C card are: • 5.6.2.1 OPT-AMP-L and OPT-AMP-C cards Power Monitoring • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • G.4 Port-Level Indicators, page G-9 5.8.3 Related Procedures for OPT-AMP-C Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the OPT-AMP-C card: • NTP-G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File, page 14-47 • NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards, page 14-64 • NTP-G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units, page 14-68 • NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs, page 14-78 • NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations, page 14-126 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G76 Verify Optical Span Loss Using CTC • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • DLP-G140 View Power Statistics for Optical Amplifier, 40-SMR1-C, and 40-SMR2-C Cards • NTP-G77 Manage Automatic Power Control • NTP-G160 Modify OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP, 15454-M-RAMAN-COP, OPT-EDFA-17, and OPT-EDFA-24 Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-27 • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards 5.9 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards (Cisco ONS 15454 and ONS 15454 M6 only) Note For OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE specifications, see the OPT-RAMP-C Amplifier Card Specifications and OPT-RAMP-CE Amplifier Card Specifications sections in the Hardware Specifications document. Note For OPT-RAMP-C or OPT-RAMP-CE card safety labels, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. The OPT-RAMP-C card is a double-slot card that improves unregenerated sections in long spans using the span fiber to amplify the optical signal. Different wavelengths in C-band receive different gain values. To achieve Raman amplification, two Raman signals (that do not carry any payload or overhead) 5-35 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards are required to be transmitted on the optical fiber because the gain generated by one signal is not flat. The energy of these Raman signals transfer to the higher region of the spectrum thereby amplifying the signals transmitted at higher wavelengths. The Raman effect reduces span loss but does not compensate it completely. When the Raman optical powers are set correctly, a gain profile with limited ripple is achieved. The wavelengths of the Raman signals are not in the C-band of the spectrum (used by MSTP for payload signals). The two Raman wavelengths are fixed and always the same. Due to a limited Raman gain, an EDFA amplifier is embedded into the card to generate a higher total gain. An embedded EDFA gain block provides a first amplification stage, while the mid stage access (MSA) is used for DCU loss compensation. The OPT-RAMP-CE card is a 20 dBm output power, gain-enhanced version of the OPT-RAMP-C card and is optimized for short spans. The OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE cards can support up to 80 optical transmission channels at 50-GHz channel spacing over the C-band of the optical spectrum (wavelengths from 1529 nm to 1562.5 nm). To provide a counter-propagating Raman pump into the transmission fiber, the Raman amplifier provides up to 500 mW at the LINE-RX connector. The OPT-RAMP-C or OPT-RAMP-CE card can be installed in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16, and supports all network configurations. However, the OPT-RAMP-C or OPT-RAMP-CE card must be equipped on both endpoints of a span. The Raman total power and Raman ratio can be configured using CTC. The Raman configuration can be viewed on the Maintenance > Installation tab. The features of the OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE card include: • Raman pump with embedded EDFA gain block • Raman section: 500 mW total pump power for two pump wavelengths • EDFA section: – OPT-RAMP-C: 16 dB gain and 17 dB output power – OPT-RAMP-CE: 11 dB gain and 20 dB output power • Gain Flattening Filter (GFF) for Raman plus EDFA ripple compensation • MSA for DC units • VOA for DC input power control • Full monitoring of pump, OSC, and signal power • Fast gain control for transient suppression • Low-FIT (hardware-managed) optical laser safety • Hardware output signals for LOS monitoring at input photodiodes • Optical service channel add and drop filters • Raman pump back-reflection detector 5.9.1 Card Faceplate Ports and Block Diagrams The OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE cards have ten optical ports located on the faceplate: • MON RX is the output monitor port (receive section). • MON TX is the output monitor port. • COM RX is the input signal port (receive section). • COM TX is the output signal port. 5-36 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards • DC RX is the input DCU port. • DC TX is the output DCU port. • OSC RX is the OSC add input port. • OSC TX is the OSC drop output port. • LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section). • LINE TX is the output signal port. Figure 5-19 shows the OPT-RAMP-C card faceplate. Figure 5-19 OPT-RAMP-C Faceplate The OPT-RAMP-CE card faceplate is the same as that of the OPT-RAMP-C card. Figure 5-20 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE card features. 270710 LINE OSC DC COM MOM RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX FAIL ACT DF OPT-RAMP-C 5-37 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards Figure 5-20 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Block Diagram Figure 5-21 shows a block diagram of how the OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE card functions. Figure 5-21 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Card Functional Block Diagram Optical module Line RX Monitor Line RX 240356 Processor COM TX COM RX Line TX OSC TX Monitor Line TX DCU TX DCU RX OSC RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B 270709 OSC-TX W to E section E to W section Line-TX Line-RX COM-RX COM-TX OSC Drop OSC Add Pump 1 Pump 2 PD 8 PD 9 PD 11 PD 10 PD 12 PD 7 PD 5 PD 6 PD 1 PD 2 PD 3 PD 4 Pump Drop Pump Add PD Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator 5-38 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards Two Raman pump lasers are combined internally and launched in-fiber at the LINE-RX port, thereby counter-propagating with the DWDM signal. An EDFA gain block provides further amplification of the DWDM signal, which allows regulated output power entry in the mid stage access and acts upon the VOA attenuation. While the optical filters are present for the OSC add and drop functions, the OSC signal counter-propagates with the DWDM signal. Two monitor ports, MON-RX and MON-TX, are provided at the EDFA input and output stages and are used to evaluate the total gain ripple. A total of 12 photodiodes (PDs) are provided, allowing full monitoring of RP power, DWDM power, and OSC power in each section of the device. In particular, PD12 allows the detection of the remnant Raman pump power at the end of the counter-pumped span, while PD11 detects the amount of Raman pump power back scattered by the LINE-RX connector and transmission fiber. The EDFA section calculates the signal power, considering the expected ASE power contribution to the total output power. The signal output power or the signal gain can be used as feedback signals for the EDFA pump power control loop. The ASE power is derived according to the working EDFA gain. PD2, PD3, and PD4 provide the total power measured by the photodiode and the signal power is derived by calculating the total power value. The insertion loss of the main optical path and the relative optical attenuation of the two monitor ports are stored into the card’s not-volatile memory. 5.9.2 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Card Functions The functions of the OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE card are: • 5.9.2.1 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards Power Monitoring, page 5-38 • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • G.4 Port-Level Indicators, page G-9 5.9.2.1 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes PD1 through PD12 monitor the power for the OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE cards (see Table 5-10). Table 5-10 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port PD1 EDFA DWDM Input Power LINE-RX PD2 EDFA Output Power (pre-VOA attenuation) DC-TX (port with 0 dB VOA attenuation) PD3 DCU Input Power DC-TX PD4 DCU Output Power DC-RX PD5 DWDM Input Power COM-RX PD6 OSC ADD Input Power OSC-RX PD7 OSC DROP Output Power OSC-TX PD8 Pump 1 in-fiber Output Power LINE-RX PD9 Pump 2 in-fiber Output Power LINE-RX PD10 Total Pump in-fiber Output Power LINE-RX 5-39 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide. 5.9.3 Related Procedures for OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Cards The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE cards: • NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards, page 14-64 • NTP-G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units, page 14-68 • NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs, page 14-78 • NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations, page 14-126 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G201 Configure the Raman Pump on an MSTP Link, page 15-4 • NTP-G76 Verify Optical Span Loss Using CTC • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • DLP-G140 View Power Statistics for Optical Amplifier, 40-SMR1-C, and 40-SMR2-C Cards • NTP-G77 Manage Automatic Power Control • NTP-G160 Modify OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP, 15454-M-RAMAN-COP, OPT-EDFA-17, and OPT-EDFA-24 Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-27 • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards 5.10 RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards (Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and ONS 15454 M6 only) Note For hardware specifications, see the RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Card Specifications section in the Hardware Specifications document. Note For RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP cards safety labels, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. PD11 Back-Reflected Pump Power LINE-RX PD12 Remnant Pump Power LINE-TX Table 5-10 OPT-RAMP-C and OPT-RAMP-CE Port Calibration (continued) Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port 5-40 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards The 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP and 15454-M-RAMAN-COP cards are supported on Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Release 9.4.01 and later releases only. These cards do not operate on systems running earlier versions. After installing Release 9.4.01 software, reinstall the 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP and 15454-M-RAMAN-COP cards. The single-slot RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP cards support counter and co-propagating Raman amplification on very long unregenerated spans. The cards manage up to 96 ITU-T 50-GHz spaced channels over the C-band of the optical spectrum (wavelengths from 1528.77 nm to 1566.72 nm). The counter-propagating RAMAN-CTP card is the master unit. The co-propagating RAMAN-COP card is the slave unit and can be used only when the counter-propagating unit is present. The RAMAN-CTP card and the RAMAN-COP card must be installed in adjacent slots (Slots 2 and 3, 4 and 5, or 6 and 7) in the Cisco ONS 15454 M6 chassis and Slots 2 and 3 in the Cisco ONS 15454 M2 chassis. However, these adjacent slots must not be used to install two RAMAN-CTP or two RAMAN-COP cards. The RAMAN-CTP card is provided with three E-2000 PS PC connectors for the LINE-TX, LINE-RX, and RAMAN-COP-RX ports and three LC-UPC-II connectors for the COM-TX, COM-RX, and MON-TX ports. The RAMAN-COP card is provided with one E-2000 PS PC connector. The E2000 PS PC patchcord is used to connect the RAMAN-COP card to the RAMAN-COP-RX port on the RAMAN-CTP card. Note The RAMAN-CTP card is shipped with two E-2000 PS PC to F-3000s SM PC patchcords and the RAMAN-COP card is shipped with one E-2000 PS PC to E-2000 PS PC patchcord. The F-3000s SM PC connector is mechanically and optically compatible with the LC PC connectors and the LC PC mating adapters. The standard connectors and the F-3000s SM PC connectors can be used for optical power of 250 mW and higher, if the connectors are absolutely clean. The features of the RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP cards include: • Raman section: 1000 mW total pump power for four pumps and two wavelengths • Embedded distributed feedback (DFB) laser at 1568.77 nm to be used for optical safety and link continuity (in RAMAN-CTP card only) • Photodiodes to enable monitoring of Raman pump power • Photodiodes to enable monitoring of the DFB laser and signal power (in RAMAN-CTP card only) • Hardware managed automatic laser shutdown (ALS) for optical laser safety • Hardware output signals for loss of signal (LOS) monitoring at input photodiodes • Raman pump back reflection detector to check for excessive back reflection 5.10.1 Card Faceplate Ports and Block Diagrams The RAMAN-CTP card has six optical ports located on the faceplate: – MON TX is the output monitor port – COM RX is the input signal port (receive section) – COM TX is the output signal port – RAMAN-COP RX is the Raman co-propagating input port – LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section) 5-41 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards – LINE TX is the output signal port Figure 5-22 shows the RAMAN-CTP card faceplate. Figure 5-22 RAMAN-CTP Faceplate The RAMAN-COP card has only one optical port located on the faceplate. RAMAN-TX is the Raman co-propagating output port. Figure 5-23 shows the RAMAN-COP card faceplate. Figure 5-23 RAMAN-COP Faceplate Figure 5-24 shows a block diagram of how the RAMAN-CTP card functions. 246593 HAZARD LEVEL 1M SKIN EXPOSURE NEAR APERTURE MAY CAUSE BURNS RX MON COM RAMAN COP RX LINE TX LINE RX TX TX COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR 1040.10 AND 1040.11 EXCEPT FOR DEVIATIONS PURSUANT TO LASER NOTICE No.50, DATED JUNE 24, 2007 FAIL ACT SF RAMAN-CTP 246594 HAZARD LEVEL 1M RAMAN TX SKIN EXPOSURE NEAR APERTURE MAY CAUSE BURNS COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR 1040.10 AND 1040.11 EXCEPT FOR DEVIATIONS PURSUANT TO LASER NOTICE No.50, DATED JUNE 24, 2007 FAIL ACT SF RAMAN-COP 5-42 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards Figure 5-24 RAMAN-CTP Functional Block Diagram Four Raman pump lasers (two for each wavelength) are combined internally and launched in-fiber at the LINE-RX port, thereby counter-propagating with the DWDM signal. The two pump lasers at the same nominal central wavelength, power, and polarization are made orthogonally polarized by the polarization beam combiner (that rotates one of the laser beams) and then coupled, resulting in a depolarized beam. A DFB laser at 1568.77 nm is used for optical safety. Optical filters for DFB add and drop are present. The DFB signal generated by the DFB laser is transmitted in-fiber, co-propagating with the DWDM signal. A MON-TX port monitors the DWDM signal at the COM-TX port. A total of ten photodiodes are provided, allowing monitoring of Raman pump (RP) power, DWDM signal power, and DFB signal power in each section of the card. In particular, P8 measures the co-propagating Raman pump power in-fiber (when the RAMAN-COP unit is present), while P6 detects the amount of Raman pump power back scattered by the LINE-RX connector and transmission fiber. P1 measures the DFB signal power transmitted in-fiber while P9 and P10 measure the DFB signal and ASE power respectively, which is received from the other line site. The insertion loss of the main optical path and the relative optical attenuation of the monitor port is stored in non-volatile memory of the card. Figure 5-25 shows a block diagram of how the RAMAN-COP card functions. 246596 MON-TX LINE-RX COM-TX P8 P7 P1 P5 P6 P3 P4 P2 P1+ P2 P1 P2 PBC PBC PUMP COUNTER ADD LINE-TX COM-RX RAMAN-COP-RX DFB P9 P10 VOA_DFB DFB and ASE DROP PUMP CO ADD DFB ADD PUMP1 PUMP2 PUMP3 PUMP4 P Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator 5-43 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards Figure 5-25 15454-M-RAMAN-COP Functional Block Diagram Four Raman pump lasers (two for each wavelength) are combined internally and launched in-fiber at the LINE-TX port of the counter-propagating unit, thereby co-propagating with the DWDM signal. The two pump lasers at the same nominal central wavelength, power, and polarization are made orthogonally polarized by the polarization beam combiner (that rotates one of the laser beams) and then coupled, resulting in a depolarized beam. A total of four photodiodes are provided, allowing the monitoring of RP power. In particular, P6 detects the amount of Raman pump power back scattered by the LINE-RX connector and transmission fiber. 5.10.2 RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P10 monitor the power for the RAMAN-CTP card (see Table 5-11). 246595 RAMAN-TX P1+ P5 P6 P3 P4 P2 P1 P2 VOA1 PBC PUMP1 PUMP2 PUMP3 PUMP4 VOA2 PBC P Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator Table 5-11 RAMAN-CTP Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1 DFB in-fiber Output Power LINE-TX P2 DWDM RX Input Power LINE-RX P3 Pump 1 in-fiber Output Power LINE-RX P4 Pump 2 in-fiber Output Power LINE-RX P5 Total Pump in-fiber Output Power LINE-RX 5-44 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards Physical photodiodes P3 through P6 monitor the power for the RAMAN-COP card (see Table 5-12). The PM parameters for the power values are listed in the Optics and 8b10b PM Parameter Definitions document. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, see the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.4. 5.10.3 RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Card Functions The functions of the RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP cards are: • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • G.4 Port-Level Indicators, page G-9 • G.16 Lamp Test, page G-19 5.10.4 Related Procedures for RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP Cards Caution During a software upgrade, do not unplug the RAMAN-CTP or RAMAN-COP card fibers or connectors. The ends of unterminated fibers or connectors emit invisible laser radiation. The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the RAMAN-CTP and RAMAN-COP cards: • NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards, page 14-64 • NTP-G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units, page 14-68 • NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs, page 14-78 P6 Back-Reflected Pump Power LINE-RX P7 DWDM TX Input Power COM-RX P8 Total Co-Pump in-fiber Output Power LINE-TX P9 DFB Input Power LINE-RX P10 ASE Input Power LINE-RX Table 5-11 RAMAN-CTP Port Calibration (continued) Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Table 5-12 RAMAN-CTP Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P3 Pump 1 in-fiber Output Power RAMAN-TX P4 Pump 2 in-fiber Output Power RAMAN-TX P5 Total Pump in-fiber Output Power RAMAN-TX P6 Back-Reflected Pump Power RAMAN-TX 5-45 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards • NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations, page 14-126 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G201 Configure the Raman Pump on an MSTP Link, page 15-4 • NTP-G76 Verify Optical Span Loss Using CTC • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • DLP-G140 View Power Statistics for Optical Amplifier, 40-SMR1-C, and 40-SMR2-C Cards • NTP-G77 Manage Automatic Power Control • NTP-G160 Modify OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP, 15454-M-RAMAN-COP, OPT-EDFA-17, and OPT-EDFA-24 Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-27 • NTP-G184 Create a Provisionable Patchcord, page 16-72 • DLP-G690 Configure the Raman Pump Using Manual Day-0 Installation • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards 5.11 OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards Note For OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 card specifications, see the OPT-EDFA-17 Amplifier Card Specifications and OPT-EDFA-24 Amplifier Card Specifications sections in the Hardware Specifications document. Note For OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 card safety labels, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. The OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 cards are C-band, DWDM EDFA amplifiers/preamplifiers with 20-dBm output powers. These cards do not contain mid-stage access loss for a Dispersion Compensation Unit (DCU). The OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 cards provide a noise-figure optimized version of the EDFA amplifiers to cope with new modulation formats like PM-DQPSK, which do not need dispersion compensation. To control gain tilt, a VOA is used. The amplifier module also includes the OSC add (TX direction) and drop (RX direction) optical filters. The OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 cards share the same hardware platform and firmware architecture but differ in their operative optical gain range, which is 17 dB and 24 dB respectively. The OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 cards are true variable gain amplifiers, offering an optimal equalization of the transmitted optical channels over a wide gain range. They support 96 channels at 50-GHz channel spacing in the C-band (that is, 1528.77 nm to 1566.72 nm wavelength range). When an ONS 15454 has an OPT-EDFA-17 or OPT-EDFA-24 card installed, an OSCM card is needed to process the OSC. You can install the OPT-EDFA-17 or OPT-EDFA-24 card in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. Slots 2 to 6 and Slots 12 to 16 are the default slots for provisioning the OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 cards as a preamplifier. Slots 1 and 17 are the default slots for provisioning the OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 cards as a booster amplifier. You can install the OPT-EDFA-17 or OPT-EDFA-24 card in Slots 2 and 3 in an ONS 15454 M2 chassis, and Slots 2 to 7 in an ONS 15454 M6 chassis. The main functionalities of the OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 cards are: 5-46 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards • Amplification of the input signal at COM-RX port towards LINE-TX port through a true-variable gain EDFA block • Multiplexing the OSC to the LINE-TX port • Demultiplexing the OSC from LINE-RX port • Monitoring of the LINE input or output signal with 1% TAP splitters The features of the OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 cards are: • Embedded Gain Flattening Filter • Constant pump current mode (test mode) • Constant output power mode • Constant gain mode • Nondistorting low-frequency transfer function • ASE compensation in Constant Gain and Constant Output Power modes • Fast transient suppression • Programmable tilt • Full monitoring and alarm handling capability • Gain range with gain tilt control of 5 to 17 dB (for OPT-EDFA-17 card) and 12 to 24 dB (for OPT-EDFA-24 card) • Extended gain range (with uncontrolled tilt) of 17 to 20 dB (for OPT-EDFA-17 card) and 24 to 27 dB (for OPT-EDFA-24 card) • Optical Safety Remote Interlock (OSRI) • Automatic Alarm Shutdown (ALS) 5.11.1 Card Faceplate Ports and Block Diagrams The OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 cards have eight optical ports located on the faceplate: • MON RX is the input monitor port (receive section). • MON TX is the output monitor port. • COM RX is the input signal port. • COM TX is the output signal port (receive section). • LINE RX is the input signal port (receive section). • LINE TX is the output signal port. • OSC RX is the OSC add input port. • OSC TX is the OSC drop output port. 5-47 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards Figure 5-26 shows the OPT-EDFA-17 card faceplate. Figure 5-26 OPT-EDFA-17 Card Faceplate The OPT-EDFA-24 card faceplate is similar to that of the OPT-EDFA-17 card. Figure 5-27 shows a simplified block diagram of the OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 card features. FAIL ACT SF COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR 1040.10 AND 1040.11 EXCEPT FOR DEVIATIONS PURSUANT TO LASER NOTICE No.50, DATED JUNE 24, 2007 RX RX RX RX MON COM OSC LINE TX TX TX TX OPT-EDFA XX 246681 5-48 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards Figure 5-27 OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Block Diagram Figure 5-28 shows a block diagram of how the OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 optical modules function. Figure 5-28 OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Optical Modules Function 246683 SCL Bus TCCi M Line RX Optical module FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi P BAT A&B Monitor Line RX Line TX Monitor Line TX COM TX COM RX OSC TX OSC RX Processor DC/DC Power supply Input filters 246682 OSC-TX MON-RX P5 P6 P Physical photodiode LINE-RX COM-TX PASSIVE Section ACTIVE Section OSC 1% TAP DROP OSC-RX MON-TX P4 P3 P2 P1 LINE-TX COM-RX OSC 1% TAP ADD True Variable Gain EDFA 5-49 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards 5.11.2 OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes PD1 through PD6 monitor the power for the OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 cards (see Table 5-13). 5.11.3 OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Card Functions The functions of the OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 cards are: • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • G.4 Port-Level Indicators, page G-9 5.11.4 Related Procedures for OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards The list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 cards are: • NTP-G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File, page 14-47 • NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards, page 14-64 • NTP-G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units, page 14-68 • NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs, page 14-78 • NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations, page 14-126 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G76 Verify Optical Span Loss Using CTC • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • DLP-G140 View Power Statistics for Optical Amplifier, 40-SMR1-C, and 40-SMR2-C Cards • NTP-G77 Manage Automatic Power Control • NTP-G160 Modify OPT-AMP-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, OPT-RAMP-CE, 15454-M-RAMAN-CTP, 15454-M-RAMAN-COP, OPT-EDFA-17, and OPT-EDFA-24 Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-27 • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards Table 5-13 OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1 EDFA Input Power COM-RX P2 EDFA Output Power LINE-TX P3 EDFA Output Power LINE-TX P4 OSC ADD Input Power OSC-RX P5 OSC DROP Output Power LINE-RX P6 COM-TX Output Power LINE-RX 5-50 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 5 Provision Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-EDFA-17 and OPT-EDFA-24 Cards CH A P T E R 6-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards This chapter describes legacy multiplexer and demultiplexer cards used in Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) networks and related procedures. For card safety and compliance information, see the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms document. Note Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. Chapter topics include: • 6.1 Card Overview, page 6-1 • 6.2 Safety Labels, page 6-9 • 6.3 32MUX-O Card, page 6-9 • 6.3.5 Related Procedures for the 32MUX-O Card, page 6-13 • 6.4 32DMX-O Card, page 6-14 • 6.4.4 Related Procedures for the 32DMX-O Card, page 6-18 • 6.5 4MD-xx.x Card, page 6-19 • 6.5.5 Related Procedures for the 4MD-xx.x Card, page 6-23 Note For a description of the 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, 40-MUX-C, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, and 40-WXC-C cards, see the “Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards” chapter. 6.1 Card Overview The card overview section contains card summary, compatibility, interface class, and channel allocation plan information for legacy multiplexer and demultiplexer cards. Note Each card is marked with a symbol that corresponds to a slot (or slots) on the ONS 15454 shelf assembly. The cards are then installed into slots displaying the same symbols. For a list of slots and symbols, see the “Card Slot Requirements” section in the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide. 6-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards Card Overview 6.1.1 Card Summary Table 6-1 lists and summarizes the functions of the 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, and 4MD-xx.x cards. 6.1.2 Card Compatibility Table 6-2 lists the CTC software compatibility for the legacy cards. Table 6-1 Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards Card Port Description For Additional Information 32MUX-O The 32MUX-O has five sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. See the “6.3 32MUX-O Card” section on page 6-9. 32DMX-O The 32DMX-O has five sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. “6.4 32DMX-O Card” section on page 6-14 4MD-xx.x The 4MD-xx.x card has five sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “6.5 4MD-xx.x Card” section on page 6-19. Table 6-2 Software Compatibility for Legacy Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards Release Cards 32MUX-O 32DMX-O 4MD-xx.x R4.5 Yes Yes Yes R4.6 Yes Yes Yes R4.7 Yes Yes Yes R5.0 Yes Yes Yes R6.0 Yes Yes Yes R7.0 Yes Yes Yes R7.2 Yes Yes Yes R8.0 Yes Yes Yes R8.5 Yes Yes Yes R9.0 Yes Yes Yes R9.1 Yes Yes Yes R9.2 Yes Yes Yes R9.2.1 Yes Yes Yes R9.3 Yes Yes Yes R9.4 Yes Yes Yes 6-3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards Card Overview 6.1.3 Interface Classes The 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, and 4MD-xx.x cards have different input and output optical channel signals depending on the interface card where the input signal originates. The input interface cards have been grouped in classes listed in Table 6-3. The subsequent tables list the optical performance and output power of each interface class. Table 6-5 lists the optical performance parameters for 40-Gbps cards that provide signal input to multiplexer and demultiplexer cards. Table 6-3 ONS 15454 Card Interfaces Assigned to Input Power Classes Input Power Class Card A 10-Gbps multirate transponder cards (TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, and TXP_MR_10E_L) with forward error correction (FEC) enabled, 10-Gbps muxponder cards (MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L, MXP_2.5G_10E_C, and MXP_2.5G_10E_L) with FEC enabled, 40-Gbps transponder cards (40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C), and 40-Gbps muxponder cards (40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C) B 10-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_10G) without FEC, 10-Gbps muxponder cards (MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L), 40-Gbps transponder cards (40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C), 40-Gbps muxponder cards (40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C), and ADM-10G cards with FEC disabled C OC-192 LR ITU cards (TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, and TXP_MR_10E_L) without FEC D 2.5-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_2.5G), both protected and unprotected, with FEC enabled E OC-48 100-GHz DWDM muxponder card (MXP_MR_2.5G) and 2.5-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_2.5G), protected or unprotected, with FEC disabled and retime, reshape, and regenerate (3R) mode enabled F 2.5-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_2.5G), protected or unprotected, in regenerate and reshape (2R) mode G OC-48 ELR 100 GHz card H 2/4 port GbE transponder (GBIC WDM 100GHz) I TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, and TXP_MR_10E_L, 40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C cards with enhanced FEC (E-FEC) and the MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_2.5G_10E_C, MXP_2.5G_10E_L, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L, 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards with E-FEC enabled 6-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards Card Overview Table 6-5 lists the optical performance parameters that provide signal input for the 40-Gbps multiplexer and demultiplexer cards. Table 6-4 40-Gbps Interface Optical Performance Parameter Class A Class B Class I Type Power Limited OSNR1 Limited 1. OSNR = optical signal-to-noise ratio Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Maximum bit rate 40 Gbps 40 Gbps 40 Gbps Regeneration 3R 3R 3R FEC Yes No Yes (E-FEC) Threshold Optimum Average Optimum Maximum BER2 2. BER = bit error rate 10–15 10–12 10–15 OSNR1 sensitivity 23 dB 9 dB 23 dB 19 dB 20 dB 8 dB Power sensitivity –24 dBm –18 dBm –21 dBm –20 dBm –26 dBm –18 dBm Power overload –8 dBm –8 dBm –8 dBm Transmitted Power Range3 3. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the OADM cards. 40-Gbps multirate transponder/40-Gbps EC transponder (40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C) +2.5 to 3.5 dBm +2.5 to 3.5 dBm — OC-192 LR ITU — — — Dispersion compensation tolerance +/–800 ps/nm +/–1,000 ps/nm +/–800 ps/nm Table 6-5 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance Parameters Parameter Class A Class B Class C Class I Type Power Limited OSNR1 Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Maximum bit rate 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps Regeneration 3R 3R 3R 3R FEC Yes No No Yes (E-FEC) Threshold Optimum Average Average Optimum Maximum BER2 10–15 10–12 10–12 10–15 OSNR1 sensitivity 23 dB 9 dB 23 dB 19 dB 19 dB 20 dB 8 dB Power sensitivity –24 dBm –18 dBm –21 dBm –20 dBm –22 dBm –26 dBm –18 dBm 6-5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards Card Overview Table 6-6 lists the optical interface performance parameters for 2.5-Gbps cards that provide signal input to multiplexer and demultiplexer cards. Power overload –8 dBm –8 dBm –9 dBm –8 dBm Transmitted Power Range3 10-Gbps multirate transponder/10-Gbps FEC transponder (TXP_MR_10G) +2.5 to 3.5 dBm +2.5 to 3.5 dBm — — OC-192 LR ITU — — +3.0 to 6.0 dBm — 10-Gbps multirate transponder/10-Gbps FEC transponder (TXP_MR_10E) +3.0 to 6.0 dBm +3.0 to 6.0 dBm — +3.0 to 6.0 dBm Dispersion compensation tolerance +/–800 ps/nm +/–1,000 ps/nm +/–1,000 ps/nm +/–800 ps/nm 1. OSNR = optical signal-to-noise ratio 2. BER = bit error rate 3. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the OADM cards. Table 6-5 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance Parameters (continued) Parameter Class A Class B Class C Class I Type Power Limited OSNR1 Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Table 6-6 2.5-Gbps Interface Optical Performance Parameter Class D Class E Class F Class G Class H Class J Type Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited Maximum bit rate 2.5 Gbps 2.5 Gbps 2.5 Gbps 2.5 Gbps 1.25 Gbps 2.5 Gbps Regeneration 3R 3R 2R 3R 3R 3R FEC Yes No No No No No Threshold Average Average Average Average Average Average Maximum BER 10–15 10–12 10–12 10–12 10–12 10–12 OSNR sensitivity 14 dB 6 dB 14 dB 10 dB 15 dB 14 dB 11 dB 13 dB 8 dB 12 dB Power sensitivity –31 dBm –25 dBm –30 dBm –23 dBm –24 dBm –27 dBm –33 dBm –28 dBm –18 dBm –26 dBm Power overload –9 dBm –9 dBm –9 dBm –9 dBm –7 dBm –17dBm 6-6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards Card Overview 6.1.4 Channel Allocation Plan ONS 15454 DWDM multiplexer and demultiplexer cards are designed for use with specific channels in the C band and L band. In most cases, the channels for these cards are either numbered (for example, 1 to 32 or 1 to 40) or delimited (odd or even). Client interfaces must comply with these channel assignments to be compatible with the ONS 15454 system. Table 6-7 lists the channel IDs and wavelengths assigned to the C-band DWDM channels. Note In some cases, a card uses only one of the bands (C band or L band) and some or all of the channels listed in a band. Also, some cards use channels on the 100-GHz ITU grid while others use channels on the 50-GHz ITU grid. See the specific card description or the “Hardware Specifications” document for more details. Transmitted Power Range1 TXP_MR_2.5G –1.0 to 1.0 dBm –1.0 to 1.0 dBm –1.0 to 1.0 dBm –2.0 to 0 dBm TXPP_MR_2.5G –4.5 to –2.5 dBm –4.5 to –2.5 dBm –4.5 to –2.5 dBm MXP_MR_2.5G — +2.0 to +4.0 dBm — MXPP_MR_2.5G — –1.5 to +0.5 dBm — 2/4 port GbE Transponder (GBIC WDM 100GHz) +2.5 to 3.5 dBm — Dispersion compensation tolerance –1200 to +5400 ps/nm –1200 to +5400 ps/nm –1200 to +3300 ps/nm –1200 to +3300 ps/nm –1000 to +3600 ps/nm –1000 to +3200 ps/nm 1. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the OADM cards. Table 6-6 2.5-Gbps Interface Optical Performance (continued) Parameter Class D Class E Class F Class G Class H Class J Type Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited Table 6-7 DWDM Channel Allocation Plan (C Band) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 1 196.00 1529.55 42 193.95 1545.72 2 195.95 1529.94 43 193.90 1546.119 3 195.90 1530.334 44 193.85 1546.518 4 195.85 1530.725 45 193.80 1546.917 5 195.80 1531.116 46 193.75 1547.316 6 195.75 1531.507 47 193.70 1547.715 7 195.70 1531.898 48 193.65 1548.115 6-7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards Card Overview Table 6-8 lists the channel IDs and wavelengths assigned to the L-band channels. 8 195.65 1532.290 49 193.60 1548.515 9 195.60 1532.681 50 193.55 1548.915 10 195.55 1533.073 51 193.50 1549.32 11 195.50 1533.47 52 193.45 1549.71 12 195.45 1533.86 53 193.40 1550.116 13 195.40 1534.250 54 193.35 1550.517 14 195.35 1534.643 55 193.30 1550.918 15 195.30 1535.036 56 193.25 1551.319 16 195.25 1535.429 57 193.20 1551.721 17 195.20 1535.822 58 193.15 1552.122 18 195.15 1536.216 59 193.10 1552.524 19 195.10 1536.609 60 193.05 1552.926 20 195.05 1537.003 61 193.00 1553.33 21 195.00 1537.40 62 192.95 1553.73 22 194.95 1537.79 63 192.90 1554.134 23 194.90 1538.186 64 192.85 1554.537 24 194.85 1538.581 65 192.80 1554.940 25 194.80 1538.976 66 192.75 1555.343 26 194.75 1539.371 67 192.70 1555.747 27 194.70 1539.766 68 192.65 1556.151 28 194.65 1540.162 69 192.60 1556.555 29 194.60 1540.557 70 192.55 1556.959 30 194.55 1540.953 71 192.50 1557.36 31 194.50 1541.35 72 192.45 1557.77 32 194.45 1541.75 73 192.40 1558.173 33 194.40 1542.142 74 192.35 1558.578 34 194.35 1542.539 75 192.30 1558.983 35 194.30 1542.936 76 192.25 1559.389 36 194.25 1543.333 77 192.20 1559.794 37 194.20 1543.730 78 192.15 1560.200 38 194.15 1544.128 79 192.10 1560.606 39 194.10 1544.526 80 192.05 1561.013 40 194.05 1544.924 81 192.00 1561.42 41 194.00 1545.32 82 191.95 1561.83 Table 6-7 DWDM Channel Allocation Plan (C Band) (continued) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 6-8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards Card Overview Table 6-8 DWDM Channel Allocation Plan (L Band) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 1 190.85 1570.83 41 188.85 1587.46 2 190.8 1571.24 42 188.8 1587.88 3 190.75 1571.65 43 188.75 1588.30 4 190.7 1572.06 44 188.7 1588.73 5 190.65 1572.48 45 188.65 1589.15 6 190.6 1572.89 46 188.6 1589.57 7 190.55 1573.30 47 188.55 1589.99 8 190.5 1573.71 48 188.5 1590.41 9 190.45 1574.13 49 188.45 1590.83 10 190.4 1574.54 50 188.4 1591.26 11 190.35 1574.95 51 188.35 1591.68 12 190.3 1575.37 52 188.3 1592.10 13 190.25 1575.78 53 188.25 1592.52 14 190.2 1576.20 54 188.2 1592.95 15 190.15 1576.61 55 188.15 1593.37 16 190.1 1577.03 56 188.1 1593.79 17 190.05 1577.44 57 188.05 1594.22 18 190 1577.86 58 188 1594.64 19 189.95 1578.27 59 187.95 1595.06 20 189.9 1578.69 60 187.9 1595.49 21 189.85 1579.10 61 187.85 1595.91 22 189.8 1579.52 62 187.8 1596.34 23 189.75 1579.93 63 187.75 1596.76 24 189.7 1580.35 64 187.7 1597.19 25 189.65 1580.77 65 187.65 1597.62 26 189.6 1581.18 66 187.6 1598.04 27 189.55 1581.60 67 187.55 1598.47 28 189.5 1582.02 68 187.5 1598.89 29 189.45 1582.44 69 187.45 1599.32 30 189.4 1582.85 70 187.4 1599.75 31 189.35 1583.27 71 187.35 1600.17 32 189.3 1583.69 72 187.3 1600.60 33 189.25 1584.11 73 187.25 1601.03 34 189.2 1584.53 74 187.2 1601.46 35 189.15 1584.95 75 187.15 1601.88 6-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards Safety Labels 6.2 Safety Labels For information about safety labels, see the “G.1 Safety Labels” section on page G-1”. 6.3 32MUX-O Card Note For 32MUX-O card specifications, see the “32MUX-O Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The 32-Channel Multiplexer (32MUX-O) card multiplexes 32 100-GHz-spaced channels identified in the channel plan. The 32MUX-O card takes up two slots in an ONS 15454 and can be installed in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. 6.3.1 32MUX-O Card Functions The 32MUX-O functions include: • Arrayed waveguide grating (AWG) device that enables full multiplexing functions for the channels. • Each single-channel port is equipped with VOAs for automatic optical power regulation prior to multiplexing. In the case of electrical power failure, the VOA is set to its maximum attenuation for safety purposes. A manual VOA setting is also available. • Each single-channel port is monitored using a photodiode to enable automatic power regulation. • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 An additional optical monitoring port with 1:99 splitting ratio is available. 6.3.2 32MUX-O Card Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 6-1 shows the 32MUX-O faceplate. 36 189.1 1585.36 76 187.1 1602.31 37 189.05 1585.78 77 187.05 1602.74 38 189 1586.20 78 187 1603.17 39 188.95 1586.62 79 186.95 1603.60 40 188.9 1587.04 80 186.9 1604.03 Table 6-8 DWDM Channel Allocation Plan (L Band) (continued) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 6-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 32MUX-O Card Figure 6-1 32MUX-O Faceplate For information on safety labels for the card, see the “G.1 Safety Labels” section on page G-1”. Figure 6-2 shows a block diagram of the 32MUX-O card. 54.1 - 60.6 46.1 - 52.5 38.1 - 44.5 30.3 - 36.6 32MUX-0 COM TX RX MON FAIL ACT SF 96468 6-11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 32MUX-O Card Figure 6-2 32MUX-O Block Diagram The 32MUX-O card has four receive connectors that accept multifiber push-on (MPO) cables on its front panel for the client input interfaces. MPO cables break out into eight separate cables. The 32MUX-O card also has two LC-PC-II optical connectors, one for the main output and the other for the monitor port. Figure 6-3 shows the 32MUX-O optical module functional block diagram. Figure 6-3 32MUX-O Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 6.3.2.1 Port-Level Indicators for the 32MUX-O Cards The 32MUX-O card has five sets of ports located on the faceplate. COM TX is the line output. COM MON is the optical monitoring port. The xx.x to yy.y RX ports represent the four groups of eight channels ranging from wavelength xx.x to wavelength yy.y, according to the channel plan. Optical module 30.3 to 36.6 8 CHS RX 38.1 to 44.5 8 CHS RX 46.1 to 52.5 8 CHS RX 54.1 to 60.6 8 CHS RX 134413 Processor MON COM TX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B 98301 1 32 Control Control interface Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator MON COM TX Inputs P32 P31 P30 P29 P4 P3 P2 P1 P 6-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 32MUX-O Card 6.3.3 Channel Plan The 32MUX-O is typically used in hub nodes and provides the multiplexing of 32 channels, spaced at 100 GHz, into one fiber before their amplification and transmission along the line. The channel plan is shown in Table 6-9. Table 6-9 32MUX-O Channel Plan Channel Number1 Channel ID Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) 1 30.3 195.9 1530.33 2 31.2 195.8 1531.12 3 31.9 195.7 1531.90 4 32.6 195.6 1532.68 5 34.2 195.4 1534.25 6 35.0 195.3 1535.04 7 35.8 195.2 1535.82 8 36.6 195.1 1536.61 9 38.1 194.9 1538.19 10 38.9 194.8 1538.98 11 39.7 194.7 1539.77 12 40.5 194.6 1540.56 13 42.1 194.4 1542.14 14 42.9 194.3 1542.94 15 43.7 194.2 1543.73 16 44.5 194.1 1544.53 17 46.1 193.9 1546.12 18 46.9 193.8 1546.92 19 47.7 193.7 1547.72 20 48.5 193.6 1548.51 21 50.1 193.4 1550.12 22 50.9 193.3 1550.92 23 51.7 193.2 1551.72 24 52.5 193.1 1552.52 25 54.1 192.9 1554.13 26 54.9 192.8 1554.94 27 55.7 192.7 1555.75 28 56.5 192.6 1556.55 29 58.1 192.4 1558.17 30 58.9 192.3 1558.98 6-13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 32MUX-O Card 6.3.4 Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P32 monitor the power for the 32MUX-O card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 6-10. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide. 6.3.5 Related Procedures for the 32MUX-O Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 32MUX-O card: • “DLP-G353 Preprovision a Slot” task on page 14-53 • “NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards” task on page 14-64 • “NTP-G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File” task on page 14-47 • “NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs” task on page 14-78 • “NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes” task on page 14-82 • “DLP-G315 Install Fiber-Optic Cables From the 32WSS/32DMX and 32MUX-O/32DMX-O Cards to the Standard Patch Panel Tray” task on page 14-85 • “DLP-G356 Install Fiber-Optic Cables from the 32WSS/32DMX and 32MUX-O/32DMX-O Cards to the Deep Patch Panel Tray” task on page 14-90 • “NTP-G184 Create a Provisionable Patchcord” task on page 16-72 • “NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords” task on page 14-113 • “NTP-G242 Create an Internal Patchcord Manually” task on page 14-114 • “NTP-G86 Convert a Pass-Through Connection to Add/Drop Connections” • “NTP-G41 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O Cards Acceptance Test” task on page 21-3 • “NTP-G44 Perform the Anti-ASE Hub Node Acceptance Test” task on page 21-71 • “NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance” 31 59.7 192.2 1559.79 32 60.6 192.1 1560.61 1. The Channel Number column is only for reference purposes. The channel ID is consistent with the ONS 15454 and is used in card identification. Table 6-9 32MUX-O Channel Plan Channel Number1 Channel ID Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) Table 6-10 32MUX-O Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P32 ADD COM TX 6-14 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 32DMX-O Card • “DLP-G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards” • “NTP-G175 Modify 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, and 4MD-xx.x Line Card Settings and PM Thresholds” task on page 20-54 • “DLP-G414 Change Optical Line Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards” task on page 20-55 • “DLP-G415 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards” task on page 20-57 • “DLP-G416 Change Optical Channel Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards” task on page 20-59 • “DLP-G417 Change Optical Channel Threshold Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards” task on page 20-62 • “DLP-G78 Verify the 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C Card Power” task on page 21-7 • “DLP-G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power” task on page 21-7 • “DLP-G355 Delete an Internal Patchcord” task on page 14-123 • “NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC” task on page 24-13 • “DLP-G251 Reset DWDM Cards Using CTC” task on page 24-14 • “NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Card” • “DLP-G351 Delete a Card in CTC” task on page 14-51 • “NTP-G119 Power Down the Node” task on page 24-27 6.4 32DMX-O Card Note For 32DMX-O card specifications, see the “32DMX-O Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The 32-Channel Demultiplexer (32DMX-O) card demultiplexes 32 100-GHz-spaced channels identified in the channel plan. The 32DMX-O takes up two slots in an ONS 15454 and can be installed in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. 6.4.1 32DMX-O Card Functions The 32DMX-O functions include: • AWG that enables channel demultiplexing functions. • Each single-channel port is equipped with VOAs for automatic optical power regulation after demultiplexing. In the case of electrical power failure, the VOA is set to its maximum attenuation for safety purposes. A manual VOA setting is also available. • The 32DXM-O has four physical receive connectors that accept MPO cables on its front panel for the client input interfaces. MPO cables break out into eight separate cables. 6-15 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 32DMX-O Card Note In contrast, the single-slot 32DMX card does not have VOAs on each drop port for optical power regulation. The 32DMX optical demultiplexer module is used in conjunction with the 32WSS card in ONS 15454 Multiservice Transport Platform (MSTP) nodes. • Each single-channel port is monitored using a photodiode to enable automatic power regulation. • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 6.4.2 32DMX-O Card Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 6-4 shows the 32DMX-O card faceplate. 6-16 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 32DMX-O Card Figure 6-4 32DMX-O Faceplate For information on safety labels for the card, see the “G.1 Safety Labels” section on page G-1”. Figure 6-5 shows a block diagram of the 32DMX-O card. 32DMX-0 FAIL ACT SF 46.1 - 52.5 38.1 - 44.5 30.3 - 36.6 TX 54.1 - 60.6 RX COM MON 145935 6-17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 32DMX-O Card Figure 6-5 32DMX-O Block Diagram Figure 6-6 shows the 32DMX-O optical module functional block diagram. Figure 6-6 32DMX-O Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 6.4.2.1 Port-Level Indicators for the 32DMX-O Cards The 32DMX-O card has five sets of ports located on the faceplate. MON is the output monitor port. COM RX is the line input. The xx.x to yy.y TX ports represent the four groups of eight channels ranging from wavelength xx.x to wavelength yy.y according to the channel plan. 6.4.3 Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P33 monitor the power for the 32DMX-O card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 6-11. Optical module 30.3 to 36.6 8 CHS TX 38.1 to 44.5 8 CHS TX 46.1 to 52.5 8 CHS TX 54.1 to 60.6 8 CHS TX 96480 Processor MON COM RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B 98302 1 32 Control Control interface Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator COM RX DROP TX P32 P31 P30 P29 P4 P3 P2 P1 P P33 6-18 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 32DMX-O Card For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 6.4.4 Related Procedures for the 32DMX-O Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 32DMX-O card: • “DLP-G353 Preprovision a Slot” task on page 14-53 • “NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards” task on page 14-64 • “NTP-G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File” task on page 14-47 • “NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs” task on page 14-78 • “NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes” task on page 14-82 • “DLP-G315 Install Fiber-Optic Cables From the 32WSS/32DMX and 32MUX-O/32DMX-O Cards to the Standard Patch Panel Tray” task on page 14-85 • “DLP-G356 Install Fiber-Optic Cables from the 32WSS/32DMX and 32MUX-O/32DMX-O Cards to the Deep Patch Panel Tray” task on page 14-90 • “NTP-G184 Create a Provisionable Patchcord” task on page 16-72 • “NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords” task on page 14-113 • “NTP-G242 Create an Internal Patchcord Manually” task on page 14-114 • “NTP-G86 Convert a Pass-Through Connection to Add/Drop Connections” • “NTP-G44 Perform the Anti-ASE Hub Node Acceptance Test” task on page 21-71 • “NTP-G41 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O Cards Acceptance Test” task on page 21-3 • “NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance” • “DLP-G78 Verify the 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C Card Power” task on page 21-7 • “DLP-G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power” task on page 21-7 • “DLP-G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards” • “NTP-G175 Modify 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, and 4MD-xx.x Line Card Settings and PM Thresholds” task on page 20-54 • “DLP-G414 Change Optical Line Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards” task on page 20-55 • “DLP-G415 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards” task on page 20-57 Table 6-11 32DMX-O Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P32 DROP DROP TX P33 INPUT COM COM RX 6-19 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 4MD-xx.x Card • “DLP-G416 Change Optical Channel Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards” task on page 20-59 • “DLP-G417 Change Optical Channel Threshold Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards” task on page 20-62 • “DLP-G355 Delete an Internal Patchcord” task on page 14-123 • “NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC” task on page 24-13 • “DLP-G251 Reset DWDM Cards Using CTC” task on page 24-14 • “NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Card” • “DLP-G351 Delete a Card in CTC” task on page 14-51 • “NTP-G119 Power Down the Node” task on page 24-27 6.5 4MD-xx.x Card Note For 4MD-xx.x card specifications, see the section “4MD-xx.x Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The 4-Channel Multiplexer/Demultiplexer (4MD-xx.x) card multiplexes and demultiplexes four 100-GHz-spaced channels identified in the channel plan. The 4MD-xx.x card is designed to be used with band OADMs (both AD-1B-xx.x and AD-4B-xx.x). The card is bidirectional. The demultiplexer and multiplexer functions are implemented in two different sections of the same card. In this way, the same card can manage signals flowing in opposite directions. There are eight versions of this card that correspond with the eight sub-bands specified in Table 6-12 on page 6-22. The 4MD-xx.x can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. 6.5.1 4MD-xx.x Card Functions The 4MD-xx.x has the following functions implemented inside a plug-in optical module: • Passive cascade of interferential filters perform the channel multiplex/demultiplex function. • Software-controlled VOAs at every port of the multiplex section regulate the optical power of each multiplexed channel. • Software-monitored photodiodes at the input and output multiplexer and demultiplexer ports for power control and safety purposes. • Software-monitored virtual photodiodes at the common DWDM output and input ports. A virtual photodiode is a firmware calculation of the optical power at that port. This calculation is based on the single channel photodiode reading and insertion losses of the appropriated paths. • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 6.5.2 4MD-xx.x Card Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 6-7 shows the 4MD-xx.x faceplate. 6-20 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 4MD-xx.x Card Figure 6-7 4MD-xx.x Faceplate For information on safety labels for the card, see the “G.1 Safety Labels” section on page G-1”. Figure 6-8 shows a block diagram of the 4MD-xx.x card. 4MD -X.XX FAIL ACT SF RX 15xx.xx TX RX 15xx.xx TX RX 15xx.xx TX RX 15xx.xx TX RX COM TX 96470 6-21 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 4MD-xx.x Card Figure 6-8 4MD-xx.x Block Diagram Figure 6-9 shows the 4MD-xx.x optical module functional block diagram. Figure 6-9 4MD-xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram The optical module shown in Figure 6-9 is optically passive and consists of a cascade of interferential filters that perform the channel multiplexing and demultiplexing functions. VOAs are present in every input path of the multiplex section in order to regulate the optical power of each multiplexed channel. Some optical input and output ports are monitored by means of photodiodes implemented both for power control and for safety purposes. An internal control manages VOA settings and functionality as well as photodiode detection and alarm thresholds. The power at the main output Optical Module Channel Inputs 96482 Processor COM TX COM RX Channel Outputs FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCC M SCL Bus TCC P DC/DC converter Power supply input filters BAT A&B 98303 Virtual photodiode COM TX COM RX Demux RX channels TX channels Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator Control Control interface V1 V Mux P1 P2 P3 P3 P5 P6 P7 P8 P V2 6-22 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 4MD-xx.x Card and input ports is monitored through the use of virtual photodiodes. A virtual photodiode is implemented in the firmware of the plug-in module. This firmware calculates the power on a port, summing the measured values from all single channel ports (and applying the proper path insertion loss) and then providing the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3/TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card with the obtained value. 6.5.2.1 Port-Level Indicators for the 4MD-xx.x Cards The 4MD-xx.x card has five sets of ports located on the faceplate. COM RX is the line input. COM TX is the line output. The 15xx.x TX ports represent demultiplexed channel outputs 1 to 4. The 15xx.x RX ports represent multiplexed channel inputs 1 to 4. 6.5.3 Wavelength Pairs Table 6-12 shows the band IDs and the add/drop channel IDs for the 4MD-xx.x card. 6.5.4 Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P8 and virtual photodiodes V1 and V2 monitor the power for the 4MD-xx.x card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 6-13. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. Table 6-12 4MD-xx.x Channel Sets Band ID Add/Drop Channel IDs Band 30.3 (A) 30.3, 31.2, 31.9, 32.6 Band 34.2 (B) 34.2, 35.0, 35.8, 36.6 Band 38.1 (C) 38.1, 38.9, 39.7, 40.5 Band 42.1 (D) 42.1, 42.9, 43.7, 44.5 Band 46.1 (E) 46.1, 46.9, 47.7, 48.5 Band 50.1 (F) 50.1, 50.9, 51.7, 52.5 Band 54.1 (G) 54.1, 54.9, 55.7, 56.5 Band 58.1 (H) 58.1, 58.9, 59.7, 60.6 Table 6-13 4MD-xx.x Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P4 ADD COM TX P5–P8 DROP DROP TX V1 OUT COM COM TX V2 IN COM COM RX 6-23 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 4MD-xx.x Card 6.5.5 Related Procedures for the 4MD-xx.x Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 4MD-xx.x card: • “DLP-G353 Preprovision a Slot” task on page 14-53 • “NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards” task on page 14-64 • “NTP-G143 Import the Cisco Transport Planner NE Update Configuration File” task on page 14-47 • “NTP-G48 Perform the OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSCM Cards” task on page 21-94 • “DLP-G89 Verify OADM Node Pass-Through Channel Connections” task on page 21-99 • “DLP-G92 Verify 4MD-xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power” task on page 21-100 • “DLP-G93 Verify Add and Drop Connections on an OADM Node with OSCM Cards” task on page 21-104 • “NTP-G49 Perform the Active OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSC-CSM Cards” task on page 21-106 • “DLP-G94 Verify Add and Drop Connections on an OADM Node with OSC-CSM Cards” task on page 21-110 • “NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections” task on page 16-40 • “DLP-G105 Provision Optical Channel Network Connections” task on page 16-41 • “NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs” task on page 14-78 • “NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes” task on page 14-82 • “DLP-G315 Install Fiber-Optic Cables From the 32WSS/32DMX and 32MUX-O/32DMX-O Cards to the Standard Patch Panel Tray” task on page 14-85 • “DLP-G356 Install Fiber-Optic Cables from the 32WSS/32DMX and 32MUX-O/32DMX-O Cards to the Deep Patch Panel Tray” task on page 14-90 • “NTP-G184 Create a Provisionable Patchcord” task on page 16-72 • “NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords” task on page 14-113 • “NTP-G242 Create an Internal Patchcord Manually” task on page 14-114 • “NTP-G41 Perform the Terminal or Hub Node with 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O Cards Acceptance Test” task on page 21-3 • “NTP-G44 Perform the Anti-ASE Hub Node Acceptance Test” task on page 21-71 • “NTP-G86 Convert a Pass-Through Connection to Add/Drop Connections” • “NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance” • “DLP-G78 Verify the 32MUX-O or 40-MUX-C Card Power” task on page 21-7 • “DLP-G269 Verify the 32DMX-O or 40-DMX-C Card Power” task on page 21-7 • “DLP-G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards” • “NTP-G175 Modify 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, and 4MD-xx.x Line Card Settings and PM Thresholds” task on page 20-54 6-24 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 6 Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 4MD-xx.x Card • “DLP-G414 Change Optical Line Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards” task on page 20-55 • “DLP-G415 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards” task on page 20-57 • “DLP-G416 Change Optical Channel Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards” task on page 20-59 • “DLP-G417 Change Optical Channel Threshold Settings for 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, or 4MD-xx.x Cards” task on page 20-62 • “DLP-G355 Delete an Internal Patchcord” task on page 14-123 • “NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC” task on page 24-13 • “DLP-G251 Reset DWDM Cards Using CTC” task on page 24-14 • “NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Card” • “DLP-G351 Delete a Card in CTC” task on page 14-51 • “NTP-G119 Power Down the Node” task on page 24-27 CH A P T E R 7-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 7 Setup Tunable Dispersion Compensating Units This chapter explains the Tunable Dispersion Compensating Units (T-DCU) used in Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) networks. For card safety and compliance information, refer to the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms document. Note Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. The T-DCU unit compensates for chromatic dispersion (CD) of the transmission fiber. The T-DCU provides two line cards with varied set of tunable wavelengths to compensate for CD. This chapter includes: • 7.1 Card Overview, page 7-1 • 7.2 Safety Labels, page 7-2 • 7.3 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards, page 7-2 • 7.4 Monitoring Optical Performance, page 7-5 • 7.4.1 Related Procedures for TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards, page 7-6 7.1 Card Overview The T-DCU card provides a selectable set of discrete negative chromatic dispersion values to compensate for chromatic dispersion of the transmission line. The card operates over the entire C-band (in the range of 1529.0 nm to 1562.5 nm) and monitors the optical power at the input and the output ports. The two types of T-DCU line cards are: • TDC-CC (Coarse T-DCU) • TDC-FC (Fine T-DCU) Note Each T-DCU card is marked with a symbol that corresponds to a slot (or slots) on the ONS 15454 shelf assembly. Cards should be installed in slots that have the same symbols. See the “Card Slot Requirements” section in the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide. 7-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 7 Setup Tunable Dispersion Compensating Units Safety Labels 7.1.1 Card Summary Table 7-1 lists and summarizes the information about the TDC-CC and TDC-FC cards. 7.2 Safety Labels For information about safety labels, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. 7.3 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards The TDC-CC card provides 16 values of CD ranging from 0 to -1650 ps/nm with a granularity of 110 ps/nm in the C-band spectrum. The TDC-FC card provides 16 values of CD ranging from 0 to -675 ps/nm with a granularity of 45 ps/nm in the C-band spectrum. You can configure the TDC-CC and TDC-FC cards for the CD value listed in Table 7-2. Table 7-1 T-DCU Cards Card Port Description For Additional Information TDC-CC The TDC-CC has one set of optical ports located on the faceplate. It operates in slots 1 to 6 and slots 12 to 17. See the 7.3 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards section. TDC-FC The TDC-FC has one set of optical ports located on the faceplate. It operates in slots 1 to 6 and slots 12 to 17. Table 7-2 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Tunable CD Value Unit Configuration TDC-CC [ps/nm] TDC-FC [ps/nm] 0 0 1 02 1 -110 -45 2 -220 -90 3 -330 -135 4 -440 -180 5 -550 -225 6 -660 -270 7 -770 -315 8 -880 -360 9 -990 -405 10 -1100 -450 11 -1210 -495 12 -1320 -540 7-3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 7 Setup Tunable Dispersion Compensating Units TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards 7.3.1 Key Features The TDC-CC and TDC-FC cards provide the following features: • Single slot card with three LEDs on the front panel. • Two LC-PC-II optical connectors on the front panel. • Operates in slots from slot 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. • Operates over the C-band (wavelengths from 1529 nm to 1562.5 nm) of the optical spectrum. • Allows upto 16 provisionable CD values for chromatic dispersion compensation. • Connects to OPT-PRE, OPT-AMP-C, OPT-RAMP-C, and OPT-RAMP-CE amplifiers and 40-SMR-1 and 40-SMR-2 cards. • Supports performance monitoring and alarm handling for selectable thresholds. • Allows monitoring and provisioning using CTC, SNMP, or TL1. 7.3.2 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Faceplate Diagram Figure 7-1 shows the TDC-CC and TDC-FC faceplate diagram. The TDC-CC and TDC-FC cards can be installed or pulled out of operation from any user interface slot, without impacting other service cards operating within that shelf. 13 -1430 -585 14 -1540 -630 15 -1650 -675 1. The default value of the TDC-CC CD value for Coarse Unit is 0. 2. The default value of the TDC-FC value for Fine Unit is 0. Table 7-2 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Tunable CD Value Unit Configuration TDC-CC [ps/nm] TDC-FC [ps/nm] 7-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 7 Setup Tunable Dispersion Compensating Units TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards Figure 7-1 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Faceplates Note The coarse T-DCU is identified with the card label as TDC-CC and the fine T-DCU with TDC-FC in the faceplate of the T-DCU card. 7.3.3 Functioning of Optical Ports The T-DCU unit contains the DC-RX (input) and DC-TX (output) ports. The optical signal enters the DC-RX port, compensates the chromatic dispersion and then exits from the DC-TX port. TDC-CC FAIL ACT SF DC RX TX TDC-FC FAIL ACT SF DC RX TX Any of the 12 general purpose slots 276444 7-5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 7 Setup Tunable Dispersion Compensating Units Monitoring Optical Performance 7.3.4 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Block Diagram The TDC-CC and TDC-FC cards embed an optical module with four spools (D1, D2, D3, and D4) of dispersion compensating fiber that connects through the 2x2 bypass switches (Figure 7-2). Each bypass switch allows the corresponding dispersion compensation fiber spools to connect to the optical path from the DC-RX (input port) to the DC-TX (output port). The switch configuration selects the requested CD value and combines the four spools based on the 16 chromatic dispersion compensation values fetched. The photo diodes PD1 and PD2 are used to monitor the input and output ports respectively. Figure 7-2 Block Diagram of TDC-CC and TDC-FC 7.3.5 TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards Functions The functions of the TDC-CC and TDC-FC cards are: • G.16 Lamp Test, page G-19 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 7.4 Monitoring Optical Performance The TDC-CC and TDC-FC cards monitor the optical input power and optical output power of the fiber. It monitors the insertion loss from the input (DC-RX) to the output (DC-TX) port, with the help of the two photodiodes PD1 and PD2. The TDC-CC and TDC-FC cards report the minimum, average, and maximum power statistics of each of the monitored ports or channels in the specific card. To view the optical power statistics of the TDC-CC and TDC-FC cards, refer to the Monitor Performance document. The performance data is recorded at 15 minutes and 24 hours intervals. Note You can view the performance monitoring (PM) data of the card using CTC, SNMP, and TL1 interfaces. Note The PM data is stored on a wrap-around basis at 32 x 15 min. and 2 x 24 hour intervals. 276445 2x2 Switch D1 2x2 Switch D2 2x2 Switch D3 2x2 Switch D4 S1 S2 S3 S4 DC-RX DC-TX PD1 PD2 7-6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 7 Setup Tunable Dispersion Compensating Units Monitoring Optical Performance 7.4.1 Related Procedures for TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the TDC-CC and TDC-FC cards: • NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards, page 14-64 • DLP-G525 View Optical Power Statistics for TDC-CC and TDC-FC cards • NTP-G240 Modify TDC-CC and TDC-FC Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-76 • NTP-G242 Modify the CD setting of TDC-CC and TDC-FC Cards • NTP-G119 Power Down the Node, page 24-27 CH A P T E R 8-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 8 Provision Protection Switching Module This chapter describes the Protection Switching Module (PSM) card used in Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) networks. For card safety and compliance information, refer to the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms document. Note Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. Chapter topics include: • 8.1 PSM Card Overview • 8.1.6 Related Procedures for PSM Card, page 8-5 8.1 PSM Card Overview The PSM card performs splitter protection functions. In the transmit (TX) section of the PSM card (see Figure 8-1), the signal received on the common receive port is duplicated by a hardware splitter to both the working and protect transmit ports. In the receive (RX) section of the PSM card (Figure 8-1), a switch is provided to select one of the two input signals (on working and protect receive ports) to be transmitted through the common transmit port. The PSM card supports multiple protection configurations: • Channel protection—The PSM COM ports are connected to the TXP/MXP trunk ports. • Line (or path) protection—The PSM working (W) and protect (P) ports are connected directly to the external line. • Multiplex section protection—The PSM is equipped between the MUX/DMX stage and the amplification stage. • Standalone—The PSM can be equipped in any slot and supports all node configurations. The PSM card is a single-slot card that can be installed in any node from Slot 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. The PSM card includes six LC-PC-II optical connectors on the front panel. In channel protection configuration, the PSM card can be installed in a different shelf from its peer TXP/MXP card. 8-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 8 Provision Protection Switching Module PSM Card Overview Note It is strongly recommended that you use the default layouts designed by Cisco Transport Planner, which place the PSM card and its peer TXP/MXP card as close as possible to simplify cable management. For more information on the node configurations supported for the PSM card, see the 12.3 Supported Node Configurations for PSM Card, page 12-46. For more information on the network topologies supported for the PSM card, see the 13.6 Network Topologies for the PSM Card, page 13-19. 8.1.1 Key Features The PSM card provides the following features: • Operates over the C-band (wavelengths from 1529 nm to 1562.5 nm) and L-band (wavelengths from 1570.5 nm to 1604 nm) of the optical spectrum. • Implements bidirectional non-revertive protection scheme. For more details on bidirectional switching, see the “8.1.5 PSM Bidirectional Switching” section on page 8-4. • Supports automatic creation of splitter protection group when the PSM card is provisioned. • Supports switching priorities based on ITU-T G.873.1. • Supports performance monitoring and alarm handling with settable thresholds. • Supports automatic laser shutdown (ALS), a safety mechanism used in the event of a fiber cut. ALS is applicable only in line protection configuration. For information about using the card to implement ALS in a network, see the 13.11 Network Optical Safety, page 13-30. 8.1.2 PSM Block Diagram Figure 8-1 shows a simplified block diagram of the PSM card. 8-3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 8 Provision Protection Switching Module PSM Card Overview Figure 8-1 PSM Block Diagram 8.1.3 PSM Faceplate Ports The PSM card has six optical ports located on the faceplate: • COM-RX (receive) is the input signal port. • COM-TX (transmit) is the output signal port. • W-RX is the working input signal port (receive section). • W-TX is the working output signal port (transmit section). • P-RX is the protect input signal port (receive section). • P-TX is the protect output signal port (transmit section). All ports are equipped with photodiodes to monitor optical power and other related thresholds. The COM-RX port is equipped with a virtual photodiode (firmware calculations of port optical power) to monitor optical power. The W-RX, P-RX, W-TX, and P-TX ports have optical power regulation, which are provided by variable optical attenuators (VOA). All VOAs equipped within the PSM card work in control attenuation mode. Figure 8-2 shows the PSM card faceplate. 270910 TX Section RX Section COM-RX W-TX P-TX W-RX P-RX COM-TX PD5 VOA3 1x2 Switch 50/50 Splitter PD2 PD4 PD3 VOA1 PD1 VOA2 Virtual PD 8-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 8 Provision Protection Switching Module PSM Card Overview Figure 8-2 PSM Card Faceplate 8.1.4 PSM Card-Level Indicators Table G-1 describes the card-level indicators on the card. 8.1.5 PSM Bidirectional Switching A VOA is equipped after the hardware splitter within the PSM card. The VOA implements bidirectional switching when there is a single fiber cut in a protection configuration involving two peer PSM cards. Figure 8-3 shows a sample configuration that explains the bidirectional switching capability of the PSM card. 270911 PSM FAIL ACT SF COM P RX TX RX TX RX TX W 1345567 Any of the 12 general purpose slots 8-5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 8 Provision Protection Switching Module PSM Card Overview Figure 8-3 PSM Bidirectional Switching In this example, there is a fiber cut in the working path from Station A to Station B as shown in Figure 8-3. As a result of the fiber cut, an LOS alarm is raised on the W-RX port of Station B and it immediately switches traffic on to its P-RX port. Station B simultaneously also stops transmission (for approximately 25 milliseconds) on its W-TX port, which raises an LOS alarm on the W-RX port of Station A. This causes Station A to also switch traffic to its P-RX port. In this way, PSM implements bidirectional switching without any data exchange between the two stations. Since the two stations do not communicate using signaling protocols (overhead bytes), a Manual or Force protection switch on the PSM card is implemented by creating a traffic hit. For example, consider that you perform a Manual or Force protection switch on Station A. The TX VOA on the active path is set to automatic VOA shutdown (AVS) state for 25 milliseconds. This causes Station B to switch traffic to the other path because it cannot differentiate between a maintenance operation and a real fail. After 25 milliseconds, the VOA in Station A is automatically reset. However, Station B will not revert back by itself because of nonrevertive switching protection scheme used in the PSM card. To effectively implement switching, the Lockout and Force commands must be performed on both the stations. If these commands are not performed on both the stations, the far-end and near-end PSMs can be misaligned. In case of misalignment, when a path recovers, traffic might not recover automatically. You might have to perform a Force protection switch to recover traffic. Note The order in which you repair the paths is important in the event of a double failure (both the working and protect paths are down due to a fiber cut) on the PSM card in line protection configuration when the active path is the working path. If you repair the working path first, traffic is automatically restored. However, if you repair the protect path first, traffic is not automatically restored. You must perform a Force protection switch to restore traffic on the protect path. 8.1.6 Related Procedures for PSM Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the PSM card: • NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards, page 14-64 • NTP-G202 Modify PSM Card Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-47 • NTP-G242 Create an Internal Patchcord Manually, page 14-114 270915 TX Section RX Section COM-RX W-TX P-TX W-RX P-RX W-RX P-RX W-TX P-TX COM-TX PD5 RX Section TX Section COM-TX COM-RX PD3 PD4 PD2 PD1 A B PD3 PD4 PD2 PD1 PD5 8-6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 8 Provision Protection Switching Module PSM Card Overview • DLP-G493 Provision Protected Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-44 • DLP-G479 View Optical Power Statistics for the PSM Card • DLP-G176 Modify a Splitter Protection Group • DLP-G459 Delete a Splitter Protection Group CH A P T E R 9-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards This chapter describes optical add/drop cards used in Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) networks. For card safety and compliance information, refer to the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms document. Note The cards described in this chapter are supported on the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Cisco ONS 15454 M2 platforms, unless noted otherwise. Note Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. Chapter topics include: • 9.1 Card Overview, page 9-1 • 9.2 Safety Labels, page 9-9 • 9.3 AD-1C-xx.x Card, page 9-9 • 9.3.4 Related Procedures for AD-1C-xx.x Card • 9.4 AD-2C-xx.x Card, page 9-12 • 9.4.5 Related Procedures for AD-2C-xx.x Card • 9.5 AD-4C-xx.x Card, page 9-16 • 9.5.5 Related Procedures for AD-4C-xx.x Card • 9.6 AD-1B-xx.x Card, page 9-20 • 9.6.4 Related Procedures for AD-1B-xx.x Card • 9.7 AD-4B-xx.x Card, page 9-23 • 9.7.4 Related Procedures for AD-4B-xx.x Card 9.1 Card Overview The card overview section contains card overview, software compatibility, interface class, and channel allocation information for optical add/drop cards. 9-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview Note Each card is marked with a symbol that corresponds to a slot (or slots) on the ONS 15454 shelf assembly. The cards are then installed into slots displaying the same symbols. For a list of slots and symbols, see the “Card Slot Requirements” section in the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide. Optical add/drop cards are divided into two groups: band optical add/drop multiplexer (OADM) cards and channel OADM cards. Band OADM cards add and drop one or four bands of adjacent channels. The cards in this chapter, including the 4-Band OADM (AD-4B-xx.x) and the 1-Band OADM (AD-1B-xx.x) are utilized only in the C band. Channel OADM cards add and drop one, two, or four adjacent channels; they include the 4-Channel OADM (AD-4C-xx.x), the 2-Channel OADM (AD-2C-xx.x), and the 1-Channel OADM (AD-1C-xx.x). Note For information about L band add and drop capability, see Chapter 10, “Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards.” 9.1.1 Card Summary Table 9-1 lists and summarizes the functions of the optical add/drop cards. Table 9-1 Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Port Description For Additional Information AD-1C-xx.x The AD-1C-xx.x card has three sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “9.3 AD-1C-xx.x Card” section on page 9-9. AD-2C-xx.x The AD-2C-xx.x card has four sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “9.4 AD-2C-xx.x Card” section on page 9-12. AD-4C-xx.x The AD-4C-xx.x card has six sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “9.5 AD-4C-xx.x Card” section on page 9-16. AD-1B-xx.x The AD-1B-xx.x card has three sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “9.6 AD-1B-xx.x Card” section on page 9-20. AD-4B-xx.x The AD-4B-xx.x card has six sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “9.7 AD-4B-xx.x Card” section on page 9-23. 9-3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview 9.1.2 Card Compatibility Table 9-2 lists the CTC software compatibility for each optical add/drop card. Table 9-2 Software Release Compatibility for Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Name R4.5 R4.6 R4.7 R5.0 R6.0 R7.0 R7.2 R8.0 R8.5 R9.0 R9.1 R9.2 R9.2.1 R9.3 R9.4 AD-1C -xx.x 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM AD-2C -xx.x 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM AD-4C -xx.x 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM AD-1B -xx.x 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM AD-4B -xx.x 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 9-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview 9.1.3 Interface Classes The AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x cards have different input and output optical channel signals depending on the interface card where the input signal originates from. The input interface cards have been grouped in classes listed in Table 9-3. The subsequent tables list the optical performances and output power of each interface class. Table 9-4 lists the optical performance parameters for 40-Gbps cards that provide signal input to the optical add/drop cards. Table 9-3 ONS 15454 Card Interfaces Assigned to Input Power Classes Input Power Class Card A 10-Gbps multirate transponder cards (TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, and TXP_MR_10E_L) with forward error correction (FEC) enabled, 10-Gbps muxponder cards (MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L, MXP_2.5G_10E_C, and MXP_2.5G_10E_L) with FEC enabled, 40-Gbps transponder cards (40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C), and 40-Gbps muxponder cards (40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C) B 10-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_10G) without FEC and the 10-Gbps muxponder card (MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L), 40-Gbps transponder cards (40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C), and 40-Gbps muxponder cards (40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C), and ADM-10G cards with FEC disabled C OC-192 LR ITU cards (TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, and TXP_MR_10E_L) without FEC D 2.5-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_2.5G), both protected and unprotected, with FEC enabled E OC-48 100-GHz DWDM muxponder card (MXP_MR_2.5G) and 2.5-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_2.5G), both protected and unprotected, with FEC disabled and retime, reshape, and regenerate (3R) mode enabled F 2.5-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_2.5G), both protected and unprotected, in regenerate and reshape (2R) mode G OC-48 ELR 100 GHz card H 2/4 port GbE transponder (GBIC WDM 100GHz) I TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, and TXP_MR_10E_L, 40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C cards with enhanced FEC (E-FEC) and the MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_2.5G_10E_C, MXP_2.5G_10E_L, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L, 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards with E-FEC enabled 9-5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview Table 9-5 lists the optical performance parameters for 40-Gbps cards that provide signal input to the optical add/drop cards. Table 9-4 40-Gbps Interface Optical Performance Parameter Class A Class B Class I Type Power Limited OSNR1 Limited (if appl.) 1. OSNR = optical signal-to-noise ratio Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) Maximum bit rate 40 Gbps 40 Gbps 40 Gbps Regeneration 3R 3R 3R FEC Yes No Yes (E-FEC) Threshold Optimum Average Optimum Maximum BER2 2. BER = bit error rate 10–15 10–12 10–15 OSNR1 sensitivity 23 dB 9 dB 23 dB 19 dB 20 dB 8 dB Power sensitivity –24 dBm –18 dBm –21 dBm –20 dBm –26 dBm –18 dBm Power overload –8 dBm –8 dBm –8 dBm Transmitted Power Range3 3. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the OADM cards. 40-Gbps multirate transponder/40-Gbps FEC transponder (40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C) +2.5 to 3.5 dBm +2.5 to 3.5 dBm — OC-192 LR ITU — — — Dispersion compensation tolerance +/–800 ps/nm +/–1,000 ps/nm +/–800 ps/nm Table 9-5 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance Parameter Class A Class B Class C Class I Type Power Limited OSNR1 Limited (if appl.) Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) Maximum bit rate 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps Regeneration 3R 3R 3R 3R FEC Yes No No Yes (E-FEC) Threshold Optimum Average Average Optimum Maximum BER2 10–15 10–12 10–12 10–15 OSNR1 sensitivity 23 dB 9 dB 23 dB 19 dB 19 dB 20 dB 8 dB 9-6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview 2.5-Gbps cards that provide signal input to the optical add/drop cards have the interface performance parameters listed in Table 9-6. Power sensitivity –24 dBm –18 dBm –21 dBm –20 dBm –22 dBm –26 dBm –18 dBm Power overload –8 dBm –8 dBm –9 dBm –8 dBm Transmitted Power Range3 10-Gbps multirate transponder/10-Gbps FEC transponder (TXP_MR_10G) +2.5 to 3.5 dBm +2.5 to 3.5 dBm — — OC-192 LR ITU — — +3.0 to 6.0 dBm — 10-Gbps multirate transponder/10-Gbps FEC transponder (TXP_MR_10E) +3.0 to 6.0 dBm +3.0 to 6.0 dBm — +3.0 to 6.0 dBm Dispersion compensation tolerance +/–800 ps/nm +/–1,000 ps/nm +/–1,000 ps/nm +/–800 ps/nm 1. OSNR = optical signal-to-noise ratio 2. BER = bit error rate 3. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the OADM cards. Table 9-5 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance (continued) Parameter Class A Class B Class C Class I Type Power Limited OSNR1 Limited (if appl.) Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) Table 9-6 2.5-Gbps Interface Optical Performance Parameter Class D Class E Class F Class G Class H Class J Type Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) Power Limited Maximum bit rate 2.5 Gbps 2.5 Gbps 2.5 Gbps 2.5 Gbps 1.25 Gbps 2.5 Gbps Regeneration 3R 3R 2R 3R 3R 3R FEC Yes No No No No No Threshold Average Average Average Average Average Average Maximum BER 10–15 10–12 10–12 10–12 10–12 10–12 OSNR sensitivity 14 dB 6 dB 14 dB 10 dB 15 dB 14 dB 11 dB 13 dB 8 dB 12 dB Power sensitivity –31 dBm –25 dBm –30 dBm –23 dBm –24 dBm –27 dBm –33 dBm –28 dBm –18 dBm –26 dBm Power overload –9 dBm –9 dBm –9 dBm –9 dBm –7 dBm –17dBm 9-7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview 9.1.4 DWDM Card Channel Allocation Plan ONS 15454 DWDM channel OADM and band OADM cards are designed for use with specific channels in the C band. In most cases, the channels for these cards are either numbered (for example, 1 to 32) or delimited (odd or even). Client interfaces must comply with these channel assignments to be compatible with the ONS 15454 system. Table 9-7 lists the channel IDs and wavelengths assigned to the C-band DWDM channels. Note In some cases, a card uses only some or all of the channels listed in a band. Also, some cards use channels on the 100-GHz ITU-T grid while others use channels on the 50-GHz ITU-T grid. See specific card descriptions in Appendix B, “Hardware Specifications,” for more details. Transmitted Power Range1 TXP_MR_2.5G –1.0 to 1.0 dBm –1.0 to 1.0 dBm –1.0 to 1.0 dBm –2.0 to 0 dBm — — TXPP_MR_2.5G –4.5 to –2.5 dBm –4.5 to –2.5 dBm –4.5 to –2.5 dBm MXP_MR_2.5G — +2.0 to +4.0 dBm — MXPP_MR_2.5G — –1.5 to +0.5 dBm — 2/4 port GbE Transponder (GBIC WDM 100GHz) — — — — +2.5 to 3.5 dBm — Dispersion compensation tolerance –1200 to +5400 ps/nm –1200 to +5400 ps/nm –1200 to +3300 ps/nm –1200 to +3300 ps/nm –1000 to +3600 ps/nm –1000 to +3200 ps/nm 1. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the OADM cards. Table 9-6 2.5-Gbps Interface Optical Performance (continued) Parameter Class D Class E Class F Class G Class H Class J Type Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) Power Limited Table 9-7 DWDM Channel Allocation Plan (C Band) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 1 196.00 1529.55 42 193.95 1545.72 2 195.95 1529.94 43 193.90 1546.119 3 195.90 1530.334 44 193.85 1546.518 4 195.85 1530.725 45 193.80 1546.917 5 195.80 1531.116 46 193.75 1547.316 6 195.75 1531.507 47 193.70 1547.715 9-8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview 7 195.70 1531.898 48 193.65 1548.115 8 195.65 1532.290 49 193.60 1548.515 9 195.60 1532.681 50 193.55 1548.915 10 195.55 1533.073 51 193.50 1549.32 11 195.50 1533.47 52 193.45 1549.71 12 195.45 1533.86 53 193.40 1550.116 13 195.40 1534.250 54 193.35 1550.517 14 195.35 1534.643 55 193.30 1550.918 15 195.30 1535.036 56 193.25 1551.319 16 195.25 1535.429 57 193.20 1551.721 17 195.20 1535.822 58 193.15 1552.122 18 195.15 1536.216 59 193.10 1552.524 19 195.10 1536.609 60 193.05 1552.926 20 195.05 1537.003 61 193.00 1553.33 21 195.00 1537.40 62 192.95 1553.73 22 194.95 1537.79 63 192.90 1554.134 23 194.90 1538.186 64 192.85 1554.537 24 194.85 1538.581 65 192.80 1554.940 25 194.80 1538.976 66 192.75 1555.343 26 194.75 1539.371 67 192.70 1555.747 27 194.70 1539.766 68 192.65 1556.151 28 194.65 1540.162 69 192.60 1556.555 29 194.60 1540.557 70 192.55 1556.959 30 194.55 1540.953 71 192.50 1557.36 31 194.50 1541.35 72 192.45 1557.77 32 194.45 1541.75 73 192.40 1558.173 33 194.40 1542.142 74 192.35 1558.578 34 194.35 1542.539 75 192.30 1558.983 35 194.30 1542.936 76 192.25 1559.389 36 194.25 1543.333 77 192.20 1559.794 37 194.20 1543.730 78 192.15 1560.200 38 194.15 1544.128 79 192.10 1560.606 39 194.10 1544.526 80 192.05 1561.013 40 194.05 1544.924 81 192.00 1561.42 41 194.00 1545.32 82 191.95 1561.83 Table 9-7 DWDM Channel Allocation Plan (C Band) (continued) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 9-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards Safety Labels 9.2 Safety Labels For information about safety labels, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. 9.3 AD-1C-xx.x Card Note For AD-1C-xx.x card specifications, see the “AD-1C-xx.x Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The 1-Channel OADM (AD-1C-xx.fx) card passively adds or drops one of the 32 channels utilized within the 100-GHz-spacing of the DWDM card system. Thirty-two versions of this card—each designed only for use with one wavelength—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. Each wavelength version of the card has a different part number. The AD-1C-xx.x can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. The AD-1C-xx.x has the following internal features: • Two cascaded passive optical interferential filters perform the channel add and drop functions. • One software-controlled variable optical attenuator (VOA) regulates the optical power of the inserted channel. • Software-controlled VOA regulates the insertion loss of the express optical path. • VOA settings and functions, photodiode detection, and alarm thresholds, are internally controlled. • Virtual photodiodes (firmware calculations of port optical power) at the common DWDM output and input ports are monitored within the software. 9.3.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams Figure 9-1 shows the AD-1C-xx.x faceplate. 9-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-1C-xx.x Card Figure 9-1 AD-1C-xx.x Faceplate For information on safety labels for the card, see the “9.2 Safety Labels” section on page 9-9. Figure 9-2 shows a block diagram of the AD-1C-xx.x card. AD-1C -X.XX FAIL ACT SF RX 15xx.xx TX RX EXP TX RX COM TX 96473 9-11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-1C-xx.x Card Figure 9-2 AD-1C-xx.x Block Diagram Figure 9-3 shows the AD-1C-xx.x optical module functional block diagram. Figure 9-3 AD-1C-xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 9.3.2 Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P4 and virtual photodiodes V1 and V2 monitor the power for the AD-1C-xx.x card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 9-8. Optical Module COM RX COM TX 124074 uP8260 processor DC/DC converter EXP TX EXP RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCC M SCL Bus TCC P Power supply Input filters BAT A&B Add Rx Drop Tx 98304 Control Control interface Virtual photodiode COM RX EXP RX EXP TX TX Channel 15xx.xx Physical photodiode RX Variable optical attenuator V1 P COM TX P1 P3 P5 P4 V2 P2 V Table 9-8 AD-1C-xx.x Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1 ADD DROP RX P2 DROP DROP TX 9-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-2C-xx.x Card For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 9.3.3 AD-1C-xx.x Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 9.3.4 Related Procedures for AD-1C-xx.x Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the AD-1C-xx.x card: • “NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards” procedure on page 14-64 • “NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup” procedure on page 14-127 • “NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections” procedure on page 16-40 • “NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up” procedure on page 15-2 • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • “NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC” procedure on page 24-13 • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards • “NTP-G119 Power Down the Node” procedure on page 24-27 9.4 AD-2C-xx.x Card Note For AD-2C-xx.x card specifications, see the “AD-2C-xx.x Card Specifications” section in theHardware Specifications document. The 2-Channel OADM (AD-2C-xx.x) card passively adds or drops two adjacent 100-GHz channels within the same band. Sixteen versions of this card—each designed for use with one pair of wavelengths—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions. Each version of the card has a different part number. The AD-2C-xx.x has the following features: • Passive cascade of interferential filters perform the channel add and drop functions. P3 IN EXP EXP RX P4 OUT EXP EXP TX V1 IN COM COM RX V2 OUT COM COM TX Table 9-8 AD-1C-xx.x Port Calibration (continued) Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port 9-13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-2C-xx.x Card • Two software-controlled VOAs in the add section, one for each add port, regulate the optical power of inserted channels. • Software-controlled VOAs regulate insertion loss on express channels. • VOA settings and functions, photodiode detection, and alarm thresholds are internally controlled. • Virtual photodiodes (firmware calculation of port optical power) at the common DWDM output and input ports are monitored within the software. 9.4.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams Figure 9-4 shows the AD-2C-xx.x faceplate. Figure 9-4 AD-2C-xx.x Faceplate AD-2C -X.XX FAIL ACT SF RX 15xx.xx TX RX 15xx.xx TX RX EXP TX RX COM TX 96474 9-14 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-2C-xx.x Card For information on safety labels for the card, see the “9.2 Safety Labels” section on page 9-9. Figure 9-5 shows a block diagram of the AD-2C-xx.x card. Figure 9-5 AD-2C-xx.x Block Diagram Figure 9-6 shows the AD-2C-xx.x optical module functional block diagram. Figure 9-6 AD-2C-xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 9.4.2 Wavelength Pairs The AD-2C-xx.x cards are provisioned for the wavelength pairs listed in Table 9-9. In this table, channel IDs are given rather than wavelengths. To compare channel IDs with the actual wavelengths they represent, see wavelengths in Table 9-7 on page 9-7. Optical Module COM RX COM TX 98305 uP8260 processor DC/DC converter EXP TX EXP RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCC M SCL Bus TCC P Power supply input filters BAT A&B Add RX Drop TX Add RX Drop TX CH 1 CH 2 98306 Control Control interface Virtual photodiode COM RX EXP RX EXP TX TX Second channel TX RX RX Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator V V1 V2 COM TX First channel P1 P P3 P4 P2 P5 P7 P6 9-15 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-2C-xx.x Card 9.4.3 Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P10 and virtual photodiodes V1 and V2 monitor the power for the AD-2C-xx.x card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 9-10. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 9.4.4 AD-2C-xx.x Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 Table 9-9 AD-2C-xx.x Channel Pairs Band ID Add/Drop Channel ID Band 30.3 (A) 30.3, 31.2 31.9, 32.6 Band 34.2 (B) 34.2, 35.0 35.8, 36.6 Band 38.1 (C) 38.1, 38.9 39.7, 40.5 Band 42.1 (D) 42.1, 42.9 43.7, 44.5 Band 46.1 (E) 46.1, 46.9 47.7, 48.5 Band 50.1 (F) 50.1, 50.9 51.7, 52.5 Band 54.1 (G) 54.1, 54.9 55.7, 56.5 Band 58.1 (H) 58.1, 58.9 59.7, 60.6 Table 9-10 AD-2C-xx.x Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P2 ADD COM TX P3–P4 DROP DROP TX P5 IN EXP EXP RX P6 OUT EXP EXP TX V1 IN COM COM RX V2 OUT COM COM TX 9-16 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-4C-xx.x Card • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 9.4.5 Related Procedures for AD-2C-xx.x Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the AD-2C-xx.x card: • “NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards” procedure on page 14-64 • “NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup” procedure on page 14-127 • “NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections” procedure on page 16-40 • “NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up” procedure on page 15-2 • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • “NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC” procedure on page 24-13 • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards • “NTP-G119 Power Down the Node” procedure on page 24-27 9.5 AD-4C-xx.x Card Note For AD-4C-xx.x card specifications, see the “AD-4C-xx.x Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The 4-Channel OADM (AD-4C-xx.x) card passively adds or drops all four 100-GHz-spaced channels within the same band. Eight versions of this card—each designed for use with one band of wavelengths—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions. There are eight versions of this card with eight part numbers. The AD-4C-xx.x has the following features: • Passive cascade of interferential filters perform the channel add and drop functions. • Four software-controlled VOAs in the add section, one for each add port, regulate the optical power of inserted channels. • Two software-controlled VOAs regulate insertion loss on express and drop path, respectively. • Internal control of the VOA settings and functions, photodiode detection, and alarm thresholds. • Software-monitored virtual photodiodes (firmware calculation of port optical power) at the common DWDM output and input ports. 9.5.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams Figure 9-7 shows the AD-4C-xx.x faceplate. 9-17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-4C-xx.x Card Figure 9-7 AD-4C-xx.x Faceplate For information on safety labels for the card, see the “9.2 Safety Labels” section on page 9-9. Figure 9-8 shows a block diagram of the AD-4C-xx.x card. AD-4C -X.XX FAIL ACT SF RX 15xx.xx TX RX 15xx.xx TX RX 15xx.xx TX RX 15xx.xx TX RX EXP TX RX COM TX 96475 9-18 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-4C-xx.x Card Figure 9-8 AD-4C-xx.x Block Diagram Figure 9-9 shows the AD-4C-xx.x optical module functional block diagram. Figure 9-9 AD-4C-xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 9.5.2 Wavelength Sets The AD-4C-xx.x cards are provisioned for the sets of four 100-GHz-spaced wavelengths shown Table 9-11 on page 9-19. Optical Module COM RX COM TX 124075 uP8260 processor DC/DC converter EXP TX EXP RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCC M SCL Bus TCC P Power supply Input filters BAT A&B Add Rx Drop Tx Channel 1 Add Rx Drop Tx Channel 2 Add Rx Drop Tx Channel 3 Add Rx Drop Tx Channel 4 98299 Control Control interface 4Ch OADM module Virtual photodiode COM RX COM TX EXP RX EXP TX TX Channels RX Channels Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator V V1 V2 P1 P9 P11 P10 P12 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P 9-19 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-4C-xx.x Card 9.5.3 Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P10 and virtual photodiodes V1 and V2 monitor the power for the AD-4C-xx.x card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 9-12. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 9.5.4 AD-4C-xx.x Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 9.5.5 Related Procedures for AD-4C-xx.x Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the AD-4C-xx.x card: • “NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards” procedure on page 14-64 • “NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup” procedure on page 14-127 Table 9-11 AD-4C-xx.x Channel Sets Band ID Add/Drop Wavelengths Band 30.3 (A) 1530.3, 1531.2, 1531.9, 1532.6 Band 34.2 (B) 1534.2, 1535.0, 1535.8, 1536.6 Band 38.1 (C) 1538.1, 1538.9, 1539.7, 1540.5 Band 42.1 (D) 1542.1, 1542.9, 1543.7, 1544.5 Band 46.1 (E) 1546.1, 1546.9, 1547.7, 1548.5 Band 50.1 (F) 1550.1, 1550.9, 1551.7, 1552.5 Band 54.1 (G) 1554.1, 1554.9, 1555.7, 1556.5 Band 58.1 (H) 1558.1, 1558.9, 1559.7, 1560.6 Table 9-12 AD-4C-xx.x Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P4 ADD COM TX P5–P8 DROP DROP TX P9 IN EXP EXP RX P10 OUT EXP EXP TX V1 IN COM COM RX V2 OUT COM COM TX 9-20 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-1B-xx.x Card • “NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections” procedure on page 16-40 • “NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up” procedure on page 15-2 • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • “NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC” procedure on page 24-13 • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards • “NTP-G119 Power Down the Node” procedure on page 24-27 9.6 AD-1B-xx.x Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) Note For AD-1B-xx.x card specifications, see the “AD-1B-xx.x Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The 1-Band OADM (AD-1B-xx.x) card passively adds or drops a single band of four adjacent 100-GHz-spaced channels. Eight versions of this card with eight different part numbers—each version designed for use with one band of wavelengths—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions. This card can be used when there is asymmetric adding and dropping on each side (east or west) of the node; a band can be added or dropped on one side but not on the other. The AD-1B xx.x can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to17 and has the following features: • Passive cascaded interferential filters perform the channel add and drop functions. • Two software-controlled VOAs regulate the optical power flowing in the express and drop OADM paths (drop section). • Output power of the dropped band is set by changing the attenuation of the VOA drop. • The VOA express is used to regulate the insertion loss of the express path. • VOA settings and functions, photodiode detection, and alarm thresholds are internally controlled. • Virtual photodiode (firmware calculation of port optical power) at the common DWDM output are monitored within the software. 9.6.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams Figure 9-10 shows the AD-1B-xx.x faceplate. 9-21 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-1B-xx.x Card Figure 9-10 AD-1B-xx.x Faceplate For information on safety labels for the card, see the “9.2 Safety Labels” section on page 9-9. Figure 9-11 shows a block diagram of the AD-1B-xx.x card. AD-1B -X.XX FAIL ACT SF RX XX.X TX RX EXP TX RX COM TX 96471 9-22 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-1B-xx.x Card Figure 9-11 AD-1B-xx.x Block Diagram Figure 9-12 shows the AD-1B-xx.x optical module functional block diagram. Figure 9-12 AD-1B-xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 9.6.2 Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P4 and virtual photodiodes V1 and V2 monitor the power for the AD-1B-xx.x card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 9-13. Optical Module COM RX COM TX 124073 uP8260 processor DC/DC converter EXP TX EXP RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCC M SCL Bus TCC P Power supply Input filters BAT A&B Band xx.x Rx Band xx.x Tx 98307 Control Control interface Virtual photodiode COM RX EXP RX EXP TX TX Band xx.x Physical photodiode RX Physical photodiode V V2 V1 COM TX P1 P3 P5 P4 P2 P Table 9-13 AD-1B-xx.x Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1 ADD BAND RX P2 DROP BAND TX 9-23 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-4B-xx.x Card For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 9.6.3 AD-1B-xx.x Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 9.6.4 Related Procedures for AD-1B-xx.x Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the AD-1B-xx.x card: • “NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards” procedure on page 14-64 • “NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup” procedure on page 14-127 • “NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections” procedure on page 16-40 • “NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up” procedure on page 15-2 • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • “NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC” procedure on page 24-13 • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards • “NTP-G119 Power Down the Node” procedure on page 24-27 9.7 AD-4B-xx.x Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) The 4-Band OADM (AD-4B-xx.x) card passively adds or drops four bands of four adjacent 100-GHz-spaced channels. Two versions of this card with different part numbers—each version designed for use with one set of bands—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions. This card can be used when there is asymmetric adding and dropping on each side (east or west) of the node; a band can be added or dropped on one side but not on the other. The AD1B-xx.x can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17 and has the following features: • Five software-controlled VOAs regulate the optical power flowing in the OADM paths. • Output power of each dropped band is set by changing the attenuation of each VOA drop. P3 IN EXP EXP RX P4 OUT EXP EXP TX V1 IN COM COM RX V2 OUT COM COM TX Table 9-13 AD-1B-xx.x Port Calibration (continued) Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port 9-24 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-4B-xx.x Card • The VOA express is used to regulate the insertion loss of the express path. • VOA settings and functions, photodiode detection, and alarm thresholds are internally controlled. • Virtual photodiode (firmware calculation of port optical power) at the common DWDM output port are monitored within the software. 9.7.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams Figure 9-13 shows the AD-4B-xx.x faceplate. Figure 9-13 AD-4B-xx.x Faceplate For information on safety labels for the card, see the “9.2 Safety Labels” section on page 9-9. Figure 9-14 shows a block diagram of the AD-4B-xx.x card. AD-4B -X.XX FAIL ACT SF RX XX.X TX RX XX.X TX RX XX.X TX RX XX.X TX RX EXP TX RX COM TX 96472 9-25 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-4B-xx.x Card Figure 9-14 AD-4B-xx.x Block Diagram Figure 9-15 shows the AD-4B-xx.x optical module functional block diagram. Figure 9-15 AD-4B-xx.x Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 9.7.2 Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P11 and virtual photodiode V1 monitor the power for the AD-4B-xx.x card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 9-14. Optical Module COM RX COM TX 124075 uP8260 processor DC/DC converter EXP TX EXP RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCC M SCL Bus TCC P Power supply Input filters BAT A&B Add Rx Drop Tx Channel 1 Add Rx Drop Tx Channel 2 Add Rx Drop Tx Channel 3 Add Rx Drop Tx Channel 4 Virtual photodiode COM RX TX B30.3 or B46.1 RX Control Control interface Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator V V1 EXP RX EXP TX COM TX TX B34.2 or B50.1 RX TX B38.1 or B54.1 RX TX RX B42.1 or B58.1 98308 P1 P P2 P3 P4 P9 P11 P12 P10 P5 P6 P7 P8 9-26 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 9 Provision Optical Add/Drop Cards AD-4B-xx.x Card For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 9.7.3 AD-4B-xx.x Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 9.7.4 Related Procedures for AD-4B-xx.x Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the AD-4B-xx.x card: • “NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards” procedure on page 14-64 • “NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup” procedure on page 14-127 • “NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections” procedure on page 16-40 • “NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up” procedure on page 15-2 • NTP-G74 Monitor DWDM Card Performance • “NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC” procedure on page 24-13 • NTP-G107 Remove Permanently or Remove and Replace DWDM Cards • “NTP-G119 Power Down the Node” procedure on page 24-27 Table 9-14 AD-4B-xx.x Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P4 ADD COM TX P5–P8 DROP DROP TX P9 IN EXP EXP RX P10 OUT EXP EXP TX P11 IN COM COM RX V1 OUT COM COM TX CH A P T E R 10-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards This chapter describes the Cisco ONS 15454 cards deployed in reconfigurable optical add/drop (ROADM) networks. For card safety and compliance information, refer to the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms document. Note The cards described in this chapter are supported on the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Cisco ONS 15454 M2 platforms, unless noted otherwise. Note Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. Chapter topics include: • 10.1 Card Overview, page 10-2 • 10.2 Safety Labels, page 10-15 • 10.3 32WSS Card, page 10-16 • 10.3.6 Related Procedures for 32WSS Card, page 10-22 • 10.4 32WSS-L Card, page 10-22 • 10.4.6 Related Procedures for 32WSS-L Card, page 10-29 • 10.5 32DMX Card, page 10-29 • 10.5.6 Related Procedures for 32DMX Card, page 10-33 • 10.6 32DMX-L Card, page 10-34 • 10.6.6 Related Procedures for 32DMX-L Card, page 10-38 • 10.7 40-DMX-C Card, page 10-39 • 10.7.6 Related Procedures for 40-DMX-C Card, page 10-43 • 10.8 40-DMX-CE Card, page 10-44 • 10.8.6 Related Procedures for 40-DMX-CE Card, page 10-48 • 10.9 40-MUX-C Card, page 10-49 • 10.9.5 Related Procedures for 40-MUX-C Card, page 10-53 • 10.10 40-WSS-C Card, page 10-54 10-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview • 10.10.6 Related Procedures for 40-WSS-C Card, page 10-60 • 10.11 40-WSS-CE Card, page 10-60 • 10.11.6 Related Procedures for 40-WSS-CE Card, page 10-67 • 10.12 40-WXC-C Card, page 10-67 • 10.12.5 Related Procedures for 40-WXC-C Card, page 10-73 • 10.13 80-WXC-C Card, page 10-73 • 10.13.5 Related Procedures for 80-WXC-C Card, page 10-80 • 10.14 Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards, page 10-80 • 10.14.5 Related Procedures for 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Card, page 10-90 • 10.15 MMU Card, page 10-90 • 10.15.4 Related Procedures for MMU Card, page 10-93 Note This chapter contains information about cards that perform mesh topology functions. Multiplexer and demultiplexer cards that do not perform these functions are described in Chapter 6, “Provision Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards.” 10.1 Card Overview The ROADM cards include six add drop cards utilized in the C-band (32WSS, 32DMX, 32DMX-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, and MMU), two add drop cards utilized for the L-band (32WSS-L, and 32DMX-L), and two single module ROADM (SMR) cards utilized in the C-band (40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C). This section provides card summary, compatibility, channel allocation, and safety information. Note Each card is marked with a symbol that corresponds to a slot (or slots) on the ONS 15454 shelf assembly. The cards are then installed into slots that have the same symbols. For a list of slots and symbols, see the “Card Slot Requirements” section in the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide. 10.1.1 Card Summary Table 10-1 lists and summarizes information about each ROADM card. Table 10-1 ROADM Card Summary Card Port Description For Additional Information 32WSS The 32WSS card has seven sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. See the “10.3 32WSS Card” section on page 10-16 32WSS-L The 32WSS-L card has seven sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. See the “10.4 32WSS-L Card” section on page 10-22 10-3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview 32DMX The 32DMX has five sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “10.5 32DMX Card” section on page 10-29 32DMX-L The 32DMX-L has five sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “10.6 32DMX-L Card” section on page 10-34 40-DMX-C The 40-DMX-C has six sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “10.7 40-DMX-C Card” section on page 10-39 40-DMX-CE The 40-DMX-CE has six sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “10.8 40-DMX-CE Card” section on page 10-44 40-MUX-C The 40-MUX-C has six sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “10.9 40-MUX-C Card” section on page 10-49. 40-WSS-C The 40-WSS-C card has eight sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. See the “10.10 40-WSS-C Card” section on page 10-54 40-WSS-CE The 40-WSS-CE card has eight sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. See the “10.11 40-WSS-CE Card” section on page 10-60 40-WXC-C The 40-WXC-C card has five sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. See the “10.12 40-WXC-C Card” section on page 10-67 80-WXC-C The 80-WXC-C card has 14 ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. See the “10.13 80-WXC-C Card” section on page 10-73. 40-SMR1-C The 40-SMR1-C card has six sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. See the “10.14 Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards” section on page 10-80 40-SMR2-C The 40-SMR2-C card has six sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. See the “10.14 Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards” section on page 10-80 MMU The MMU card has six sets of ports located on the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. See the “10.15 MMU Card” section on page 10-90 Table 10-1 ROADM Card Summary (continued) Card Port Description For Additional Information 10-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview 10.1.2 Card Compatibility Table 10-2 lists the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) software compatibility for the ROADM cards. Table 10-2 Software Release Compatibility for ROADM Cards Card Name R4.5 R4.6 R4.7 R5.0 R6.0 R7.0 R7.2 R8.0 R8.5 R9.0 R9.1 R9.2 R9.2.1 R9.3 R9.4 32WSS No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 32WSS-L No No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 40-WSS-C No No No No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 40-WSS-CE No No No No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 32DMX No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 32DMX-L No No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 40-DMX-C No No No No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 40-DMX-C E No No No No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 40-MUX-C No No No No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 40-WXC-C No No No No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 10-5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview 80-WXC-C No No No No No No No No No No No 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 40-SMR1-CNo No No No No No No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 40-SMR2-CNo No No No No No No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM MMU No No No No No 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM Table 10-2 Software Release Compatibility for ROADM Cards Card Name R4.5 R4.6 R4.7 R5.0 R6.0 R7.0 R7.2 R8.0 R8.5 R9.0 R9.1 R9.2 R9.2.1 R9.3 R9.4 10-6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview 10.1.3 Interface Classes The input interface cards have been grouped in classes listed in Table 10-3. The subsequent tables list the optical performance and output power of each interface class. Table 10-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Card Interfaces Assigned to Input Power Classes Input Power Class Card A 10-Gbps multirate transponder cards (TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, and TXP_MR_10E_L), 10-Gbps muxponder cards (MXP_2.5G_10G, MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_MR_10DME_C, MXP_MR_10DME_L, MXP_2.5G_10E_C, and MXP_2.5G_10E_L) with forward error correction (FEC) enabled, 40-Gbps transponder cards (40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C), and 40-Gbps muxponder cards (40G-MXP-C, 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C) B 10-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_10G) and muxponder card (MXP_2.5G_10G) without FEC C OC-192 LR ITU cards without FEC, 10-Gbps multirate transponder (TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, and TXP_MR_10E_L) and muxponder (MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_2.5G_10E_L, and MXP_MR_10DME_L) cards with FEC disabled D 2.5-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_2.5G), both protected and unprotected, with FEC enabled E OC-48 100-GHz dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) muxponder card (MXP_MR_2.5G) and 2.5-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_2.5G), protected or unprotected; FEC disabled; and retime, reshape, and regenerate (3R) mode enabled F 2.5-Gbps multirate transponder card (TXP_MR_2.5G), protected or unprotected, in regenerate and reshape (2R) mode G OC-48 ELR 100 GHz card H 2/4 port GbE transponder (GBIC WDM 100GHz) I 10-Gbps multirate transponder cards (TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_10E_C, and TXP_MR_10E_L) and 10-Gbps muxponder cards (MXP_2.5G_10E, MXP_2.5G_10E_L, and MXP_MR_10DME_L) with enhanced FEC (E-FEC) enabled, 40-Gbps transponder cards (40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C), and 40-Gbps muxponder cards (40G-MXP-C, 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C) K OC-192/STM-64 LR ITU cards without FEC, 100GHz 10Gbps Ethernet Xponder (GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XP, 10GE_XPE), Sonet/SDH add/drop (ADM_10G), OTU2 Xponder (OTU2_XP), with FEC disabled L 40Gbps Duobinary CRS-1 DWDM ITU-T line card M 2.5 Gbps DWDM ITU-T SPF N 10Gbps enhanced full tunable transponder (TXP_MR_10E_C) and muxponder (MXP_2.5G_10E_C, MXP_MR_10DME_C) with E-FEC enabled O 10Gbps Ethernet Xponder (GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XP, 10GE_XPE), 10Gbps Sonet/SDH add/drop (ADM_10G), OTU2 Xponder (OTU2_XP), with FEC enabled 10-7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview Table 10-4 lists the optical performance parameters for 40-Gbps cards. P 10Gbps Ethernet Xponder (GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XP, 10GE_XPE), 10Gbps Sonet/SDH add/drop (ADM_10G), OTU2 Xponder (OTU2_XP), with E-FEC enabled T 40Gbps DPSK CRS-1 DWDM ITU-T line card V OC-192/STM-64 LR ITU cards without FEC, full tunable 10Gbps Ethernet Xponder (GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XP, 10GE_XPE), Sonet/SDH add/drop (ADM_10G), OTU2 Xponder (OTU2_XP), with FEC disabled, full tunable W 10Gbps Ethernet Xponder (GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XP, 10GE_XPE), Sonet/SDH add/drop (ADM_10G), OTU2 Xponder (OTU2_XP), with FEC enabled, full tunable X 10Gbps Ethernet Xponder (GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XP, 10GE_XPE), Sonet/SDH add/drop (ADM_10G), OTU2 Xponder (OTU2_XP), with E-FEC enabled, full tunable Y 10Gbps enhanced full tunable transponder (TXP_MR_10EX_C) and muxponder (MXP_2.5G_10EX_C, MXP_MR_10DMEX_C), with FEC enabled and maximum likelihood sequence estimator (MLSE) correction Z 10Gbps enhanced full tunable transponder (TXP_MR_10EX_C) and muxponder (MXP_2.5G_10EX_C, MXP_MR_10DMEX_C), with E-FEC enabled and MLSE correction Table 10-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Card Interfaces Assigned to Input Power Classes (continued) Input Power Class Card Table 10-4 40-Gbps Interface Optical Performance Parameter Class A Class I Type Power Limited OSNR1 Limited (if appl.) Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) Maximum bit rate 10 Gbps 10 Gbps Regeneration 3R 3R FEC Yes Yes (E-FEC) Threshold Optimum Optimum Maximum BER2 10–15 10–15 OSNR1 sensitivity 23 dB 9 dB 20 dB 8 dB Power sensitivity –24 dBm –18 dBm –26 dBm –18 dBm Power overload –8 dBm –8 dBm Transmitted Power Range3 40-Gbps multirate transponder/40-Gbps FEC transponder (40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C) +2.5 to 3.5 dBm — 10-8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview Table 10-5, Table 10-6, and Table 10-7 lists the optical performance parameters for 10-Gbps cards. OC-192 LR ITU — — Dispersion compensation tolerance +/–800 ps/nm +/–800 ps/nm 1. OSNR = optical signal-to-noise ratio 2. BER = bit error rate 3. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the OADM cards. Table 10-4 40-Gbps Interface Optical Performance (continued) Parameter Class A Class I Type Power Limited OSNR1 Limited (if appl.) Power Limited OSNR Limited (if appl.) Table 10-5 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance (Class A, B, C, I, and K) Parameter Class A Class B Class C Class I Class K Type Power Limited OSNR1 Limited Power Limited OSNR Limit ed Power Limited OSNR Limite d Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Maximum bit rate 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps Regeneratio n 3R 3R 3R 3R 3R FEC Yes No No Yes (E-FEC) No Threshold Optimum Average Average Optimum Average Maximum BER2 10–15 10–12 10–12 10–15 10–12 OSNR1 sensitivity 23 dB 8.5 dB 23 dB 19 dB 19 dB 19 dB 20 dB 6 dB 23 dB3 16 dB3 23 dB4 17 dB4 23 dB5 17 dB5 Power sensitivity –24 dBm –18 dBm –21 dBm –20 dBm –22 dBm –22 dBm –26 dBm –18 dBm –24 dBm3 –17 dBm3 –23 dBm4 –18 dBm4 –23 dBm5 –17 dBm5 Power overload –8 dBm –8 dBm –9 dBm –8 dBm –7 dBm 10-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview Transmitted Power Range6 10-Gbps multirate transponder/ 10-Gbps FEC transponder +2.5 to 3.5 dBm (for TXP_MR_10G) +3.0 to 6.0 dBm (for TXP_MR_10E) +2.5 to 3.5 dBm +3.0 to 6.0 dBm +3.0 to 6.0 dBm — OC-192 LR ITU — — +3.0 to 6.0 dBm — –1.0 to +3.0 dBm 10-Gbps Ethernet Xponder, Sonet/SDH Add/Drop, OTU2 Xponder — — — — –1.0 to +3.0 dBm Dispersion compensatio n tolerance +/–800 ps/nm +/–1,000 ps/nm +/–1,000 ps/nm +/–800 ps/nm –400 to +800 ps/nm 1. OSNR = optical signal-to-noise ratio 2. BER = bit error rate 3. This value is for Xen Pak XFP used with Catalyst card. 4. This value is for XFP used with Catalyst, Xponder, and ADM-10G cards. 5. This value is for X2 XFP used with Catalyst card. 6. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the optical add drop multiplexer (OADM) cards. Table 10-6 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance (Class N, O, P, and V) Parameter Class N Class O Class P Class V Type Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR1 Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Maximum bit rate 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps Regeneration 3R 3R 3R 3R FEC Yes (E-FEC) Yes Yes (E-FEC) No Threshold Optimum Optimum Optimum Average Maximum BER2 10–15 10–15 10–15 10–12 OSNR1 sensitivity 19 dB 5 dB 11 dB 11 dB 23 dB 8 dB 23 dB 16 dB Power sensitivity –27 dBm –20 dBm –18 dBm –18 dBm –27 dBm –18 dBm –24 dBm –18 dBm Table 10-5 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance (Class A, B, C, I, and K) (continued) Parameter Class A Class B Class C Class I Class K Type Power Limited OSNR1 Limited Power Limited OSNR Limit ed Power Limited OSNR Limite d Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited 10-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview Power overload –8 dBm –7 dBm –7 dBm –7 dBm Transmitted Power Range3 10-Gbps multirate transponder/10-Gbp s FEC transponder +3.0 to 6.0 dBm — — — OC-192 LR ITU — — — 0 to +3.0 dBm 10-Gbps Ethernet Xponder, Sonet/SDH Add/Drop, OTU2 Xponder — –1.0 to +3.0 dBm –1.0 to +3.0 dBm 0 to +3.0 dBm Dispersion compensation tolerance +/–800 ps/nm –500 to +1100 ps/nm –500 to +1100 ps/nm –500 to +1600 ps/nm 1. OSNR = optical signal-to-noise ratio 2. BER = bit error rate 3. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the optical add drop multiplexer (OADM) cards. Table 10-7 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance (Class W, X, Y, and Z) Parameter Class W Class X Class Y Class Z Type Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR1 Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Maximum bit rate 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps 10 Gbps Regeneration 3R 3R 3R 3R FEC Yes Yes (E-FEC) Yes Yes (E-FEC) Threshold Optimum Optimum Optimum Optimum Maximum BER2 10–15 10–15 10–15 10–15 OSNR1 sensitivity 8.5 dB 8.5 dB 19 dB 5 dB 23 dB 8 dB 19 dB 5.5 dB Power sensitivity –18 dBm –18 dBm –27 dBm –20 dBm –24 dBm –20 dBm –27 dBm –20 dBm Power overload –7 dBm –7 dBm –8 dBm –8 dBm Transmitted Power Range3 10-Gbps multirate transponder/10-Gbps FEC transponder — — +3.0 to 6.0 dBm +3.0 to 6.0 dBm OC-192 LR ITU — — — — Table 10-6 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance (Class N, O, P, and V) (continued) Parameter Class N Class O Class P Class V Type Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR1 Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited 10-11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview Table 10-8 and Table 10-9 lists the optical interface performance parameters for 2.5-Gbps cards. 10-Gbps Ethernet Xponder, Sonet/SDH Add/Drop, OTU2 Xponder 0 to +3.0 dBm 0 to +3.0 dBm — — Dispersion compensation tolerance –500 to +1100 ps/nm –500 to +1300 ps/nm –800 to +1600 ps/nm –2200 to +3700 ps/nm 1. OSNR = optical signal-to-noise ratio 2. BER = bit error rate 3. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the optical add drop multiplexer (OADM) cards. Table 10-7 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance (Class W, X, Y, and Z) (continued) Parameter Class W Class X Class Y Class Z Type Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR1 Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Table 10-8 2.5-Gbps Interface Optical Performance (Class D, E, and F) Parameter Class D Class E Class F Type Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Maximum bit rate 2.5 Gbps 2.5 Gbps 2.5 Gbps Regeneration 3R 3R 2R FEC Yes No No Threshold Average Average Average Maximum BER 10–15 10–12 10–12 OSNR sensitivity 14 dB 5 dB 14 dB 10 dB 15 dB 15 dB Power sensitivity –31 dBm –25 dBm –30 dBm –23 dBm –24 dBm –24 dBm Power overload –9 dBm –9 dBm –9 dBm Transmitted Power Range1 1. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the OADM cards. TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G –1.0 to 1.0 dBm –1.0 to 1.0 dBm –1.0 to 1.0 dBm MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G — +2.0 to +4.0 dBm — OC-48 ELR 100 GHz — — — 2/4 port GbE Transponder (GBIC WDM 100GHz) — — — 2.5 Gbps DWDM ITU-T SPF — — — Dispersion compensation tolerance –1200 to +5400 ps/nm –1200 to +5400 ps/nm –1200 to +3300 ps/nm 10-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview 10.1.4 Channel Allocation Plans ONS 15454 DWDM ROADM cards are designed for use with specific channels in the C band and L band. In most cases, the channels for these cards are either numbered (for example, 1 to 32 or 1 to 40) or delimited (odd or even). Client interfaces must comply with these channel assignments to be compatible with the ONS 15454 system. . The following cards operate in the C-band: • 32WSS • 32DMX • 32DMX-C • 40-MUX-C • 40-WXC-C Table 10-9 2.5-Gbps Interface Optical Performance (Class G, H, and M) Parameter Class G Class H Class M Type Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Power Limited OSNR Limited Maximum bit rate 2.5 Gbps 1.25 Gbps 2.5 Gbps Regeneration 3R 3R 3R FEC No No No Threshold Average Average Average Maximum BER 10–12 10–12 10–12 OSNR sensitivity 14 dB 11 dB 13 dB 8 dB 14 dB 9 dB Power sensitivity –27 dBm –23 dBm –28 dBm –18 dBm –28 dBm –22 dBm Power overload –9 dBm –7 dBm –9 dBm Transmitted Power Range1 1. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the OADM cards. TXP_MR_2.5G — — — TXPP_MR_2.5G — MXP_MR_2.5G –2.0 to 0 dBm MXPP_MR_2.5G — OC-48 ELR 100 GHz — — — 2/4 port GbE Transponder (GBIC WDM 100GHz) –1200 to +3300 ps/nm 0 to +3 dBm — 2.5 Gbps DWDM ITU-T SPF — 0 to +4 dBm Dispersion compensation tolerance –1000 to +3600 ps/nm –800 to +2400 ps/nm 10-13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview • 80-WXC-C • 40-SMR1-C • 40-SMR2-C • MMU Table 10-10 lists the C-band channel IDs and wavelengths at ITU-T 50-GHz intervals. This is a comprehensive C-band channel table that encompasses present and future card capabilities. . Table 10-10 DWDM C-Band1 Channel Allocation Plan with 50-GHz Spacing Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 1 196.00 1529.55 42 193.95 1545.72 2 195.95 1529.94 43 193.90 1546.119 3 195.90 1530.334 44 193.85 1546.518 4 195.85 1530.725 45 193.80 1546.917 5 195.80 1531.116 46 193.75 1547.316 6 195.75 1531.507 47 193.70 1547.715 7 195.70 1531.898 48 193.65 1548.115 8 195.65 1532.290 49 193.60 1548.515 9 195.60 1532.681 50 193.55 1548.915 10 195.55 1533.073 51 193.50 1549.32 11 195.50 1533.47 52 193.45 1549.71 12 195.45 1533.86 53 193.40 1550.116 13 195.40 1534.250 54 193.35 1550.517 14 195.35 1534.643 55 193.30 1550.918 15 195.30 1535.036 56 193.25 1551.319 16 195.25 1535.429 57 193.20 1551.721 17 195.20 1535.822 58 193.15 1552.122 18 195.15 1536.216 59 193.10 1552.524 19 195.10 1536.609 60 193.05 1552.926 20 195.05 1537.003 61 193.00 1553.33 21 195.00 1537.40 62 192.95 1553.73 22 194.95 1537.79 63 192.90 1554.134 23 194.90 1538.186 64 192.85 1554.537 24 194.85 1538.581 65 192.80 1554.940 25 194.80 1538.976 66 192.75 1555.343 26 194.75 1539.371 67 192.70 1555.747 27 194.70 1539.766 68 192.65 1556.151 28 194.65 1540.162 69 192.60 1556.555 29 194.60 1540.557 70 192.55 1556.959 10-14 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Card Overview The following add drop cards utilize the L-band DWDM channels: • 32WSS-L • 32DMX-L Table 10-11 lists the L-band channel IDs and wavelengths at ITU-T 50-GHz intervals. This is a comprehensive L-band channel table that encompasses present and future card capabilities. 30 194.55 1540.953 71 192.50 1557.36 31 194.50 1541.35 72 192.45 1557.77 32 194.45 1541.75 73 192.40 1558.173 33 194.40 1542.142 74 192.35 1558.578 34 194.35 1542.539 75 192.30 1558.983 35 194.30 1542.936 76 192.25 1559.389 36 194.25 1543.333 77 192.20 1559.794 37 194.20 1543.730 78 192.15 1560.200 38 194.15 1544.128 79 192.10 1560.606 39 194.10 1544.526 80 192.05 1561.013 40 194.05 1544.924 81 192.00 1561.42 41 194.00 1545.32 82 191.95 1561.83 1. Channels on the C-band are 4-skip-1, starting at 1530.33 nm. Table 10-10 DWDM C-Band1 Channel Allocation Plan with 50-GHz Spacing (continued) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Table 10-11 DWDM L-band1 Channel Allocation Plan at 50 GHz Spacing Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 1 190.85 1570.83 41 188.85 1587.46 2 190.8 1571.24 42 188.8 1587.88 3 190.75 1571.65 43 188.75 1588.30 4 190.7 1572.06 44 188.7 1588.73 5 190.65 1572.48 45 188.65 1589.15 6 190.6 1572.89 46 188.6 1589.57 7 190.55 1573.30 47 188.55 1589.99 8 190.5 1573.71 48 188.5 1590.41 9 190.45 1574.13 49 188.45 1590.83 10 190.4 1574.54 50 188.4 1591.26 11 190.35 1574.95 51 188.35 1591.68 12 190.3 1575.37 52 188.3 1592.10 13 190.25 1575.78 53 188.25 1592.52 10-15 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Safety Labels 10.2 Safety Labels For information about safety labels, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. 14 190.2 1576.20 54 188.2 1592.95 15 190.15 1576.61 55 188.15 1593.37 16 190.1 1577.03 56 188.1 1593.79 17 190.05 1577.44 57 188.05 1594.22 18 190 1577.86 58 188 1594.64 19 189.95 1578.27 59 187.95 1595.06 20 189.9 1578.69 60 187.9 1595.49 21 189.85 1579.10 61 187.85 1595.91 22 189.8 1579.52 62 187.8 1596.34 23 189.75 1579.93 63 187.75 1596.76 24 189.7 1580.35 64 187.7 1597.19 25 189.65 1580.77 65 187.65 1597.62 26 189.6 1581.18 66 187.6 1598.04 27 189.55 1581.60 67 187.55 1598.47 28 189.5 1582.02 68 187.5 1598.89 29 189.45 1582.44 69 187.45 1599.32 30 189.4 1582.85 70 187.4 1599.75 31 189.35 1583.27 71 187.35 1600.17 32 189.3 1583.69 72 187.3 1600.60 33 189.25 1584.11 73 187.25 1601.03 34 189.2 1584.53 74 187.2 1601.46 35 189.15 1584.95 75 187.15 1601.88 36 189.1 1585.36 76 187.1 1602.31 37 189.05 1585.78 77 187.05 1602.74 38 189 1586.20 78 187 1603.17 39 188.95 1586.62 79 186.95 1603.60 40 188.9 1587.04 80 186.9 1604.03 1. Channels on the L-band are contiguous, starting at 1577.86 nm. The channels listed in this table begin with 1570.83 nm for backward compatibility with other ONS products. Table 10-11 DWDM L-band1 Channel Allocation Plan at 50 GHz Spacing (continued) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 10-16 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS Card 10.3 32WSS Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) Note For 32WSS card specifications, see the “32WSS Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The two-slot 32-Channel Wavelength Selective Switch (32WSS) card performs channel add/drop processing within the ONS 15454 DWDM node. The 32WSS card can be installed in the following pairs of slots: • Slots 1 and 2 • Slots 3 and 4 • Slots 5 and 6 • Slots 12 and 13 • Slots 14 and 15 • Slots 16 and 17 10.3.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams The 32WSS has six types of ports: • ADD RX ports (1 to 32): These ports are used for adding channels (listed in Table 10-13 on page 10-21). Each add channel is associated with an individual switch element that selects whether that channel is added. Each add port has optical power regulation provided by a variable optical attenuator (VOA). The 32WSS has four physical receive connectors that accept multifiber push-on (MPO) cables on its front panel for the client input interfaces. Each MPO cable breaks out into eight separate cables. • EXP RX port: The EXP RX port receives an optical signal from another 32WSS card in the same network element (NE). • EXP TX port: The EXP TX port sends an optical signal to the other 32WSS card within the NE. • COM TX port: The COM TX (line input) port sends an aggregate optical signal to a booster amplifier card (for example, OPT-BST) for transmission outside of the NE. • COM RX port: The COM RX port receives the optical signal from a preamplifier (such as the OPT-PRE) and sends it to the optical splitter. • DROP TX port: The DROP TX port sends the split-off optical signal containing drop channels to the 32DMX card, where the channels are further processed and dropped. Figure 10-1 shows the 32WSS card front panel and identifies the traffic flow through the ports. 10-17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS Card Figure 10-1 32WSS Faceplate and Ports Figure 10-2 provides a high-level functional block diagram of the 32WSS card and Figure 10-3 shows how optical signals are processed on the EXP RX and COM RX ports. 115291 FAIL ACT SF 54.1-60.6 46.1-52.5 38.1-44.5 30.3-36.6 DROP TX TX RX EXP RX TX COM RX TX ADD RX 32WSS 32 Add Ports Add 1-8 Add 9-16 Add 17-24 Add 25-32 DROP TX EXP RX EXP TX COM RX COM TX 10-18 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS Card Figure 10-2 32WSS Block Diagram Aggregate optical signals that enter the EXP RX and COM RX port are processed in two ways: Add channel/pass-through and optical splitter processing. The optical processing stages are shown in Figure 10-3, which provides a detailed optical functional diagram of the 32WSS card. EXP RX port (In from other 32WSS within the network element) EXP TX port (To the other 32WSS within the network element) DROP TX port dropped channels (To COM RX port of 32DMX) COM RX port (In from preamplifier, OPT-PRE, or OSC-CSM) COM TX port (To OPT-BST or OSC-CSM) 115293 32 add ports Add 1 Add 2 Add 32 Optical splitter Add channel or pass-through Wavelength selective switch 10-19 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS Card Figure 10-3 32WSS Optical Block Diagram The EXP RX PORT and COM RX PORT operate as follows: • EXP RX Port Add Channel/Pass-through Processing The incoming optical signal is received at the EXP RX port from the other 32WSS card within the NE. The incoming aggregate optical signal is demultiplexed into 32 individual wavelengths, or channels. Each channel is then individually processed by the optical switch, which performs add/pass-through processing. By using software controls, the switch either selects the optical channel coming in from the demultiplexer (that is, the pass-through channel) or it selects the external ADD channel. If the ADD port channel is selected this channel is transmitted and the optical signal coming from the demultiplexer is blocked. After the optical switch stage, all of the channels are multiplexed into an aggregate optical signal, which is sent out on the COM TX port. The output is typically connected to an OPT-BST or OPT-BST-E card (in the event a booster amplifier is needed) or to an OSC-CSM card (if no amplification is needed). • COM RX Port Optical Splitter Processing The COM RX port receives the incoming optical signal and directs it to the 32WSS card’s optical splitter. The splitter optically diverts channels that are designated to be dropped to the DROP TX port. The DROP TX port is typically connected to the COM RX port of the 32DMX where the drop channels are being dropped. Channels that are not dropped pass-through the optical splitter and flow out of the 32WSS card EXP TX port. Typically, this optical signal is connected to the other 32WSS module within the NE. • COM TX Port Monitoring 1 2 32 Add 32 32 1 pass-through EXP RX port (In from 32WSS) EXP TX port (To 32WSS) DROP TX port (To 32DMX) 2 pass-through 32 pass-through Optical splitter Dropped channels 2 Photodiode VOA COM RX port (In from OPT-PRE preamplifier or OSC-CSM) COM TX port (To OPT-BST or OSC-CSM) Add 2 2 Add 1 1 115292 Optical DMUX (AWG) Optical MUX (AWG) Optical switch (Add channel or pass-through) P1 P33 P2 P34 P32 P64 P65 P66 P67 P69 P68 10-20 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS Card The COM TX value can be measured by either a physical or a virtual photodiode of the 15454-32WSS card. If the vendor ID of the 15454-32WSS card is between 1024 (0x400) and 2047 (0x800) the COM TX value is measured by physical photodiode. If the vendor ID of the 15454-32WSS card is greater than 2048 (0x800), the COM TX value is measured by the virtual photodiode. For COM TX values measured by virtual photodiode, check the values at the RX port in the downstream of the COM TX port (COM-RX port on OPT-BST or OSC-CSM card). 10.3.2 32WSS ROADM Functionality The 32WSS card works in combination with the 32DMX card to implement ROADM functionality. As a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured to add or drop individual optical channels using CTC, Cisco Transport Planner, and Cisco Transport Manager (CTM). ROADM functionality using the 32WSS card requires two 32DMX single-slot cards and two 32WSS double-slot cards (totalling six slots needed in the ONS 15454 chassis). For other cards’ ROADM functionality, see that card’s description in this chapter. For a diagram of a typical ROADM configuration, see the “12.1.3 ROADM Node” section on page 12-11. Note A terminal site can be configured using only a 32WSS card and a 32DMX card plugged into the east or west side of the shelf. 10.3.3 32WSS Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P69 monitor the power for the 32WSS card. Table 10-12 shows how the returned power level values are calibrated to each port. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide. Table 10-12 32WSS Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P32 ADD (Power ADD) ADD RX P33–P641 1. P33–P64 monitor either ADD or PASSTHROUGH power, depending on the state of the optical switch PASS THROUGH COM TX ADD (Power) COM TX P65 OUT EXP EXP TX P66 IN EXP EXP RX P67 OUT COM COM TX P68 IN COM COM RX P69 DROP DROP TX 10-21 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS Card 10.3.4 32WSS Channel Allocation Plan The 32WSS Card’s channel labels, frequencies, and wavelengths are listed in Table 10-13. Table 10-13 32WSS Channel Allocation Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) B30.3 30.3 195.9 1530.33 31.1 195.8 1531.12 31.9 195.7 1531.90 32.6 195.6 1532.68 B34.2 34.2 195.4 1534.25 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.1 195.1 1536.61 B38.1 38.1 194.9 1538.19 38.9 194.8 1538.87 39.7 194.7 1539.77 40.5 194.6 1540.46 B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.5 194.1 1544.53 B46.1 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.5 193.6 1548.51 B50.1 50.1 193.4 1550.12 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 52.5 193.1 1552.52 B54.1 54.1 192.9 1554.13 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 56.5 192.6 1556.55 B58.1 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 10-22 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS-L Card 10.3.5 32WSS Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 10.3.6 Related Procedures for 32WSS Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 32WSS card: • NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes, page 14-82 • NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords, page 14-113 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-40 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • DLP- G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards • NTP-G93 Modify the 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 40-WSS-C, or 40-WSS-CE Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-65 10.4 32WSS-L Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) Note For 32WSS-L card specifications, see the “32WSS-L Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The two-slot 32-Channel Wavelength Selective Switch L-Band (32WSS-L) card performs channel add/drop processing within the ONS 15454 DWDM node. The 32WSS-L card is particularly well suited for use in networks that employ DS fiber or SMF-28 single-mode fiber.The 32WSS-L card can be installed in the following pairs of slots: • Slots 1 and 2 • Slots 3 and 4 • Slots 5 and 6 • Slots 12 and 13 • Slots 14 and 15 • Slots16 and 17 10-23 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS-L Card 10.4.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams The 32WSS-L card faceplate has six types of ports: • ADD RX ports (1 to 32): These ports are used for adding channels (which are listed in Table 10-15 on page 10-28). Each add channel is associated with an individual switch element that selects whether the channel is added. Each add port has optical power regulation provided by a VOA. • EXP RX port: The EXP RX port receives an optical signal from another 32WSS-L card in the same NE. • EXP TX port: The EXP TX port sends an optical signal to the other 32WSS-L card within the NE. • COM TX port: The COM TX port sends an aggregate optical signal to a booster amplifier card (for example, the OPT-BST card) for transmission outside of the NE. • COM RX port: The COM RX port receives the optical signal from a preamplifier (such as the OPT-PRE) and sends it to the optical splitter. • DROP TX port: The DROP TX port sends the split-off optical signal with drop channels to the 32DMX-L card, where the channels are further processed and dropped. Figure 10-4 shows the 32WSS-L module front panel and identifies the traffic flow through the ports. 10-24 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS-L Card Figure 10-4 32WSS-L Faceplate and Ports Figure 10-5 provides a high-level functional block diagram of the 32WSS-L card and Figure 10-6 on page 10-26 shows how optical signals are processed on the EXP RX and COM RX ports. 134973 FAIL ACT SF 98.0-04.0 91.2-97.1 84.5-90.4 77.8-83.6 DROP TX TX RX EXP RX TX COM RX TX ADD RX 32WSS-L 32 Add Ports Add 1-8 Add 9-16 Add 17-24 Add 25-32 DROP TX EXP RX EXP TX COM RX COM TX 10-25 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS-L Card Figure 10-5 32WSS-L Block Diagram Aggregate optical signals that enter the EXP RX and COM RX ports are processed in two ways: add channel/pass-through and optical splitter processing. The optical processing stages are shown in Figure 10-6, which provides a detailed optical functional diagram of the 32WSS-L card. EXP RX port (In from other 32WSS-L within the network element) EXP TX port (To the other 32WSS-L within the network element) DROP TX port dropped channels (To COM RX port of 32DMX) COM RX port (In from OPT-AMP-L preamplifier or OSC-CSM) COM TX port (To OPT-AMP-L booster or OSC-CSM) 134971 32 add ports Add 1 Add 2 Add 32 Optical splitter Add channel or pass-through Wavelength selective switch 10-26 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS-L Card Figure 10-6 32WSS-L Optical Block Diagram The EXP RX PORT and COM RX PORT operate as follows: • EXP RX Port Add Channel/Pass-through Processing The incoming optical signal is received at the EXP RX port from the other 32WSS-L card within the NE. The incoming aggregate optical signal is demultiplexed into 32 individual wavelengths, or channels. Each channel is then individually processed by the optical switch, which performs add/pass-through processing. By using software controls, the switch either selects the optical channel coming in from the demultiplexer (that is, the pass-through channel) or it selects the external ADD channel. If the ADD port channel is selected this channel is transmitted and the optical signal coming from the demultiplexer is blocked. After the optical switch stage, all of the channels are multiplexed into an aggregate optical signal, which is sent out on the COM TX port. The output is typically connected to an OPT-AMP-L or OPT-BST-E card (in the event a booster amplifier is needed) or to an OSC-CSM card (if no amplification is needed). • COM RX Port Optical Splitter Processing The COM RX port receives the incoming optical signal and directs it to the 32WSS-L card’s optical splitter. The splitter optically diverts channels that are designated to be dropped to the DROP TX port. The DROP TX port is typically connected to the COM RX port of the 32DMX-L where the drop channels are being dropped. Channels that are not dropped pass-through the optical splitter and flow out of the 32WSS-L card EXP TX port. Typically, this optical signal is connected to the other 32WS-L module within the NE. 1 2 32 Add 32 32 1 pass-through EXP RX port (In from 32WSS-L) EXP TX port (To 32WSS-L) DROP TX port (To 32DMX-L) 2 pass-through 32 pass-through Optical splitter Dropped channels 2 Photodiode VOA Add 2 2 Add 1 1 134972 Optical DMUX (AWG) Optical MUX (AWG) Optical switch (Add channel or pass-through) P1 P33 P2 P34 P32 P64 P65 P66 P67 P69 P68 COM RX port (In from OPT-AMP-L preamplifier or OSC-CSM) COM TX port (To OPT-AMP-L booster or OSC-CSM) 10-27 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS-L Card 10.4.2 32WSS-L ROADM Functionality The 32WSS-L works in combination with the 32DMX-L to implement L-band (1570 to 1620 nm) functionality. As a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured to add or drop individual optical channels using CTC, Cisco Transport Planner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 32WSS-L card requires two 32DMX-L single-slot cards and two 32WSS-L double-slot cards (totalling six slots needed in the ONS 15454 chassis). For other cards’ ROADM functionality, see that card’s description in this chapter. For a diagram of a typical ROADM configuration, see the “12.1.3 ROADM Node” section on page 12-11. Note A terminal site can be configured using a 32WSS-L card and a 32DMX-L card plugged into the east or west side of the shelf. 10.4.3 32WSS-L Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P69 monitor the power for the 32WSS-L card. Table 10-14 shows the returned power level values calibrated to each port. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 10.4.4 32WSS-L Channel Plan The 32WSS-L card uses 32 banded channels on the ITU-T 100-GHz grid, as shown in Table 10-15. Table 10-14 32WSS-L Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P32 ADD (Power ADD) ADD RX P33–P641 1. P33–P64 monitor either ADD or PASSTHROUGH power, depending on the state of the optical switch PASS THROUGH COM TX ADD (Power) COM TX P65 OUT EXP EXP TX P66 IN EXP EXP RX P67 OUT COM COM TX P68 IN COM COM RX P69 DROP DROP TX 10-28 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32WSS-L Card Table 10-15 32WSS-L Channel Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) B77.8 77.8 190 1577.86 78.6 189.9 1578.69 79.5 189.8 1579.52 80.3 189.7 1580.35 B81.1 81.1 189.6 1581.18 82.0 189.5 1582.02 82.8 189.4 1582.85 83.6 189.3 1583.69 B84.5 84.5 189.2 1584.53 85.3 189.1 1585.36 86.2 189 1586.20 87.0 188.9 1587.04 B87.8 87.8 188.8 1587.88 88.7 188.7 1588.73 89.5 188.6 1589.57 90.4 188.5 1590.41 B91.2 91.2 188.4 591.26 92.1 188.3 1592.10 92.9 188.2 1592.95 93.7 188.1 1593.79 B94.6 94.6 188 1594.64 95.4 187.9 1595.49 96.3 187.8 1596.34 97.1 187.7 1597.19 B98.0 98.0 187.6 1598.04 98.8 187.5 1598.89 99.7 187.4 1599.75 00.6 187.3 1600.60 B01.4 01.4 187.2 1601.46 02.3 187.1 1602.31 03.1 187 1603.17 04.0 186.9 1604.03 10-29 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32DMX Card 10.4.5 32WSS-L Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 10.4.6 Related Procedures for 32WSS-L Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 32WSS-L card: • NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes, page 14-82 • NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords, page 14-113 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-40 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • DLP- G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards • NTP-G93 Modify the 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 40-WSS-C, or 40-WSS-CE Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-65 10.5 32DMX Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) Note For 32DMX card specifications, see the “32DMX Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The single-slot 32-Channel Demultiplexer (32DMX) card is an optical demultiplexer. The card receives an aggregate optical signal on its COM RX port and demultiplexes it into to (32) ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced channels. The 32DMX card can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and in Slots 12 to 17. 10.5.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams The 32DMX card has two types of ports: • COM RX port: COM RX is the input port for the aggregate optical signal being demultiplexed. This port is supported by a VOA for optical power regulation and a photodiode for optical power monitoring. • DROP TX ports (1 to 32): On its output, the 32DMX provides 32 drop ports (listed in Table 10-17 on page 10-32) that are typically used for dropping channels within the ROADM node. These ports are connected using four 8-fiber MPO ribbon connectors. The incoming optical signal to the demultiplexer comes into the COM RX port. This input port is connected using a single LC duplex optical connector.Each drop port has a photodiode for optical power monitoring. Unlike the two-slot 10-30 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32DMX Card 32DMX-O demultiplexer, the drop ports on the 32DMX do not have a VOA per channel for optical power regulation. For a description of the 32DMX-O card, see the “6.4 32DMX-O Card” section on page 6-14. Figure 10-7 shows the 32DMX card front panel and the basic traffic flow through the ports. Figure 10-7 32DMX Faceplate and Ports A block diagram of the 32DMX card is shown in Figure 10-8. 145936 32DMX FAIL ACT SF 54.1-60.6 46.1-52.5 38.1-44.5 30.3-36.6 COM RX TX MON 32 Drop Port Outputs 32 Drop Ports Logical View Drop 1-8 Drop 9-16 Drop 17-24 Drop 25-32 COM RX (Receives Drop-TX from 32WSS on COM RX) COM-RX Drop-1 Drop-2 Drop-32 10-31 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32DMX Card Figure 10-8 32DMX Block Diagram Figure 10-9 shows the 32DMX optical module functional block diagram. Figure 10-9 32DMX Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 10.5.2 32DMX ROADM Functionality The 32DMX card works in combination with the 32WSS card to implement ROADM functionality. As a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured to add or drop individual optical channels using CTC, Cisco Transport Planner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 32DMX card requires two 32DMX single-slot cards and two 32WSS double-slot cards (for six slots total in the ONS 15454 chassis). Optical module 30.3 to 36.6 8 CHS TX 38.1 to 44.5 8 CHS TX 46.1 to 52.5 8 CHS TX 54.1 to 60.6 8 CHS TX 96480 Processor MON COM RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B 1 32 Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator COM RX 20 dB max attenuation DROP TX P4 P3 P2 P1 P32 P31 P30 P29 P33 P34 P 124967 10-32 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32DMX Card For information about the ROADM functionality for other cards, see that card’s description in this chapter. For a diagram of a typical ROADM configuration, see the “12.1.3 ROADM Node” section on page 12-11. Note A terminal site can be configured using only a 32WSS card and a 32DMX card plugged into the east or west side of the shelf. 10.5.3 32DMX Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P33 monitor the power for the 32DMX card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 10-16. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 10.5.4 32DMX Channel Allocation Plan The 32DMX card’s channel labels, frequencies, and wavelengths are listed in Table 10-17. Table 10-16 32DMX Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P32 DROP DROP TX P33 INPUT COM COM RX Table 10-17 32DMX Channel Allocation Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) B30.3 30.3 195.9 1530.33 31.1 195.8 1531.12 31.9 195.7 1531.90 32.6 195.6 1532.68 B34.2 34.2 195.4 1534.25 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.1 195.1 1536.61 B38.1 38.1 194.9 1538.19 38.9 194.8 1538.87 39.7 194.7 1539.77 40.5 194.6 1540.46 10-33 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32DMX Card 10.5.5 32DMX Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 10.5.6 Related Procedures for 32DMX Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 32DMX card: • NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes, page 14-82 • NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords, page 14-113 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-40 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • DLP- G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.5 194.1 1544.53 B46.1 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.5 193.6 1548.51 B50.1 50.1 193.4 1550.12 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 52.5 193.1 1552.52 B54.1 54.1 192.9 1554.13 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 56.5 192.6 1556.55 B58.1 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 Table 10-17 32DMX Channel Allocation Plan (continued) Band ID Channel Label Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 10-34 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32DMX-L Card • NTP-G175 Modify 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, and 4MD-xx.x Line Card Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-54 10.6 32DMX-L Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) Note For 32DMX-L card specifications, see the “32DMX-L Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The single-slot 32-Channel Demultiplexer L-Band card (32DMX-L) is an L-band optical demultiplexer. The card receives an aggregate optical signal on its COM RX port and demultiplexes it into to (32) 100-GHz-spaced channels. The 32DMX-L card is particularly well suited for use in networks that employ DS fiber or SMF-28 single-mode fiber. The 32DMX-L card can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and in Slots 12 to 17. 10.6.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams The 32DMX-L card has two types of ports: • COM RX port: COM RX is the input port for the aggregate optical signal being demultiplexed. This port is supported by both a VOA for optical power regulation and a photodiode for optical power monitoring. • DROP TX ports (1 to 32): On its output, the 32DMX-L card provides 32 drop ports (listed in Table 10-21 on page 10-42) that are typically used for dropping channels within the ROADM node. These ports are connected using four 8-fiber MPO ribbon connectors. Each drop port has a photodiode for optical power monitoring. Unlike the two-slot 32DMX-O demultiplexer, the drop ports on the 32DMX-L do not have a VOA per channel for optical power regulation. For a description of the 32DMX-O card, see the “6.4 32DMX-O Card” section on page 6-14. Figure 10-10 shows the 32DMX-L card front panel and the basic traffic flow through the ports. 10-35 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32DMX-L Card Figure 10-10 32DMX-L Faceplate and Ports Figure 10-11 shows a block diagram of the 32DMX-L card. 145940 32DMX FAIL ACT SF 98.0-04.0 91.2-97.1 84.5-90.4 77.8-83.6 COM RX TX 32 Drop Port Outputs 32 Drop Ports Logical View Drop 1-8 Drop 9-16 Drop 17-24 Drop 25-32 COM RX (Receives Drop-TX from 32WSS-L on COM RX) COM-RX Drop-1 Drop-2 Drop-32 MON 10-36 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32DMX-L Card Figure 10-11 32DMX-L Block Diagram Figure 10-12 shows the 32DMX-L optical module functional block diagram. Figure 10-12 32DMX-L Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 10.6.2 32DMX-L ROADM Functionality The 32DMX-L card works in combination with the 32WSS-L card to implement ROADM functionality. AS a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured to add or drop individual optical channels using CTC, Cisco Transport Planner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 32DMX-L card requires two 32DMX-L single-slot cards and two 32WSS-L double-slot cards (for a total of six slots in the ONS 15454 chassis). Optical module 77.8 to 83.6 8 CHS TX 84.5 to 90.4 8 CHS TX 91.2 to 97.1 8 CHS TX 98.0 to 04.0 8 CHS TX 134969 Processor MON COM RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B 1 32 Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator COM RX 20 dB max attenuation DROP TX P4 P3 P2 P1 P32 P31 P30 P29 P33 P34 P 124967 10-37 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32DMX-L Card For information about ROADM functionality for other cards, see that card’s description in this chapter. For a diagram of a typical ROADM configuration, see the “12.1.3 ROADM Node” section on page 12-11. Note A terminal site can be configured using only a 32WSS-L card and a 32DMX-L card plugged into the east or west side of the shelf. 10.6.3 32DMX-L Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P33 monitor the power for the 32DMX-L card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 10-18. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 10.6.4 32DMX-L Channel Plan The 32DMX-L card uses 32 banded channels on the ITU-T 100-GHz grid, as shown in Table 10-19. Table 10-18 32DMX-L Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P32 DROP DROP TX P33 INPUT COM COM RX Table 10-19 32DMX-L Channel Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) B77.8 77.8 190 1577.86 78.6 189.9 1578.69 79.5 189.8 1579.52 80.3 189.7 1580.35 B81.1 81.1 189.6 1581.18 82.0 189.5 1582.02 82.8 189.4 1582.85 83.6 189.3 1583.69 B84.5 84.5 189.2 1584.53 85.3 189.1 1585.36 86.2 189 1586.20 87.0 188.9 1587.04 10-38 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 32DMX-L Card 10.6.5 32DMX-L Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 10.6.6 Related Procedures for 32DMX-L Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 32DMX-L card: • NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes, page 14-82 • NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords, page 14-113 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-40 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • DLP- G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards B87.8 87.8 188.8 1587.88 88.7 188.7 1588.73 89.5 188.6 1589.57 90.4 188.5 1590.41 B91.2 91.2 188.4 1591.26 92.1 188.3 1592.10 92.9 188.2 1592.95 93.7 188.1 1593.79 B94.6 94.6 188 1594.64 95.4 187.9 1595.49 96.3 187.8 1596.34 97.1 187.7 1597.19 B98.0 98.0 187.6 1598.04 98.8 187.5 1598.89 99.7 187.4 1599.75 00.6 187.3 1600.60 B01.4 01.4 187.2 1601.46 02.3 187.1 1602.31 03.1 187 1603.17 04.0 186.9 1604.03 Table 10-19 32DMX-L Channel Plan (continued) Band ID Channel Label Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 10-39 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-DMX-C Card • NTP-G175 Modify 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, and 4MD-xx.x Line Card Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-54 10.7 40-DMX-C Card (Cisco ONS 15454 and ONS 15454 M6 only) Note For 40-DMX-C card specifications, see the “40-DMX-C Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The single-slot 40-Channel Demultiplexer C-band (40-DMX-C) card demultiplexes 40 100-GHz-spaced channels identified in the channel plan (Table 10-21 on page 10-42), and sends them to dedicated output ports. The overall optical power can be adjusted using a single VOA that is common to all channels. The 40-DMX-C card is unidirectional, optically passive, and can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. 10.7.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams The 40-DMX-C has two types of ports: • COM RX port: COM RX is the line input port for the aggregate optical signal being demultiplexed. This port is supported by a VOA for optical power regulation and a photodiode for per channel optical power monitoring. Note By default, the VOA is set to its maximum attenuation for safety purposes (for example, electrical power failure). A manual VOA setting is also available. • DROP TX ports (1 to 40): On its output, the 40-DMX-C card provides 40 drop ports that are typically used for dropping channels within the ROADM node. These ports are connected using five physical connectors on the front panel that accept MPO client input cables. (MPO cables break out into eight separate cables.) The 40-DMX-C card also has one LC-PC-II optical connector for the main input. Figure 10-13 shows the 40-DMX-C card faceplate. 10-40 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-DMX-C Card Figure 10-13 40-DMX-C Faceplate Figure 10-14 shows a block diagram of the 40-DMX-C card. 159554 40-DMX-C 55.7 - 61.4 49.3 - 54.9 42.9 - 48.5 36.6 - 42.1 30.3 - 35.8 COM TX RX FAIL ACT SF 40 Drop Ports Drop 1-8 Drop 9-16 Drop 17-24 Drop 25-32 Drop 33-40 40 Drop Port Outputs Logical View COM-RX Drop-1 Drop-2 Drop-40 COM RX (Receives Drop-TX from 40-WSS-C on COM RX) 10-41 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-DMX-C Card Figure 10-14 40-DMX-C Block Diagram Figure 10-15 shows the 40-DMX-C optical module functional block diagram. Figure 10-15 40-DMX-C Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 10.7.2 40-DMX-C ROADM Functionality The 40-DMX-C card works in combination with the 40-WSS-C card to implement ROADM functionality. As a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured at the optical channel level using CTC, Cisco Transport Planner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 40-DMX-C card requires two single-slot 40-DMX-C cards and two 40-WSS-C double-slot cards (for a total of six slots in the ONS 15454 chassis). Optical module 151971 Processor COM RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B 36.6 to 42.1 8 CHS RX 30.3 to 35.8 8 CHS RX 42.9 to 48.5 8 CHS RX 49.3 to 54.9 8 CHS RX 55.7 to 61.4 8 CHS RX 1 40 Control Control interface Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator COM RX DROP TX P40 P39 P38 P37 P4 P3 P2 P1 P P41 151972 10-42 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-DMX-C Card For other cards’ ROADM functionality, see that card’s description in this chapter. For a diagram of a typical ROADM configuration, see the “12.1.3 ROADM Node” section on page 12-11. 10.7.3 40-DMX-C Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P40 monitor the power at the outputs of the 40-DMX-C card. P41 monitors the total multiplexed power at the input, calibrated to the COM-RX port. Table 10-20 shows the returned power level values calibrated to each port. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 10.7.4 40-DMX-C Channel Plan Table 10-21 shows the 40 ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced, C-band channels (wavelengths) that are demultiplexed by the 40-DMX-C card. Table 10-20 40-DMX-C Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P40 DROP DROP TX P41 INPUT COM COM RX Table 10-21 40-DMX-C Channel Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) B30.3 30.3 195.9 1530.33 31.1 195.8 1531.12 31.9 195.7 1531.90 32.6 195.6 1532.68 33.4 195.5 1533.47 B34.2 34.2 195.4 1534.25 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.6 195.1 1536.61 37.4 195 1537.40 B38.1 38.1 194.9 1538.19 38.9 194.8 1538.98 39.7 194.7 1539.77 40.5 194.6 1540.56 41.3 194.5 1541.35 10-43 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-DMX-C Card 10.7.5 40-DMX-C Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 10.7.6 Related Procedures for 40-DMX-C Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 40-DMX-C card: • NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes, page 14-82 • NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords, page 14-113 B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.5 194.1 1544.53 45.3 194 1545.32 B46.1 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.5 193.6 1548.51 49.3 193.5 1549.32 B50.1 50.1 193.4 1550.12 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 52.5 193.1 1552.52 53.3 193 1553.33 B54.1 54.1 192.9 1554.13 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 56.5 192.6 1556.55 57.3 192.5 1557.36 B58.1 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 61.4 192 1561.42 Table 10-21 40-DMX-C Channel Plan (continued) Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) 10-44 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-DMX-CE Card • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-40 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • DLP- G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards • NTP-G175 Modify 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, and 4MD-xx.x Line Card Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-54 10.8 40-DMX-CE Card (Cisco ONS 15454 and ONS 15454 M6 only) Note For 40-DMX-CE card specifications, see the “40-DMX-CE Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The single-slot 40-Channel Demultiplexer C-band, even channels (40-DMX-CE) card demultiplexes 40 100-GHz-spaced even-numbered channels identified in the channel plan (Table 10-23 on page 10-47), and sends them to dedicated output ports. The overall optical power can be adjusted using a single VOA that is common to all channels. The 40-DMX-CE card is unidirectional, optically passive, and can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. 10.8.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams The 40-DMX-CE card has two types of ports: • COM RX port: COM RX is the line input port for the aggregate optical signal being demultiplexed. This port is supported by a VOA for optical power regulation and a photodiode for per channel optical power monitoring. Note By default, the VOA is set to its maximum attenuation for safety purposes (for example, electrical power failure). A manual VOA setting is also available. • DROP TX ports (1 to 40): On its output, the 40-DMX-CE card provides 40 drop ports that are typically used for dropping channels within the ROADM node. These ports are connected using five physical connectors on the front panel that accept MPO client input cables. (MPO cables break out into eight separate cables.) The 40-DMX-CE card also has one LC-PC-II optical connector for the main input. Figure 10-16 shows the 40-DMX-CE card faceplate. 10-45 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-DMX-CE Card Figure 10-16 40-DMX-CE Card Faceplate Figure 10-17 shows a block diagram of the 40-DMX-CE card. 240642 40-DMX-C 56.2 - 61.8 49.7 - 55.3 43.3 - 48.9 37.0 - 42.5 30.7 - 36.2 COM TX RX FAIL ACT SF 40 Drop Ports Drop 1-8 Drop 9-16 Drop 17-24 Drop 25-32 Drop 33-40 40 Drop Port Outputs Logical View COM-RX Drop-1 Drop-2 Drop-40 COM RX (Receives Drop-TX from 40-WSS-CE on COM RX) 10-46 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-DMX-CE Card Figure 10-17 40-DMX-CE Card Block Diagram Figure 10-18 shows the 40-DMX-CE card optical module functional block diagram. Figure 10-18 40-DMX-CE Card Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 10.8.2 40-DMX-CE Card ROADM Functionality The 40-DMX-CE card works in combination with the 40-WSS-CE card to implement ROADM functionality. As a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured at the optical channel level using CTC, Cisco Transport Planner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 40-DMX-CE card requires two single-slot 40-DMX-CE cards and two 40-WSS-CE double-slot cards (for a total of six slots in the ONS 15454 chassis). Optical module 240641 Processor COM RX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B 37.0 to 42.5 8 CHS RX 30.7 to 36.2 8 CHS RX 43.3 to 48.9 8 CHS RX 49.7 to 55.3 8 CHS RX 56.1 to 61.8 8 CHS RX 1 40 Control Control interface Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator COM RX DROP TX P40 P39 P38 P37 P4 P3 P2 P1 P P41 151972 10-47 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-DMX-CE Card For the ROADM functionality of other cards, see the description of that card in this chapter. For a diagram of a typical ROADM configuration, see the “12.1.3 ROADM Node” section on page 12-11. 10.8.3 40-DMX-CE Card Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P40 monitor the power at the outputs of the 40-DMX-CE card. P41 monitors the total multiplexed power at the input, calibrated to the COM-RX port. Table 10-22 shows the returned power level values calibrated to each port. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 10.8.4 40-DMX-CE Card Channel Plan Table 10-23 shows the 40 ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced, C-band channels (wavelengths) that are demultiplexed by the 40-DMX-CE card. Table 10-22 40-DMX-CE Card Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P40 DROP DROP TX P41 INPUT COM COM RX Table 10-23 40-DMX-CE Card Channel Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) B30.7 30.7 195.85 1530.72 31.5 195.75 1531.51 32.3 195.65 1532.29 33.1 195.55 1533.07 33.9 195.45 1533.86 B34.6 34.6 195.35 1534.64 35.4 195.25 1535.43 36.2 195.15 1536.22 37.0 195.05 1537.00 37.8 194.95 1537.79 B38.6 38.6 194.85 1538.58 39.4 194.75 1539.37 40.1 194.65 1540.16 40.9 194.55 1540.95 41.8 194.45 1541.75 10-48 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-DMX-CE Card 10.8.5 40-DMX-CE Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 10.8.6 Related Procedures for 40-DMX-CE Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 40-DMX-CE card: • NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes, page 14-82 • NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords, page 14-113 B42.5 42.5 194.35 1542.54 43.3 194.25 1543.33 44.1 194.15 1544.13 44.9 194.05 1544.92 45.7 193.95 1545.72 B46.5 46.5 193.85 1546.52 47.3 193.75 1547.32 48.1 193.65 1548.11 48.9 193.55 1548.91 49.7 193.45 1549.72 B50.5 50.5 193.35 1550.52 51.3 193.25 1551.32 52.1 193.15 1552.12 52.9 193.05 1552.93 53.7 192.95 1553.73 B54.4 54.4 192.85 1554.54 55.3 192.75 1555.34 56.1 192.65 1556.15 56.9 192.55 1556.96 57.8 192.45 1557.77 B58.6 58.6 192.35 1558.58 59.4 192.25 1559.39 60.2 192.15 1560.20 61.0 192.05 1561.01 61.8 191.95 1561.83 Table 10-23 40-DMX-CE Card Channel Plan (continued) Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) 10-49 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-MUX-C Card • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-40 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • DLP- G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards • NTP-G175 Modify 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, and 4MD-xx.x Line Card Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-54 10.9 40-MUX-C Card (Cisco ONS 15454 and ONS 15454 M6 only) Note For 40-MUX-C card specifications, see the “40-MUX-C Card Specification” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The single-slot 40-Channel Multiplexer C-band (40-MUX-C) card multiplexes forty ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced channels identified in the channel plan in Table 10-21 on page 10-42. The 40-MUX-C card can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. The 40-MUX-C card is typically used in hub nodes. 10.9.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams The 40-MUX-C card has two types of ports: • COM TX port: COM TX is the line output port for the aggregate optical signal being multiplexed. This port is supported by both a VOA for optical power regulation and a photodiode for per channel optical power monitoring. Note By default, the VOA is set to its maximum attenuation for safety purposes (for example, electrical power failure). A manual VOA setting is also available. • DROP RX ports (1 to 40): The 40-MUX-C card provides 40 input optical channels. These ports are connected using five physical receive connectors on the card’s front panel that accept MPO cables for the client input interfaces. MPO cables break out into eight separate cables. The 40-DMX-C card also has one LC-PC-II optical connector for the main output. For the wavelength range, see Table 10-21 on page 10-42. Figure 10-19 shows the 40-MUX-C card faceplate. 10-50 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-MUX-C Card Figure 10-19 40-MUX-C Card Faceplate Figure 10-20 shows a block diagram of the 40-MUX-C card. 40-MUX-C 55.7 - 61.4 49.3 - 54.9 42.9 - 48.5 36.6 - 42.1 30.3 - 35.8 COM RX TX FAIL ACT SF 159555 Client ports 1-8 Client ports 9-16 Client ports 17-24 Client ports 25-32 Client ports 33-40 Logical View COM TX Client-1 Client-2 Client-40 40 Client Channel Inputs 40 Client Ports COM TX Sends combined signal to OPT- BST 10-51 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-MUX-C Card Figure 10-20 40-MUX-C Card Block Diagram Figure 10-21 shows the 40-MUX-C optical module functional block diagram. Figure 10-21 40-MUX-C Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 10.9.2 40-MUX-C Card Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P40 monitor the power of the individual input ports to the 40-MUX-C card. P41 monitors the total multiplexed output power, calibrated to the COM-TX port. Table 10-24 shows the returned power level values calibrated to each port. Optical module 36.6 to 42.1 8 CHS RX 30.3 to 35.8 8 CHS RX 42.9 to 48.5 8 CHS RX 49.3 to 54.9 8 CHS RX 55.7 to 61.4 8 CHS RX Processor COM TX FPGA For SCL Bus management SCL Bus TCCi M SCL Bus TCCi P DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B 151974 1 40 Control Control interface Physical photodiode Variable optical attenuator Inputs COM TX P40 P39 P38 P37 P4 P3 P2 P1 P 151975 10-52 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-MUX-C Card For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 10.9.3 40-MUX-C Card Channel Plan Table 10-25 shows the 40 ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced, C-band channels (wavelengths) that are multiplexed by the 40-MUX-C card. Table 10-24 40-MUX-C Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P40 ADD ADD RX P41 OUTPUT COM COM-TX Table 10-25 40-MUX-C Channel Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) B30.3 30.3 195.9 1530.33 31.1 195.8 1531.12 31.9 195.7 1531.90 32.6 195.6 1532.68 33.4 195.5 1533.47 B34.2 34.2 195.4 1534.25 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.6 195.1 1536.61 37.4 195 1537.40 B38.1 38.1 194.9 1538.19 38.9 194.8 1538.98 39.7 194.7 1539.77 40.5 194.6 1540.56 41.3 194.5 1541.35 B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.5 194.1 1544.53 45.3 194 1545.32 10-53 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-MUX-C Card 10.9.4 40-MUX-C Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 10.9.5 Related Procedures for 40-MUX-C Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 40-MUX-C card: • NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes, page 14-82 • NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords, page 14-113 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-40 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 B46.1 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.5 193.6 1548.51 49.3 193.5 1549.32 B50.1 50.1 193.4 1550.12 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 52.5 193.1 1552.52 53.3 193 1553.33 B54.1 54.1 192.9 1554.13 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 56.5 192.6 1556.55 57.3 192.5 1557.36 B58.1 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 61.4 192 1561.42 Table 10-25 40-MUX-C Channel Plan (continued) Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) 10-54 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-C Card • DLP- G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards • NTP-G175 Modify 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, 40-DMX-CE, and 4MD-xx.x Line Card Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-54 10.10 40-WSS-C Card (Cisco ONS 15454 and ONS 15454 M6 only) Note For 40-WSS-C card specifications, see the “40-WSS-C Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The double-slot 40-channel Wavelength Selective Switch C-Band (40-WSS-C) card switches 40 ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced channels identified in the channel plan (Table 10-21 on page 10-42) and sends them to dedicated output ports. The 40-WSS-C card is bidirectional and optically passive. The card can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17 The 40-WSS-C features include: • Receipt of an aggregate DWDM signal into 40 output optical channels from the Line receive port (EXP RX) in one direction and from the COM-RX port in the other direction. • Per-channel optical power monitoring using photodiodes. • Signal splitting in a 70%-to-30% ratio, sent to the 40-DMX-C for dropping signals, then to the other 40-WSS-C card. • Aggregate DWDM signal monitoring and control through a variable optical attenuator (VOA). In the case of electrical power failure, the VOA is set to its maximum attenuation for safety purposes. A manual VOA setting is also available. Within the 40-WSS-C card, the first AWG opens the spectrum and each wavelength is directed to one of the ports of a 1x2 optical switch. The same wavelength can be passed through or stopped. If the pass-through wavelength is stopped, a new channel can be added at the ADD port. The card’s second AWG multiplexes all of the wavelengths, and the aggregate signal is output through the COM-TX port. 10.10.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams The 40-WSS-C has eight types of ports: • ADD RX ports (1 to 40): These ports are used for adding channels. Each add channel is associated with an individual switch element that selects whether an individual channel is added. Each add port has optical power regulation provided by a VOA. The five connectors on the card faceplate accept MPO cables for the client input interfaces. MPO cables break out into eight separate cables. The 40-WSS-C card also has one LC-PC-II optical connector for the main input. • COM RX: The COM RX port receives the optical signal from a preamplifier (such as the OPT-PRE) and sends it to the optical splitter. • COM TX: The COM TX port sends an aggregate optical signal to a booster amplifier card (for example, the OPT-BST card) for transmission outside of the NE. 10-55 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-C Card • EXP RX port: The EXP RX port receives an optical signal from another 40-WSS-C card in the same NE. • EXP TX: The EXP TX port sends an optical signal to the other 40-WSS-C card within the NE. • DROP TX port: The DROP TX port sends the split off optical signal that contains drop channels to the 40-DMX-C card, where the channels are further processed and dropped. Figure 10-22 shows the 40-WSS-C card faceplate. Figure 10-22 40-WSS-C Faceplate Figure 10-23 shows a block diagram of the 40-WSS-C card. 159394 40-WSS-C 55.7 - 61.4 49.3 - 54.9 42.9 - 48.5 36.6 - 42.1 30.3 - 35.8 ADD RX COM RX TX EXP RX TX DROP TX FAIL ACT SF 10-56 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-C Card Figure 10-23 40-WSS-C Block Diagram 10-57 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-C Card Figure 10-24 shows the 40-WSS-C optical module functional block diagram. Figure 10-24 40-WSS-C Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 10.10.2 40-WSS-C ROADM Functionality The 40-WSS-C card works in combination with the 40-DMX-C card to implement ROADM functionality. As a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured at the optical channel level using CTC, Cisco Transport Planner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 40-WSS-C card requires two 40-WSS-C double-slot cards and two 40-DMX-C single-slot cards (for a total of six slots in the ONS 15454 chassis). For information about ROADM functionality for other cards, see that card’s description in this chapter. For a diagram of a typical ROADM configuration, see the “12.1.3 ROADM Node” section on page 12-11. 10.10.3 40-WSS-C Power Monitoring The 40-WSS-C has physical diodes that monitor power at various locations on the card. Table 10-26 lists the physical diode descriptions. Optical module 159392 uP8260 COM RX COM TX FPGA For SCL Bus management 2xSCL Buses DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B EXP RX ADD RX LC connector MPO connector EXP TX DROP TX 10-58 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-C Card For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. Additionally, the 40-WSS-C has two virtual diodes. Virtual diodes are monitor points for each physical photodiode; they are identified with a physical diode relative to the way that the physical diode is identified with one of the two interlink (ILK) ports. Table 10-27 lists the virtual diodes. 10.10.4 40-WSS-C Channel Plan Table 10-28 shows the 40 ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced, C-band channels (wavelengths) that are switched by the 40-WSS-C card. Table 10-26 40-WSS-C Physical Photodiode Port Calibration Physical Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port(s) P1 DROP DROP TX P2 EXP EXP RX PDi31 1. i indicates any channel from 01 through 40. RX Add i RX ports (that is, channel input Add i RX power), up to 40 ports and therefore 40 PDs1 PDi41 TX COM TX port (that is, per channel output COM TX power) up to 40 channels and therefore 40 PDs PD5 COM COM TX port (that is, total output COM TX power) Table 10-27 40-WSS-C Virtual Photodiode Port Calibration Virtual Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port(s) VPD1 COM COM RX port (total input COM RX power) VPD2 EXP EXP TX port (total output EXP TX power) Table 10-28 40-WSS-C Channel Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) B30.3 30.3 195.9 1530.33 31.1 195.8 1531.12 31.9 195.7 1531.90 32.6 195.6 1532.68 33.4 195.5 1533.47 B34.2 34.2 195.4 1534.25 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.6 195.1 1536.61 37.4 195 1537.40 10-59 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-C Card 10.10.5 40-WSS-C Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 B38.1 38.1 194.9 1538.19 38.9 194.8 1538.98 39.7 194.7 1539.77 40.5 194.6 1540.56 41.3 194.5 1541.35 B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.5 194.1 1544.53 45.3 194 1545.32 B46.1 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.5 193.6 1548.51 49.3 193.5 1549.32 B50.1 50.1 193.4 1550.12 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 52.5 193.1 1552.52 53.3 193 1553.33 B54.1 54.1 192.9 1554.13 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 56.5 192.6 1556.55 57.3 192.5 1557.36 B58.1 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 61.4 192 1561.42 Table 10-28 40-WSS-C Channel Plan (continued) Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) 10-60 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-CE Card 10.10.6 Related Procedures for 40-WSS-C Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 40-WSS-C card: • NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes, page 14-82 • NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords, page 14-113 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-40 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • DLP- G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards • NTP-G93 Modify the 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 40-WSS-C, or 40-WSS-CE Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-65 10.11 40-WSS-CE Card (Cisco ONS 15454 and ONS 15454 M6 only) Note For 40-WSS-CE card specifications, see the “40-WSS-CE Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The double-slot 40-channel Wavelength Selective Switch Even-Channel C-Band (40-WSS-CE) card switches 40 ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced channels identified in the channel plan (Table 10-31 on page 10-65) and sends them to dedicated output ports. The 40-WSS-CE card is bidirectional and optically passive. The card can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. The 40-WSS-CE features include: • Receipt of an aggregate DWDM signal into 40 output optical channels from the Line receive port (EXP RX) in one direction and from the COM-RX port in the other direction. • Per-channel optical power monitoring using photodiodes. • Signal splitting in a 70-to-30 percent ratio, sent to the 40-DMX-CE card for dropping signals, then to the other 40-WSS-CE card. • Aggregate DWDM signal monitoring and control through a VOA. In the case of electrical power failure, the VOA is set to its maximum attenuation for safety purposes. A manual VOA setting is also available. Within the 40-WSS-CE card, the first AWG opens the spectrum and each wavelength is directed to one of the ports of a 1x2 optical switch. The same wavelength can be passed through or stopped. If the pass-through wavelength is stopped, a new channel can be added at the ADD port. The card’s second AWG multiplexes all of the wavelengths, and the aggregate signal is output through the COM-TX port. 10.11.1 Faceplate and Block Diagrams The 40-WSS-CE card has eight types of ports: 10-61 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-CE Card • ADD RX ports (1 to 40): These ports are used for adding channels. Each add channel is associated with an individual switch element that selects whether an individual channel is added. Each add port has optical power regulation provided by a VOA. The five connectors on the card faceplate accept MPO cables for the client input interfaces. MPO cables break out into eight separate cables. The 40-WSS-CE card also has one LC-PC-II optical connector for the main input. • COM RX: The COM RX port receives the optical signal from a preamplifier (such as the OPT-PRE) and sends it to the optical splitter. • COM TX: The COM TX port sends an aggregate optical signal to a booster amplifier card (for example, the OPT-BST card) for transmission outside of the NE. • EXP RX port: The EXP RX port receives an optical signal from another 40-WSS-CE card in the same NE. • EXP TX: The EXP TX port sends an optical signal to the other 40-WSS-CE card within the NE. • DROP TX port: The DROP TX port sends the split off optical signal that contains drop channels to the 40-DMX-C card, where the channels are further processed and dropped. Figure 10-25 shows the 40-WSS-CE card faceplate. 10-62 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-CE Card Figure 10-25 40-WSS-CE Faceplate Figure 10-26 shows a block diagram of the 40-WSS-CE card. 240643 40-WSS-C 56.2 - 61.8 49.7 - 55.3 43.3 - 48.9 37.0 - 42.5 30.7 - 36.2 ADD RX COM RX TX EXP RX TX DROP TX FAIL ACT SF 10-63 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-CE Card Figure 10-26 40-WSS-CE Block Diagram 10-64 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-CE Card Figure 10-27 shows the 40-WSS-CE optical module functional block diagram. Figure 10-27 40-WSS-CE Card Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 10.11.2 40-WSS-CE Card ROADM Functionality The 40-WSS-CE card works in combination with the 40-DMX-CE card to implement ROADM functionality. As a ROADM node, the ONS 15454 can be configured at the optical channel level using CTC, Cisco Transport Planner, and CTM. ROADM functionality using the 40-WSS-CE card requires two 40-WSS-CE double-slot cards and two 40-DMX-CE single-slot cards (for a total of six slots in the ONS 15454 chassis). For information about ROADM functionality for another cards, see the description of that card in this chapter. For a diagram of a typical ROADM configuration, see the “12.1.3 ROADM Node” section on page 12-11. 10.11.3 40-WSS-CE Card Power Monitoring The 40-WSS-CE card has physical diodes that monitor power at various locations on the card. Table 10-29 lists the physical diode descriptions. Optical module 159392 uP8260 COM RX COM TX FPGA For SCL Bus management 2xSCL Buses DC/DC Power supply Input filters BAT A&B EXP RX ADD RX LC connector MPO connector EXP TX DROP TX 10-65 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-CE Card For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. Additionally, the 40-WSS-CE card has two virtual diodes. Virtual diodes are monitor points for each physical photodiode; they are identified with a physical diode relative to the way that the physical diode is identified with one of the two interlink (ILK) ports. Table 10-30 lists the virtual diodes. 10.11.4 40-WSS-CE Card Channel Plan Table 10-31 shows the 40 ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced, C-band channels (wavelengths) that are switched by the 40-WSS-CE card. Table 10-29 40-WSS-CE Physical Photodiode Port Calibration Physical Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port(s) P1 DROP DROP TX P2 EXP EXP RX PDi31 1. i indicates any channel from 01 through 40. RX Add i RX ports (that is, channel input Add i RX power), up to 40 ports and therefore 40 PDs1 PDi41 TX COM TX port (that is, per channel output COM TX power) up to 40 channels and therefore 40 PDs PD5 COM COM TX port (that is, total output COM TX power) Table 10-30 40-WSS-CE Virtual Photodiode Port Calibration Virtual Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port(s) VPD1 COM COM RX port (total input COM RX power) VPD2 EXP EXP TX port (total output EXP TX power) Table 10-31 40-WSS-CE Channel Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) B30.7 30.7 195.85 1530.72 31.5 195.75 1531.51 32.3 195.65 1532.29 33.1 195.55 1533.07 33.9 195.45 1533.86 B34.6 34.6 195.35 1534.64 35.4 195.25 1535.43 36.2 195.15 1536.22 37.0 195.05 1537.00 37.8 194.95 1537.79 10-66 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WSS-CE Card 10.11.5 40-WSS-CE Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 B38.6 38.6 194.85 1538.58 39.4 194.75 1539.37 40.1 194.65 1540.16 40.9 194.55 1540.95 41.8 194.45 1541.75 B42.5 42.5 194.35 1542.54 43.3 194.25 1543.33 44.1 194.15 1544.13 44.9 194.05 1544.92 45.7 193.95 1545.72 B46.5 46.5 193.85 1546.52 47.3 193.75 1547.32 48.1 193.65 1548.11 48.9 193.55 1548.91 49.7 193.45 1549.72 B50.5 50.5 193.35 1550.52 51.3 193.25 1551.32 52.1 193.15 1552.12 52.9 193.05 1552.93 53.7 192.95 1553.73 B54.4 54.4 192.85 1554.54 55.3 192.75 1555.34 56.1 192.65 1556.15 56.9 192.55 1556.96 57.8 192.45 1557.77 B58.6 58.6 192.35 1558.58 59.4 192.25 1559.39 60.2 192.15 1560.20 61.0 192.05 1561.01 61.8 191.95 1561.83 Table 10-31 40-WSS-CE Channel Plan (continued) Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) 10-67 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WXC-C Card 10.11.6 Related Procedures for 40-WSS-CE Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 40-WSS-CE card: • NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes, page 14-82 • NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords, page 14-113 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-40 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • DLP- G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards • NTP-G93 Modify the 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 40-WSS-C, or 40-WSS-CE Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-65 10.12 40-WXC-C Card (Cisco ONS 15454 and ONS 15454 M6 only) Note For 40-WXC-C card specifications, see the “40-WXC-C Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The double-slot 40-channel Wavelength Cross-Connect C-band (40-WXC-C) card selectively sends any wavelength combination coming from nine input ports to a common output port. The device can manage up to 41 channels spaced at 100GHz on each port according to the channel grid in Table 10-10 on page 10-13. Each channel can be selected from any input. The card is optically passive and provides bidirectional capability. It can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. .The 40-WXC-C card provides the following features: • Demultiplexing, selection, and multiplexing of DWDM aggregate signal from input ports to common output port. • Aggregate DWDM signal monitoring and control through a VOA. • VOAs are deployed in every channel path in order to regulate the channel’s optical power. In the case of an electrical power failure, VOAs are set to their maximum attenuation value, or to a fixed and configurable one. The VOA can also be set manually. • Per-channel optical power monitoring using photodiodes. The 40-WXC-C card acts as a selector element with the following characteristics: • It is able to select a wavelength from one input port and pass the wavelength through to the common out port. Simultaneously, the card can block the same wavelength coming from the other eight input ports. • It is able to stop wavelengths from all nine inputs. • It is able to monitor optical power and control path attenuation using per channel VOA independently of the wavelength input-to-out port connection. 10-68 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WXC-C Card 10.12.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram The 40-WXC-C card has six types of ports: • COM RX: The COM RX port receives the optical signal from a preamplifier (such as the OPT-PRE) and sends it to the optical splitter. • COM TX: The COM TX port sends an aggregate optical signal to a booster amplifier card (for example, the OPT-BST card) for transmission outside of the NE. • EXP TX: The EXP TX port sends an optical signal to the other 40-WXC-C card within the NE. • MON TX: The optical service channel (OSC) monitor. • ADD/DROP RX: The 40-WXC-C card provides 40 input optical channels. For the wavelength range, see Table 10-34 on page 10-72. • ADD/DROP TX: The DROP TX port sends the split off optical signal that contains drop channels to the 40-WXC-C card, where the channels are further processed and dropped. Figure 10-28 shows the 40-WXC-C card faceplate. 10-69 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WXC-C Card Figure 10-28 40-WXC-C Faceplate Figure 10-29 shows the 40-WXC-C optical module functional block diagram. 159396 40-WXC EXP COM RX TX EXP TX ADD DROP RX TX MON TX FAIL ACT SF RX EXP RX Ports (from 1 to 8): fibres come FROM Mesh PP Monitor Port: monitors the traffic transmitted on COM TX Port DROP TX: fibre connected to 40-DMX for local chs drop ADD RX: fibre connected to 40- MUX or xx-WSS for local chs Add EXP TX: internal connection TO Mesh PP COM RX: line RX interface FROM Pre-Amplifier COM TX: line TX interface TO Booster Amplifier 10-70 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WXC-C Card Figure 10-29 40-WXC-C Optical Module Functional Block Diagram 10.12.2 40-WXC-C Power Monitoring The 40-WXC-C has 83 physical diodes (P1 through P40) that monitor power at the outputs of the card. Table 10-32 describes the physical diodes. WXC optical module COM TX ADD RX Virtual PDi3 P5 Table 10-32 40-WXC-C Physical Photodiode Port Calibration Physical Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port(s) P1 DROP DROP TX P2 EXP EXP RX PDi31 1. i indicates any channel from 01 through 40. RX Add i RX ports (that is, channel input Add i RX power), up to 40 ports and therefore 40 PDs1 PDi41 TX COM TX port (that is, per channel output COM TX power) up to 40 channels and therefore 40 PDs PD5 COM COM TX port (that is, total output COM TX power) 10-71 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WXC-C Card For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. Additionally, the 40-WXC-C has two virtual diodes. Virtual diodes are monitor points for each physical photodiode; they are identified with a physical diode relative to the way that the physical diode is identified with one of the two interlink (ILK) ports. Table 10-33 lists the virtual diodes. The usage of WXC and mesh PP power readings to troubleshoot a LOS-P in WXC COM TX port in Side A is described in the following example. The example is explained assuming a single wavelength 1558.17 in the setup that comes from Side H to Side A. If there is more than one wavelength, then there is a risk of dropping traffic when pulling common fibers. The example is explained below: When the wavelength from side H is 1558.17, you can check the power reading at WXC EXP TX port of the WXC card and verify the consistency with side H pre output power and WXC COMRX-EXPTX port loss. You can also check with a power meter connected to the 8th fiber (since it is from side H) of an MPO-FC (or LC) cable connected to the TAP-TX port of the MESH-PP. This value should be consistent with the previous reading, less than the insertion loss of the installed PP-MESH. If it is consistent, the issue is with the MPO between side A WXC and PP-MESH. If it is not consistent, the issue is with the PP-MESH or the LC-LC from side H. With only the PP-MESH already tested during installation, the only issue can be with the patch cord b. You can check if the 1558.17 wavelength from side H is unequalized (that is, if the channel is not aligned with the linear fit of the power values of the other channels) by keeping the DMX COM-RX port of side H in maintenance, and checking both the signal and ASE levels of CHAN-TX ports of the DMX card. If the channel is equalized (that is, if the channel is aligned with the linear fit of the power values of the other channels), then the issue is in the WXC side A that cannot properly regulate the VOA for such channel. If the channel is unequalized, then the issue is on a remote node. Note With an OSA or a spare 40 DMX, you can see the light coming from all the sides from TAP-TX of the PP-MESH. 10.12.3 40-WXC-C Channel Plan Table 10-34 shows the 40 ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced, C-band channels (wavelengths) that are cross connected by the 40-WXC-C card. Table 10-33 40-WXC-C Virtual Photodiode Port Calibration Virtual Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port(s) VPD1 COM COM RX port (total input COM RX power) VPD2 EXP EXP TX port (total output EXP TX power) 10-72 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 40-WXC-C Card Table 10-34 40-WXC-C Channel Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) Ch. 01 29.5 196 1529.55 B30.3 30.3 195.9 1530.33 31.1 195.8 1531.12 31.9 195.7 1531.90 32.6 195.6 1532.68 33.4 195.5 1533.47 B34.2 34.2 195.4 1534.25 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.6 195.1 1536.61 37.4 195 1537.40 B38.1 38.1 194.9 1538.19 38.9 194.8 1538.98 39.7 194.7 1539.77 40.5 194.6 1540.56 41.3 194.5 1541.35 B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.5 194.1 1544.53 45.3 194 1545.32 B46.1 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.5 193.6 1548.51 49.3 193.5 1549.32 B50.1 50.1 193.4 1550.12 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 52.5 193.1 1552.52 53.3 193 1553.33 10-73 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 80-WXC-C Card 10.12.4 40-WXC-C Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 10.12.5 Related Procedures for 40-WXC-C Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 40-WXC-C card: • NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes, page 14-82 • NTP-G185 Install Fiber-Optic Cables between Mesh Nodes, page 14-101 • NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords, page 14-113 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-40 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • DLP- G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards • NTP-G174 Modify the 40-WXC-C or 80-WXC-C Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-79 10.13 80-WXC-C Card (Cisco ONS 15454 and ONS 15454 M6 only) B54.1 54.1 192.9 1554.13 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 56.5 192.6 1556.55 57.3 192.5 1557.36 B58.1 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 61.4 192 1561.42 1. This channel is unused by the 40-WXC-C Table 10-34 40-WXC-C Channel Plan (continued) Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) 10-74 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 80-WXC-C Card Note For 80-WXC-C card specifications, see the “80-WXC-C Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. The double-slot 80-channel Wavelength Cross-Connect C-band (80-WXC-C) card manages up to 80 ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced channels identified in the channel plan (Table 10-10 on page 10-13) and sends them to dedicated output ports. Each channel can be selected from any input port to any output port. The card is optically passive, and provides bidirectional capability. It can be installed in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16 the ONS 15454 chassis and Slots 2 to 6 in the ONS 15454 M6 chassis. The 80-WXC-C card provides the following functionalities: • When used in the multiplexer or bidirectional mode, the 80-WXC-C card allows selection of a single wavelength or any combination of wavelengths from any of the nine input ports to the common output port. • When used in the bidirectional mode, the output wavelength from the COM-RX port is split to manage the express and drop wavelengths. • When used in the demultiplexer mode, the 80-WXC-C card, allows selection of a single wavelength or a combination of wavelengths from the common input port to any of the nine output ports. • Automatic VOA shutdown (AVS) blocking state on each wavelength and port. • Per-channel (closed loop) power regulation on the output port based on OCM block feedback. • Per-channel (open loop) attenuation regulation on the output port which is not based on the OCM feedback. The OCM unit provides per-channel optical power monitoring on the following ports: • COM port in output direction • COM port in input direction • DROP-TX port in output direction • Eight Express/Add/Drop (EAD) ports and one Add/Drop (AD) port in both input and output directions 10.13.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram The 80-WXC-C card has 14 types of ports: • MON: The MON port monitors power on the COM T/R port. • COM RX: The COM RX port receives the optical signal from a preamplifier (such as the OPT-PRE) and sends it to the optical splitter. • DROP TX: In the bidirectional mode, the DROP TX port sends the optical signal to the demultiplexer. • EXP TX: The EXP TX port sends the split off optical signal that contains pass-through channels to the other side of the NE. • COM T/R: The COM port is bidirectional. It functions as a COM TX port in the multiplexer mode and as a COM RX port in the demultiplexer mode. • AD T/R: The AD port functions as ADD RX port in bidirectional and multiplexer modes and as a DROP port in the demultiplexer mode. 10-75 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 80-WXC-C Card • EAD T/R i (where i = 1 to 8): The EAD ports function as EXP ports in the bidirectional mode, as ADD ports in the multiplexer mode, and as DROP ports in the demultiplexer mode. Figure 10-30 shows the 80-WXC-C card faceplate and the optical module functional block diagram. Figure 10-30 80-WXC-C Faceplate and the Optical Module Functional Block Diagram COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR 1040.10 AND 1040.11 EXCEPT FOR DEVIATIONS PURSUANT TO LASER NOTICE No.50, DATED JUNE 24, 2007 5 6 7 ADD / DROP 8 3 4 EXP DROP TX RX COM TX 1 2 R/T COM T/R MON FAIL ACT SF 80-WXC-C EXP / ADD / DROP R/T R/T R/T R/T 249126 VPD4 VPD3 VOA DROP_TX OCM 12 PD2 EAD 1...8 OCM 1...9 AD DROP TX EXP TX COM RX MON COM LC connectors Variable optical attenuator OUT OCM 10 OCM 11 1 10 PD1 9 40/60 12x1 Optical Switch OCM WXC 10-76 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 80-WXC-C Card The different units of the 80-WXC-C card are: • 40/60 splitter with VOA on drop path—The preamplifier output signal from the preamplifier is split in a 40%-to-60% ratio; 40% is sent on the drop path (DROP-TX port) and 60% is sent on the pass-through path (EXP-TX port). The VOA equipped on the drop path is used to match the power range of the receiver photodiode without the need for bulk attenuation. If a channel is expected to be dropped in the 80-WXC-C card, the pass-through channel is stopped after the EXP-TX port either by a 40-WSS-C or a 40-WXC-C card. • 50 Ghz 10 port WXC—The WXC block is optically passive and has bidirectional capability. The WXC block can selectively send any wavelength combination coming from the eight input EAD ports and one AD port to a common (COM) output port, when used as a multiplexer, whereas it can selectively send any wavelength combination coming from its common (COM) input port to any of the eight output EAD ports and one AD port, when used as a demultiplexer. The WXC block can manage (on each port) up to 80 channels according to the channel grid reported in Table 10-37. Each channel can be selected from any input and routed to any output. • 50 Ghz Optical Channel Monitor (OCM)—The OCM provides per channel power monitoring on the COM T/R, DROP-TX, AD, and EADi (i=1 to 8) ports. The power value for each wavelength is refreshed after a variable timer depending on the port and card activity. 10.13.2 80-WXC-C Power Monitoring The 80-WXC-C has two physical photodiodes and an OCM unit that monitors power at the different ports of the card. Table 10-35 describes the physical photodiodes. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, see the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. Table 10-35 80-WXC-C Port Calibration Physical Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port(s) PD1 COM Total Power COM PD2 EXP-TX Total Power EXP-TX OCM1 EAD 1 Per-Channel and Total Power EAD-1 OCM2 EAD 2 Per-Channel and Total Power EAD-2 OCM3 EAD 3 Per-Channel and Total Power EAD-3 OCM4 EAD 4 Per-Channel and Total Power EAD-4 OCM5 EAD 5 Per-Channel and Total Power EAD-5 OCM6 EAD 6 Per-Channel and Total Power EAD-6 OCM7 EAD 7 Per-Channel and Total Power EAD-7 OCM8 EAD 8 Per-Channel and Total Power EAD-8 OCM9 AD Per-Channel and Total Power AD OCM10 Output Per-Channel and Total Power COM OCM11 Input Per-Channel and Total Power COM OCM12 Drop Per-Channel and Total Power DROP-TX 10-77 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 80-WXC-C Card Additionally, the 80-WXC-C has two virtual photodiodes. Table 10-36 lists the virtual photodiodes. 10.13.3 80-WXC-C Channel Plan Table 10-37 shows the 80 ITU-T 50-GHz-spaced, C-band channels (wavelengths) that are cross connected by the 80-WXC-C card. Table 10-36 80-WXC-C Virtual Photodiode Port Calibration Virtual Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port(s) VPD3 DROP-TX Total Power DROP-TX VPD4 COM-RX Total Power COM-RX Table 10-37 80-WXC-C Channel Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Ch. 01 - 196 1529.55 30.3 30.3 195.9 1530.33 30.7 195.85 1530.72 31.1 195.8 1531.12 31.5 195.75 1531.51 31.9 195.7 1531.90 32.3 195.65 1532.29 32.7 195.6 1532.68 33.1 195.55 1533.07 33.5 195.5 1533.47 33.9 195.45 1533.86 34.3 34.3 195.4 1534.25 34.6 195.35 1534.64 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.4 195.25 1535.43 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.2 195.15 1536.22 36.6 195.1 1536.61 37.0 195.05 1537 37.4 195 1537.40 37.8 194.95 1537.79 10-78 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 80-WXC-C Card 38.2 38.2 194.9 1538.19 38.6 194.85 1538.58 39.0 194.8 1538.98 39.4 194.75 1539.37 39.8 194.7 1539.77 40.2 194.65 1540.16 40.6 194.6 1540.56 41.0 194.55 1540.95 41.3 194.5 1541.35 41.7 194.45 1541.75 42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.5 194.35 1542.94 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.3 194.25 1543.33 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.1 194.15 1544.13 44.5 194.1 1544.53 44.9 194.05 1544.92 45.3 194 1545.32 45.7 193.95 1545.72 46.1 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.5 193.85 1546.52 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.3 193.75 1547.32 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.1 193.65 1548.11 48.5 193.6 1548.51 48.9 193.55 1548.91 49.3 193.5 1549.32 49.7 193.45 1549.72 Table 10-37 80-WXC-C Channel Plan (continued) Band ID Channel Label Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 10-79 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards 80-WXC-C Card 10.13.4 80-WXC-C Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 50.1 50.1 193.4 1550.12 50.5 193.35 1550.52 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.3 193.25 1551.32 51.7 193.2 1551.72 52.1 193.15 1552.12 52.5 193.1 1552.52 52.9 193.05 1552.93 53.3 193 1553.33 53.7 192.95 1553.73 54.1 54.1 192.9 1554.13 54.5 192.85 1554.54 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.3 192.75 1555.34 55.7 192.7 1555.75 56.2 192.65 1556.15 56.6 192.6 1556.55 57.0 192.55 1556.96 57.4 192.5 1557.36 57.8 192.45 1557.77 58.2 58.2 192.4 1558.17 58.6 192.35 1558.58 59.0 192.3 1558.98 59.4 192.25 1559.39 59.8 192.2 1559.79 60.2 192.15 1560.20 60.6 192.1 1560.61 61.0 192.05 1561.01 61.4 192 1561.42 61.8 191.95 1561.83 1. This channel is unused by the 80-WXC-C Table 10-37 80-WXC-C Channel Plan (continued) Band ID Channel Label Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 10-80 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards 10.13.5 Related Procedures for 80-WXC-C Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 80-WXC-C card: • NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes, page 14-82 • NTP-G185 Install Fiber-Optic Cables between Mesh Nodes, page 14-101 • NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords, page 14-113 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-40 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • DLP- G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards • NTP-G174 Modify the 40-WXC-C or 80-WXC-C Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-79 10.14 Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards Note For the 40-SMR1-C or 40-SMR2-C card specifications, see the “40-SMR1-C Card Specifications” or “40-SMR2-C Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. Note For 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C safety label information, see the “10.2 Safety Labels” section on page 10-15. The single-slot 40-channel single module ROADM (SMR-C) cards integrate the following functional blocks onto a single line card: • Optical preamplifier • Optical booster amplifier • Optical service channel (OSC) filter • 2x1 wavelength cross-connect (WXC) or a 4x1 WXC • Optical channel monitor (OCM) The SMR-C cards are available in two versions: • 10.14.2 40-SMR1-C Card • 10.14.3 40-SMR2-C Card The SMR-C cards can manage up to 40 channels spaced at 100GHz on each port according to the channel grid in Table 10-10. The cards can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. 10.14.1 SMR-C Card Key Features The optical amplifier units in the SMR-C cards provide the following features: • Embedded gain flattening filter 10-81 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards • Mid-stage access for dispersion compensation unit (only applicable for preamplifier erbium-doped fiber amplifier [EDFA]) • Fixed output power mode • Fixed gain mode • Nondistorting low-frequency transfer function • Amplified spontaneous emissions (ASE) compensation in fixed gain and fixed output power mode • Fast transient suppression • Programmable tilt (only applicable for preamplifier EDFA) • Full monitoring and alarm handling capability • Optical safety support through signal loss detection and alarm at any input port, fast power down control, and reduced maximum output power in safe power mode. • EDFA section calculates the signal power, by taking into account the expected ASE power contribution to the total output power. The signal output power or the signal gain can be used as feedback signals for the EDFA pump power control loop. The 1x2 WXC unit (40-SMR1-C card) provides the following features: • Selection of individual wavelength of the aggregated 100GHz signal from either the EXP-RX or ADD-RX ports • Automatic VOA shutdown (AVS) blocking state on each wavelength and port • Per-channel power regulation based on external OCM unit • Open loop path attenuation control for each wavelength and port The 1x4 WXC unit (40-SMR2-C card) provides the following features: • Selection of individual wavelength of the aggregated 100GHz signal from either the EXPi-RX (where i = 1, 2, 3) or ADD-RX ports • Automatic VOA shutdown (AVS) blocking state on each wavelength and port • Per-channel power regulation based on external OCM unit • Open loop path attenuation control for each wavelength and port The OCM unit provides per channel optical power monitoring at EXP-RX, ADD-RX, DROP-TX, and LINE-TX ports. 10.14.2 40-SMR1-C Card The 40-SMR1-C card includes a 100Ghz 1x2 WXC unit with integrated preamplifier unit (single EDFA). 10.14.2.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram The 40-SMR1-C card has the following types of ports: • MON RX: The MON RX port monitors power on the EXP-TX output port. • MON TX: The MON TX port monitors power on the LINE-TX output port. • DC RX: The DC RX port receives the optical signal from the dispersion compensating unit (DCU) and sends it to the second stage preamplifier input. • DC TX: The DC TX port sends the optical signal from the first stage preamplifier output to the DCU. 10-82 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards • OSC RX: The OSC RX port is the OSC add input port. • OSC TX: The OSC TX port is the OSC drop output port. • ADD/DROP RX: The ADD RX port receives the optical signal from the multiplexer section of the NE and sends it to the 1x2 WXC unit. • ADD/DROP TX: The DROP TX port sends the split off optical signal to the demultiplexer section of the NE. • LINE RX: The LINE RX port is the input signal port. • LINE TX: The LINE TX port is the output signal port. • EXP RX: The EXP RX port receives the optical signal from the other side of the NE and sends it to the 1x2 WXC unit. • EXP TX: The EXP TX port sends the split off optical signal that contains pass-through channels to the other side of the NE. Figure 10-31 shows the 40-SMR1-C card faceplate. Figure 10-31 40-SMR1-C Faceplate Figure 10-32 shows a block diagram of the 40-SMR1-C card. HAZARD LEVEL 1M OSC DC EXP MON RX TX ADD & DROP RX TX LINE RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX FAIL ACT SF 40-SMR 1-C COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR 1040.10 AND 1040.11 EXCEPT FOR DEVIATIONS PURSUANT TO LASER NOTICE No.50, DATED JUNE 24, 2007 276440 10-83 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards Figure 10-32 40-SMR1-C Block Diagram The different units of the 40-SMR1-C card are: • OSC filter—The OSC filter allows to add an OSC channel to the C-band in the transmission path and to drop an OSC channel on the receiving path. The OSCM card that is connected to the OSC-TX and OSC-RX ports generates the OSC channel. • Double-stage variable gain EDFA preamplifier—The double-stage preamplifier allows the insertion of a DCU between the DC-TX and DC-RX ports to compensate for chromatic dispersion. It is also equipped with built-in variable optical attenuator (VOA) and gain flattening filter (GFF) that provides tilt compensation and enables the use of this device over an extended range of span losses (5 dB to 35 dB). • 70/30 splitter and VOA—The output signal from the preamplifier is split in a 70%-to-30% ratio, 70% is sent on the pass-through path (EXP-TX port) and 30% is sent on the drop path (DROP-TX port). The VOA equipped on the drop path is used to match the power range of the receiver photo diode without the need for bulk attenuation. If a channel is expected to be dropped in the 40-SMR1-C card, the pass-through channel is stopped after the EXP-TX port either by a 40-WSS-C, 40-SMR1-C, or 40-SMR2-C card. • 1x2 WXC—The 1x2 WXC aggregates on its output port a 100-GHz-spaced optical channel received from either its ADD-RX or EXP-RX port. In addition to the switching function, the 1x2 WXC allows to set a different per channel power for each of the managed wavelengths and also monitor the optical power. • OCM—The OCM provides per channel power monitoring on the DROP-RX, EXP-RX, ADD-RX, and LINE-TX ports. The power value for each wavelength is refreshed after a variable timer depending on the port and card activity. OSC-TX DC-TX DC-RX DROP-TX OSC-RX ADD-RX OCM Block OCM4 OCM3 OCM2 OCM1 VOA3 VOA2 LINE TX LINE RX MON-TX EXP-RX EXP-TX MON-RX EDFA 1 (variable Gain VOA1 30% 70% OSC DROP PD2 PD3 PD4 TAP PD5 TAP TAP PD8 OSC TAP ADD TAP TAP 276446 TAP PD6 WXC Block PD1 LC connector 10-84 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards 10.14.2.2 40-SMR1-C Power Monitoring The 40-SMR1-C card has seven physical diodes (PD1 through PD6 and PD8) and an OCM unit that monitors power at the input and output ports of the card (see Table 10-38). 10.14.2.3 40-SMR1-C Channel Plan Table 10-39 shows the 40 ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced, C-band channels (wavelengths) supported by the 40-SMR1-C card. Table 10-38 40-SMR1-C Port Calibration Physical Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port(s) PD1 LINE LINE-RX PD2 LINE LINE-RX PD3 DC DC-TX PD4 DC DC-RX PD5 EXP EXP-TX PD6 OSC OSC-RX PD8 LINE LINE-TX OCM1 LINE OCH LINE-TX OCM2 DROP OCH DROP-TX OCM3 ADD OCH ADD-RX OCM4 EXP OCH EXP-RX Table 10-39 40-SMR1-C Channel Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) B30.3 30.3 195.9 1530.33 31.1 195.8 1531.12 31.9 195.7 1531.90 32.6 195.6 1532.68 33.4 195.5 1533.47 B34.2 34.2 195.4 1534.25 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.6 195.1 1536.61 37.4 195 1537.40 10-85 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards 10.14.3 40-SMR2-C Card The 40-SMR2-C card includes a 100Ghz 1x4 WXC unit with integrated preamplifier and booster amplifier units (double EDFA). B38.1 38.1 194.9 1538.19 38.9 194.8 1538.98 39.7 194.7 1539.77 40.5 194.6 1540.56 41.3 194.5 1541.35 B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.5 194.1 1544.53 45.3 194 1545.32 B46.1 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.5 193.6 1548.51 49.3 193.5 1549.32 B50.1 50.1 193.4 1550.12 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 52.5 193.1 1552.52 53.3 193 1553.33 B54.1 54.1 192.9 1554.13 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 56.5 192.6 1556.55 57.3 192.5 1557.36 B58.1 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 61.4 192 1561.42 Table 10-39 40-SMR1-C Channel Plan (continued) Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) 10-86 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards 10.14.3.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram The 40-SMR2-C card has the following types of ports: • MON RX: The MON RX port monitors power on the EXP-TX output port. • MON TX: The MON TX port monitors power on the LINE-TX output port. • DC RX: The DC RX port receives the optical signal from the dispersion compensating unit (DCU) and sends it to the second stage preamplifier input. • DC TX: The DC TX port sends the optical signal from the first stage preamplifier output to the DCU. • OSC RX: The OSC RX port is the OSC add input port. • OSC TX: The OSC TX port is the OSC drop output port. • ADD/DROP RX: The ADD RX port receives the optical signal from the multiplexer section of the NE and sends it to the 1x4 WXC unit. • ADD/DROP TX: The DROP TX port sends the split off optical signal to the demultiplexer section of the NE. • LINE RX: The LINE RX port is the input signal port. • LINE TX: The LINE TX port is the output signal port. • EXP TX: The EXP TX port sends the split off optical signal that contains pass-through channels to the other side of the NE. • EXPi-RX (where i = 1, 2, 3): The EXPi-RX port receives the optical signal from the other side of the NE and sends it to the 1x4 WXC unit. Figure 10-31 shows the 40-SMR2-C card faceplate. Figure 10-33 40-SMR2-C Faceplate Figure 10-32 shows a block diagram of the 40-SMR2-C card. 276441 EXP OSC DC RX TX ADD & DROP RX TX LINE RX TX RX TX RX TX MON FAIL ACT SF 40-SMR 2-C COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR 1040.10 AND 1040.11 EXCEPT FOR DEVIATIONS PURSUANT TO LASER NOTICE No.50, DATED JUNE 24, 2007 HAZARD LEVEL 1M 10-87 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards Figure 10-34 40-SMR2-C Block Diagram The different units of the 40-SMR2-C card are: • OSC filter—The OSC filter allows to add an OSC channel to the C-band in the transmission path and to drop an OSC channel on the receiving path. The OSCM card that is connected to the OSC-TX and OSC-RX ports generates the OSC channel. • Double-stage variable gain EDFA preamplifier—The double-stage preamplifier allows the insertion of a DCU between the DC-TX and DC-RX ports to compensate for chromatic dispersion. It is also equipped with built-in variable optical attenuator (VOA) and gain flattening filter (GFF) that provides tilt compensation and enables the use of this device over an extended range of span losses (5 dB to 35 dB). • 70/30 splitter and VOA—The output signal from the preamplifier is split in a 70%-to-30% ratio, 70% is sent on the pass-through path (EXP-TX port) and 30% is sent on the drop path (DROP-TX port). The VOA equipped on the drop path is used to match the power range of the receiver photo diode without the need for bulk attenuation. If a channel is expected to be dropped in the 40-SMR2-C card, the pass-through channel is stopped after the EXP-TX port by a 40-WSS-C, 40-SMR1-C, or 40-SMR2-C card. • 1x4 WXC—The 1x4 WXC aggregates on its output port a 100-GHz-spaced optical channel received from either its ADD-RX or EXPi-RX (where i = 1, 2, 3) port. In addition to the switching function, the 1x4 WXC allows to set a different per channel power for each of the managed wavelengths and also monitor the optical power. OSC-TX DC-TX DC-RX DROP-TX OSC-RX ADD-RX LINE TX LINE RX MON-TX EXP1-RX EXP2-RX EXP3-RX MON-RX EDFA 1 (Variable Gain) EDFA 2 (Fixed Gain) 30% 70% OSC DROP PD2 PD3 PD4 TAP PD5 TAP TAP PD8 PD7 OSC TAP ADD TAP 276447 TAP PD6 4x1 WXC Block PD1 TAP TAP LC connector MPO connector EXP-TX 6 ports OCM Block 10-88 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards • Single-stage fixed gain EDFA booster amplifier—The booster amplifier amplifies the output signal from the 1x4 WXC unit before transmitting it into the fiber. Since it is a fixed gain (17 dB) amplifier, it does not allow gain tilt control. • OCM—The OCM provides per channel power monitoring on the DROP-RX, EXPi-RX (where i = 1, 2, 3), ADD-RX, and LINE-TX ports. The power value for each wavelength is refreshed after a variable timer depending on the port and card activity. 10.14.3.2 40-SMR2-C Power Monitoring The 40-SMR2-C card has eight physical diodes (PD1 through PD8) and an OCM unit that monitors power at the input and output ports of the card (see Table 10-40). 10.14.3.3 40-SMR2-C Channel Plan Table 10-41 shows the 40 ITU-T 100-GHz-spaced, C-band channels (wavelengths) supported by the 40-SMR2-C card. Table 10-40 40-SMR2-C Port Calibration Physical Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port(s) PD1 LINE LINE-RX PD2 LINE LINE-RX PD3 DC DC-TX PD4 DC DC-RX PD5 EXP EXP-TX PD6 OSC OSC-RX PD7 Not reported on CTC Internal port PD8 LINE LINE-TX OCM1 LINE OCH LINE-TX OCM2 DROP OCH DROP-TX OCM3 ADD OCH ADD-RX OCM4 EXP-1 OCH EXP1-RX OCM5 EXP-2 OCH EXP2-RX OCM6 EXP-3 OCH EXP3-RX Table 10-41 40-SMR2-C Channel Plan Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) B30.3 30.3 195.9 1530.33 31.1 195.8 1531.12 31.9 195.7 1531.90 32.6 195.6 1532.68 33.4 195.5 1533.47 10-89 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards Single Module ROADM (SMR-C) Cards B34.2 34.2 195.4 1534.25 35.0 195.3 1535.04 35.8 195.2 1535.82 36.6 195.1 1536.61 37.4 195 1537.40 B38.1 38.1 194.9 1538.19 38.9 194.8 1538.98 39.7 194.7 1539.77 40.5 194.6 1540.56 41.3 194.5 1541.35 B42.1 42.1 194.4 1542.14 42.9 194.3 1542.94 43.7 194.2 1543.73 44.5 194.1 1544.53 45.3 194 1545.32 B46.1 46.1 193.9 1546.12 46.9 193.8 1546.92 47.7 193.7 1547.72 48.5 193.6 1548.51 49.3 193.5 1549.32 B50.1 50.1 193.4 1550.12 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 52.5 193.1 1552.52 53.3 193 1553.33 B54.1 54.1 192.9 1554.13 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 56.5 192.6 1556.55 57.3 192.5 1557.36 B58.1 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 61.4 192 1561.42 Table 10-41 40-SMR2-C Channel Plan (continued) Band ID Channel Label Frequency (GHz) Wavelength (nm) 10-90 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards MMU Card 10.14.4 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 10.14.5 Related Procedures for 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the 40-SMR-1C and 40-SMR-2C cards: • NTP-G140 Install Fiber-Optic Cables Between Terminal, Hub, or ROADM Nodes, page 14-82 • NTP-G185 Install Fiber-Optic Cables between Mesh Nodes, page 14-101 • NTP-G152 Create and Verify Internal Patchcords, page 14-113 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G243 Perform the Two-Degree ROADM Node with 40-SMR-1-C and OPT-AMP-17-C Cards Acceptance Test, page 21-147 • NTP-G244 Perform the Four Degree ROADM Node with 40-SMR-2-C Cards Acceptance Test, page 21-151 • NTP-G59 Create, Delete, and Manage Optical Channel Network Connections, page 16-40 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • DLP- G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32WSS-L, 32DMX-O, 32DMX, 32DMX-L, 40-WSS-C, 40-WSS-CE, 40-WXC-C, 80-WXC-C, 40-MUX-C, 40-DMX-C, and 40-DMX-CE Cards • NTP-G241 Modify the 40-SMR1-C and 40-SMR2-C Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-94 10.15 MMU Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) The single-slot Mesh Multi-Ring Upgrade Module (MMU) card supports multiring and mesh upgrades for ROADM nodes in both the C-band and the L-band. Mesh/multiring upgrade is the capability to optically bypass a given wavelength from one section of the network or ring to another one without requiring 3R regeneration. In each node, you need to install one east MMU and one west MMU. The card can be installed in Slots 1 through 6 and 12 through 17. Note For MMU card specifications, see the “MMU Card Specifications” section in the Hardware Specifications document. 10.15.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram The MMU has six types of ports: • EXP RX port: The EXP RX port receives the optical signal from the ROADM section available on the NE. 10-91 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards MMU Card • EXP TX port: The EXP TX port sends the optical signal to the ROADM section available on the NE. • EXP-A RX port: The EXP-A RX port receives the optical signal from the ROADM section available on other NEs or rings. • EXP-A TX port: The EXP-A TX port sends the optical signal to the ROADM section available on other NEs or rings. • COM TX port: The COM TX port sends the optical signal to the fiber stage section. • COM RX port: The COM RX port receives the optical signal from the fiber stage section. Figure 10-35 shows the MMU card faceplate. 10-92 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards MMU Card Figure 10-35 MMU Faceplate and Ports Figure 10-36 provides a high-level functional block diagram of the MMU card. 145190 ACT FAIL MMU SF RX TX EXP A RX TX EXP RX TX COM 10-93 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards MMU Card Figure 10-36 MMU Block Diagram 10.15.2 MMU Power Monitoring Physical photodiodes P1 through P3 monitor the power for the MMU card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 10-42. VP1 to VP3 are virtual photodiodes that have been created by adding (by software computation) the relevant path insertion losses of the optical splitters (stored in the module) to the real photodiode (P1 to P3) measurement. For information on the associated TL1 AIDs for the optical power monitoring points, refer the “CTC Port Numbers and TL1 Aids” section in Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide, Release 9.2.1. 10.15.3 MMU Card Functions • Card level indicators—Table G-4 on page G-9 • “G.4 Port-Level Indicators” section on page G-9 10.15.4 Related Procedures for MMU Card The following section lists procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the MMU card: 145191 COM TX VPD2 75/25 PD1 EXP RX PD2 EXP A RX COM RX VPD3 95/5 VPD1 95/5 EXP TX Legend LC PC II Connector Optical splitter/coupler Real photodiode Virtual photodiode PD3 EXP A TX Table 10-42 MMU Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1 1 (EXP-RX) EXP RX P2 5 (EXP A-RX) EXP A RX P3 6 (EXP A-TX) EXP A TX VP1 2 (EXP-TX) EXP TX VP2 4 (COM-TX) COM TX VP3 3 (COM-RX) COM RX 10-94 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 10 Provision Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop Cards MMU Card • NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs, page 14-78 • NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 14-127 • NTP-G51 Verify DWDM Node Turn Up, page 15-2 • NTP-G149 Modify the MMU Line Settings and PM Thresholds, page 20-114 CH A P T E R 11-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards Note The terms “Unidirectional Path Switched Ring” and “UPSR” may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as “Path Protected Mesh Network” and “PPMN,” refer generally to Cisco’s path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration. Cisco does not recommend using its path protection feature in any particular topological network configuration. This chapter describes Cisco ONS 15454 transponder (TXP), muxponder (MXP), GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, OTU2_XP, AR_MXP, and AR_XP cards, as well as their associated plug-in modules (Small Form-factor Pluggables [SFPs or XFPs]). For card safety and compliance information, see the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco CPT and Cisco ONS Platforms. Note Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. Note The cards described in this chapter are supported on the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M6, Cisco ONS 15454 M2 platforms, unless noted otherwise. Note The procedures and tasks described in this chapter for the Cisco ONS 15454 platform is applicable to the Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 platforms, unless noted otherwise. Chapter topics include: • 11.1 Card Overview, page 11-3 • 11.2 Safety Labels, page 11-10 • 11.3 TXP_MR_10G Card, page 11-10 • 11.3.3 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_10G Card, page 11-14 • 11.4 TXP_MR_10E Card, page 11-14 • 11.4.4 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_10E Card, page 11-16 • 11.5 TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Cards, page 11-16 • 11.5.4 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Cards, page 11-18 • 11.6 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards, page 11-18 11-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards • 11.6.3 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards, page 11-23 • 11.7 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Cards, page 11-23 • 11.7.3 Related Procedures for 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Cards, page 11-25 • 11.8 MXP_2.5G_10G Card, page 11-25 • 11.8.3 Related Procedures for MXP_2.5G_10G Card, page 11-28 • 11.9 MXP_2.5G_10E Card, page 11-28 • 11.9.4 Related Procedures for MXP_2.5G_10E Card, page 11-32 • 11.10 MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards, page 11-32 • 11.10.4 Related Procedures for MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards, page 11-38 • 11.11 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards, page 11-39 • 11.11.3 Related Procedures for MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards, page 11-44 • 11.12 MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards, page 11-44 • 11.12.4 Related Procedures for MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards, page 11-51 • 11.13 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Cards, page 11-52 • 11.13.4 Related Procedures for 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Cards, page 11-58 • 11.14 GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards, page 11-58 • 11.14.17 Related Procedures for GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards, page 11-82 • 11.15 ADM-10G Card, page 11-83 • 11.15.17 Related Procedures for ADM-10G Card, page 11-96 • 11.16 OTU2_XP Card, page 11-97 • 11.16.9 Related Procedures for OTU2_XP Card, page 11-105 • 11.17 TXP_MR_10EX_C Card, page 11-105 • 11.17.4 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_10EX_C Card, page 11-108 • 11.18 MXP_2.5G_10EX_C card, page 11-108 • 11.18.4 Related Procedures for MXP_2.5G_10EX_C Card, page 11-112 • 11.19 MXP_MR_10DMEX_C Card, page 11-112 • 11.19.4 Related Procedures for MXP_MR_10DMEX_C Card, page 11-118 • 11.20 AR_MXP and AR_XP Cards, page 11-119 • 11.21 MLSE UT, page 11-142 • 11.22 SFP and XFP Modules, page 11-142 Note Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM supports IBM's 5G DDR (Double Data Rate) InfiniBand1 interfaces. 1. 5G DDR InfiniBand is referred to as IB_5G. 11-3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Overview 11.1 Card Overview The card overview section lists the cards described in this chapter and provides compatibility information. Note Each card is marked with a symbol that corresponds to a slot (or slots) on the ONS 15454 shelf assembly. The cards are then installed into slots displaying the same symbols. For a list of slots and symbols, see the “Card Slot Requirements” section in the Cisco ONS 15454 Hardware Installation Guide. The purpose of a TXP, MXP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, OTU2_XP, AR_MXP, or AR_XP card is to convert the “gray” optical client interface signals into trunk signals that operate in the “colored” dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) wavelength range. Client-facing gray optical signals generally operate at shorter wavelengths, whereas DWDM colored optical signals are in the longer wavelength range (for example, 1490 nm = violet; 1510 nm = blue; 1530 nm = green; 1550 nm = yellow; 1570 nm = orange; 1590 nm = red; 1610 nm = brown). Some of the newer client-facing SFPs, however, operate in the colored region. Transponding or muxponding is the process of converting the signals between the client and trunk wavelengths. An MXP generally handles several client signals. It aggregates, or multiplexes, lower rate client signals together and sends them out over a higher rate trunk port. Likewise, it demultiplexes optical signals coming in on a trunk and sends them out to individual client ports. A TXP converts a single client signal to a single trunk signal and converts a single incoming trunk signal to a single client signal. GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE cards can be provisioned as TXPs, as MXPs, or as Layer 2 switches. All of the TXP and MXP cards perform optical to electrical to optical (OEO) conversion. As a result, they are not optically transparent cards. The reason for this is that the cards must operate on the signals passing through them, so it is necessary to do an OEO conversion. On the other hand, the termination mode for all of the TXPs and MXPs, which is done at the electrical level, can be configured to be transparent. In this case, neither the Line nor the Section overhead is terminated. The cards can also be configured so that either Line or Section overhead can be terminated, or both can be terminated. Note The MXP_2.5G_10G card, by design, when configured in the transparent termination mode, actually does terminate some of the bytes. See Table G-17 on page G-33 for details. 11.1.1 Card Summary Table 11-1 lists and summarizes the functions of each TXP, TXPP, MXP, MXPP, AR_MXP, AR_XP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP card. Table 11-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Port Description For Additional Information TXP_MR_10G The TXP_MR_10G card has two sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.3 TXP_MR_10G Card” section on page 11-10. TXP_MR_10E The TXP_MR_10E card has two sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.4 TXP_MR_10E Card” section on page 11-14. 11-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Overview TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L The TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L cards have two sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.5 TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Cards” section on page 11-16. TXP_MR_2.5G The TXP_MR_2.5G card has two sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.6 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards” section on page 11-18. TXPP_MR_2.5G The TXPP_MR_2.5G card has three sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.6 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards” section on page 11-18. 40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C The 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C cards have two ports located on the face plate. See the “11.7 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Cards” section on page 11-23. MXP_2.5G_10G The MXP_2.5G_10G card has nine sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.8 MXP_2.5G_10G Card” section on page 11-25. MXP_2.5G_10E The MXP_2.5G_10E card has nine sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.9 MXP_2.5G_10E Card” section on page 11-28. MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L The MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards have nine sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.10 MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards” section on page 11-32. MXP_MR_2.5G The MXP_MR_2.5G card has nine sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.11 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards” section on page 11-39. MXPP_MR_2.5G The MXPP_MR_2.5G card has ten sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.11 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards” section on page 11-39. MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L The MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards have eight sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.12 MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards” section on page 11-44. 40G-MXP-C 40E-MXP-C and 40ME-MXP-C The 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C and 40ME-MXP-C cards have five ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.13 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Cards” section on page 11-52. AR_MXP and AR_XP The AR_MXP and AR_XP cards have ten ports located on the faceplate. See the 11.20 AR_MXP and AR_XP Cards, page 11-119. GE_XP and GE_XPE The GE_XP and GE_XPE cards have twenty Gigabit Ethernet client ports and two 10 Gigabit Ethernet trunk ports. See the “11.14 GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards” section on page 11-58. 10GE_XP and 10GE_XPE The 10GE_XP and 10GE_XPE cards have two 10 Gigabit Ethernet client ports and two 10 Gigabit Ethernet trunk ports. See the “11.14 GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, and 10GE_XPE Cards” section on page 11-58. ADM-10G The ADM-10G card has 19 sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.15 ADM-10G Card” section on page 11-83. OTU2_XP The OTU2_XP card has four ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.16 OTU2_XP Card” section on page 11-97. TXP_MR_10EX_C The TXP_MR_10EX_C card has two sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.17 TXP_MR_10EX_C Card” section on page 11-105. Table 11-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Transponder and Muxponder Cards (continued) Card Port Description For Additional Information 11-5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Overview MXP_2.5G_10EX_C The MXP_2.5G_10EX_C card has nine sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.18 MXP_2.5G_10EX_C card” section on page 11-108. MXP_MR_10DMEX_C The MXP_MR_10DMEX_C card has eight sets of ports located on the faceplate. See the “11.19 MXP_MR_10DMEX_C Card” section on page 11-112. Table 11-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Transponder and Muxponder Cards (continued) Card Port Description For Additional Information 11-6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Overview 11.1.2 Card Compatibility Table 11-2 lists the platform and Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) software compatibility for each TXP, TXPP, MXP, MXPP, GE_XP, 10GE_XP, GE_XPE, 10GE_XPE, ADM-10G, and OTU2_XP card. Table 11-2 Platform and Software Release Compatibility for Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Name R4.5 R4.6 R4.7 R5.0 R6.0 R7.0 R7.2 R8.0 R8.5 R9.0 R9.1 R9.2 R9.2.1 R9.3 R9.4 TXP_MR_10G 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM TXP_MR_10E No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM TXP_MR_10E_C No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM TXP_MR_10E_L No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM TXP_MR_2.5G 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM TXPP_MR_2.5G 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM MXP_2.5G_10G 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 11-7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Overview MXP_2.5G_10E No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM MXP_2.5G_10E_C No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM MXP_2.5G_10E_L No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM MXP_MR_2.5G No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM MXPP_MR_2.5G No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM MXP_MR_10DME_C No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM MXP_MR_10DME_L No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM 15454- DWDM Table 11-2 Platform and Software Release Compatibility for Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Name R4.5 R4.6 R4.7 R5.0 R6.0 R7.0 R7.2 R8.0 R8.5 R9.0 R9.1 R9.2 R9.2.1 R9.3 R9.4 11-8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Overview GE_XP No No No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 10GE_XP No No No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM GE_XPE No No No No No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 10GE_XPE No No No No No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM ADM-10G No No No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM OTU2_XP No No No No No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM Table 11-2 Platform and Software Release Compatibility for Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Name R4.5 R4.6 R4.7 R5.0 R6.0 R7.0 R7.2 R8.0 R8.5 R9.0 R9.1 R9.2 R9.2.1 R9.3 R9.4 11-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Overview TXP_MR_10EX_C No No No No No No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM MXP_2.5G_10EX_C No No No No No No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM MXP_MR_10DMEX_ C No No No No No No No No No No 1545 4-DW DM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 40E-TXP-C No No No No No No No No No No No No 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 40ME-TXP-C No No No No No No No No No No No No 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 40G-MXP-C No No No No No No No No No No No 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM Table 11-2 Platform and Software Release Compatibility for Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Name R4.5 R4.6 R4.7 R5.0 R6.0 R7.0 R7.2 R8.0 R8.5 R9.0 R9.1 R9.2 R9.2.1 R9.3 R9.4 11-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards Safety Labels 11.2 Safety Labels For information about safety labels, see the “G.1 Safety Labels” section on page G-1. 11.3 TXP_MR_10G Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) The TXP_MR_10G processes one 10-Gbps signal (client side) into one 10-Gbps, 100-GHz DWDM signal (trunk side). It provides one 10-Gbps port per card that can be provisioned for an STM-64/OC-192 short reach (1310-nm) signal, compliant with ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.709, ITU-T G.691, and Telcordia GR-253-CORE, or a 10GBASE-LR signal compliant with IEEE 802.3. 40E-MXP-C No No No No No No No No No No No No 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 40ME-MXP-C No No No No No No No No No No No No 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM AR_MXP No No No No No No No No No No No No No No 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM AR_XP No No No No No No No No No No No No No No 15454- M2, 15454- M6, 15454- DWDM Table 11-2 Platform and Software Release Compatibility for Transponder and Muxponder Cards Card Name R4.5 R4.6 R4.7 R5.0 R6.0 R7.0 R7.2 R8.0 R8.5 R9.0 R9.1 R9.2 R9.2.1 R9.3 R9.4 11-11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_10G Card The TXP_MR_10G card is tunable over two neighboring wavelengths in the 1550-nm, ITU 100-GHz range. It is available in 16 different versions, each of which covers two wavelengths, for a total coverage of 32 different wavelengths in the 1550-nm range. Note ITU-T G.709 specifies a form of forward error correction (FEC) that uses a “wrapper” approach. The digital wrapper lets you transparently take in a signal on the client side, wrap a frame around it and restore it to its original form. FEC enables longer fiber links because errors caused by the optical signal degrading with distance are corrected. The trunk port operates at 9.95328 Gbps (or 10.70923 Gbps with ITU-T G.709 Digital Wrapper/FEC) and at 10.3125 Gbps (or 11.095 Gbps with ITU-T G.709 Digital Wrapper/FEC) over unamplified distances up to 80 km (50 miles) with different types of fiber such as C-SMF or dispersion compensated fiber limited by loss and/or dispersion. Caution Because the transponder has no capability to look into the payload and detect circuits, a TXP_MR_10G card does not display circuits under card view. Caution You must use a 15-dB fiber attenuator (10 to 20 dB) when working with the TXP_MR_10G card in a loopback on the trunk port. Do not use direct fiber loopbacks with the TXP_MR_10G card. Using direct fiber loopbacks causes irreparable damage to the TXP_MR_10G card. You can install TXP_MR_10G cards in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17 and provision this card in a linear configuration. TXP_MR_10G cards cannot be provisioned as a bidirectional line switched ring (BLSR)/Multiplex Section - Shared Protection Ring (MS-SPRing), a path protection/single node control point (SNCP), or a regenerator. They can only be used in the middle of BLSR/MS-SPRing and 1+1 spans when the card is configured for transparent termination mode. The TXP_MR_10G port features a 1550-nm laser for the trunk port and a 1310-nm laser for the for the client port and contains two transmit and receive connector pairs (labeled) on the card faceplate. The MTU setting is used to display the OverSizePkts counters on the receiving trunk and client port interfaces. Traffic of frame sizes up to 65535 bytes pass without any packet drops, from the client port to the trunk port and vice versa irrespective of the MTU setting. The TXP_MR_10G card has the following available wavelengths and versions: • ITU grid blue band: – 1538.19 to 1538.98 nm, 10T-L1-38.1 – 1539.77 to 1540.56 nm, 10T-L1-39.7 – 1530.33 to 1531.12 nm, 10T-L1-30.3 – 1531.90 to 1532.68 nm, 10T-L1-31.9 – 1534.25 to 1535.04 nm, 10T-L1-34.2 – 1535.82 to 1536.61 nm, 10T-L1-35.8 – 1542.14 to 1542.94 nm, 10T-L1-42.1 – 1543.73 to 1544.53 nm, 10T-L1-43.73 • ITU grid red band: – 1554.13 to 1554.94 nm, 10T-L1-54.1 11-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_10G Card – 1555.75 to 1556.55 nm, 10T-L1-55.7 – 1546.12 to 1546.92 nm, 10T-L1-46.1 – 1547.72 to 1548.51 nm, 10T-L1-47.7 – 1550.12 to 1550.92 nm, 10T-L1-50.1 – 1551.72 to 1552.52 nm, 10T-L1-51.7 – 1558.17 to 1558.98 nm, 10T-L1-58.1 – 1559.79 to 1560.61 nm, 10T-L1-59.7 11.3.1 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 11-1 shows the TXP_MR_10G faceplate and block diagram. 11-13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_10G Card Figure 11-1 TXP_MR_10G Faceplate and Block Diagram For information about safety labels for the card, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. 11.3.2 TXP_MR_10G Functions The functions of the TXP_MR_10G card are: • G.2 Automatic Laser Shutdown, page G-6 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 • Port level indicators—Table G-7 on page G-10 uP bus Serial bus uP Flash RAM Optical transceiver 145948 Framer/FEC/DWDM processor Client interface DWDM trunk (long range) Optical transceiver Client interface STM-64/OC-192 SR-1 optics modules or 10GBASE-LR Backplane DWDM trunk STM-64/OC-192 10G MR TXP 1530.33 - 1531.12 FAIL ACT/STBY SF TX RX CLIENT 1530.33 1531.12 DWDM TX RX ! MAX INPUT POWER LEVEL - 8 dBm 11-14 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_10E Card 11.3.3 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_10G Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the TXP_MR_10G card: • NTP-G96 Provision the 10G Multirate Transponder Card Line Settings, PM Parameters, and Thresholds, page 11-191 • NTP-G33 Create a Y-Cable Protection Group, page 11-162 • NTP-G75 Monitor Transponder and Muxponder Performance 11.4 TXP_MR_10E Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) The card is fully backward compatible with the TXP_MR_10G card. It processes one 10-Gbps signal (client side) into one 10-Gbps, 100-GHz DWDM signal (trunk side) that is tunable over four wavelength channels (spaced at 100 GHz on the ITU grid) in the C band and tunable over eight wavelength channels (spaced at 50 GHz on the ITU grid) in the L band. There are eight versions of the C-band card, with each version covering four wavelengths, for a total coverage of 32 wavelengths. There are five versions of the L-band card, with each version covering eight wavelengths, for a total coverage of 40 wavelengths. You can install TXP_MR_10E cards in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17 and provision the cards in a linear configuration, BLSR/MS-SPRing, path protection/SNCP, or a regenerator. The card can be used in the middle of BLSR/MS-SPRing or 1+1 spans when the card is configured for transparent termination mode. The TXP_MR_10E card features a 1550-nm tunable laser (C band) or a 1580-nm tunable laser (L band) for the trunk port and a separately orderable ONS-XC-10G-S1 1310-nm or ONS-XC-10G-L2 1550-nm laser XFP module for the client port. Note When the ONS-XC-10G-L2 XFP is installed, the TXP_MR_10E card must be installed in Slots 6, 7, 12 or 13) On its faceplate, the TXP_MR_10E card contains two transmit and receive connector pairs, one for the trunk port and one for the client port. Each connector pair is labeled. 11.4.1 Key Features The key features of the TXP_MR_10E card are: • A tri-rate client interface (available through the ONS-XC-10G-S1 XFP, ordered separately) – OC-192 (SR1) – 10GE (10GBASE-LR) – 10G-FC (1200-SM-LL-L) • OC-192 to ITU-T G.709 OTU2 provisionable synchronous and asynchronous mapping • The MTU setting is used to display the OverSizePkts counters on the receiving trunk and client port interfaces. Traffic of frame sizes up to 65535 bytes pass without any packet drops, from the client port to the trunk port and vice versa irrespective of the MTU setting. 11-15 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_10E Card 11.4.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 11-2 shows the TXP_MR_10E faceplate and block diagram. Figure 11-2 TXP_MR_10E Faceplate and Block Diagram For information about safety labels for the card, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. Caution You must use a 15-dB fiber attenuator (10 to 20 dB) when working with the TXP_MR_10E card in a loopback on the trunk port. Do not use direct fiber loopbacks with the TXP_MR_10E card. Using direct fiber loopbacks causes irreparable damage to the TXP_MR_10E card. 11.4.3 TXP_MR_10E Functions The functions of the TXP_MR_10E card are: • G.2 Automatic Laser Shutdown, page G-6 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 • Port level indicators—Table G-6 on page G-10 • G.5 Client Interface, page G-14 • G.7 DWDM Trunk Interface, page G-15 uP bus Serial bus uP Flash RAM Optical transceiver 131186 Framer/FEC/DWDM processor FAIL ACT/STBY SF 10 Gb/s TP 1538.19 1538.98 Client interface DWDM trunk (long range) Optical transceiver Client interface STM-64/OC-192 or 10GE (10GBASE-LR) or 10G-FC (1200-SM-LL-L) Backplane TX RX RX TX DWDM trunk STM-64/OC-192 4 tunable channels (C-band) or 8 tunable channels (L-band) on the 100-GHz ITU grid 11-16 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Cards • G.8 Enhanced FEC (E-FEC) Feature, page G-16 • G.9 FEC and E-FEC Modes, page G-16 • G.10 Client-to-Trunk Mapping, page G-17 11.4.4 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_10E Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of the TXP_MR_10E card: • NTP-G96 Provision the 10G Multirate Transponder Card Line Settings, PM Parameters, and Thresholds, page 11-191 • NTP-G33 Create a Y-Cable Protection Group, page 11-162 • NTP-G75 Monitor Transponder and Muxponder Performance 11.5 TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Cards TXP_MR_10E_L: (Cisco ONS 15454 only) The TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L cards are multirate transponders for the ONS 15454 platform. The cards are fully backward compatible with the TXP_MR_10G and TXP_MR_10E cards. They processes one 10-Gbps signal (client side) into one 10-Gbps, 100-GHz DWDM signal (trunk side). The TXP_MR_10E_C is tunable over the entire set of C-band wavelength channels (82 channels spaced at 50 GHz on the ITU grid). The TXP_MR_10E_L is tunable over the entire set of L-band wavelength channels (80 channels spaced at 50 GHz on the ITU grid) and is particularly well suited for use in networks that employ DS fiber or SMF-28 single-mode fiber. The advantage of these cards over previous versions (TXP_MR_10G and TXP_MR_10E) is that there is only one version of each card (one C-band version and one L-band version) instead of several versions needed to cover each band. You can install TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L cards in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17 and provision the cards in a linear configuration, BLSR/MS-SPRing, path protection/SNCP, or a regenerator. The cards can be used in the middle of BLSR/MS-SPRing or 1+1 spans when the cards are configured for transparent termination mode. The TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L cards feature a universal transponder 2 (UT2) 1550-nm tunable laser (C band) or a UT2 1580-nm tunable laser (L band) for the trunk port and a separately orderable ONS-XC-10G-S1 1310-nm or ONS-XC-10G-L2 1550-nm laser XFP module for the client port. Note When the ONS-XC-10G-L2 XFP is installed, the TXP_MR_10E_C or TXP_MR_10E-L card is required to be installed in a high-speed slot (slot 6, 7, 12, or 13) On its faceplate, the TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L cards contain two transmit and receive connector pairs, one for the trunk port and one for the client port. Each connector pair is labeled. 11.5.1 Key Features The key features of the TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L cards are: • A tri-rate client interface (available through the ONS-XC-10G-S1 XFP, ordered separately): 11-17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Cards – OC-192 (SR1) – 10GE (10GBASE-LR) – 10G-FC (1200-SM-LL-L) • A UT2 module tunable through the entire C band (TXP_MR_10E_C card) or L band (TXP_MR_10E_L card). The channels are spaced at 50 GHz on the ITU grid. • OC-192 to ITU-T G.709 OTU2 provisionable synchronous and asynchronous mapping. • The MTU setting is used to display the OverSizePkts counters on the receiving trunk and client port interfaces. Traffic of frame sizes up to 65535 bytes pass without any packet drops, from the client port to the trunk port and vice versa irrespective of the MTU setting. 11.5.2 Faceplates and Block Diagram Figure 11-3 shows the TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L faceplates and block diagram. Figure 11-3 TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Faceplates and Block Diagram For information about safety labels for the cards, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. uP bus Serial bus uP Flash RAM Optical transceiver 134975 Framer/FEC/DWDM processor Client interface DWDM trunk (long range) Optical transceiver Client interface STM-64/OC-192 or 10GE (10GBASE-LR) or 10G-FC (1200-SM-LL-L) Backplane DWDM trunk STM-64/OC-192 82 tunable channels (C-band) or 80 tunable channels (L-band) on the 50-GHz ITU grid FAIL ACT/STBY SF 10E MR TXP L TX RX RX TX FAIL ACT/STBY SF 10E MR TXP C TX RX RX TX 11-18 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards Caution You must use a 15-dB fiber attenuator (10 to 20 dB) when working with the TXP_MR_10E_C or TXP_MR_10E_L card in a loopback on the trunk port. Do not use direct fiber loopbacks with the cards. Using direct fiber loopbacks causes irreparable damage to the cards. 11.5.3 TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Functions The functions of the TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L cards are: • G.2 Automatic Laser Shutdown, page G-6 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 • Port level indicators—Table G-6 on page G-10. • G.5 Client Interface, page G-14 • G.7 DWDM Trunk Interface, page G-15 • G.8 Enhanced FEC (E-FEC) Feature, page G-16 • G.9 FEC and E-FEC Modes, page G-16 • G.10 Client-to-Trunk Mapping, page G-17 11.5.4 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L Cards The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration for both TXP_MR_10E_C and TXP_MR_10E_L: • NTP-G96 Provision the 10G Multirate Transponder Card Line Settings, PM Parameters, and Thresholds, page 11-191 • DLP-G358 Provision TXP_MR_10E_L and TXP_MR_10E_C Cards for Acceptance Testing, page 21-24 • NTP-G75 Monitor Transponder and Muxponder Performance 11.6 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards The TXP_MR_2.5G card processes one 8-Mbps to 2.488-Gbps signal (client side) into one 8-Mbps to 2.5-Gbps, 100-GHz DWDM signal (trunk side). It provides one long-reach STM-16/OC-48 port per card, compliant with ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.709, ITU-T G.957, and Telcordia GR-253-CORE. The TXPP_MR_2.5G card processes one 8-Mbps to 2.488-Gbps signal (client side) into two 8-Mbps to 2.5-Gbps, 100-GHz DWDM signals (trunk side). It provides two long-reach STM-16/OC-48 ports per card, compliant with ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.957, and Telcordia GR-253-CORE. The TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards are tunable over four wavelengths in the 1550-nm, ITU 100-GHz range. They are available in eight versions, each of which covers four wavelengths, for a total coverage of 32 different wavelengths in the 1550-nm range. 11-19 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards Note ITU-T G.709 specifies a form of FEC that uses a “wrapper” approach. The digital wrapper lets you transparently take in a signal on the client side, wrap a frame around it, and restore it to its original form. FEC enables longer fiber links because errors caused by the optical signal degrading with distance are corrected. The trunk/line port operates at up to 2.488 Gbps (or up to 2.66 Gbps with ITU-T G.709 Digital Wrapper/FEC) over unamplified distances up to 360 km (223.7 miles) with different types of fiber such as C-SMF or higher if dispersion compensation is used. Caution Because the transponder has no capability to look into the payload and detect circuits, a TXP_MR_2.5G or TXPP_MR_2.5G card does not display circuits under card view. The TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards support 2R (retime, regenerate) and 3R (retime, reshape, and regenerate) modes of operation where the client signal is mapped into a ITU-T G.709 frame. The mapping function is simply done by placing a digital wrapper around the client signal. Only OC-48/STM-16 client signals are fully ITU-T G.709 compliant, and the output bit rate depends on the input client signal. Table 11-45 shows the possible combinations of client interfaces, input bit rates, 2R and 3R modes, and ITU-T G.709 monitoring. Note ITU-T G.709 and FEC support is disabled for all the 2R payload types in the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards. Table 11-3 2R and 3R Mode and ITU-T G.709 Compliance by Client Interface Client Interface Input Bit Rate 3R vs. 2R ITU-T G.709 OC-48/STM-16 2.488 Gbps 3R On or Off DV-6000 2.38 Gbps 2R — 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel (2G-FC)/fiber connectivity (FICON) 2.125 Gbps 3R1 1. No monitoring On or Off High-Definition Television (HDTV) 1.48 Gbps 2R — Gigabit Ethernet (GE) 1.25 Gbps 3R On or Off 1 Gigabit Fibre Channel (1G-FC)/FICON 1.06 Gbps 3R On or Off OC-12/STM-4 622 Mbps 3R On or Off OC-3/STM-1 155 Mbps 3R On or Off Enterprise System Connection (ESCON) 200 Mbps 2R — SDI/D1/DVB-ASI video 270 Mbps 2R — ISC-1 Compat 1.06 Gbps 2R Off ISC-3 1.06 or 2.125 Gbps 2R — ETR_CLO 16 Mbps 2R — 11-20 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards The output bit rate is calculated for the trunk bit rate by using the 255/238 ratio as specified in ITU-T G.709 for OTU1. Table 11-4 lists the calculated trunk bit rates for the client interfaces with ITU-T G.709 enabled. For 2R operation mode, the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards have the ability to pass data through transparently from client side interfaces to a trunk side interface, which resides on an ITU grid. The data might vary at any bit rate from 200-Mbps up to 2.38-Gbps, including ESCON, DVB-ASI, ISC-1, and video signals. In this pass-through mode, no performance monitoring (PM) or digital wrapping of the incoming signal is provided, except for the usual PM outputs from the SFPs. Similarly, this card has the ability to pass data through transparently from the trunk side interfaces to the client side interfaces with bit rates varying from 200-Mbps up to 2.38-Gbps. Again, no PM or digital wrapping of received signals is available in this pass-through mode. For 3R operation mode, the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards apply a digital wrapper to the incoming client interface signals (OC-N/STM-N, 1G-FC, 2G-FC, GE). PM is available on all of these signals except for 2G-FC, and varies depending upon the type of signal. For client inputs other than OC-48/STM-16, a digital wrapper might be applied but the resulting signal is not ITU-T G.709 compliant. The card applies a digital wrapper that is scaled to the frequency of the input signal. The TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards have the ability to take digitally wrapped signals in from the trunk interface, remove the digital wrapper, and send the unwrapped data through to the client interface. PM of the ITU-T G.709 OH and SONET/SDH OH is implemented. 11.6.1 Faceplates and Block Diagram Figure 11-4 shows the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G faceplates. Table 11-4 Trunk Bit Rates With ITU-T G.709 Enabled Client Interface ITU-T G.709 Disabled ITU-T G.709 Enabled OC-48/STM-16 2.488 Gbps 2.66 Gbps 2G-FC 2.125 Gbps 2.27 Gbps GE 1.25 Gbps 1.34 Gbps 1G-FC 1.06 Gbps 1.14 Gbps OC-12/STM-3 622 Mbps 666.43 Mbps OC-3/STM-1 155 Mbps 166.07 Mbps 11-21 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards Figure 11-4 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Faceplates For information about safety labels for the cards, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. Figure 11-5 shows a block diagram of the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards. CLIENT 2.5G MR TXP-P 1530.33 - 1532.68 2.5G MR TXP 1530.33 - 1532.68 FAIL ACT/STBY SF HAZARD LEVEL 1M RX TX DWDM A TX RX DWDM B TX RX ! MAX INPUT POWER LEVEL - 8 dBm CLIENT ! MAX INPUT POWER LEVEL - 8 dBm FAIL ACT/STBY SF HAZARD LEVEL 1M TX RX TX RX DWDM 145946 11-22 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards Figure 11-5 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Block Diagram Caution You must use a 20-dB fiber attenuator (15 to 25 dB) when working with the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards in a loopback on the trunk port. Do not use direct fiber loopbacks with the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards. Using direct fiber loopbacks causes irreparable damage to the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards. You can install TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. You can provision this card in a linear configuration. TXP_MR_10G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards cannot be provisioned as a BLSR/MS-SPRing, a path protection/SNCP, or a regenerator. They can be used in the middle of BLSR/MS-SPRing or 1+1 spans only when the card is configured for transparent termination mode. The TXP_MR_2.5G card features a 1550-nm laser for the trunk/line port and a 1310-nm laser for the client port. It contains two transmit and receive connector pairs (labeled) on the card faceplate. The card uses dual LC connectors for optical cable termination. The TXPP_MR_2.5G card features a 1550-nm laser for the trunk/line port and a 1310-nm or 850-nm laser (depending on the SFP) for the client port and contains three transmit and receive connector pairs (labeled) on the card faceplate. The card uses dual LC connectors for optical cable termination. 11.6.2 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Functions The functions of the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards are: • G.2 Automatic Laser Shutdown, page G-6 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 • Port level indicators—Table G-6 on page G-10 (for TXP_MR_2.5G) • Port level indicators—Table G-8 on page G-11 (for TXPP_MR_2.5G) SFP Client Switch Switch Driver Tunable Laser Switch Cross Switch Limiting Amp Limiting Amp Main APD+TA Protect APD+TA Mux Demux Mux Demux Mux Demux CPU Main ASIC Protect FPGA ASIC SCL FPGA SCL BUS 2R Tx path Trunk Out 2R Rx path CELL BUS CPU I/F CELL BUS DCC CPU to GCC 96636 11-23 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Cards 11.6.3 Related Procedures for TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration for both TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G: • NTP-G98 Provision the 2.5G Multirate Transponder Card Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds, page 11-171 • NTP-G33 Create a Y-Cable Protection Group, page 11-162 (TXP_MR_2.5G only) • NTP-G75 Monitor Transponder and Muxponder Performance 11.7 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Cards The 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C cards process a single 40-Gbps signal (client side) into a single 40-Gbps, 50-GHz DWDM signal (trunk side). It provides one 40-Gbps port per card that can be provisioned for an OC-768/STM-256 very short reach (1550-nm) signal compliant with ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.691, and Telcordia GR-253-CORE, 40G Ethernet LAN signal compliant with IEEE 802.3ba, or OTU3 signal compliant with ITU-T G.709. The trunk port of the 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C cards are tunable between 1529.55 nm through 1561.83 nm, ITU 50-GHz range. ITU-T G.709 specifies a form of forward error correction (FEC) that uses a “wrapper” approach. The digital wrapper lets you transparently take in a signal on the client side, wrap a frame around it and restore it to its original form. FEC enables longer fiber links because errors caused by the optical signal degrading with distance are corrected. Caution You must use a 15-dB fiber attenuator (10 to 20 dB) when working with the 40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C cards in a loopback on the trunk port. Do not use direct fiber loopbacks with the 40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C cards. Using direct fiber loopbacks causes irreparable damage to the these cards. You can install and provision the 40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C cards in a linear configuration in: • Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16 in ONS 15454 DWDM chassis • Slot 2 in ONS 15454 M2 chassis • Slots 2 to 6 in ONS 15454 M6 chassis When a protection switch occurs on the 40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C cards, the recovery from PSM protection switch takes about 3 to 4 minutes. Note The maximum ambient operating temperature for 40E-TXP-C, and 40ME-TXP-C cards is 500 Celsius. 11-24 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Cards 11.7.1 Faceplates and Block Diagram Figure 11-6 shows the 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C faceplate and block diagram. Figure 11-6 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Faceplate and Block Diagram For information about safety labels for the card, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. 11.7.2 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Functions The functions of the 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C cards are: • G.2 Automatic Laser Shutdown, page G-6 (supported on a client interface) • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 • Port level indicators—Table G-6 on page G-10. 278758 40G-TXP-C FAIL ACT/STBY SF TRUNK CLIENT CLIENT HAZARD LEVEL 1 COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR 1040.10 AND 1040.11 EXCEPT FOR DEVIATIONS PURSUANT TO LASER NOTICE No.50, DATED JUNE 24, 2007 40 G FEC/EF EC OC7 G8/ OTUS VSR Trunk module TDC EDFA Tx Rx Trunk Rx Tx SFI 5.1 interface SFI 5.1 interface Threshold control Client TRUNK TX MX RX TX MX RX 11-25 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10G Card 11.7.3 Related Procedures for 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C Cards The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C: • NTP-G292 Provision the 40G Multirate Transponder Card Line Settings, PM Parameters, and Thresholds, page 11-217 • NTP-G33 Create a Y-Cable Protection Group, page 11-162 • NTP-G75 Monitor Transponder and Muxponder Performance 11.8 MXP_2.5G_10G Card (Cisco ONS 15454 only) The MXP_2.5G_10G card multiplexes/demultiplexes four 2.5-Gbps signals (client side) into one 10-Gbps, 100-GHz DWDM signal (trunk side). It provides one extended long-range STM-64/OC-192 port per card on the trunk side (compliant with ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.709, ITU-T G.957, and Telcordia GR-253-CORE) and four intermediate- or short-range OC-48/STM-16 ports per card on the client side. The port operates at 9.95328 Gbps over unamplified distances up to 80 km (50 miles) with different types of fiber such as C-SMF or dispersion compensated fiber limited by loss and/or dispersion. Client ports on the MXP_2.5G_10G card are also interoperable with SONET OC-1 (STS-1) fiber optic signals defined in Telcordia GR-253-CORE. An OC-1 signal is the equivalent of one DS-3 channel transmitted across optical fiber. OC-1 is primarily used for trunk interfaces to phone switches in the United States. There is no SDH equivalent for SONET OC-1. The MXP_2.5G_10G card is tunable over two neighboring wavelengths in the 1550-nm, ITU 100-GHz range. It is available in 16 different versions, each of which covers two wavelengths, for a total coverage of 32 different wavelengths in the 1550-nm range. Note ITU-T G.709 specifies a form of FEC that uses a “wrapper” approach. The digital wrapper lets you transparently take in a signal on the client side, wrap a frame around it and restore it to its original form. FEC enables longer fiber links because errors caused by the optical signal degrading with distance are corrected. The port can also operate at 10.70923 Gbps in ITU-T G.709 Digital Wrapper/FEC mode. Caution Because the transponder has no capability to look into the payload and detect circuits, an MXP_2.5G_10G card does not display circuits under card view. Caution You must use a 20-dB fiber attenuator (15 to 25 dB) when working with the MXP_2.5G_10G card in a loopback on the trunk port. Do not use direct fiber loopbacks with the MXP_2.5G_10G card. Using direct fiber loopbacks causes irreparable damage to the MXP_2.5G_10G card. You can install MXP_2.5G_10G cards in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. 11-26 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10G Card Caution Do not install an MXP_2.5G_10G card in Slot 3 if you have installed a DS3/EC1-48 card in Slots 1or 2. Likewise, do not install an MXP_2.5G_10G card in Slot 17 if you have installed a DS3/EC1-48 card in Slots 15 or 16. If you do, the cards will interact and cause DS-3 bit errors. You can provision this card in a linear configuration. MXP_2.5G_10G cards cannot be provisioned as a BLSR/MS-SPRing, a path protection/SNCP, or a regenerator. They can be used in the middle of BLSR/MS-SPRing or 1+1 spans only when the card is configured for transparent termination mode. The MXP_2.5G_10G port features a 1550-nm laser on the trunk port and four 1310-nm lasers on the client ports and contains five transmit and receive connector pairs (labeled) on the card faceplate. The card uses a dual LC connector on the trunk side and SFP connectors on the client side for optical cable termination. Note When you create a 4xOC-48 OCHCC circuit, you need to select the G.709 and Synchronous options. A 4xOC-48 OCHCC circuit is supported by G.709 and synchronous mode. This is necessary to provision a 4xOC-48 OCHCC circuit. 11.8.1 Faceplates and Block Diagram Figure 11-7 shows the MXP_2.5G_10G faceplate. 11-27 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10G Card Figure 11-7 MXP_2.5G_10G Faceplate For information about safety labels for the card, see the “G.1.1 Class 1 Laser Product Cards” section on page G-1. Figure 11-8 shows a block diagram of the MXP_2.5G_10G card. CLIENT DWDM 1 2 4x 2.5G 10G MXP 1530.33 - 1531.12 FAIL ACT/STBY SF TX RX TX RX 3 TX RX 4 TX RX ! MAX INPUT POWER LEVEL - 8 dBm TX RX 1530.33 1531.12 145945 11-28 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10E Card Figure 11-8 MXP_2.5G_10G Card Block Diagram 11.8.2 MXP_2.5G_10G Functions The functions of the MXP_2.5G_10G card are: • G.11 Timing Synchronization, page G-17 • G.2 Automatic Laser Shutdown, page G-6 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 • Port level indicators— Table G-7 on page G-10 11.8.3 Related Procedures for MXP_2.5G_10G Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of MXP_2.5G_10G: • NTP-G97 Modify the 4x2.5G Muxponder Card Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds, page 11-261 • NTP-G33 Create a Y-Cable Protection Group, page 11-162 • NTP-G75 Monitor Transponder and Muxponder Performance 11.9 MXP_2.5G_10E Card The faceplate designation of the card is “4x2.5G 10E MXP.” The MXP_2.5G_10E card is a DWDM muxponder for the ONS 15454 platform that supports full transparent termination the client side. The card multiplexes four 2.5 Gbps client signals (4 x OC48/STM-16 SFP) into a single 10-Gbps DWDM optical signal on the trunk side. The MXP_2.5G_10E provides wavelength transmission service for the four incoming 2.5 Gbps client interfaces. The MXP_2.5G_10E muxponder passes all SONET/SDH overhead bytes transparently. uP bus uP Flash RAM ASIC Optical STM-64 / OC-192 Transceiver 9.953, 10.3125, 10.709, or 11.095 Gbps SCI 83659 Backplane Optical STM-64 / OC-192 Transceiver 9.95328 or 10.70923 Gbps Framer/FEC/DWDM Processor DWDM (Trunk) Client 11-29 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10E Card The digital wrapper function (ITU-T G.709 compliant) formats the DWDM wavelength so that it can be used to set up generic communications channels (GCCs) for data communications, enable FEC, or facilitate performance monitoring. The MXP_2.5G_10E works with optical transport network (OTN) devices defined in ITU-T G.709. The card supports ODU1 to OTU2 multiplexing, an industry standard method for asynchronously mapping a SONET/SDH payload into a digitally wrapped envelope. See the “G.12 Multiplexing Function” section on page G-18. The MXP_2.5G_10E card is not compatible with the MXP_2.5G_10G card, which does not support full transparent termination. You can install MXP_2.5G_10E cards in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. You can provision this card in a linear configuration, as a BLSR/MS-SPRing, a path protection/SNCP, or a regenerator. The card can be used in the middle of BLSR/MS-SPRing or 1+1 spans when the card is configured for transparent termination mode. The MXP_2.5G_10E features a 1550-nm laser on the trunk port and four 1310-nm lasers on the client ports and contains five transmit and receive connector pairs (labeled) on the card faceplate. The card uses a dual LC connector on the trunk side and uses SFP modules on the client side for optical cable termination. The SFP pluggable modules are short reach (SR) or intermediate reach (IR) and support an LC fiber connector. Note When you create a 4xOC-48 OCHCC circuit, you need to select the G.709 and Synchronous options. A 4xOC-48 OCHCC circuit is supported by G.709 and synchronous mode. This is necessary to provision a 4xOC-48 OCHCC circuit. 11.9.1 Key Features The MXP_2.5G_10E card has the following high level features: • Four 2.5 Gbps client interfaces (OC-48/STM-16) and one 10 Gbps trunk. The four OC-48 signals are mapped into a ITU-T G.709 OTU2 signal using standard ITU-T G.709 multiplexing. • Onboard E-FEC processor: The processor supports both standard Reed-Solomon (RS, specified in ITU-T G.709) and E-FEC, which allows an improved gain on trunk interfaces with a resultant extension of the transmission range on these interfaces. The E-FEC functionality increases the correction capability of the transponder to improve performance, allowing operation at a lower OSNR compared to the standard RS (237,255) correction algorithm. A new block code (BCH) algorithm implemented in E-FEC allows recovery of an input BER up to 1E-3. • Pluggable client interface optic modules: The MXP_2.5G_10E card has modular interfaces. Two types of optics modules can be plugged into the card. These include an OC-48/STM 16 SR-1 interface with a 7-km (4.3-mile) nominal range (for short range and intra-office applications) and an IR-1 interface with a range up to 40 km (24.9 miles). SR-1 is defined in Telcordia GR-253-CORE and in I-16 (ITU-T G.957). IR-1 is defined in Telcordia GR-253-CORE and in S-16-1 (ITU-T G.957). • High level provisioning support: The MXP_2.5G_10E card is initially provisioned using Cisco TransportPlanner software. Subsequently, the card can be monitored and provisioned using CTC software. • Link monitoring and management: The MXP_2.5G_10E card uses standard OC-48 OH (overhead) bytes to monitor and manage incoming interfaces. The card passes the incoming SDH/SONET data stream and its overhead bytes transparently. 11-30 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10E Card • Control of layered SONET/SDH transport overhead: The card is provisionable to terminate regenerator section overhead. This is used to eliminate forwarding of unneeded layer overhead. It can help reduce the number of alarms and help isolate faults in the network. • Automatic timing source synchronization: The MXP_2.5G_10E normally synchronizes from the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3/TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE card. If for some reason, such as maintenance or upgrade activity, the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3/TNC/TNCE/TSC/TSCE is not available, the MXP_2.5G_10E automatically synchronizes to one of the input client interface clocks. • Configurable squelching policy: The card can be configured to squelch the client interface output if there is LOS at the DWDM receiver or if there is a remote fault. In the event of a remote fault, the card manages multiplex section alarm indication signal (MS-AIS) insertion. 11.9.2 Faceplates and Block Diagram Figure 11-9 shows the MXP_2.5G_10E faceplate. Figure 11-9 MXP_2.5G_10E Faceplate For information about safety labels for the card, see the “G.1.1 Class 1 Laser Product Cards” section on page G-1. 145937 FAIL ACT/STBY SF 4x2.5 10 E MxP 530.33- 1550.12 RX TX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX Client LEDs DWDM LED 11-31 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10E Card Figure 11-10 shows a block diagram of the MXP_2.5G_10E card. Figure 11-10 MXP_2.5G_10E Block Diagram 11.9.3 MXP_2.5G_10E Functions The functions of the MXP_2.5G_10E card are: • G.5 Client Interface, page G-14 • G.6 DWDM Interface, page G-15 • G.12 Multiplexing Function, page G-18 • G.11 Timing Synchronization, page G-17 • G.8 Enhanced FEC (E-FEC) Feature, page G-16 • G.9 FEC and E-FEC Modes, page G-16 • G.13 SONET/SDH Overhead Byte Processing, page G-19 • G.13 SONET/SDH Overhead Byte Processing, page G-19 • G.14 Client Interface Monitoring, page G-19 • G.2 Automatic Laser Shutdown, page G-6 • G.15 Jitter, page G-19 • G.16 Lamp Test, page G-19 • G.17 Onboard Traffic Generation, page G-19 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 • Port level indicators—Table G-6 on page G-10. uP bus Serial bus Processor Onboard Flash memory RAM Optical transceiver 115357 FEC/ Wrapper Processor (G.709 FEC) E-FEC DWDM (trunk) 10GE (10GBASE-LR) SR-1 (short reach/intra-office) or IR-1 (intermediate range) SFP client optics modules Optical transceiver Optical transceiver Optical transceiver Optical transceiver Backplane 11-32 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards 11.9.3.1 Wavelength Identification The card uses trunk lasers that are wave-locked, which allows the trunk transmitter to operate on the ITU grid effectively. Table 11-5 describes the required trunk transmit laser wavelengths. The laser is tunable over eight wavelengths at 50-GHz spacing or four at 100-GHz spacing. 11.9.4 Related Procedures for MXP_2.5G_10E Card The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of MXP_2.5G_10E Card: • NTP-G97 Modify the 4x2.5G Muxponder Card Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds, page 11-261 • NTP-G33 Create a Y-Cable Protection Group, page 11-162 • NTP-G75 Monitor Transponder and Muxponder Performance 11.10 MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards MXP_2.5G_10E_L: (Cisco ONS 15454 only) The MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards are DWDM muxponders for the ONS 15454 platform that support transparent termination mode on the client side. The faceplate designation of the cards is “4x2.5G 10E MXP C” for the MXP_2.5G_10E_C card and “4x2.5G 10E MXP L” for the MXP_2.5G_10E_L card. The cards multiplex four 2.5-Gbps client signals (4 x OC48/STM-16 SFP) into Table 11-5 MXP_2.5G_10E Trunk Wavelengths Band Wavelength (nm) Band Wavelength (nm) 30.3 1530.33 46.1 1546.12 30.3 1531.12 46.1 1546.92 30.3 1531.90 46.1 1547.72 30.3 1532.68 46.1 1548.51 34.2 1534.25 50.1 1550.12 34.2 1535.04 50.1 1550.92 34.2 1535.82 50.1 1551.72 34.2 1536.61 50.1 1552.52 38.1 1538.19 54.1 1554.13 38.1 1538.98 54.1 1554.94 38.1 1539.77 54.1 1555.75 38.1 1540.56 54.1 1556.55 42.1 1542.14 58.1 1558.17 42.1 1542.94 58.1 1558.98 42.1 1543.73 58.1 1559.79 42.1 1544.53 58.1 1560.61 11-33 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards a single 10-Gbps DWDM optical signal on the trunk side. The MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards provide wavelength transmission service for the four incoming 2.5 Gbps client interfaces. The MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L muxponders pass all SONET/SDH overhead bytes transparently. The digital wrapper function (ITU-T G.709 compliant) formats the DWDM wavelength so that it can be used to set up GCCs for data communications, enable FEC, or facilitate PM. The MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards work with OTN devices defined in ITU-T G.709. The cards support ODU1 to OTU2 multiplexing, an industry standard method for asynchronously mapping a SONET/SDH payload into a digitally wrapped envelope. See the “G.12 Multiplexing Function” section on page G-18. The MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards are not compatible with the MXP_2.5G_10G card, which does not support transparent termination mode. You can install MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. You can provision a card in a linear configuration, as a BLSR/MS-SPRing, a path protection/SNCP, or a regenerator. The cards can be used in the middle of BLSR/MS-SPRing or 1+1 spans when the cards are configured for transparent termination mode. The MXP_2.5G_10E_C card features a tunable 1550-nm C-band laser on the trunk port. The laser is tunable across 82 wavelengths on the ITU grid with 50-GHz spacing between wavelengths. The MXP_2.5G_10E_L features a tunable 1580-nm L-band laser on the trunk port. The laser is tunable across 80 wavelengths on the ITU grid, also with 50-GHz spacing. Each card features four 1310-nm lasers on the client ports and contains five transmit and receive connector pairs (labeled) on the card faceplate. The cards uses dual LC connectors on the trunk side and use SFP modules on the client side for optical cable termination. The SFP pluggable modules are SR or IR and support an LC fiber connector. Note When you create a 4xOC-48 OCHCC circuit, you need to select the G.709 and Synchronous options. A 4xOC-48 OCHCC circuit is supported by G.709 and synchronous mode. This is necessary to provision a 4xOC-48 OCHCC circuit. 11.10.1 Key Features The MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards have the following high level features: • Four 2.5 Gbps client interfaces (OC-48/STM-16) and one 10 Gbps trunk. The four OC-48 signals are mapped into a ITU-T G.709 OTU2 signal using standard ITU-T G.709 multiplexing. • Onboard E-FEC processor: The processor supports both standard RS (specified in ITU-T G.709) and E-FEC, which allows an improved gain on trunk interfaces with a resultant extension of the transmission range on these interfaces. The E-FEC functionality increases the correction capability of the transponder to improve performance, allowing operation at a lower OSNR compared to the standard RS (237,255) correction algorithm. A new BCH algorithm implemented in E-FEC allows recovery of an input BER up to 1E-3. • Pluggable client interface optic modules: The MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards have modular interfaces. Two types of optics modules can be plugged into the card. These include an OC-48/STM 16 SR-1 interface with a 7-km (4.3-mile) nominal range (for short range and intra-office applications) and an IR-1 interface with a range up to 40 km (24.9 miles). SR-1 is defined in Telcordia GR-253-CORE and in I-16 (ITU-T G.957). IR-1 is defined in Telcordia GR-253-CORE and in S-16-1 (ITU-T G.957). 11-34 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards • High level provisioning support: The cards are initially provisioned using Cisco TransportPlanner software. Subsequently, the card can be monitored and provisioned using CTC software. • Link monitoring and management: The cards use standard OC-48 OH (overhead) bytes to monitor and manage incoming interfaces. The cards pass the incoming SDH/SONET data stream and its overhead bytes transparently. • Control of layered SONET/SDH transport overhead: The cards are provisionable to terminate regenerator section overhead. This is used to eliminate forwarding of unneeded layer overhead. It can help reduce the number of alarms and help isolate faults in the network. • Automatic timing source synchronization: The MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards normally synchronize from the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card. If for some reason, such as maintenance or upgrade activity, the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 is not available, the cards automatically synchronize to one of the input client interface clocks. • Configurable squelching policy: The cards can be configured to squelch the client interface output if there is LOS at the DWDM receiver or if there is a remote fault. In the event of a remote fault, the card manages MS-AIS insertion. • The cards are tunable across the full C band (MXP_2.5G_10E_C) or full L band (MXP_2.5G_10E_L), thus eliminating the need to use different versions of each card to provide tunability across specific wavelengths in a band. 11.10.2 Faceplates and Block Diagram Figure 11-11 shows the MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L faceplates and block diagram. 11-35 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards Figure 11-11 MXP_2.5G_10E _C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Faceplates and Block Diagram For information about safety labels for the cards, see the “G.1.1 Class 1 Laser Product Cards” section on page G-1. 11.10.3 MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Functions The functions of the MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards are: • G.5 Client Interface, page G-14 • G.6 DWDM Interface, page G-15 • G.12 Multiplexing Function, page G-18 • G.11 Timing Synchronization, page G-17 • G.8 Enhanced FEC (E-FEC) Feature, page G-16 • G.9 FEC and E-FEC Modes, page G-16 • G.13 SONET/SDH Overhead Byte Processing, page G-19 • G.13 SONET/SDH Overhead Byte Processing, page G-19 • G.14 Client Interface Monitoring, page G-19 FAIL ACT/STBY SF 4x2.5 10 E MXP C RX TX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX FAIL ACT/STBY SF 4x2.5 10 E MXP L RX TX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX RAM Processor 145941 Optical transceiver Optical transceiver Optical transceiver Optical transceiver Optical transceiver Backplane FEC/ Wrapper E-FEC Processor (G.709 FEC) Serial bus uP bus Onboard Flash memory Client LEDs DWDM LED SR-1 (short reach/intra-office) or IR-1 (intermediate range) SFP client optics modules DWDM (trunk) 10GE (10GBASE-LR) 11-36 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards • G.2 Automatic Laser Shutdown, page G-6 • G.15 Jitter, page G-19 • G.16 Lamp Test, page G-19 • G.17 Onboard Traffic Generation, page G-19 • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 • Port level indicators—Table G-6 on page G-10. 11.10.3.1 Wavelength Identification The card uses trunk lasers that are wavelocked, which allows the trunk transmitter to operate on the ITU grid effectively. Both the MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards implement the UT2 module. The MXP_2.5G_10E_C card uses a C-band version of the UT2 and the MXP_2.5G_10E_L card uses an L-band version. Table 11-6 describes the required trunk transmit laser wavelengths for the MXP_2.5G_10E_C card. The laser is tunable over 82 wavelengths in the C band at 50-GHz spacing on the ITU grid. Table 11-6 MXP_2.5G_10E_C Trunk Wavelengths Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 1 196.00 1529.55 42 193.95 1545.72 2 195.95 1529.94 43 193.90 1546.119 3 195.90 1530.334 44 193.85 1546.518 4 195.85 1530.725 45 193.80 1546.917 5 195.80 1531.116 46 193.75 1547.316 6 195.75 1531.507 47 193.70 1547.715 7 195.70 1531.898 48 193.65 1548.115 8 195.65 1532.290 49 193.60 1548.515 9 195.60 1532.681 50 193.55 1548.915 10 195.55 1533.073 51 193.50 1549.32 11 195.50 1533.47 52 193.45 1549.71 12 195.45 1533.86 53 193.40 1550.116 13 195.40 1534.250 54 193.35 1550.517 14 195.35 1534.643 55 193.30 1550.918 15 195.30 1535.036 56 193.25 1551.319 16 195.25 1535.429 57 193.20 1551.721 17 195.20 1535.822 58 193.15 1552.122 18 195.15 1536.216 59 193.10 1552.524 19 195.10 1536.609 60 193.05 1552.926 20 195.05 1537.003 61 193.00 1553.33 21 195.00 1537.40 62 192.95 1553.73 22 194.95 1537.79 63 192.90 1554.134 11-37 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards Table 11-7 describes the required trunk transmit laser wavelengths for the MXP_2.5G_10E_L card. The laser is fully tunable over 80 wavelengths in the L band at 50-GHz spacing on the ITU grid. 23 194.90 1538.186 64 192.85 1554.537 24 194.85 1538.581 65 192.80 1554.940 25 194.80 1538.976 66 192.75 1555.343 26 194.75 1539.371 67 192.70 1555.747 27 194.70 1539.766 68 192.65 1556.151 28 194.65 1540.162 69 192.60 1556.555 29 194.60 1540.557 70 192.55 1556.959 30 194.55 1540.953 71 192.50 1557.36 31 194.50 1541.35 72 192.45 1557.77 32 194.45 1541.75 73 192.40 1558.173 33 194.40 1542.142 74 192.35 1558.578 34 194.35 1542.539 75 192.30 1558.983 35 194.30 1542.936 76 192.25 1559.389 36 194.25 1543.333 77 192.20 1559.794 37 194.20 1543.730 78 192.15 1560.200 38 194.15 1544.128 79 192.10 1560.606 39 194.10 1544.526 80 192.05 1561.013 40 194.05 1544.924 81 192.00 1561.42 41 194.00 1545.32 82 191.95 1561.83 Table 11-6 MXP_2.5G_10E_C Trunk Wavelengths (continued) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Table 11-7 MXP_2.5G_10E_L Trunk Wavelengths Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 1 190.85 1570.83 41 188.85 1587.46 2 190.8 1571.24 42 188.8 1587.88 3 190.75 1571.65 43 188.75 1588.30 4 190.7 1572.06 44 188.7 1588.73 5 190.65 1572.48 45 188.65 1589.15 6 190.6 1572.89 46 188.6 1589.57 7 190.55 1573.30 47 188.55 1589.99 8 190.5 1573.71 48 188.5 1590.41 9 190.45 1574.13 49 188.45 1590.83 10 190.4 1574.54 50 188.4 1591.26 11-38 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards 11.10.4 Related Procedures for MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L Cards The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of MXP_2.5G_10E_C and MXP_2.5G_10E_L cards: 11 190.35 1574.95 51 188.35 1591.68 12 190.3 1575.37 52 188.3 1592.10 13 190.25 1575.78 53 188.25 1592.52 14 190.2 1576.20 54 188.2 1592.95 15 190.15 1576.61 55 188.15 1593.37 16 190.1 1577.03 56 188.1 1593.79 17 190.05 1577.44 57 188.05 1594.22 18 190 1577.86 58 188 1594.64 19 189.95 1578.27 59 187.95 1595.06 20 189.9 1578.69 60 187.9 1595.49 21 189.85 1579.10 61 187.85 1595.91 22 189.8 1579.52 62 187.8 1596.34 23 189.75 1579.93 63 187.75 1596.76 24 189.7 1580.35 64 187.7 1597.19 25 189.65 1580.77 65 187.65 1597.62 26 189.6 1581.18 66 187.6 1598.04 27 189.55 1581.60 67 187.55 1598.47 28 189.5 1582.02 68 187.5 1598.89 29 189.45 1582.44 69 187.45 1599.32 30 189.4 1582.85 70 187.4 1599.75 31 189.35 1583.27 71 187.35 1600.17 32 189.3 1583.69 72 187.3 1600.60 33 189.25 1584.11 73 187.25 1601.03 34 189.2 1584.53 74 187.2 1601.46 35 189.15 1584.95 75 187.15 1601.88 36 189.1 1585.36 76 187.1 1602.31 37 189.05 1585.78 77 187.05 1602.74 38 189 1586.20 78 187 1603.17 39 188.95 1586.62 79 186.95 1603.60 40 188.9 1587.04 80 186.9 1604.03 Table 11-7 MXP_2.5G_10E_L Trunk Wavelengths (continued) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 11-39 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards • NTP-G97 Modify the 4x2.5G Muxponder Card Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds, page 11-261 • NTP-G33 Create a Y-Cable Protection Group, page 11-162 • NTP-G75 Monitor Transponder and Muxponder Performance 11.11 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards The MXP_MR_2.5G card aggregates a mix and match of client Storage Area Network (SAN) service client inputs (GE, FICON, Fibre Channel, and ESCON) into one 2.5 Gbps STM-16/OC-48 DWDM signal on the trunk side. It provides one long-reach STM-16/OC-48 port per card and is compliant with Telcordia GR-253-CORE. Note In Software Release 7.0 and later, two additional operating modes have been made available to the user: pure ESCON (all 8 ports running ESCON), and mixed mode (Port 1 running FC/GE/FICON, and Ports 5 through 8 running ESCON). When the card is part of a system running Software Release 6.0 or below, only one operating mode, (FC/GE) is available for use. The 2.5-Gbps Multirate Muxponder–Protected–100 GHz–Tunable 15xx.xx-15yy.yy (MXPP_MR_2.5G) card aggregates various client SAN service client inputs (GE, FICON, Fibre Channel, and ESCON) into one 2.5 Gbps STM-16/OC-48 DWDM signal on the trunk side. It provides two long-reach STM-16/OC-48 ports per card and is compliant with ITU-T G.957 and Telcordia GR-253-CORE. Because the cards are tunable to one of four adjacent grid channels on a 100-GHz spacing, each card is available in eight versions, with 15xx.xx representing the first wavelength and 15yy.yy representing the last wavelength of the four available on the card. In total, 32 DWDM wavelengths are covered in accordance with the ITU-T 100-GHz grid standard, G.692, and Telcordia GR-2918-CORE, Issue 2. The card versions along with their corresponding wavelengths are shown in Table 11-8. The muxponders are intended to be used in applications with long DWDM metro or regional unregenerated spans. Long transmission distances are achieved through the use of flat gain optical amplifiers. The client interface supports the following payload types: • 2G FC Table 11-8 Card Versions Card Version Frequency Channels at 100 GHz (0.8 nm) Spacing 1530.33–1532.68 1530.33 nm 1531.12 nm 1531.90 nm 1532.68 nm 1534.25–1536.61 1534.25 nm 1535.04 nm 1535.82 nm 1536.61 nm 1538.19–1540.56 1538.19 nm 1538.98 nm 1539.77 nm 1540.56 nm 1542.14–1544.53 1542.14 nm 1542.94 nm 1543.73 nm 1544.53 nm 1546.12–1548.51 1546.12 nm 1546.92 nm 1547.72 nm 1548.51 nm 1550.12–1552.52 1550.12 nm 1550.92 nm 1551.72 nm 1552.52 nm 1554.13–1556.55 1554.13 nm 1554.94 nm 1555.75 nm 1556.55 nm 1558.17–1560.61 1558.17 nm 1558.98 nm 1559.79 nm 1560.61 nm 11-40 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards • 1G FC • 2G FICON • 1G FICON • GE • ESCON Note Because the client payload cannot oversubscribe the trunk, a mix of client signals can be accepted, up to a maximum limit of 2.5 Gbps. Table 11-9 shows the input data rate for each client interface, and the encapsulation method. The current version of the ITU-T Transparent Generic Framing Procedure (GFP-T) G.7041 supports transparent mapping of 8B/10B block-coded protocols, including Gigabit Ethernet, Fibre Channel, and FICON. In addition to the GFP mapping, 1-Gbps traffic on Port 1 or 2 of the high-speed serializer/deserializer (SERDES) is mapped to an STS-24c channel. If two 1-Gbps client signals are present at Port 1 and Port 2 of the SERDES, the Port 1 signal is mapped into the first STS-24c channel and the Port 2 signal into the second STS-24c channel. The two channels are then mapped into an OC-48 trunk channel. Table 11-10 shows some of the mix and match possibilities on the various client ports. The table is intended to show the full client payload configurations for the card. Table 11-9 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Client Interface Data Rates and Encapsulation Client Interface Input Data Rate ITU-T GFP-T G.7041 Encapsulation 2G FC 2.125 Gbps Yes 1G FC 1.06 Gbps Yes 2G FICON 2.125 Gbps Yes 1G FICON 1.06 Gbps Yes GE 1.25 Gbps Yes ESCON 0.2 Gbps Yes Table 11-10 Client Data Rates and Ports Mode Port(s) Aggregate Data Rate 2G FC 1 2.125 Gbps 1G FC 1, 2 2.125 Gbps 2G FICON 1 2.125 Gbps 1G FICON 1, 2 2.125 Gbps GE 1, 2 2.5 Gbps 1G FC ESCON (mixed mode) 1 5, 6, 7, 8 1.06 Gbps 0.8 Gbps 1.86 Gbps total 11-41 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 11.11.1 Faceplates and Block Diagram Figure 11-12 shows the MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G faceplates. 1G FICON ESCON (mixed mode) 1 5, 6, 7, 8 1.06 Gbps 0.8 Gbps 1.86 Gbps total GE ESCON (mixed mode) 1 5, 6, 7, 8 1.25 Gbps 0.8 Gbps Total 2.05 Gbps ESCON 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 1.6 Gbps Table 11-10 Client Data Rates and Ports (continued) Mode Port(s) Aggregate Data Rate 11-42 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards Figure 11-12 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Faceplates For information about safety labels for the cards, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. Figure 11-13 shows a block diagram of the MXP_MR_2.5G card. The card has eight SFP client interfaces. Ports 1 and 2 can be used for GE, FC, FICON, or ESCON. Ports 3 through 8 are used for ESCON client interfaces. There are two SERDES blocks dedicated to the high-speed interfaces (GE, FC, FICON, and ESCON) and two SERDES blocks for the ESCON interfaces. A FPGA is provided to support different configurations for different modes of operation. This FPGA has a Universal Test and Operations Physical Interface for ATM (UTOPIA) interface. A transceiver add/drop multiplexer MXP_MR_2.5G MXPP_MR_2.5G 124077 MXP MR 2.5G 15xx.xx 15xx.xx FAIL ACT/STBY SF MXPP MR 2.5G 15xx.xx 15xx.xx RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TXRX TX RX TX DWDMB DWDMA FAIL ACT/STBY SF RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TXRX TX RX TX DWDM RX TX 11-43 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards (TADM) chip supports framing. Finally, the output signal is serialized and connected to the trunk front end with a direct modulation laser. The trunk receive signal is converted into an electrical signal with an avalanche photodiode (APD), is deserialized, and is then sent to the TADM framer and FPGA. The MXPP_MR_2.5G is the same, except a 50/50 splitter divides the power at the trunk interface. In the receive direction, there are two APDs, two SERDES blocks, and two TADM framers. This is necessary to monitor both the working and protect paths. A switch selects one of the two paths to connect to the client interface. Figure 11-13 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Block Diagram Caution You must use a 20-dB fiber attenuator (15 to 25 dB) when working with the MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G cards in a loopback configuration on the trunk port. Do not use direct fiber loopbacks with the MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G cards. Using direct fiber loopbacks causes irreparable damage to the MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G cards. 11.11.2 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Functions The functions of the MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G cards are: • G.18 Performance Monitoring, page G-20 • G.19 Distance Extension, page G-20 • G.20 Slot Compatibility, page G-20 • G.21 Interoperability with Cisco MDS Switches, page G-20 • G.22 Client and Trunk Ports, page G-20 • G.2 Automatic Laser Shutdown, page G-6 SFP 1 SFP 6 SFP 5 SFP 4 SFP 3 SFP 2 SFP 8 SERDES FPGA (for FC, GE, FICON, ESCON, PCS, B2B, GFP-T) SERDES SFP 7 High-speed SERDES QDR SRAM TADM framer Laser APD Serializer Deserializer ESCON ESCON ESCON ESCON ESCON ESCON Trunk interface 134986 GE, FC, FICON, ESCON GE, FC, FICON, ESCON 11-44 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 • Port level indicators—Table G-10 on page G-12 11.11.3 Related Procedures for MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G cards: • NTP-G99 Modify the 2.5G Data Muxponder Card Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds, page 11-282 • NTP-G33 Create a Y-Cable Protection Group, page 11-162 (MXP_MR_2.5G only) • NTP-G75 Monitor Transponder and Muxponder Performance 11.12 MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards MXP_MR_10DME_L: (Cisco ONS 15454 only) The MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards aggregate a mix of client SAN service client inputs (GE, FICON, and Fibre Channel) into one 10.0 Gbps STM-64/OC-192 DWDM signal on the trunk side. It provides one long-reach STM-64/OC-192 port per card and is compliant with Telcordia GR-253-CORE and ITU-T G.957. The cards support aggregation of the following signal types: • 1-Gigabit Fibre Channel • 2-Gigabit Fibre Channel • 4-Gigabit Fibre Channel • 1-Gigabit Ethernet • 1-Gigabit ISC-Compatible (ISC-1) • 2-Gigabit ISC-Peer (ISC-3) Note On the card faceplates, the MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards are displayed as 10DME_C and 10DME_L, respectively. Caution The card can be damaged by dropping it. Handle it safely. The MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L muxponders pass all SONET/SDH overhead bytes transparently. The digital wrapper function (ITU-T G.709 compliant) formats the DWDM wavelength so that it can be used to set up GCCs for data communications, enable FEC, or facilitate PM. The MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards work with the OTN devices defined in ITU-T G.709. The cards support ODU1 to OTU2 multiplexing, an industry standard method for asynchronously mapping a SONET/SDH payload into a digitally wrapped envelope. See the “G.12 Multiplexing Function” section on page G-18. 11-45 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards Note Because the client payload cannot oversubscribe the trunk, a mix of client signals can be accepted, up to a maximum limit of 10 Gbps. You can install MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. Note The MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards are not compatible with the MXP_2.5G_10G card, which does not support transparent termination mode. The MXP_MR_10DME_C card features a tunable 1550-nm C-band laser on the trunk port. The laser is tunable across 82 wavelengths on the ITU grid with 50-GHz spacing between wavelengths. The MXP_MR_10DME_L features a tunable 1580-nm L-band laser on the trunk port. The laser is tunable across 80 wavelengths on the ITU grid, also with 50-GHz spacing. Each card features four 1310-nm lasers on the client ports and contains five transmit and receive connector pairs (labeled) on the card faceplate. The cards uses dual LC connectors on the trunk side and use SFP modules on the client side for optical cable termination. The SFP pluggable modules are SR or IR and support an LC fiber connector. Table 11-11 shows the input data rate for each client interface, and the encapsulation method. The current version of the GFP-T G.7041 supports transparent mapping of 8B/10B block-coded protocols, including Gigabit Ethernet, Fibre Channel, ISC, and FICON. In addition to the GFP mapping, 1-Gbps traffic on Port 1 or 2 of the high-speed SERDES is mapped to an STS-24c channel. If two 1-Gbps client signals are present at Port 1 and Port 2 of the high-speed SERDES, the Port 1 signal is mapped into the first STS-24c channel and the Port 2 signal into the second STS-24c channel. The two channels are then mapped into an OC-48 trunk channel. There are two FPGAs on each MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L, and a group of four ports is mapped to each FPGA. Group 1 consists of Ports 1 through 4, and Group 2 consists of Ports 5 through 8. Table 11-12 shows some of the mix and match possibilities on the various client data rates for Ports 1 through 4, and Ports 5 through 8. An X indicates that the data rate is supported in that port. Table 11-11 MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Client Interface Data Rates and Encapsulation Client Interface Input Data Rate GFP-T G.7041 Encapsulation 2G FC 2.125 Gbps Yes 1G FC 1.06 Gbps Yes 2G FICON/2G ISC-Compatible (ISC-1)/ 2G ISC-Peer (ISC-3) 2.125 Gbps Yes 1G FICON/1G ISC-Compatible (ISC-1)/ 1G ISC-Peer (ISC-3) 1.06 Gbps Yes Gigabit Ethernet 1.25 Gbps Yes Table 11-12 Supported Client Data Rates for Ports 1 through 4 and Ports 5 through 8 Port (Group 1) Port (Group 2) Gigabit Ethernet 1G FC 2G FC 4G FC 1 5 X X X X 2 6 X X — — 11-46 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards GFP-T PM is available through RMON and trunk PM is managed according to Telcordia GR-253-CORE and ITU G.783/826. Client PM is achieved through RMON for FC and GE. A buffer-to-buffer credit management scheme provides FC flow control. With this feature enabled, a port indicates the number of frames that can be sent to it (its buffer credit), before the sender is required to stop transmitting and wait for the receipt of a “ready” indication The MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards support FC credit-based flow control with a buffer-to-buffer credit extension of up to 1600 km (994.1 miles) for 1G FC, up to 800 km (497.1 miles) for 2G FC, or up to 400 km (248.5 miles) for 4G FC. The feature can be enabled or disabled. The MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards feature a 1550-nm laser for the trunk/line port and a 1310-nm or 850-nm laser (depending on the SFP) for the client ports. The cards contains eight 12.5 degree downward tilt SFP modules for the client interfaces. For optical termination, each SFP uses two LC connectors, which are labeled TX and RX on the faceplate. The trunk port is a dual-LC connector with a 45 degree downward angle. The throughput of the MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards is affected by the following parameters: • Distance extension—If distance extension is enabled on the card, it provides more throughput but more latency. If distance extension is disabled on the card, the buffer to buffer credits on the storage switch affects the throughput; higher the buffer to buffer credits higher is the throughput. Note For each link to operate at the maximum throughput, it requires a minimum number of buffer credits to be available on the devices which the link connects to. The number of buffer credits required is a function of the distance between the storage switch extension ports and the link bandwidth, that is, 1G, 2G, or 4G. These buffer credits are provided by either the storage switch (if distance extension is disabled) or by both the storage switch and the card (if distance extension is enabled). • Forward Error Correction (FEC)—If Enhanced FEC (E-FEC) is enabled on the trunk port of the card, the throughout is significantly reduced in comparison to standard FEC being set on the trunk port. Note If distance extension is enabled on the card, the FEC status does not usually affect the throughput of the card. • Payload size—The throughput of the card decreases with decrease in payload size. The resultant throughput of the card is usually the combined effect of the above parameters. 11.12.1 Key Features The MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards have the following high-level features: 3 7 X X X — 4 8 X X — — Table 11-12 Supported Client Data Rates for Ports 1 through 4 and Ports 5 through 8 (continued) Port (Group 1) Port (Group 2) Gigabit Ethernet 1G FC 2G FC 4G FC 11-47 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards • Onboard E-FEC processor: The processor supports both standard RS (specified in ITU-T G.709) and E-FEC, which allows an improved gain on trunk interfaces with a resultant extension of the transmission range on these interfaces. The E-FEC functionality increases the correction capability of the transponder to improve performance, allowing operation at a lower OSNR compared to the standard RS (237,255) correction algorithm. A new BCH algorithm implemented in E-FEC allows recovery of an input BER up to 1E-3. • Pluggable client interface optic modules: The MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards have modular interfaces. Two types of optics modules can be plugged into the card. These include an OC-48/STM 16 SR-1 interface with a 7-km (4.3-mile) nominal range (for short range and intra-office applications) and an IR-1 interface with a range up to 40 km (24.9 miles). SR-1 is defined in Telcordia GR-253-CORE and in I-16 (ITU-T G.957). IR-1 is defined in Telcordia GR-253-CORE and in S-16-1 (ITU-T G.957). • Y-cable protection: Supports Y-cable protection between the same card type only, on ports with the same port number and signal rate. See the “G.35.1.1 Y-Cable Protection” section on page G-27 for more detailed information. • High level provisioning support: The cards are initially provisioned using Cisco TransportPlanner software. Subsequently, the card can be monitored and provisioned using CTC software. • ALS: A safety mechanism used in the event of a fiber cut. For details regarding ALS provisioning for the MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards, see the “NTP-G162 Change the ALS Maintenance Settings” section on page 11-448. • Link monitoring and management: The cards use standard OC-48 OH bytes to monitor and manage incoming interfaces. The cards pass the incoming SDH/SONET data stream and its OH bytes transparently. • Control of layered SONET/SDH transport overhead: The cards are provisionable to terminate regenerator section overhead. This is used to eliminate forwarding of unneeded layer overhead. It can help reduce the number of alarms and help isolate faults in the network. • Automatic timing source synchronization: The MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards normally synchronize from the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 card. If for some reason, such as maintenance or upgrade activity, the TCC2/TCC2P/TCC3 is not available, the cards automatically synchronize to one of the input client interface clocks. Note MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards cannot be used for line timing. • Configurable squelching policy: The cards can be configured to squelch the client interface output if there is LOS at the DWDM receiver or if there is a remote fault. In the event of a remote fault, the card manages MS-AIS insertion. • The cards are tunable across the full C band (MXP_MR_10DME_C) or full L band (MXP_MR_10DME_L), thus eliminating the need to use different versions of each card to provide tunability across specific wavelengths in a band. • You can provision a string (port name) for each fiber channel/FICON interface on the MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards, which allows the MDS Fabric Manager to create a link association between that SAN port and a SAN port on a Cisco MDS 9000 switch. • From Software Release 9.0, the fast switch feature of MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards along with the buffer-to-buffer credit recovery feature of MDS switches, prevents reinitialization of ISL links during Y-cable switchovers. 11-48 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards 11.12.2 Faceplates and Block Diagram Figure 11-14 shows the MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L faceplates and block diagram. Figure 11-14 MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Faceplates and Block Diagram For information about safety labels for the cards, see the “G.1.2 Class 1M Laser Product Cards” section on page G-4. Caution You must use a 20-dB fiber attenuator (15 to 25 dB) when working with the cards in a loopback on the trunk port. Do not use direct fiber loopbacks with the cards. Using direct fiber loopbacks causes irreparable damage to the MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards. 10DME-C FAIL ACT/STBY SF 145767 RX TX 1 RX TX 2 RX TX 3 RX TX 4 RX TX 1 RX TX 2 RX TX 3 RX TX DWDM 4 RX TX 10DME-L FAIL ACT/STBY SF RX TX 1 RX TX 2 RX TX 3 RX TX 4 RX TX 1 RX TX 2 RX TX 3 RX TX DWDM 4 RX TX SPF 1/1 4G FC SerDes 1 x QDR 2M x 36bit Burst4 1/2/4G-FC B2B Credit Mgt FPGA Framer G.709/FEC OTN MXP UT2 Data path 5x I/O 5x I/O SPF 2/1 SPF 3/1 CPU Core FPGA Power supply DCC/GCC CPUC bus SPF 4/1 SPF 6/1 4G FC SerDes 1/2/4G-FC B2B Credit Mgt FPGA 5x I/O 5x I/O SPF 7/1 SPF 8/1 SPF 9/1 Client ports Group 1 Group 2 11-49 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards 11.12.3 MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Functions The functions of the MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards are: • Card level indicators—Table G-1 on page G-7 • Port level indicators—Table G-9 on page G-11 11.12.3.1 Wavelength Identification The card uses trunk lasers that are wavelocked, which allows the trunk transmitter to operate on the ITU grid effectively. Both the MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards implement the UT2 module. The MXP_MR_10DME_C card uses a C-band version of the UT2 and the MXP_MR_10DME_L card uses an L-band version. Table 11-13 describes the required trunk transmit laser wavelengths for the MXP_MR_10DME_C card. The laser is tunable over 82 wavelengths in the C band at 50-GHz spacing on the ITU grid. Table 11-13 MXP_MR_10DME_C Trunk Wavelengths Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 1 196.00 1529.55 42 193.95 1545.72 2 195.95 1529.94 43 193.90 1546.119 3 195.90 1530.334 44 193.85 1546.518 4 195.85 1530.725 45 193.80 1546.917 5 195.80 1531.116 46 193.75 1547.316 6 195.75 1531.507 47 193.70 1547.715 7 195.70 1531.898 48 193.65 1548.115 8 195.65 1532.290 49 193.60 1548.515 9 195.60 1532.681 50 193.55 1548.915 10 195.55 1533.073 51 193.50 1549.32 11 195.50 1533.47 52 193.45 1549.71 12 195.45 1533.86 53 193.40 1550.116 13 195.40 1534.250 54 193.35 1550.517 14 195.35 1534.643 55 193.30 1550.918 15 195.30 1535.036 56 193.25 1551.319 16 195.25 1535.429 57 193.20 1551.721 17 195.20 1535.822 58 193.15 1552.122 18 195.15 1536.216 59 193.10 1552.524 19 195.10 1536.609 60 193.05 1552.926 20 195.05 1537.003 61 193.00 1553.33 21 195.00 1537.40 62 192.95 1553.73 22 194.95 1537.79 63 192.90 1554.134 23 194.90 1538.186 64 192.85 1554.537 11-50 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards Table 11-14 describes the required trunk transmit laser wavelengths for the MXP_MR_10DME_L card. The laser is fully tunable over 80 wavelengths in the L band at 50-GHz spacing on the ITU grid. 24 194.85 1538.581 65 192.80 1554.940 25 194.80 1538.976 66 192.75 1555.343 26 194.75 1539.371 67 192.70 1555.747 27 194.70 1539.766 68 192.65 1556.151 28 194.65 1540.162 69 192.60 1556.555 29 194.60 1540.557 70 192.55 1556.959 30 194.55 1540.953 71 192.50 1557.36 31 194.50 1541.35 72 192.45 1557.77 32 194.45 1541.75 73 192.40 1558.173 33 194.40 1542.142 74 192.35 1558.578 34 194.35 1542.539 75 192.30 1558.983 35 194.30 1542.936 76 192.25 1559.389 36 194.25 1543.333 77 192.20 1559.794 37 194.20 1543.730 78 192.15 1560.200 38 194.15 1544.128 79 192.10 1560.606 39 194.10 1544.526 80 192.05 1561.013 40 194.05 1544.924 81 192.00 1561.42 41 194.00 1545.32 82 191.95 1561.83 Table 11-13 MXP_MR_10DME_C Trunk Wavelengths (continued) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Table 11-14 MXP_MR_10DME_L Trunk Wavelengths Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 1 190.85 1570.83 41 188.85 1587.46 2 190.8 1571.24 42 188.8 1587.88 3 190.75 1571.65 43 188.75 1588.30 4 190.7 1572.06 44 188.7 1588.73 5 190.65 1572.48 45 188.65 1589.15 6 190.6 1572.89 46 188.6 1589.57 7 190.55 1573.30 47 188.55 1589.99 8 190.5 1573.71 48 188.5 1590.41 9 190.45 1574.13 49 188.45 1590.83 10 190.4 1574.54 50 188.4 1591.26 11 190.35 1574.95 51 188.35 1591.68 11-51 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards 11.12.4 Related Procedures for MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L Cards The following is the list of procedures and tasks related to the configuration of MXP_MR_10DME_C and MXP_MR_10DME_L cards: 12 190.3 1575.37 52 188.3 1592.10 13 190.25 1575.78 53 188.25 1592.52 14 190.2 1576.20 54 188.2 1592.95 15 190.15 1576.61 55 188.15 1593.37 16 190.1 1577.03 56 188.1 1593.79 17 190.05 1577.44 57 188.05 1594.22 18 190 1577.86 58 188 1594.64 19 189.95 1578.27 59 187.95 1595.06 20 189.9 1578.69 60 187.9 1595.49 21 189.85 1579.10 61 187.85 1595.91 22 189.8 1579.52 62 187.8 1596.34 23 189.75 1579.93 63 187.75 1596.76 24 189.7 1580.35 64 187.7 1597.19 25 189.65 1580.77 65 187.65 1597.62 26 189.6 1581.18 66 187.6 1598.04 27 189.55 1581.60 67 187.55 1598.47 28 189.5 1582.02 68 187.5 1598.89 29 189.45 1582.44 69 187.45 1599.32 30 189.4 1582.85 70 187.4 1599.75 31 189.35 1583.27 71 187.35 1600.17 32 189.3 1583.69 72 187.3 1600.60 33 189.25 1584.11 73 187.25 1601.03 34 189.2 1584.53 74 187.2 1601.46 35 189.15 1584.95 75 187.15 1601.88 36 189.1 1585.36 76 187.1 1602.31 37 189.05 1585.78 77 187.05 1602.74 38 189 1586.20 78 187 1603.17 39 188.95 1586.62 79 186.95 1603.60 40 188.9 1587.04 80 186.9 1604.03 Table 11-14 MXP_MR_10DME_L Trunk Wavelengths (continued) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) Channel Number Frequency (THz) Wavelength (nm) 11-52 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Cards • NTP-G148 Modify the 10G Data Muxponder Card Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds, page 11-300 • NTP-G33 Create a Y-Cable Protection Group, page 11-162 • NTP-G75 Monitor Transponder and Muxponder Performance 11.13 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Cards The 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards aggregate a variety of client service inputs (GigabitEthernet, fibre channel, OTU2, OTU2e, and OC-192) into a single 40-Gbps OTU3/OTU3e signal on the trunk side. You can either have 40E-MXP-C, or 40ME-MXP-C card based on your requirement, though the CTC name 40E-MXP-C is common for both. The 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards support aggregation of the following signals: • With overclock enabled on the trunk port: – 10-Gigabit Fibre Channel – OTU2e • With overclock disabled on the trunk port: – 8-Gigabit Fibre Channel – 10-GigabitEthernet LAN-Phy (GFP framing) – 10-GigabitEthernet LAN-Phy (WIS framing) – OC-192/STM-64 – OTU2 Caution Handle the card with care. Dropping or misuse of the card could result in permanent damage. The 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C muxponders pass all SONET/SDH overhead bytes transparently, section, or line termination. The digital wrapper function (ITU-T G.709 compliant) formats the DWDM wavelength so that it can be used to set up GCCs for data communications, enable FEC, or facilitate performance monitoring. The 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C and 40ME-MXP-C cards work with the OTN devices defined in ITU-T G.709. The card supports ODTU23 multiplexing, an industry standard method for asynchronously mapping client payloads into a digitally wrapped envelope. See the “G.12 Multiplexing Function” section on page G-18. You can install and provision the 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards in a linear configuration in: • Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16 in ONS 15454 DWDM chassis • Slot 2 in ONS 15454 M2 chassis • Slots 2 to 6 in ONS 15454 M6 chassis The client ports of the 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards interoperates with all the existing TXP/MXP (OTU2 trunk) cards. The client port of 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards does not interoperate with OTU2_XP card when the signal rate is OTU1e (11.049 Gbps) and the “No Fixed Stuff” option is enabled on the trunk port of OTU2_XP card. 11-53 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Cards For OTU2 and OTU2e client protocols, Enhanced FEC (EFEC) is not supported on Port 1 of the 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards. Table 11-15 lists the FEC configuration supported on OTU2/OTU2e protocol for 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards. When setting up the card for the first time, or when the card comes up after clearing the LOS-P condition due to fiber cut, the trunk port of the 40G-MXP-C card takes about 6 minutes to lock a signal. The trunk port of the 40G-MXP-C card raises an OTUK-LOF alarm when the card is comes up. The alarm clears when the trunk port locks the signal. When a protection switch occurs on the 40E-TXP-C and 40ME-TXP-C cards, the recovery from PSM protection switch takes about 3 to 4 minutes. The 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards is tunable over C-band on the trunk port. The 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards support pluggable XFPs on the client ports on the card faceplate. The card uses dual LC connectors on the trunk side, and XFP modules on the client side for optical cable termination. The XFP pluggable modules are SR, LR, MM, DWDM, or CWDM and support an LC fiber connector. The 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards contains four XFP modules for the client interfaces. For optical termination, each XFP uses two LC connectors, which are labeled TX and RX on the faceplate. The trunk port is a dual LC connector facing downward at 45 degrees. Table 11-16 shows the input data rate for each client interface. 11.13.1 Key Features The 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards provides the following key features: • The 40G-MXP-C card uses the RZ-DQPSK 40G modulation format. Table 11-15 Client Interface Data Rates for 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C and 40ME-MXP-C Cards 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C and 40ME-MXP-C Client Port FEC Configuration Supported on OTU2/OTU2e Client Protocol Port 1 Only Standard FEC Port 2 Standard and Enhanced FEC Port 3 Standard and Enhanced FEC Port 4 Standard and Enhanced FEC Table 11-16 Client Interface Input Data Rates for 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Cards Client Interface Input Data Rate 8-Gigabit Fibre Channel 8.48 Gbps 10-Gigabit Fibre Channel 10.519 Gbps 10-GigabitEthernet LAN-Phy 10.312 Gbps 10-GigabitEthernet WAN-Phy 9.953 Gbps OC-192/STM-64 9.953 Gbps OTU2 10.709 Gbps OTU2e 11.096 Gbps 11-54 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Cards • The 40E-MXP-C and 40ME-MXP-C cards uses the CP-DQPSK modulation format. • Onboard E-FEC processor—The E-FEC functionality improves the correction capability of the transponder to improve performance, allowing operation at a lower OSNR compared to the standard RS (239,255) correction algorithm. A new BCH algorithm implemented (according to G.975.1 I.7) in E-FEC allows recovery of an input BER up to 1E-3. The 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards support both the standard RS (specified in ITU-T G.709) and E-FEC standard, which allows an improved gain on trunk interfaces with a resultant extension of the transmission range on these interfaces. • Y-cable protection—Supports Y-cable protection only between the same card type on ports with the same port number and signal rate. For more information on Y-cable protection, seethe “G.35.1 Y-Cable and Splitter Protection” section on page G-27. Note Y-cable cannot be created on a 10 GE port when WIS framing is enabled on the 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards. • Unidirectional regeneration—The 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards supports unidirectional regeneration configuration. Each 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C card in the configuration regenerates the signal received from another 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C card in one direction. Note When you configure the 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C cards in the Unidirectional Regen mode, ensure that the payload is not configured on the pluggable port modules of the 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C card. 11-55 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Configuration Guide, Release 9.4 78-20254-02 Chapter 11 Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Cards Figure 11-15 shows a typical unidirectional regeneration configuration. Figure 11-15 40G-MXP-C, 40E-MXP-C, and 40ME-MXP-C Cards in Unidirectional Regeneration Configuration • High level provisioning support—The cards are initially provisioned using Cisco Transport Planner software. Subsequently, the card can be monitored and provisioned using CTC software. • Automatic Laser Shutdown (ALS)—A safety mechanism, Automatic Laser Shutdown (ALS), is used in the event of a fiber cut. The Auto Restart ALS option is supported only for O